Chapter 1: Prologue: A Quiet Girl Who Will Eventually Join The Trickster
Summary:
To begin our journey, let's have a recap of Shouko Komi's first year prior to her introduction to the Phantom Thieves. Then we'll see her reaction to the PT's proper. This is the beginning of her journey to overcome her weakness and protect her loved ones.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
This story is a work of fiction.
Similarities between characters and events to persons living or dead in your world are purely coincidental.
Only those who have agreed to the above have the privilege of partaking in this game…
…Is what I would’ve said had someone hadn't already signed the contract. How unfortunate.
Fortunately, I have provided with an alternative solution to this game.
Little that the Trickster know is there is a girl who has deep issues with communication.
She was living a normal life until she discovered something special within her.
And for the record, this is out of my control. This is something brought by a being even greater than myself.
With that, the deal is sealed.
The World is not as it should be. It's filled with distortions and “Ruin” can no longer be avoided.
Little that the girl know, she will save the world from distortion alongside the Trickster.
Now sit back and relax as she becomes the person she desires to be.
GreenRangerFan1993 Presents
A fan series based on works by Atlus and OLM
Original Creators: Katsura Hashino and Tomohito Oda
(5/23 Monday)
(Early Morning, Komi's Home)
*RIIIIIIIINNNNNGGGGGG*
Mmmm. 5 more minutes please. I reached my hand into my cat clock, ringing after reaching 6:00am. You know what it means for a Japanese High School student like me: time to get ready for school. I turn it off and just as I was about to tuck in, I heard my phone ringing. I peeked out and if you couldn't see, my face currently has no mouth. I don’t know why it sometimes happen, but it's something I got used to.
I grab my phone and unlike the rest of my classmates, I use a flip phone. Mainly due to my communication disorder. You heard me right, a beautiful girl like me has trouble communicating with other people. And it sucks too as ever since I was born, I could barely form a sentence when talking to other people. I mainly talk with my family, but when it comes to talking to strangers, it's a whole other story.
(A High School Life Without Struggles - Komi Can’t Communicate OST)
But that eventually changed in my first year in Itan Private High School, where like in my past schools, almost everyone fell for me, like I was some sort of Goddess. (Kometani: she actually became one during class rep elections) There is one student who actually see me as a normal person. His name is Hitohito Tadano, and if you don’t know what his name means, it translates to “just a guy”. But he'd more than that for he's the first persons outside my family to notice I do have trouble communicating with people. That's when I told him about my lifelong dream of having 100 friends. With that, he became my first friend I made in my life! You couldn’t tell how happy I am when that happened! I was practically crying happily in my sleep the night of that faithful day!
One of my first friends is everyone's childhood friend: Najimi Osana. They are basically the opposite of me as they pretty much are friends with everyone in Tokyo at this point. With me as the sole exception as due to my anxiety, they couldn’t make me thier friend. If you need to know how badly it went,
Yeah, that showed you how badly it went. Sometimes, I wish I was born like everyone else. But after years, I was eventually able to make them my second friend. (Kometani: after a failed coffee run) And since then, I was able to make lots of friends: Himeko Agari, a food critic, Omoharu Nakanaka, a otaku who acts like a dark lord, Makeru Yadano, my self-proclaimed “rival”, Nene Onemine, someone you can count on as a sister figure, Kaede Otori, a gentle girl who sometimes gets lost in her thoughts, and to cap of my list of friends for now, Ren Yamai and her band of friends.
(A Lovely Way Back Home - Komi Can’t Communicate OST)
Yamai is though… Let's just say she is obsessed with me. I have to say she is the type who will do anything to get close to me. She tried to take pieces of my hair, take advantage of me, as well as trying to see under my skirt. The worst of those offender is when she kidnapped Tadano early on in my first year. We didn’t know he was in danger until halfway into the day. When we hot wise to Yamai's plan, she attempted to get rid of Tadano be disposing him into the “sea or mountains”. When discovered him in her closet, she knew we found out and tried to attack us with a knife in ner hand! (Kometani: Yamai had Chopsticks in the anime)
That day scared the life out of me despite putting on a brave face. It was to the point where I almost broke off with Tadano for his safety. However, true to his code, he managed to reassure me that he will always be my friend no matter what. Yamai also became my friend as an apology for her actions in the past day, However, considering she still tried to win me over, I feel she isn’t gonna change her mind about me.
(music end)
But that’s enough dwelling in the past, let’s get back to the present. I opened my phone and checked my messages. It was from Tadano saying: [Hey Komi, there's something going on in school. Najimi told me about it, they said something unusual is happening today. Hope you'll be there! - Tadano] I blushed a the last sentence, making sense as he is the one who changed my life. I exited the app and huh…? What is this doing here?
(Note: not sure the design would like the same on a flip phone but the logo is still the same)
This is an unusual app I have. I don’t even remember installing it! This has a pretty good design actually. The red and black mix well together and the eye design felt mysterious especially with the star as the pupil. It say it’s called the “Meta Nav”. Something tells me I should delete this but stangely, a voice in my head told me to activate it. I don’t know what it means but I know I don't have time think about it. I wonder who is the one who made that application to begin with.
(Music end)
I closed my phone and got up from bed. Before getting ready to shower, I looked at my desk for a few minutes. Recently, thanks to my friends, I have been getting into more anime to watch. In fact, it was Nakanaka that got me in to these series to begin with. There is one series I'm particularly fond of and it's one of the last ones you would think of when asking me about my favorite anime.
You saw that right, I'm into Demon Slayer.(Kometani: this world will feature both actual and parodies of works of fiction like in both series) Normally, considering my disorder, Blood and Horror would make me twice as scared as any normal person. But upon seeing the first episode, the hero Tanjiro who was trying to save his sister, is trying to prevent her from getting killed by a Demon Slayer named Giyu. Despite his harsh words, Giyu was really testing to see if Tanjiro can overcome his weakness to save his sister. It's true I cried at the end, but not of sadness, but hope. Despite not have a communication disorder like me, he really wants to change to the person who will save his sister. That show inspired me to do the same, work hard to surpass my disorder and become the person I want to be.
Soon, I went to the bathroom, turned on the shower head, used shampoo on my hair, covered my body with soap, and rinsed my body with water. I would normally not show this but this will be the only time you see me shower.(Kometani: She's jinxing it, considering the rating of this fic) After all, I always love my look: long black hair, almond shaped eyes, clean nails, clean white skin, and well rounded “assets” (gosh, even thinking about makes as embarrassed as Agari when she thinks about hers as well).
After I dried off with my cat towel, I put on my usual Itan School Uniform. I always love this design: Blue coat, Red Bow and Red Skit all in one package. You could almost mistake it for a business suit, more specifically one for a Defense Attorney. (Kometani: reference to another Komi Crosover fic) After I brush my teeth and I grabed my school bag, I when to the Kitchen where I am greeted with a warm welcome. “Oh Shouko, Good Morning!”
(For Today, I Have Courage… Komi Can't Communicate OST)
This is my mom, Shuuko. She looks like me with the same head shape. The difference between us is that she can communicate with ease and enjoys company. “You’re ready for school?” I nod as I still struggle to speak even with family. “Good! I was making breakfast as usual, but Dad and Shosuke left early this morning. Guess the recent events made them even more cautious.” I till my head. (Kometani: It's usually moments like this where Komi is seen with no mouth) “Oh you haven’t been watching the news lately. Did you know about the Gym Teacher in another school in Tokyo who was secretly a criminal? There was a similar incident at an art museum where the head artist Madarame is claimed to have plagiarized his students' art by one group who claimed can ‘take’ his heart.”
This got me more confused. “Oh, you seem to be lost. If you need a place to start, both are done by the same group. I believe they’re called the ‘Phantom Thieves of Hearts’ or ‘The Phantoms’ for short.” I was intrested in the name. “You seem to be inspired. I even have an article with their logo! What do you think of it?”
I gotta admit this one of the most creative logos I have ever seen. The black and red mix well and the hat, flames, and mask meshes well together. It reminds me of what I seen recently. (music stop) Wait. What… I… have… seen.. ugk. I cover my face with my head as if I felt pain in my head. “Shouko! Are you alright? Speak to me!” The pain subsided after a shot time. “Thank god. I was worried if you were suddenly sick. It's my job as a housewife to take care of you after all.” I couldn’t help but smile at the statement. She may be hyperactive, but she's still my mom and I could tell she cares deepy for me.
“Sorry… I was… thinking of… something that… happened… recently.” Normally, I write in my notebook to communicate, but with my family I have barely enough courage to speak. Which I then took out of my bag and wrote, [I just don't want to worry anyone about what’s happening to me. I don't want anything bad happening because of me.] I put the book away and sighed deeply.
Mom understood immediately. “Shouko that was very brave of you to tell about that.” I listened to her carefully. (Music resumes) “I know the world is not as innocent as it appears. Crime has been getting exposed with the appearance of this group. And your safety is my treasure. Which is why this site comes in handy.” She pulls up a webpage called the “Phan-site”. It's basically a request site for people to change the hearts of people who were committing bad deeds. “I know the news called them ‘vigilantes’ but they appear the type to save innocent lives. In a sense, they're superheroes in my book!”
I was amazed. A group of heroes working in the shadows to save people’s lives is not something you see everyday. “You can use it anytime just because careful if you use it in public, not many people are into this shadow group being heroes.” I nodded with understanding.
(Music end)
“Oh! We should get eating; the pancakes aren’t gonna stay warm forever!” Of course, I loves her pancakes. It feels nice to eat sweet soft cakes with syrup and wiped cream. Definitely feels different from the Japanese breakfast I usually eat. Mom has that talent. After getting our tummies full, Mom checked the clock. “Well you better head to school now. It's still within 7 after all.”
(Counting the Names in my Friend Book - Komi Can’t Communicate OST)
I of course nodded and grabbed my school back and put on my loafers. Before head off Mom has one more thing to say, “Be careful on your way to school. Make sure to be aware of suspicious behavior. And say hi to your friends for me.” She gave me a thumbs up. “I know you will make 100 friends in the end.” I simply smiled at her when she reminded me of my dream. Yes, I wish to make 100 friends to overcome my communication disorder. In fact, it was thanks to my first friends, Tadano and Najimi, that I was able make it a reality. My first year would’ve been filled with loneliness if I didn't have them. My second year is well underway and I hope the streak continues.
Well, that's enough talking about me. Time to head for school. Oh! I almost forgot; I haven't properly introduced myself to you yet!
My name is Shouko Komi. Second Year student in Itan Private High School and the “Godess” as I'm called by my fellow students. And this is the story how my amazing second year became even more amazing thanks to a certain group who will eventually become my friends.
Notes:
And that is the first chapter done! Hope you like reading Komi's POV here. I'm worried that I may not be writing her correctly even with her series fresh in my mind. Since Komi only spoke a handful of time, I want this story be heard in her words. Speaking of which I will post the character's VAs when introduced here. For the first one:
Template: character - VA: En/Jp
Shouko Komi - VA: Amber Lee Connors / Aoi Koga
Shuuko Komi - VA: Dorothy Fahn / Kikuko Inoue
Chuusaku Kometani - VA: Howard Wang / Shoutarou Uzawa
Like I said in the start, the Komi cast won’t immediately meet the Phantom Thieves we knew. Rather, I want to write original stories taking place during their second year since Komi will be different aside from become a PT of course. (You'll see later. That said, because the second year is not adapted yet and I'm not a manga reader, expect updates to be spread out in the early days. Fortunately, the first palace will mostly involve the first year cast, so you don’t have to worry about a complete drought of updates. The only thing I ask of you is the not spoil anything beyond the first year. I want to experience all of it myself when the adaptation is announced or if I eventually decide to buy the manga.
And to remind you all, the Persona 5 Royal version will be used. So expect to see Kasumi and Maruki if you’re expecting them. (Also RIP Billy Kametz) This version of P5 will be based on my last playthrough of when I sent the callimg cards of each Palace.
I put music to enhance the experience here. I want to make this a true fusion of P5 and KCC. Also with, the images shown here, I want to have some fanart to make the story better. I am not a expert artist, but I do have some suggestions for you. If you want to commission art you want make for this series you can go to Aline SM. They did a good job making accurate art to the official designs. You can find the page here: https://www.deviantart.com/alinesm
Or if any of you would like to create art for this series, be my guest. Just make sure to credit me as the creator of this story and leave a link so I can access it and I'll also credit you. Make sure the characters are accurate to their official designs.
I also have a Twitter page where you can look for updates and get to know what shows I am following: https:// /GreenSentai1992
Also my work is inspired by 2 other fanfics, both separate crossovers with Ace Attorney. Check them out if you want!
Logic and Trickster: https://ao3-rd-18.onrender.com/series/1612450Turnabout Communication: https://ao3-rd-18.onrender.com/works/39120300/chapters/97867392
Hope you'll enjoy what's to come in the future. Take Care and enjoy time with your friends!
Chapter 2: It's Just… My Other Self and A Mysterious Mall (Act 1 Begins)
Summary:
Komi's POV: I was walking to school as usual when I activated that app. Then I encountered something I never saw yet so familiar. When Tadano, Najimi and Myself discuss news about the “Phantom Thieves”, Yamai is up to no good and it was worse than the last few times. When we discuss on how to stop her, I activate the app again and wait… what happened to Itan…?
Notes:
YA/N: Hey! welecome to the second chapter of my story. Just a heads up, my chapters may be a bit shorter than others due to me being new to this. Be aware of length inconsistencies.
Also, I made edits to fit the scenes happening soon. I'm not as good as others, which is why I welcome fanart in my series. If you want to make or commission fanart, check the links in the first chapter.
I based this story off my last Royal playthough. Gotta put the creators taste somewhere.
Oh and since this is rated M like in the original game, be prepared for mature themes.
Lastly, Persona 5 Royal and Komi Can't Communicate are properties of Atlus and OLM respectively. And other series referenced are by their original creators.
Update: Due to me not reading the manga, I didn’t know the trio had been in the same classrooms together in the second year. I made updates to this chapter to fix it as well as minor spelling errors. Good thing I plan on spreading the updates until Year 2 is animated.
With that, enjoy the show!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
(Komi's POV)
(5/23 Monday)
(Early Morning: Itan Ward)
(A Blooming Flower in the Next Seat - Komi Can't Communicate OST)
I was walking to school as normal in any other day in my life. The cherry blossoms falling, the bright morning sky, and the the fellow students of Itan walking along, this is like any other day. I'm still nervous walking there despite putting on a brave face. I was barely able to keep my composure, with only my hands shaking from the nervousness.
I still couldn’t speak clearly with the other students who treat me like some kind of idol. I'm not like Rise Kuijikawa from Inaba. I wonder if she went through the same fan crowd craze like me when she still attended school. Being an already famous idol would really cause people to go nuts on her.
Speaking of idols, I was totally into Symphogear during it's run time. I know it's for mature audiences due to blood and nudity, for somone like me, blood scares me twice as much as a normal person, but the songs were amazing. They are really soothing like the seeing the blood never happened. I really love the blue haired girl who I believe is voiced by Nana Mizuki. (Kometani: Ann's JP VA. Had this been viewed with the sub, she would notice the similarities in their voices) But, I'll share may experience with it another time. There is one character that is so inspiring I knew she would be my favorite character.
(Music end)
Back to me walking to school, I felt even more down than usual. It must’ve been the headache I had earlier this morning. I don’t know why, but I get the feeling it was triggered by me remembering that red app on my phone. The voice I had in my head since this morning was asking me to turn it on. I know it’s something I shouldn’t use due to it appearing out of nowhere, but when wlking to the second to last crossing to Itan, my curiosity finally got to me and… I activated the app.
As if time itself is grinding to a halt, the people around me slowed down and eventually stopped entirely. I was in panic when that happen as something like this never happed to me, let alone was impossible to happen to begin with. As I swayed my head in panic, I felt something calling to me. I stopped and when I looked across the crossing, I saw something extraordinary…
(The Power of the Heart - Persona 4 OST)
(Pretend this is a more suburban area)
It was a huge burst of blue flames right in front of me. I don't know what it is but something about it feels familiar to me. It felt like a part of me I never knew or to be more precise, a part of me that I buried deep inside me since I was young. The flames then take a more humanoid appearance with the head now resembling cat ears, like me time to time.
I started at it with awe with me almost wanting to go to it. I knew this isn’t safe, but the flames representing a part of me was staring at me as I stared at it. I felt the sudden headache again forcing me to shut my eyes. I swear I never felt this why before, but strangely, I felt Good when the flames were there. After the pain subsided, I opened my eyes and they…
They became gold. I don’t know how but the flames are the reason this is happening to me. And I'm not even scared of it because it’s me. It's the side of me I want to free after not being the person I want all those years ago. My reason for having so many friends is because I want to free the true me, the one who is friends with everyone.
And I heard these words repeating in my head. These words are the link to the flame being in front of me. As I'm still surrounded by people, I struggled to say them, but they came out as clean as possible.
”I… Am… Thou… Thou… Art-“
(Music end)
Just as I was about the say the last word, a flash went off and everyone was moving again. The flames were gone and my eyes are back to being black. Strange, I felt no fear when facing it. Was there a reason why I have that app in the first place? Well, that would be solved for later, I still have to get to school! Luckily, time was still otherwise I have to wait longer for the crossing to be clear. Off to Itan!
(Morning: Itan Private High School)
(A High School Life Without Struggles - Komi Can't Communicate)
It was the same as any other day in Itan: the crowds of students, the clubs promoting for more students, and the people greeting before glass. My life at Itan was my high point and I will change who I am no matter what.
If there is one reason I'm glad I'm here, it’s that there are no corrupt faculty here. (Music Pause) I remember during the being of the school year that Shujin Academy was housing a criminal all along. Specifically, it was a P.E. Teacher named Siguru Kamoshida who often abused his volleyball team and *Shudders!* sexual harassing his female members. Just thinking about that part scares the life out of me! I can't even imagine how painful the girls of the team to have gone through having sex with a grown man. It's got to the point where a female member in a ponytail and a legging couldn’t take it anymore and tried to commit suicide by jumping of the roof. I actually shed tears for her despite not going there. A girl like her should never have been abused by a man like him.
But two weeks after that, Kamoshida came during an assembly and confessed his crimes personally. I was shocked when his crimes were revealed for the first time as he was an Olympic athlete. But for some reason, I'm glad he was in jail: he has no reason why he was doing it and to me there is always a reason for one's actions. Even better, the girl was recovered and undergoing rehabilitation at the moment. I wonder how her friends and family felt when she was alive. But' I don’t want to muddy the mood more. I heard they hired a local therapist after that incident. They made the right choice, the students needed mental help after one of their own almost died.
(Music Resume)
I walked up to the shoe lockers to change to my school shoes, where I meet my first friend: the normal guy, Hitohito Tadano (Kometani: That's literally his name translated to English) “Oh, Good morning Komi, you’re looking as good as ever.”, he said with a smile in his face. I simply nodded like usual.
As he swap his shoes, he said, “You got my message about what happened recently did you?” I nodded. “Well, it's something that actually happened dueing an art exhibition and everyone here is talking about it.”, he said as we began moving to our classroom.
I, to compensate for not speaking well, grabbed my notebook and wrote my answer in neat Kanji, [It's the Phantom Thieves of Hearts I've heard about recently. My mom was the one who introduced them to me.]
“Wow. Considering they are the fun type, kinda obvious she would be into them” Tadano stated. “She and Najimi. Speaking of which, where are they-“
”SURPRISE ATTACK FROM BEYOOOONDDDD!”, A voice that is energetic and is feminine spooked us! We turned to see Najimi as energetic as usual. “Ha! Never gets old! You never expect me to appear every time!”
Tadano deadpaned at them “And everytime you do a prank, you never make anyone laugh. Have you tried to being nicer, they don’t have to be cruel jokes all the time.”
Najimi recoiled from the shock, “Oof, that was cold! Coming from my favorite childhood friend! But that's something to talk about later. There's something you should know about yesterday’s incident.” She smirked.
I got curious and wrote, [The Phantom Thieves targeted Madarame for the suspicions of plagiarism. I find it hard to believe someone like him would steal art especially since he's famous all over Japan.] I had a concerned expression as held the book right under my eyes.
“Yeah, well let's save our talk until lunchtime! We have some time to hang before the afternoon.” the ambiguous lavender student said. (Kometani: For the sake Najimi's gender, they will be identified as non-binary to avoid confusion)
”Good Idea! Well, see you at lunch Komi, hope you'll like to hear more about them!”, Tadano finishes. I nodded excitedly and then *Pomph* My cat ears appeared. Usually when I feel excited or happy I sometimes sprout car ears on my hair. I don't know if something I should be concerned but I something people chose to not make a deal of. We then make our way to our classroom in the second floor and began our classes for today.
(Music end)
(Lunchtime: Itan Private High School, Komi's Classroom)
The classes went as normal like in any normal day. However, because this is Itan High School, normal works a bit different here.
(You Lose! - Komi Can't Communicate OST)
In Itan, the key to being accepted to this school is personal. They were accepted by a simple interview and a written exam is done for the sake of formality. In this school, the people attending are freaks, weirdos, otakus, fanatics, the list goes on. And they are all unique. I had the looks and the fact I can't communicate is why I'm in. Tadano was in because he used to be a cool kid before a heartbreak made him act normal as possible. Najimi is in for simple being everyone's childhood friend. (Kometani: These include the Phantom Thieves who were living in Tokyo but Najimi doesn’t know that as they haven’t kept in touch for years.) Again, the list goes on.
(Music end)
When lunchtime came,Tadano and Najimi was getting out their lucnhes, I decided to eat the lunchbox my mom always made for me. I always start with the onigiri, the rice ball;(Kometani: Jelly filled Donuts to a rock trainer) they always taste the best when eaten first.
These treats always have different jellies filled every time I eat one. Last one has blackberry taste, wonder what the taste is like this time? Well only one way to find out: I put my hands in a prayer and mentally said the traditional lunch phrase in Japan: ‘Thank you for the food!’ (Kometani: Itadakimasu in Japanese.)
*Munch!*
Mmm… It's sweet and soothing. The usual healthy taste of rice always compliments the filling inside it. The taste this time is Strawberries. I can never forget the fresh taste of them when I had them as snacks.
Just as I finished with my onigiri, Tadano and Najimi came with their lunches. “Sorry we took so long. We heard from outside, the halls were being crowded with recent Phantom Thief fans,” Tadano explained.
”Wouldn’t you believe it, our school is getting hyped for them and it's not the one with ‘that teacher’!” Najimi pouted.
I took out my notebook and wrote the following, [It's fine, it's almost like when I came here in Itan. Many students were talking about me almost everyday. Now, please tell me of The Phantoms]
Najimi smiled as they got out their phone, “Glad you asked! Knew you would be curious about them.” They then pulled out the same website Mom showed me this morning.
This is what the site is like. A poll was displayed saying “Do you believe the Phantom Thieves exist.” The current rating is 6.7% “Oh you have to see the request forms. They're for people that needed “changes of hearts”. Just like that evil gym teacher in Shujin,” Najimi said.
”Oh yeah,” Tadano remembered. “There was a huge commotion when her revealed his secrets to the public. Needless to say, Shujin was being criticized for likely know about his crimes and doing nothing to get rid of him”
“And most recently, they went after Madarame for Plagiarism,” Najimi quipped “In both instances, they send out these calling card to their targets to “take their hearts”. Sounds magical but it worked on the teacher!”
I was curious about the calling cards and wrote, [Do you think we could be potential targets for them?] My eyes were wide with worry.
”Don't worry about us Komi,” Najimi reassured. “They only go after bad guys, the ones that are committing crimes. In a place like this, there is no reason for them to come.”
I'm glad I know that fact, but to ensure I am safe, I took a deep breath and wrote, [I couldn't imagine if there is a someone in Itan that needs a change of heart]
Tadano notes this and said, “Well, the world is filled with endless possibilities. But I hope there's-“
(Music suddenly ends)
”KOMI-SAMAAAAA!” Uh, oh! I know who it is… Coming to our classroom, is a female student with long brown hair, magenta eyes, wearing pink nail polish, and is wearing a brown Itan vest.
(A Lively Way Back Home - Komi Can't Communicate OST)
It's Yamai! The same student that was fixated one me and once Kidnapped Tadano. “There you are my beloved! You know how much I wanted to see you after we moved to new classes this year? I can't hold it much longer, so I came to you here.” Yamai's expression grew dark when she saw Tadano and Najimi. “Oh it's you two. The ‘protect Komi from me squad’.”
Najimi showed a rare face of anger. “Well, if you act normally to Komi, we wouldn't have to do this! Plus can't you see that jaut being here is making her anxious?.” They pointed to me and indeed I was shaking with anxiety when she arrived. Tadano was expressing similarly to me, likely because he was worried he might get kidnapped by her again.
”Please” Yamai retorted. “I have thought of how to make Komi the her she wanted to be and I have a solution.” Little does she know that two of her own friends we listening on our conversation.
I was surprised to hear that Yamai made plans for me. I wrote a message for her saying, [What is your plan for me here? I don't know anything that can make me yours like a property]
Yamai gave a mischievous smirk “Simple, since I am from a business family, I will convince my father to move both of us from this school to a new one! It'll be paradise for both of us!”
Wait… WWWWWHHHHHAAAAAAAATTTTTTT?! (Kometani: Tadano and Najimi had the same expressions if this had a screen) She wanted to remove me and her from Itan just so she could have me to herself?! This has to be the craziest idea she has ever done!
Tadnao also expressed a rare face of anger. “You nuts Yamai!? It's bad enough you kidnapped me in broad daylight, but you willingly gonna use a loophole to get want you want? I never though you can get worse after being Komi's friend…”
Yamai didn't hesitate to answer, “This school is only for the normals who wanted elite education. I belong to one where I am like a queen in a mall. This is only a stepping stone for me, but it will make a huge difference.” I might be hearing things but did I hear saddness when Yamai talked about the stepping stone? “This won’t happen immediately of course: It'll happen in 10 days starting Tomorrow. So, Komi if you are going to say goodbye to your old friends here, better count them because you'll make better ones in our new school. Bet make that decision until the end.” Yamai finished as she walked back to her classroom.
(Music end)
This for sure left us in shock. We are dealing with Yamai most devious sceme to get me. While both Tandano and Najimi were grasping, I was feeling… anger welling up inside me as my bangs covered my eyes. I don’t knowvthe last time I felt angry but I know this is something we must deal with. “Scuse me, you heard what Yamai said,” A student with a British accent spoke.
”Yeah, we were worried Yamai was going to far after changing classes last year, so we wanted to check with her.” Anotehr one spoke with a more casual accent. I know these voices. They’re part of Yamai's group. They're Akako Onigashima, the short tempered red girl, and Himeko Kishi, the knight girl.
“Oh, Onigashima, Kishi. What do you mean by worried for her?” Tadano asked.
(What Are You Up To? - Komi Can't Communicate OST)
Kishi started, “As her friends, it's our duty she doesn’t became the dark lord” Meanwhile a certain eyepatch student sneezed randomly. “We noticed she started to go even more fixated on Komi due to not being in the same class anymore. We should’ve known this would happen.”
Onigashima continued, “We talked to the rest of the gang about it when we heard Yamai's plans for the next 10 days.” She growled due to her short temper and clenched her fist as metaphorically red flames appeared on it. “Damn that Yamai, if we haven’t gone through the Komi craze like her, we would've stopped her earlier.” She almost went over the gauge one time, I can’t imagine what she is like if she goes over 100%…
We understood what they meant. Tadano continued the conversation, “I understand what you feel, but do you guys have a plan to stop a plan that size?”
Kishi solemnly answered, “We're still in the planning phase. Chiari and the men were arguing about their own plans. They knew a order from a business company is almost impossible for simple students like us. If only we have a key factor to this…”
(Music end)
Everyone seems to be in a state we're there can be only one solution. However, I am the only one who hasn’t share any ideas. Normally, something like this would leave me nervous, but ever since that morning I felt better than ever. It's like that flame being I saw was the lock to my true self. I knew it’s my duty to stop my friends from making my other friends upset.
Though small, I spoke only one word, “Save…”
(A New Semester, A Turbulent Beginning - Komi Can’t Communicate OST)
The others were confused at my one word. I couldn’t speak more due to my anxiety so I wrote it like usual. [We don’t stop Yamai, we save her. I know she wants me so badly, but I know there is a reason for every action. If we find a way to convince Yamai to stop her plan, I would be safer and Yamai would stop being obsessed with me.] This time,my eyes were brimming with determination.
Najimi was the first to speak, “Oh yeah, I knew her since childhood! (Kometani: like everyone else) Bet there is some mementos had had that will give us some insight on her.” Little did I know my phone shaked after that. Was there a glitch in my phone?
Tadano rasied his hand, “I'm on board with this plan. We can't fight with our friends. We have to stop them from going over that line.”
Akako and Kishi both sighed with relief. “Glad we are on the same side now. We'll pass the news to the rest before the end of the school day.” Akako then directly looked that me. “Sorry we caused trouble for you. We tried to keep Yamai in check, but didn’t know how far she's gone. Hope you can forgive us.”
I shook my head amd wrote again. [It's not your fault she acted this way. It's her actions that she wanted me. But we'll put a stop to her before the 10 days are up. You can bet on that!] While I covered my mouth, I was giving a small confident smile under it. This feels just like my first encounter with Yamai.
(Music ends)
Both of the girls sighed with relief. Kishi finished, “Glad you are on board with this Lady Komi. I feels right we have the center of the problem be involved.” She look at the clock and notice it's 15 minutes before lunch is over. “Oh. Looks like we haven't ate our lunch yet. Well, we have to get to our classes before long. And I suggest the rest to the same.”
As then two left, the three of us look at the time on our phones and she was right. Tadano groaned, “Oh man, so much for our plans for esting lunch together. But we will come up with a plan to stop Yamai. How about we meet up after school outside?” I simply nodded.
“Well, if we can't have lunch now, we can do it tomorrow. Well see you after school!”, Najimi cheerfully said as they went back to their desks. I was alone again, getting ready to eat the rest of my lunch when I was reminded of my phone vibrating. I took it out and saw the app again. I accessed again and it displayed a menu. One for navigation and one for history. I saw a beeping light on the history page and it was the word “Mementos” displayed. This is weird but I know this isn’t the right time for it. As I put my phone away and ate my lunch, I wait for my afternoon classes to begin.
However, this is not just my story. There is another hero here who in the future is currently being interrogated about what's happening now.
(Flash-Forward)
(Normal POV)
(Interrogation Room)
(Interrogation Room - Persona 5 OST)
In the distant future, (Kometani: actually months) two people were engaged in a battle of wits.
One is a man who is bruised after a failed heist. This was a student who was arrested once due to false charges and transferred to Shujin. In turn, he became leader of The Phantoms, a group that changes the hearts of criminals that the police can arrest. He goes by Akira Kurusu or Joker as a phantom thief.
Another is a woman in her mid-twenties. She's a prosecutor assigned to capture the Phantom Thieves. She has long silver hair and wears a sleek, black business suit with her badge in tow. She is Sae Niijima, the one interrogating Akira and the older sister of his loved one.
Sae, listening to his story about Madarame, decided to changed the topic a bit. “Before you tell me the rest, there is something else related to you.”
Akira was concerned. He didn’t want to involve them as they’re cases that his group were uninvolved. “Wait are you talking about…?”
Sae sighs, pun intended, “Yes, it's about 'them'. As you know the Phantoms' hub of operations is mainly in Shibuya, however we also have records of something similar happening in Itan. You know, the home of the one school that rivals Shujin in academics?”
Akira was downridden. He didn’t want to involve his friends there. Especially, the kindest girl he ever met. The one he chose not to confess as she already have a special someone.(Kometani: No Harem happens here) Still he knew that telling the truth is the best option. “Yes, I was surprised too that changes of heart happen other than my group.”
“There is a case that-“ Sae was going to reveal but Akria objected.
”Hang on, that wasn’t their first target.” Akira explained. Sae knowing to obtain all information decided to listen to him. “Their first case was in their own school but it wasn’t a criminal. Their first target was a friend they wanted to save” As Akira began tell that story, we will see that story ourselves.
(Flash-forward ends)
(Komi's Pov)
(After School: Alleyway near Itan School)
(Restlessness - Persona 5 OST)
After clases ended for today, I met up with Tadano and Najimi to discuss our plans on stopping Yamai. Luckily, Najimi found a hidden alley not far from Itan. Since not muchnpeople notice anything there, we’re safe to discuss our plans here.
Tadano began, “So is there anything legal we can do to stop Yamai? We need to go about it as normally as possible.”
Najimi continued “How, she is like the second best student according to popularity. If we try to get more people to know about her true intentions, they would think we are lying!”
Tadano sighed, “And despite ther group mostly on our side, she's dead set on going with her moving plan. And not even adults would help. If only there is a way to get her to change no matter what.”
As I was listening, I remembered the app that was on my phone. It my be dated but it's still has programs other than talking and messages. With the blue flames are like calling to me, I decided that's how we save Yamai. I held up my palm to get them to notice me. [Actually, I may have a way]
Najimi was interested as I don’t usually talk anout things like this (If I can talk much) “Well spill it out! What is you plan?”
I kinda blushed. [Well, this may look absurd to you, but trust me, this may work.] I put down my notebook and took THAT out.
“Your phone? Really?” Tadano deadpaned. “I know you're her friend, but I don’t think she would even listen to you right now.”
I shook my head. I opened my phone and showed them the red app called the “Meta-Nav”. Najimi was amazed, “Woah, a new app? How did you get such a rare app!?” It was then they realized something. “How would this help us?”
I opened the app and in the selection, I went to “Navigation”. In here, the app stated [Please enter your keywords. The name of a person, the location, and the distortion.]
“Woah this is really is like something else “ Tadano said with amazement. “Do you know how to use it?”
It's my first time using it and as if my my mind is subconsciously picking the words, I nodded. I can feel it, this is the app that will be the key of stopping Yamai as clean as possible.
(To Another World - Persona 5 OST)
Najimi was excited. They wanted to see what this app can do. “Go for Komi! Work your magic!” Tadano nodded after that. Normally, he would disagree with them, but with few choices, he went along.
I still have trouble speaking even with my two best friends. But I must do it. I to a deep breath thinking back to what Yamai said for clues and I just so happen to know what they are. I get ready as I spoke into my phone for the input.
”Ren Yamai…”
BEEP. We heard beeing. That must be the right word.
”Itan Private High School…”
BEEP. Another beep and we fell a wave pass through us. Is this from the App? We learned that as I said the final word.
“Shopping Mall”
[Conditions met. Beginning Navigation]
[Music ends]
Tadano was curious. “Navigation? I wonder what place the app-“
Suddenly, everything around us began to distort. We felt a ripple effect as red rings passed by us as the effect continued for one minute. By the time, it finished we almost had the urge to throw up.
Najimi, normally nice mannered, was the most shocked. “What the hell!? What did the app do to us? I mean we are still ok, but I never felt like that before!”
Tadano was shock after Najimi cussed. “Najimi, watch your language! I know we're alone but that doesn’t…”
(A Trip to Alivel Mall - Kirby and the Forgotten Land OST)
”COME EVERYONE TO YAMAI'S GRAND MALL, NOW HOSTING THE KOMI-SAMA COLLECTION!!
That's strange. Last time I remember the mall was miles from Itan and for sure Yamai doesn't own one “I wonder what the mall is? Let's got check it out.” Najimi and I nodded was we went out of the alley and uhh… what?!
(This is one of the edits I made. Not accurate to what they saw in the story)
OH MY GOD! What happened to Itan!? We all have the same expression with mw have the usual no-mouth face! In place of Itan is a four story mall with glass windows and pink walls. The most notable spots are Pictures of Yamai dressed like a queen in a business suit matching her ties with her father's company. What's even more notable is there are promotional photos of me in various styles and outfits. I admit I love beautiful in all lf the, but what caught my eye is that one has me wearing the same outfit Yamai picked for me when we went to buy my Summer Clothes last year. That must be her favorite outfit for me. What we missed is the sky turned Pink and we didn’t know until we looked up. What's more there's people coming into and out of the mall. Some of them are students of Itan.
Tadano was most baffled. “How on earth does a school gets replaced with a shopping mall? I don’t think it fits the size of the school campus.”
Najimi had the opposite reaction. “Well what ever it is, this is good looking. If this Yamai's, there's bound to be clues in there!”
”Well, you're right about that, but is it okay to explore a place we never knew existed?” Tadano said with a puzzled look.
I wrote down my answer, [I know this looks like a place we shouldn’t be in. But my heart tells me we should investigate this place. If we can’t stop Yamai regularly, we may as well try this] “and I… don’t… want to… lose… my friends… I made here.” I said rest from my mouth.
Tadano, while hesitant understood me. “Alright, we stick together. We make sure we don’t separate and cause trouble. That is the rule of visting the mall. We’re clear?”
Najimk and I nodded. With that, we head inside the mysterious mall and little did we know the place where our lives changed forever.
(Meanwhile in the manager room.)
”Miss Yamai. We've spotted 3 students from Itan entering our mall. One of them happens to be the main star of the attraction.”
”Komi-sama is here!? Everyone get ready! Time for me to claim her for real!
(Music end)
(Kometani: To be continued)
Notes:
A/N: Ok now you can comment. I accidentally posted this chapter when I ment to save it. Hopefully that doesn’t happen again. Sorry for those who wanted to comment
Anyways, we met with the rest of the main cast, as well as the P5 main characters. (Jsut Akira and Sae at the moment) Like before: time to post VAs for the characters. (Some of the dub vas are unknown)
Hitohito Tadano: Kyle McCarley / Gakuto Kajiara
Najimi Osana: Skyler Davenport / Rie Murakawa
Ren Yamai: Christina Vee / Rina Hidaka
Akako Onigashima Erika Harlacher (Ann's dub va) / Sarah Emi Bridcutt
(Sadly Kishi's VA is unknown in the credits I saw, if you know both her Dub and Jp actors comment them so I can edit)
Narrator: Amber May / Noriko Hidaka
For Persona 5
Akira Kurusu (Joker): Xander Mobus / Jun Fukuyama
Sae Niijima: Elizabeth Maxwell / Yuko Kaida
As you can see, this is a flashback like in the original game, but Komi is the focus while Akira is telling the story to Sae.
Luckily, I plan for the two protagonists meeting in this act. So be prepared for that day.
Just a little something to note, just because Komi has trouble communicating doesn’t mean it carrys over to her watching some media. I like to see that as a way for her overcoming her Socialphobia. (She had books in her room) After all if you’re gonna made friends, you gotta know what media you experienced and if you have common interests. (Added as of April 18)
With that next chapter, “It's just… my Rebirth as a Rebel”. Be prepared as not only is “that” happening to her, but she'll definitely gonna “slay” some monsters to save her and her friends.
Until next time, have fun with your friends.
Chapter 3: It's Just… My Rebirth as a Rebel
Summary:
Komi's POV: as we explored the Itan turned Mall, we met with Yamai? She is acting even more rash than usual and worse, she has guards that seemed impossible to handle. I don’t know what this is, but if she wanted to harm my friends, she'll have to get through me! I am done being the weak girl used to be! I want the power to save my friends! (And a cool costume too.)
Notes:
We're back with the new chapter. Lemme tell ya, I wasn’t sure if my edits would be professional as other fan artists. I want to a series that uses both reading and scenery.
And by the name of this chapter, it's here! A certain event that is a staple in Persona is happening. And for some of the Komi cast, I plan on making a reference to some anime I got into this year, and the suits fits the Phantom aesthetic.
And if you haven’t seen my comments in a certain fanseries before this, you may have an idea what happens here.
With that explanation, it's showtime!
Edit as of 8/20/2025: Made posters for every awakening. I update with them as soon as possible
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
(5/23, Monday)
(After School: Yamai's Grand Mall, Floor 1)
(A Trip to Alivel Mall- Kirby and the Forgotten Land OST)
Well, this mall looks like an other mall you can visit. This has your usual department stores, jewelry shops, rec centers, food courts, anything really.
What is a huge difference is the wall are almost entirely in pink which admittedly hurts our eyes. And like the entrance, there are posters promoting Yamai a lot in her “business queen” suit as we all called it. There also alot of posters of me in many fashion clothing. I felt violated despite the supernatural nature of the mall. I would never be used as a model for soemone like Yamai especially since I am wary while in public. (I can’t imagine how Rise-chan felt when she was in public especially when attending school.)
The shops here are mainly selling Yamai's “brand” of clothing. With me as the model, if Yamai isn’t crazy enough, this proved us wrong.
”Man, as big this mall is, I for sure wouldn’t come here for clothes,” Najimi stated.
Tadano nodded in argreement, “Yeah, everything Yamai did is by far creepy. The fact a mall is named by her is even more asinine. What is your opinion Komi?” He asked me.
Normally I would feel scared in a place like this. But this time, I felt a sense of security in me. Like this is something I have to be, a place where I have to put my fears to rest.
(Music end)
As we took the escalator to the second level, (Kometani: in this case floor and level are different things) I saw a strange shadow on a glass window. I couldn’t remember where but I felt I meet it before this morning, could it be?
We walked on the second floor and pass edby a Toy Shop. It look the most normal of the shops here but what is strange is one of the toys displayed is a silver robot cat with a big round head. It's strange something like this is sold but what's more is that I was attracted to it. My cat ears popped up as I stared at it and in a few seconds…
Urk…! My head is getting dizzy! I feel like I was gonna pass out! I put my hand in the hand rail as my friends hold on to me.
”You okay Komi? You were like something serious happened to you.” Tadano asked
“I might be wrong but did I see your eyes change color?” Najimi said. However they were secretly thought, ‘Glowing eyes. That's when someone is awakening to their powers. Could Komi like be someone for an anime?’
I regained my composure and wrote, [Sorry I worried you. I have been getting similar reactions today ever since this morning. I know this worries you but I promise you is nothing major.]
Tadano and Najimi understood. “It’s alright Komi. You can always rely on us if something goes wrong. Glad you told us about it.”
*DING! DING! DING!*
(Tiny Love - Komi Can't Comunicate)
We heard an announcement coming and we heard a familiar yet distorted voice.
[Good afternoon everyone! Ren Yamai here! Hope your ready for a big event I'm holding on the second floor! You can either use the stairs at the end or the elevators on the center of the floors! Hope my special guest, Komi comes! She will be the main event! It will begin in 10 minutes! Don't be late!]
We were all surprised for sure. “Yamai holding a live event in the second floor. Looks like we won't have to look that long for her,” Tadano inquired.
”Guess the best shot is to go after the source! Maybe if we get through to her inner self, we would be willing to listen to us! It's a bit risky in a place like this but it may be out best shot. Any objections?” Najimi asked.
”None here!” Tadano declared. “You sure you want to go though this Komi?”
I admit this plan is highly risky, especially since it's Yamai we're dealing with. But still I have been able to make past hard decisions before. My time in Kyoko, my first summer festival, and even making my first friend.
There was only one answer in my mind. “Let's … do… it…” I mustered in a determined voice.
Najimi simply smiled. “I knew you would join. Let's get to the second floor.” We walked for at least 2 minutes and spotted the elevator. We went into it until we are meet with a guard.
He looked not human. While he had a human shape, his presence doesn’t feel friendly as in keeping people safe. He was big, has black mist surrounding him, and had a mask shaped like a heart. In the same distorted voice he spoke, “Who are you people? Are you here for the main event on the second floor?” We nodded in unison, I had my wide eyes on. “Oh one of you is the special guest for Miss Yamai! I will let you all proceed to the event. Before you go, the elevator as 8 buttons. 2 sets for each floor. The bottom buttons are for the first leves while the top is for the second. The event is on Floor 2, Level 1. Got it?”
We bowed to him. “Thank you Sir. Hope,we didn’t cause you any trouble.” Tadano said as we went inside the elevator and selected the floor the event was being held.
As the elevator closed and lifted us up, the guard said, “I hope I get promoted for this. The boss wanted her special one for too long!” (Kometani: He jinxed it as for what will happen to this mall soon)
(Music end)
(Yamai's Grand Mall, Floor 2)
We arrived at the second floor on the bottom level where the event was being held. The layout is pretty much the same as the first but with different types of stores like some in a higher class would go to. As expected there are crowds of people coming to the event and I felt as nervous as ever. If huddled with my friends on the way to the spot where to event is held.
There was a stage that was big enough to cover the length of the gap across the walkways. It was covered in pink curtains and signs of me and Yamai promoting the latest “Collection”. There was a sign overhead that said, “Yamai's Komi-sama Extravaganza!” in pink kanji. Tadano noticed how fishy this event is. “I don’t know what Yamai is planning but this is definitely out of the ordinary. Especially for her.” We all nodded as the lights went out.
“Ladies and Gentlemen! We are happy to announce our latest collection to the entire world! We hope you enjoy our show! Please make way for the host and the owner of this Grand Mall, Ren Yamai!”
(I Love Fashion! - Komi Can't Communicate )
With that announcement, the curtains rolled and confetti bursted out from the stage. Out from the stage was Ren Yamai who was wearing something more royal. She was actually wearing a pink business suit with a white vest underneath and black stilettos. She wore a royal gold crown on her head, had a pink cape, and the most jarring change is her eyes were golden yellow. That almost looked like when my eyes changed color.
”Welcome everyone! Hope you’re ready for the biggest event my mall ever held!” The crowd cheered wildly showing that they were anticipating this event their whole lives. (Kometani: despite the trio being in the ball only today) I was never a fan of loud noises, as I covered my ears quickly with Tadano comforting me. “I know you where waiting for this to happen, but we can’t start without my special someone with me.”
Najimi quipped, “I have no doubt who it is, but I know this isn’t going to be pleasant for you,” They look at me as they knew I am the one.
”I will let the spotlight speak for me.” The inner Yamai snapped her fingers as a searchlight was scanning the entire audience for a minute until it landed on us with me as the target. “There she is! My dear Komi is here! And she brought her usual entourage of low class friends.” Her expression went to a total 180 upon seeing Tadano and Najimi but she changed her expression seconds later. “But I'm feeling a bit generous today. Will the people in the spotlight come up to join me? Otherwise, they'll be taken out like trash”
Creepy she said it in a happy voice but it's Yamai, we knew she would say something like this. “This is it! We get something out of Yamai or we fail to save Komi's career in Itan. All ready?” Najimi said.
”I'm game,” Tadano replied. “And you Komi?”
I admit I am once again standing up to Yamai especially if this mall is like her representation of her mind. But I know they will back me up and I can always count on them. All I wrote is [Let's talk to her] They nodded as we walked up the stage and meet Yamai in person.
(Music end)
As we walked tot he stage, “Miss Yamai! Sorry we're late for the show!” That's a familiar voice we know too well. It was the voice of the orange haired boy, Shigero Chiarai, one of the five students who where friends with Yamai. And with him are also Mono Shinobino, who cosplays a ninja, and Taisei Sonoda, the most normal of Yamai's gang. When they appear in the light, Chiarai and Sonoda are dressed in fancy black like in an event like this, while Shinobino is fully dressed like a ninja. (Kometani: With his face mask of course)
”We apologize, my lady. We were preparing for so long we lost track of time.” Shinobino bowed deeply. “Hope you can forgive us.” Then something clicked us: weren’t they supposed to be helping us stop Yamai's plan on moving me and her out of Itan. And for sure they didn’t come with us here. What is happening.
Sonoda then spoke. “We are making preparations for the guests that we forgot we have to be here for this. Please don’t go hard on us!” He bowed in fear.
Yamai then thought long for 2 minutes before she gave her answer, “You're forgiven” The trio of boys sighed in relief. Prematurely. “On one condition. You get to be my test subjects for my new wack fan!” She said in a loud tone as she brought out a fan made of gold paper and wacked them hard. BAM! Thankfully all of them are still conscious. But still, I never saw here treat them like toys. “Hope you don’t make more mistakes or you'll never be part of my elite ensemble. Like these two who came here early.”
She held their hand to come and out of the curtains are Onigashima and Kishi! The ones who recruited us for stopping Yamai. Kishi was fully armored but in dark black, while Akako is wearing a red dress with a gold necklace and open toe heels. Najmi was the first to react. “You two! What are you doing with Yamai!? She is betraying you and Komi and now you decided to betray us!?” she asked aggressively.
Kisha spoke but strangely while the last 3 spoke with no distortion, “Dear old Najimi, did you even consider how much Yamai means to us? If we betray her, we would be the bad guys, and that is not in the knight's code.” That's the same effect when Yamai talked and what's more is that when she opened her eyes, instead of silver, they were glowing yellow like Yamai.
”Plus I hear there are time where her being angry even scares me, better to be on the safe side in this case,” Onigashima stated both regretfully and at the same time not.
This puts me in a shock state. How can they be siding with her when she is planning to have me all to herself! And they wanted to see that plan though no matter what! Why did they turn on us for a sudden (Kometani: if you played P5, they're the versions Yamai see as she is unaware of the plan)
“Well that's enough of a preview, now let's getbto the main show everyone!” Yamai asked the audience and they roared in agreement. “First things first, I would like the two low classes to stamd in the center of the stage please.”
(What Are You Up To? - Komi Can't Communicate)
Tadano and Najimi went with her request. He asked, “What is your plan here? You said you wanted to move with Komi to another school so you won't have anymore issues getting her to your self.”
Yamai immediately answered it in a quite happy voice. “Oh getting straight to the point I see! Yes, I plan on claiming the next school for property to build my new mall!” Is this for real? This is not the only school she saw as a mall!? I feel so lightheaded right now but I have to see this through. “You know my last few malls were struggling because I don’t have a partnership with someone.” She then answered in a sly matter.
Najimi wispers that they should play along with this “mall” business. “Why would you see partnership with one. We know your company is successful enough to not need s partnership. We came so you don't leave with Komi here!” They said in a professional manner.
Yamai sneered at them, “Why would I not leave with her? I was alone even with my dad in the same roof as me! He never spend time with me after dinishing his work! I want someone I can be with for my life and I will do anything to get her and her beauty!”
We stared at her in shock. “Is that why you punished ChIarai here? To ensure you can have Komi to herself?!” Tadano asked in disbelief.
”Precisely the point! Which is the first part of this event!” Yamai rubbed her fingers meaning it's not good. “You two will be on display for my test on the newest product, the Wack them Hards 2.0”
(Music stops)
Najimi and Tandao were just as shocked as I am now! “You're nuts!? Trying to get rid of one us in private is bad enough but now you’re doing it in public!? Now wonder that you got worse!?” Najimi said angrily.
Yamai was not bothered by it. ”You know what they say, one will do what ever it takes to get what they want. Now bring the guards for the event!”
(Class Meeting Heats Up - Komi Can't Communicate)
The same type of guards from the first floor came with steel sticks that were presumably made by Yamai's company (in this world at least). “You heard her! Let's teach these third-classes not to interfere with her wishes”
Tadnao begged the other students to change sides. “Don’t you see Yamai is attempting to get rid of us! This is something you wanted to prevent; why go along with her?”
Most of them were looking at the ground as if they are victims here, except for Kishi who said, “A knight like me is supposed to be loyal to their lord. I cannot be a knight who breaks at least one part of the code.”
”Like she said. Now Guards, give those Komi stealers a dose of smacking!” Yamai order and at once the guards were smaking them with their sticks! I was wide eyed and not the face with no mouth. I don’t believe it! Yamai is genuinely hurting my friends! Why? All of a sudden…
*Ta-Thump!*
UGH!!! What is happening to me!? My heart is burning up… I feel to my knees and clenched my chest to suppress the pain and was breathing heavily. It's like the pain my friends felt was transferred to me like we were connected. Please stop this Yamai!
Najimi was bruised but they were still standing. “Is that the worst you can do? I doubt these are strong than the average stick,” they said confidently until another smack came to them.
Tadano was shock as he was bleeding from the mouth. “Najimi don't provoke them! You’ll make the situation worse!” He said to control the situation but one guard simply punch his stomach and cough up blood, though thankfully only a little.
After a few mintues of heart pain and my friend getting beaten, I finally made my move. I got up to speak to Yamai. “Please… don’t… do this… for me…” I begged while my anxiety is still in place. However one guard noticed me approaching her and then…
”Meddlesome Guest! This is not what Yamai wanted from you!” The dark guard rasied his arm and then…
(music end)
*SMACK!*
Upon that guard punching me in the cheek, the audience gasped. The other guards stopped assaulting Tadano and Najimi, who thankfully didn’t sustain major injuries aside from bruising. Even Yamai and her gang was shock at the sigh of one of her guards attacked me directly.
Both Tadano and Najimi were super shocked to the point where no one spoke for 2 minutes. Najimi spoke at last, “Komi are you ok? Can you hear me?”
As for me, I feel like the world was on silent for that exact timeframe. As I rise my head straight, with my bangs covering my eyes, I felt something leaking from my mouth. This can be no mistake. I'm bleeding, which has happened to me only once prior to this…
“KOMI!! ARE YOU OKAY!?” Tadano belted out. “Please don't cry in pain…” He looked down has tears fell from his eyes.
Yamai regained her composure and gave her order, “Really!? You hurt my Komi in front of a huge crowd when only I get to flirt with her? Be prepared for a salary cut later this week!” The inner Yamai then resumed her show. “Well then why don’t we continue teaching-“ But as she was about to finish…
*WOOSH!*
A gust of cold wind enveloped the stage all of the people present felt cold in mere seconds. There was only one person not feeling cold: me. The wind originated from me as I felt genuine rage comimg from me telling me to stand up. “Yamai… Is there nothing in your life that you feel shame at all?” Normally, I would struggle to say something like that in public but this determination inside of me overcame my communication disorder.
“I was hoping time away from me would get you to change your ways. But instead, it only made it worse. I don’t know why you act like this, but I can’t just sit idly by and let you claim me as your own.” I said holding back my rage as tears fell from my face.
Yamai disagreed, “Who cares if I have a reason to want you? All I ever want is to be the happiest girl in the world. And I doubt any of your friends can stop that from happening!” The moment Yamai said she was unstoppable, that's when I made my decision. I never thought I would do this but as her friend, I have no choice. I have to stop her, I have to save her! I have to stand up for myself!
I have to fight for my friends!
I gave a determined face as I declared my intention. “There's always a reason for everything. I don't know why you intend to hurt my other friends, but I know I must to something about this.” I took a napkin to wipe the blood off my cheek. “Face it Yamai, I'm not the same weak girl I used to be, and I will do whatever it takes to stop my friend from hurting my other friends, that includes me!”
As I declared that I will stop Yamai no matter what, something incredible happened to me!
(Kometani: I bet everyone who clicked on this is waiting for this moment, so cue Awakening!)
”So you finally found your lost courage other me.”
”Huh who is that… Eeeeeeuuuughhhhh!!!” A voice that sounded like me spoke within my heart and pain was throbbing in my head like a drumbeat and my eyes turned golden like Yamai's. I clenched my head as I cried and fell to my knees again. “Who… are… you…?” I asked while enduring the giant headache.
Tadano and Najimi was shocked too. “Komi, are you alright. Please don't get-“ Tadano yelled before Najimi stopped him. They were grinning widely as if she knew what will happened.
”Let her Tadnao. In anime, whenever a person gets pissed off, they go through amazing transformations! If this is anything like them…” They anticipated for what will happen.
As my pain continued, the voice in my heart spoke again, “You know that behind all that fog, some of your friends have dark truths that needs to be revealed. It will harm them as much as to their victims. Will you let me help you fulfill the promise you made one year ago to your first friends and save them all?”
As she talked, I know who she is. It's the same flame being I encounter this morning. The one who is my other self. “Yes, lend me… your hand! I won’t… let my friends… suffer because… of another!” I agree as the pain continued.
”Here we go, our friendship has started at last! I am thou, Thou Art I!” There it is! The words I was about to say that morning. “No need for a contract my real self. The truth is you don’t need one if you have a friend that’s been inside your heart you whole life. Now let's uncover this fog, slay any doubts you had, and show your friends you are more than who you are!”
Then the pain stopped, as if it never happened, and I got back onto my feet. I raised my head revealing my eyes as something else appeared as blue flames flashed for a second.
”Huh, what am I wearing?” I raised my hand and touched my face I felt fabric as if I was wearing a mask. Hang on, I AM wearing a mask!
(Kometani: The eye holes would be larger for the Komi cast due to their eye designs, also the ears would look bigger to match the ears popping up from Komi's hair.)
“A cat mask? When did you had it Komi?” Tadano curiously asked. It was a black cat mask with big ears, a pink nose, and wiskers. (Kometani: also the eye outlines move with her eyes like in other cartoons.)
”I don’t know. When did I put it on, or better yet, How long was I wearing it?” I thought about it for a moments. Before Yamai interrupted.
“Oh what cute mask! Bet the audience would love it, they know how much you love cats!” She suggested.
I shook my head, “No, THIS is what they would love! My true face behind this mask!” I placed my on the edges of my mask and ugh, it felt like it was superglued into my face! I was struggling to remove it!
Najimi cheered, “Go for it Komi! Show Yamai what you’re capable of!” I continued to yank the mask when I felt my skin being torn out. Ugh! It's so painful but I know my mask is the door to my true self. After a good 2 minutes, it came off…
(music end)
*SPLATTER!*
…with blood from my face splattered. Everyone was speechless. My beautiful face bleeding from where my eyes were. Nothing happened when suddenly the same cold wind came out of me stronger than before, knocking most of the guards down.
*Pomph!*
But I wasn’t unhappy I was bleeding. I was happy I removed my mask as my cat ears appeared. I gave a small smile with my bleeding face.
Is this what it feels like to break free from your shackles of you heart? I never felt more free in my life. It's like the mask was like a lock to my inner self. Upon removing it, I felt amazing as if something is about to change within me.
Then, the icy winds got stronger and blue flames began to flicker from my feet. It's almost time. There is only one word I can say…!
“Per…”
One syllable and the flames burst out even more and the wind blew harder. Tadano and Najimi were amazed at my transformation.
”So…”
The bursts were getting bigger as if my true self is getting closer to the surface. Yamai and her group stared at me in fear as if an explosion was coming.(Kometani: which technically is.)
Then, as I said the final syllable, I opened my eyes which were golden as I roared out the final part of the word.
“NA!”
*BOOM!*
The blue flames burst into a pillar of flames surrounding me. The shock was so powerful that it was tearing the stage apart and everyone ran for safety. The ones who stayed are my friends and Yamai and her guards. They were really in shock upon seeing me enveloped in great flames. “Oh Yeah! I knew she would transform! Can’t wait what she would look like!” Najimi said excitedly.
”I second that.” Tadano admitted. “I knew Komi is special but I never though she would do something like this. Hm, is it me or does it look like her clothing is being burned without herself being burned.” Of course, both Najimi and Yamai reacted upon hearing a comment like that.
Yamai as usual was on to him, “Komi getting stripped!? That I would want to see. If I would be immune from getting burned alive.” She went back to shock mode later
Inside the flame pillar, I felt them surrounding my body. My Itan uniform was slowly being burned away almost leaving me naked if I wasn’t in the flames. That's not all. Inside my body, it’s going through changes as well.
My cells were being infused with the energy from the flames causing them to be invigorated and their nuclei glowing despite my skin not changing. As I feel the power energizing me, the same flames that burned my uniform began forming new clothing for me. The flames also made my hair tie at the bottom of my head to make it feel more natural. That's better for a situation like this a school uniform wouldn’t be right for battle wear. The flames also were forming a being the same being that I encountered today. As it formed, I suddenly know her name! That is the nature of Persona, my other self.
As the flames were beginning to recede, the being from my heart is fully formed. She is clad in a white Japanese cloak with black kanji on her back meaning “Truth”. Underneath the cloak is a purple kimono and was wearing black socks with gold sandals. Her head is mainly black with purple hair and like me she had cat ears on her head. The most beautiful part is she is wearing a necklace with what appears to be an orb hanging over her neck.
Everyone is starting at her at awe but what really got them is me emerging from the flames in that new outfit. Najimi stated, “Wait a minute! That outfit seem to be familiar. Probably from a recent anime we watched?”
Now did I think about it, Najimi is on to something. In the place of my Itan uniform, my new outfit is a black imperial uniform, likely dating back to the Taisho era of Japan, with white outlines on the collar and pocket, a white belt around my waist, a white Kanji on my back that translates to “Destroy”, and black Japanese socks with shin guards and samurai sandals with blue strips. It came with a haori, and it's cat themed with black and blue cats are decorated on it, my hair is tied to a ponytail at the bottom of my head with a snowflake designed hairtie, and the biggest addition everyone noticed is a samurai sword with a snowflake-shaped guard, and a black scabbard hugging nicely on the belt of my uniform.
(Insert: Gurenge by LiSA)
Now, I remember where I have seen this. The uniform of those who fight monsters from the shadows. I couldn’t help but smile as I became the warrior from the one show I have grown to love.
I… am a Demon Slayer!
Everyone was very surprised. The anime that recently gotten popular has come to life in front of their eyes. Yamai was shocked the most. “What happened to my dear Komi!? There's no way she would wear some ancient dirt!
I spoke in a voice more confident than usual thanks to me standing up to her. “I'm still me. I just became the me I wish to become. And I have you to thank Yamai. I would't act if you weren’t involved.” In that moment, a gust of cold wind fluttered my hair including my ponytail.
Tanado, who basically fell for me since day one of Itan, was struggling to not blush. ‘My god… Not only Komi's voice was even more beautiful, she even gets an warrior's outfit. What am I saying? We're still in danger here!’
Najimi was the most excited about my transformation. “OH YEAH! I knew she would change, but a Demon Slayer? That is one of the last few things she would turn into! And I can’t ignore the ancient spirit you had Komi!” She said.
I turn to the figure in question. “This? This is my Persona, who was born from my heart. She's beautiful isn’t she? She will help us get out of here, won't you Izanami?” I told to my other self calmly.
”Indeed, we will be out and to teach our “biggest fan” not to mess with us or our Friends for you,” Izanami said in the same tone.
Yamai was in a panic. “Well, what are you waiting for!? Restain them at once!” She ordered her guards who then transformed into different beings. They ripped of their masks and dissolve into red mist and out of the mist came several Jack-O-Lanters wearing witch clothes and carrying a lamp each.
I was blushing as I saw them as cute but snapped out of it as I know these guys are out for blood. I get myself ready in a fighting position as I hold my hand in front of my face. “You can try to use my weakness for cute things, but I won't let that get in my way” I then said a word that let my Persona attack. “Izanami use Bufu!” I commanded.
”Your wish is my wish. To save our friends.” Izanami said as the orb she is wearing glowed blue and showed a snowflake symbol on it.
From it, a blast of ice shot from her orb and struck one of the pumpkins head on destroying it instantly! I never thought I would have the power to protect my friends and they thought the same thing. “WOAH, Komi! I couldn’t believe you can shoot ice let alone kill a living pumpkin! You must be one lucky girl!” Tadano complimented.
”I'm not done! I can do it one more time!” As the pumkins are weak against ice, they seemed scared. I couldn’t help but make a smug face (Kometani: not the one from the Shogi episode) as I cast Bufu one more time and kill another pumpkin. “Any one else want to face me?” I dared.
Yamai was getting more nervous, “THIS IS NOT GOING WELL! ALL OF YOU GET IN AND STOP HER!” She ordered in rage. In a minute, 10 guards surrounded me and turned into pumpkins themselves.
Tadano and Najimi were shocked as they shouted, “KOMI, WATCH OUT! THEY GONNA OVERRUN YOU!”
I, however, was still smiling. I still have that sword I have on my waist and now it's time to bring it out. I recalled Izanami back to me, my mask returned to my face. I, then grabbed my sword from the handle and drew it. As I hold the blade with “Snow of Hope” in Kanji engraved, it changed from silver to sky blue in an instant. This is no mistake. I am wielding a Nichirin Sword! The same ones used to slay Demons like them. However in the time a drew my weapon, the pumkins took advantage of the situation and blast fire at me. I barely noticed as the fire closed in on me and made a direct hit.
*BOOM*
”KOMI! ARE YOU FINE!? TELL ME YOU ARE ALIVE! YOU CAN'T BE DEAD!!” Tadano scream at the sight of me getting hit.
Najimi felt the same, “YOU KNOW FIRE BEATS ICE! WHY DIDN'T YOU GET OUT OF THE WAY!?” They cried in terror.
As the smoke cleared, I'm still fine as I held my sword. Even the material is same as in the show, it protects the wearer from flame attacks. Sure, I had ash on my face, but I still stand strong. As I held my sword to attack, I remembered the breathing style I made as my own. It's a shame that it was never considered as it was a key element, but I will make it a reality. I took a deep breath to allow the oxygen into my blood, allowing my body to strengthen a lot. ‘Total concentration breathing.’ As I invoke the skill, I felt my body regaining its vigor.
Najimi was excited about this, and who can blame them? “This is it! She about to that!”
Indeed, they're right. As I held my sword, I focused my senses to where I should swing. As I found where to swing, Ice and snow emitted from the sword and as I swung, I called out the name of the attack:
”Ice Breathing: First Form! Shattered Ice!”
With that, I slashed my sword and shards of ice followed as all of them struck the pumpkins killing almost all of them with two remaining. This is incredible! I used my own Breathing Technique! It feels good to be able to do a move in real life. As I face final pumpkins, they begged for mercy. “Don’t kill us! We're victims too! She threatened us to do her bidding. Please spare us!”
I stopped to think. I can sense they genuinely are scared of dying and also they genuinely are afraid of Yamai too. But I'm sure they will call for reinforcements if I spare them. “I'm sorry I had to do this… But I can’t let you serve her. The most I can do is free you from your controlled lives.” I place my hand on my mask to summon Izanami once more. As I summoned her, “I… Am…” I stuggled to finished the phase but as my Persona cast Bufu, I finished “THOU!” as two blast of ice stuck them finally ending the fight. With that, Izanami became my mask again.
(Theme end)
After witnessing my fighting prowess, Yamai and her gang were shocked that this happened. “To think my dear Komi is able do defeat my unstoppable guards! Everyone leave the area, let my more ‘elite’ troops deal with them!” Everyone that is not me, Tadano, and Najimi ran out, including Yamai's gang. ”You hear me Komi!? I WLL MAKE YOU MINE NO MATTER WHAT!” She said before fleeing the scene.
After they left, I noticed something the last pumpkin dropped. It was a few yen, 500 in total, as well as a flame orb. Izanami piped in. “You should take the orb my dear friend. You'll learn how important it is to our endeavors.” I complied as I let my Persona out allowing her to absorb the orb into her own orb as well as taking the yen. I know this counts a thievery but since this came out of nowhere, it wouldn't hurt a bit.
It was then when Tadano and Najimk ran to me. “KOMI! Thank goodness you’re alive! I never thought you be the one to save us! He said as he hugged me. He's blushed for sure, but I should at least give him some comfort.
”Yeah Komi! To think you became a Demon Slayer with a spirit by your side! Never though our lives would became an anime! And the outfit certainly fits you!” Najimi said.
Now did I think about, I barely notice my new outfit. As I examined it, it sure fits me like a glove. Ironic, as I am not wearing gloves like the actual Demon Slayers. Suddenly, a small burst of blue flames surrounded me, turning me back to my Itan uniform including my hair down again. The only thing remained is the Nichirin Sword still attached to my waist.
Before we leave this mall, I felt I needed to tell them something. And for the first time, since the phone call last winter, I spoke clearly.
(A Place to Relax - Komi Can't Communicate )
“I'm… sorry I had gotten us into this mess. I was hoping to stop Yamai I didn’t know we would be getting into danger like this.” I said as I hung low covering my eyes. “I almsot thought we would die.”
Tadano simply patted my head. “There there. We didn’t know either. If any of us had the app, we would’ve done the same. Don’t blame yourself for this.” He assured.
”Ditto. I never thought you would have-“ Najimi was about to finish when they noticed something obvious. “Hang on! You spoke without anxiety! You head it, right Tadano?”
Tadano noticed too, “Oh! You're right! Komi, you spoke clearly just now!”
I gasped. I spoke with no difficulty. This is what it feels to be free of socialphobia. I couldn’t help but shed happy tears as I smiled at this revelation. “Thank you. I-I wouldn’t be who I am without you!” They nodded in satisfaction.
”By the way, how do you know that ‘Ice Breathing’?” Najimi asked.
I blush as a took out a notebook, not the same one for communicating, out of my bag. “Well, after watching that show, I sort of was studying all the breathing techniques and it got me to creating my own style, Ice Breathing as you saw.”
It was then Tadano realized. “Oh crap, we’re still injured! How can we face our parents if we were like this!?” He panicked.
It was then I realized I know another skill. “Actually, I think I have a solution here. Stay put.” I held my hand as Izanami appeared. Looks like as long I have Mana, as I'll call my vigor, I can use my Persona. “Dia,” I wispered as green stars appeared on her orb.
A green flash enveloped both him and Najimi as their wounds fully healed. Not a drop of blood on their faces. “Wow, healing powers? Now, that's a power to have” Najimi said.
“Thank you, I will do anything to protect you and stop Yamai!” Speaking of which.
Wrrrr! Wrrrr!
An alarm was ringing signifying that guards were coming to capture us! This is bad! Yamai must’ve given them the order by now! [Attention guards! It seems Komi has found a way to fight back! I don’t care if it'd the entire force! Capture her and her friends immediately!]
I look at them with serious demeanor. “We have to leave now! If we get caught, it will be over! Shall we move?” I asked. They simply nodded.
“Okay, then let’s speed our way out of this mall!” I ordered. We ran to the nearest staircase as I'm sure they planned to surround us in the elevator. Right know, our escape is our number one priority. I hope I can defend them long enough before we leave this place…
(theme end)
(Kometani: To be continued)
(Omake)
(or as the narrator would say: something extra before the end)
Hello everyone! Komi here and welcome to the first part of the new segment: Phantom Facts! It's where you will lear fun fact about us in both Persona 5 and my own series! Hope you enjoy them.
For out first part, let me introduce you to my Persona, the legendary Japanese Goddess, Izanami!
Izanami is the primordial Shinto Mother Goddess and wife to Izanagi. Many gods were born from her. However, she died from a flame god who killed her and was cast into the Yomi where she became a deity of the dead. Woah! I didn’t expect my other self to become a force of Hell. That seem too dark for me. I wonder why I have her as my Persona? All I know is that there are rumors that she was reborn and tried to make TV channels and fog. Wonder why she would do that?
Anyway, Hope you enjoy this first segment. Hope to see you in the next one! Take care everyone!
Notes:
There we go! Komi has officially became a Persona user! As you tell, her rebellious outfit is a Demon Slayer uniform. Originally, I was gonna make her outfit a kimino like in the date imagination segments. But after watching Demon Slayer, it made more sense as Demon Slayers fight in the shadows like the Phantoms, and SMT is a game about Demon Slaying.
And yes, I used the original Demon Slayer opening for Komi's first fight. It fits the scenario well.
I gave Komi an original breathing technique, Ice Breathing, to make sure she isn’t a direct copy of Tanjiro. Plus ice definitely feels like an official technique.
One thing to note, is unlike the main Phantom Thieves, Komi doesn’t wear gloves on her hands. Not only make her suit accurate, but to differentiate the Komi cast from the official cast.
As for her Persona, bet you were shocked that Izanami of all gods is chosen. The final boss of Persona 4 is now a Persona for a girl. Believe me, there is a reason why I chose her. One part is that I don’t think I can write a wild card user. It's too complicated for me. Instead,I will have a different gimmick for Komi. If you playing earlier SMT games, you can guess what gimmick I'm giving to her. Plus, she kinda is a rebel. She went against the gods' rule of no divine intervention and force her ways onto humans. (One thing to note, Izanami doesn’t have a mouth here)
I apologize if future chapters doesn’t have as much pics as opposed to early chapters. I wanted to make this story more interesting. Also, the scenes inside Komi's body are actually inside Hibiki's body during transformation in Symphogear. I thought that would be accurate to when a body reacts to receiving powers. (Minus the vines)
Komi can now speak clearly after awakening to her Persona like Makoto Yuki did in the P3 movies. Before you get happy, I want to say this doesn’t mean it will happen in the real world too. After all, her series is called “Komi Can’t Communicate” after all and I want to stay faithful to the orginal source. I still however plan to make Komi more than the she is thanks to her Persona. Hope you understand when I post future chapters.
Anyway, that's my take on this part. Next chapter, “The Power of the Heart” Will Komi be alone fighting, or has help in front of her all along? See you next time and enjoy time with your friends!
P.S. I finally found where to read to Komi Manga. You can expect chapters to pour our more often.
Chapter 4: The Power of The Heart
Summary:
Komi's POV: After awakening to my new power, we made a mad dash to the exit, befriending a something cute on the way. However, even as I got stronger, they were too many for me. But if there's one thing about adventures like these, I'm never alone!
Notes:
Hey everyone, welcome to chapter 4 of this story. After the awesomeness of last chapter, it doesn't end here as the Komi Trio still have to escape Yamai's Mall. This is where post-awakening Komi would officially play where there are more in-character dialogue for her than just narration.
I also wanted to say sorry that it took me 2 months to finish this. It's not I've been writing this, I have personal business to take care of and also loss motivation for a while. Hopefully It won’t be long for the next chapter as summer break is still going on.
Also I forgot to put the voices of the Normies since last chapter was technically their first appearance here, so I'll display them here. (I also should mention the tags will be updated as the series goes on)
Shigero Chiarai: Sean Chiplock (Mishima's EN VA)/ Kenji Akabane
Taisei Sonoda: Devin Hennessy / Yuga Sato
Mono Shinobino: Jack Dillon / Kenshiro Ono
Also, I should also credit the original creators of the series covered.
Persona was created and owned by Katsura Hashino. Characters designed by Shigenori Soejima and Kazuma Kaneko.
Komi Can't Communicate was created and owned by Tomohito Oda (no relation to the Oda who created One Piece)
I probably should have put this on the first chapter but don’t post spoilers for both series in the comments. I want to treat this as if the viewers first time seeing both series. That especially goes for the manga for Komi-San as of posting this, we still have no update for the anime.
One more, I made date corrections upon looking up the dates in my last playthrough. I made notes of them, so I don’t have to do much work getting them and to made sure both series are aligned well.
With that out of the way, Let's start the game.
P.S. Warning: This chapter is the first actual display of why I put the M rating and Sexual themes on the tags. And it's not just a certain demon on a chariot. There's another demon with a similar innuendo.
Note: Original character Name changed because a fan doesn’t like my name for him even though I made it clear I wasn’t as good in comming up with names.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
(5/23, Monday)
(After School: Yamai's Grand Mall, Floor 2)
(Komi's POV)
Alright! Time to make a mad dash to the exit! We all ran at the same time as I suggested we leave. Tandano and I were running like normal while Najimi… was running with their arms behind their backs like they're a Ninja in an anime. As we are halfway through the floor, we came across the elevator we took earlier. Najimi went to it soon after.
"Why run all the way? Let's take this elevator down and get out faster!” Najimi suggested like it's the best option. “If the guards are still assembling, there will be no one greeting us!” Tadano was against the idea.
"I don’t think things are as easy as you see. Remember the guard that let us in the elevator?” Tadano reminded. “I'm sure he called his friends to wait for us, so they can overwhelm Komi as she is now a fighter.”
I was reminded of my first battle, “I'm sure they can transform other… than those pumpkins I beaten.” I said calmly. “We… were lucky… that all of them we pumpkins.” While I can speak without having to use my notebook, I still feel nervous in situations like this where I could easily be overwhelmed, especially if Izanami can only use Ice. (Kometani: You're in for a surprise in Komi's next fight)
Najimi wanted to argue but see that we each had strong points. “Yeah, I get what you’re saying. I should've known Yamai is not as much as dumbass as we thought. She literally is smart when it comes to Komi.” We decided to ignore the swear they made; this is not light situation.
I gestured to the stairs at the end. “Well, we can save the strategies after we made it to safety. Let's keep one running!” I commanded. I'm still getting used to talking without my disorder in my way. I wonder if this is how mom felt when she talks all the time. Wonder if this carries over when we actually leave this world? Questions aside, we eventually made it to the stairs leading to the first floor on the second level. I noticed the while we were running at the same time, Tadano and Najimi were getting tired while I'm still fine.
"I know that you… are a good athlete. But… I didn’t know you were this energetic. We were about to lose our breath from just… running,” Tadano panted.
I was worried. I realized the super speed I gained from Izanami still applies to me in normal clothing. Since both don’t have the residual energy from their own Personas, they are still like normal people without powers. “We're running out of time,” I held out my hands, so they won't fall behind. “When we get to the first floor, make sure you don’t let go of my hands.”
They took my hands and on the count of 3, we dashed into the stairs and the first floor.
(Yamai's Grand Mall, Foor 1)
We made it to the second level of the first floor of the mall! I gotta say, trying to guide two people in top speed is harder than I thought. Good thing this side of the mall isn't as guarded as the other floor as we see a plethora of shadow guard scoping that side. And if memory serves me correctly, this side had something else in I saw earlier. "Well, I think we can take it slow for a little bit. As long as we are not spotted from the other side, we should get out without a fight." I said, knowing the two need to catch their breaths especially that they don't have the same power as me.
My friends agreed. "Let's not make too much noise. The guards were expecting us to arrive in the elevator, so we should take advantage of that distraction." Tadano eyed Najimi as if he knew what they were thinking. "This applies to you too. We should cause any distractions in our escape."
"What makes you think I would put us in risk if I knew our lives are in danger?" Najimi deadpanned. We then kept the down low in escaping with the guards' heads up high. We are passed by the elevator that, as Tadano predicted, was swarming with high level guards in front. Glad we to that suggestion to heart. Soon we passed by the same toy shop I saw on our way to Yamai. It was designed like any other toy shop in real malls. You got the toys in displays, the ads for sale, and the colorful decorations on the walls, this is one genius shop. As we are about to pass it, we suddenly heard a voice calling to us.
"Hey! You aren't the same as those though people, are you? Could you lend me a hand or paw if you have time to spare?
(Music Ends)
We turned to the shop and the source of that cute voice...
(A Ghost With No Communicaton Skills - Komi Can't Communicate)
POMPH! AWWWW! It's that little robot kitty I saw! It was metallic white with gears in its ears and green eyes! I can't believe Yamai would have something like this! It was in a glass display with it currently being locked to prevent it from being stolen. But still, me and my love for cats still came in dire situation, but I couldn't help myself as I place my hands on the glass in excitement, no mouth face and cat ears included! The cat spoke again, "Whoa! A cat lover I see. Well, you can love me later, I know you are trying to get out of here and so do I!" (Kometani: He is meant to resemble another cat with the same head shape)
I then stopped my cute moment. "Sorry... It's just... I tend too... get excited... when I see... anything related... too cats." I said embarrassingly. "It's just... I love... cats since... my childhood." Even with my awakened courage, it's not enough to save me from embarrassment.
Even with no mouth the cat giggled. "It's fine. It's been a while since I was loved by a single person." The cat said. "I was apparently found by mall staff in took me here. I was actually on a mission by my creator, but it was scrambled due to my capture." Wow! This cat had a mission? When you put it that way, he looked more advanced than most of the toys here.
Tadano stepped in, "I don't mean to be impatient, but we've got guards wanting us to be captured soon! We can't afford to lose more time for this!"
Najimi also agreed, "Even if we want to free it, breaking the glass could attract them to us! It's our lives or his!"
The cat had a solution to this issue. "You don't need to break this glass to free me. There is a code lock underneath this display. You just need to put the right code in it to open the lock. The problem is that if you are not part of the staff, getting the code wrong once will sound the alarm to this location and for sure you'll be caught."
(Music Ends)
One attempt to free him or get caught trying. Or leaving him here to save ourselves. I know we are in a pinch, but I know my answer. "We'll get you out of there soon." I said in a comforting tone.
Tadano and Najimi were shocked with my answer. Tadano was most nervous. "Are you sure Komi? We have only once chance to crack this code and one fail equals us captured!"
I nodded, "I'm sure. I wouldn't be a good friend if I someone behind to save myself. It would be wrong to leave him here to the wolves."
Najimi was confused as I open to code lock. "Even so, you need to be fast if we need to escape and it's not like, they left the code here in case they forgot! How can we open this damn lock correctly!? (Kometani: Najimi being the "Skull" of Komi Can't Communicate!)
They're right, the code is likely with one of the staff on break, especially if they were hiding from us and it's only a matter of time before we're captured. What to do?
As I closed my eyes to think, my vision suddenly gained a purple tint. Wait, what!?
I pinched my nose as if it hurts. "What happened Komi?" Tadano asked concerningly. "You looked like you saw something that bothered you."
I let go of my nose to explain. "I don't know. I was trying to think about how to crack the code when my vision changed color. It was brief but I think I saw some of the keys glowing too."
This got Najimi curious. "Wait, you got super vision now?" They then grinned, knowing what this means. "Hang on, is this related to the "Persona" thing you got now? I figured fighting isn't the only power it had."
This got the cat's attention as if he was familiar with the concept. "Wait, you know about Personas? I was the only one who knew about the concept, and I didn't tell you as we were walking to that show!"
Tadano agreed with him. "I agree. How did you know about who Izanami was when no one told you?"
Again, I answered with the information I had. "I don't know who and what she is before she came out. All I know is I knew her name and knew what she is as I was being, for a better term: 'awakened.'"
The Cat nodded. "That makes sense. Upon awakening to a Persona, you either say the name of that Persona, or saying the actual word: 'PERSONA!'"
Najimi then noted something, "I would love to listen to this lecture, but may I remind you that the guards are not gonna stay with that elevator forever!" Najimi then got a solution to the lock problem. "Hang on, Komi you said that when your vision became purple, you see some of the keys glowing, am I right?" I nodded. "Maybe try to close your eyes again and focus. Your new power might be our best shot here!"
"Well, nothing's ventured, nothing's gained." I said. I closed my eyes in order to find the feeling I had earlier. Oh! I think I'm feeling it! When I opened my eyes again, they were glowing again. This time, it feels different.
Instead of glowing yellow, my eyes are glowing bright purple. (P.S The pic you saw came from my first anime opening) As they are glowing, the purple tint returns, and I can see the glowing spots on the keys. "It's hard to describe but glow in each key is different. One is glowing dimly while the others get brighter as than the others."
Tadano, who had the ability "to read the room" put the pieces together. "I think it must be the order of when the keys are pressed. It must be their fingerprints, the oldest must be the first one to be pressed and from the looks of it, they all gave to be different keys. That's my hunch anyways."
Tadano was never wrong when it came to puzzles and it's the moment of truth! The oldest one is 2, the second oldest is 8, the medium one is 7, the second freshest is 5 and the one that is the freshest is 1. "Fingers Crossed." As I pushed the last button and then...
*Click!*
(Music End)
The locked is open! The cat is free! I opened the lid and he climbed onto my arms. "Oh yeah! It feels good to be free from that box. To be honest, I wouldn't mind if someone bought me and I would be like this now," the cat said as he stretched.
Tadano noticed we missed a crucial detail, "Hang on. You didn't tell us your name before we free you."
"Oh right, I was being inpatient on get free, I forgot to introduce myself," the cat said as he clears his throat. "My name is MechaNeko, a robot cat looking for clues about the truth of the Metaverse." (Kometani: The Author was a little lazy on calling this robot cat)
Najimi got that, "Wait, you're saying this mall that was originally our school, was part of the Metaverse that we ended up in?"
MechaNeko nodded, "Correct, this mall is your school that was seeing by the Ruler of this Palace. The term 'Palace' is a distortion by a person with a twisted desire and was taken for in the Metaverse."
I never knew there was a parallel world that was hidden from us in our entire lives. To think Yamai, one of my friends that I hoped could change, has one of these Palaces. What's worse, there could be a chance I could have them in me. I couldn't imagine what would happen if I never met Tadano in the first place. As I grope with the situation, we forgot one critical detail we forgot...
"Hey! Who opened the V.I.P. case for the special toy?"
(What Are You Up To? - Komi Can't Communicate)
Oh No! We were so caught up on saving him, we forgot we were escaping for this mall. Three guards show up at the entrance and blocked out path! "So, it's you three intruders that opened our special display. First, you threatened our mistress' life then you committed thievery?" One leader of the troop asked annoyed. "Miss Yamai would not be happy her most prized gift was stolen."
"Should we call for backup?" The second guard asked. I though we shouldn't make the same mistake as the first wave."
However, the third guard shook his head. "Don't you see? This could be our chance for promotion! If we can take them ourselves, we'll be proven to be the employees of this mall!"
The main guard agreed, "Indeed, we are in need for extra money. If taking you in will give us promotion, so be it!)
Tadano like at me, which a was deep in anxiety. Though instead of shaking, my head hang low, with my bangs covering my eyes. "Hey, I know this Palace stuff is putting you in a spiral, but right now, you have to fight them!" he said as he pointed to them.
Najimi coined in. "Yeah! This is no time to feeling down! Go out there and kick their asses!" They said as they raised their right fist in the sky.
That motivated me plenty. This is not time to fell concerned for myself. I hand over MechaNeko to Tadano. "Take care of him please. I will protect you all." As I walked over to the guards, the blue flames returned as they burned slightly on me. As I grabbed my sword, the flames burst, changing my clothes back to the Demon Slayer uniform, haori and ponytail included. I forgot to mention that the stand of hair I have over my right shoulder, I still have it when I'm like this.
"Oh, she changed into that Slayer outfit! This is an emergency protocol! Transform and engage!" The guard leader ordered as they ripped of their masks, dissolved into black mist, and rosed up in their true forms. The first one is a familiar figure.
(Kometani: The Magician Pumpkin: Jack O Lantern)
It's another one of those pumpkins I fought! I can never get over how cute these things are! A Green witch hat, a blue cloak and a lantern these look too cute. The second one is a different being than this.
(Kometani: The Fairy of Lovers: Pixie)
It's a fairy that you often see in fairy tales. It's mostly clad in blue with wings spouting in her back. As for the third one...
(Kometani: The Sexual Devil: Incubus)
OH MY GOD! WHAT THE HECK IS THAT!!?? Me and my friends were on the verge of puking when we saw the true form of the guard leader! A red classic demon with an anklet on his right ankle two tails: one from the bottom and the other from the crouch. I know demons are not meant to be positive, but this is going beyond the censors! (Kometani: Good thing, this series is rated M.)
"Holy shit!" Tadano yelled as he faced away. "This is so messed up!! A demon with a pointy thing out of his crouch! I wish I haven't seen that!"
Najimi nodded in agreement. "Same here! I can't believe Yamai would have something like this in her mall! This is not like her to begin with!"
"Well, this is what happen when Shadows reveal their true forms. They came from the Sea of Souls where anything can take shape." MechaNeko explained. "These are what they were before hiding behind those guard forms. But when they do, this is the time to take them down for real!"
I give him a nod as I ready myself for battle. "We'll continue this later, got it?" I told them. I then drew my sword I as I ready for battle. I don't know why but I was smirking as I took my stance. I do know only one thing: This will be their Last Surprise!
(Insert: Last Surprise by Lyn)
I took a look at the three demons that I am facing. The two on the sides are weaker than the middle on which is their leader. I know the pumpkin is weak to Ice spells and my Ice Breaking technique. I don't know what the other two are weak against.
But still, I shouldn't use Izanami too much. I'll run out of Mana if I do. I run up to the demons as I take a deep breath and allow my body to strengthen. "Total Concertation: Ice Breathing First Form! Shattered Ice!" "HEEEE-OOOOOWWWW!!!" The Pumkin yelled in pain as the Ice Strike knocks him down like a vase. That got the other two demons scared allowing me to go one more!
I repeat the same move on the fairy. "OOOOOWWWWWIIIIIEEEE!!!!" The fairy groaned as she vaporized into black dust. She must be weaker than the pumpkin as it only to her one hit to kill it. So that leaves, aside from the surviving pumpkin, the pointy demon left.
I know that he would be tougher than the others, so I called, "IZANAMI!!!" as my mask vanished and, from bright blue flames, the beautiful Japanese goddess with my hairstyle came out to play. "Shoot him with BUFU!" I commanded her! She held her hands on her orb as ice shoots from it However...
The demon was damaged by not as hurt as the other two. "Good thing I'm not weak to Ice. Even though you are tough, I can easily come right back up!" He said deviously. And he proves it by firing a red beam and after it hit me, it drains me of some of my strength! It hurts so much! "Ah Yes! Nothing like a good ol' Life Drain. Hey you! Get up and fight!." And then the pumpkin that I knocked down came back up and fired a ball of fire at me! It's a good thing fire doesn't hurt me, but it doesn't change the fact I lost a bunch a health in their turn.
Tadano and Najimi looked away as they can't stand me getting hurt. I however, was still determined to win this fight. "I don't know how tough you are, but I will not let you touch any of my friends! I will burn any obstacle in my way!" I shouted determinedly as I cast magic but the name this time is, "AGI" As Izanami focused on her necklace, it flashed red and showed a picture of fire on it.
After than, Izanami produced a ball of fire in her hand and threw it at the red demon. "YYYYEEEEEEAAAAAGH!" He screamed in pain as fire seemed to be his weakness. I was amazed after using it. "I used fire. I thought the only spell that I learned was Dia. I thought Ice was my main element." I said before my Persona answered me.
"You're right. Ice is your main element, at least in your first set. It's just that you learned a new move in addition to the healing spell" I looked at her with confusion. "Normally, Personas only can use one element and one type of attack magic. There are instances of people having the ability to wield more than one Persona. But our case is much even rarer. Not only I have the normal moveset, I have a secondary moveset where I can learn any element that you can use." She looks at me and from her eye shape, she looks like she's smiling.
"Remember the orb I took in? It allowed me to learn that fire spell I couldn't learn on my own. And the best part is that if you need to use spell that you couldn't use because the moveset is full, you can set the skill and put the old spell in reserve, and it can go the other way around." She puts her hand on her orb "This is our special power. Any new moves that we learn is not gone forever as they are stored in me forever!" (Kometani: For Izanami's first moveset, normal rules still apply.)
I couldn't believe myself. I'm not only an ice user. I can learn any magic skill I can find after defeat any enemy in my way. I know this will be tough even with it, but I know I'm special to begin with. "Thank You for this power, my other self" I bowed smiling. But I kinda celebrated too soon as the Shadows are still alive. "Oh! I must finish the job! Well, here I come!!" I yelled as Izanami return to being my mask as I dash towards the Shadows.
I wonder, if I'm a Demon Slayer, I may as well finish them in style! I raised my sword as it shines like the sun. As I close in, I used my eye power to find an opening. And like the show, I see the opening thread on the red demon's neck. Well, here I go! *SLASH* I won! While the pumpkin vanished instantly, the demon, with an actual body, was decapitated. His head was on the floor as his body fell to the ground and as I sheathed my sword, he vanished into black dust slowly and then into nothingness.
(Music Ends)
"Wow, Komi! Not only you win in style, but you can use more than Ice!??" Najimi said excitedly. "You're even more amazing then when we first met you!" They said as the placed their hand back on their head.
"That was an excellent display there! This makes getting out of here so much easier!" Tadano stated while still holding MechaNeko.
I smiled at their praise as I grabbed the money they left behind as well as a smaller orb that fits on your hand. Izanami also absorbed the orbs that came from defeating the guards. They're red, yellow and white each. "I'm just trying to save ourselves. I guess my new powers are a second thought." I said as I put the Yen away. As I did, my uniform changes back into my Itan Uniform, again with my hair untied and sword still on my waist.
Mechagana spoke, "Huh, you changed back when it's supposed to stay like that here. It must mean it's a side effect of being a new Persona user." The guards that weren't in the fight were still focused on the fight were still waiting at the elevator. "Oh, given the impact of this fight, it won't be long before the decide to move out. We should get a move on!"
"Oh right!" I gasped. "Everyone! We must make a run for it while they're still there!" Najimi and Tadano nodded as we ran towards the exit.
We saw the escalator that brought us to the second level of the floor. We didn't wait and ran down the moving steps. (Carefully of course) We soon reached the first floor and keep running towards the exit.
"Man, I'm relieved that we'll be out of this hell of a mall soon!" Najimi said while panting. "The only thing that's stopping us is an ambush like they know we'll come through."
This got Tadano in shock. "Don't say it like that! That's gonna make it an almost guarantee that it will happen!" he scolded them.
Najimi was unbothered, "What? I'm just saying it was a possibility that it can-" as we approached the exit...
(Music Stops)
A huge battalion of guards came out of the main exit and some stores! They were right! They knew they would come here! Najimi and Tadano were shock. The latter cursing themselves for calling it and Tadano angry giving them 'I knew you shouldn't say that' look.
As for me, "HOLY SHIT!" What!? Did I just swear!? (Kometani: Komi Swear Count: 1) My friends were shocked at this as I covered my mouth. Seriously, I never swore in my life. It feels wrong for me.
"Komi!? Since when can you swear? You are one of the last people in my list who would swear!" Tadano asked in a panic.
"I'm sorry! I never knew I can swear!" I responded
"I'm sorry. When you released me from your heart, it also unlocked all restrains in your heart too. In other words, you literally were unable to swear because of those restraints." my Persona apologized. This made me sweat. I'm too polite to swear; to think something like this happen to me.
"My, My! I never knew my dear Komi can swear like a Sailor (Moon)."
I knew that voice. We turned around to see Yamai with the fake Kishi standing by her. I knew that she wasn't as dumb as we thought.
(Threat Incoming - My Hero Academia)
"I knew you wouldn't make a dash for the exit, so I sent my more trusted guards here to ambush you three!" she said mischievously. "Those elevator guards are in case you are as reckless as i thought"
Tadano, though shaking in fear, confronted her, "I don't know why you want me and Najimi out of the picture, but I know this moving out with Komi plan is way too crazy! She would never agree to it!"
Najimi joined him, "Yeah! What he said! Komi isn't goin' anywhere!" They spread their arms around me.
Yamai rolled her eyes. "Please, that show wasn't the first time I try to off you two!" Tadano and Najimi were wide eyed as if they remembered something so devastated to them. "Oh? Did I rub a sore spot on you two? *Chuckle* I suppose so as I made such ultimatums to you since last year." Ultimatums? What did see mean? I widen my eyes in realization. Did she blackmail them?
"No! You don't mean...!"
"I am, Tadano-Kun. You know that day in September where I return your lost back to you? Well, I decided to take advantage of it and give you a warning" Yamai to out a small knife from her pocket. Tadano stared in horror. "You recognized this: it's the knife that I plunged into your hand as a reminder that I will give you even harsher punishment if you don't let me have Komi-San" She smiled menacingly. "I believe that you still have the scars of war I gave you."
I remember what Tadano showed me. I grabbed his right hand and looked at his palm and sure enough, the very same scar is still there! And it sure matched that of a stab would. "If you did this to Tadano, what did you do to Najimi...?" I asked while holding back tears. This is too heavy for me to handle.
"Oh, I simply just threaten to give up being their friend as well as the fact that they're born trans," Yamai said smugly.
"You wouldn't dare!" Najimi said angrily. "I still don't know my gender, but I don't want people to be freaked out because I'm one of the only trans people in our school!"
I was beginning to leak tears as this goes on. "This isn't like you Yamai... Why would you make threats that would ruin their lives forever?"
"Unfortunately, this is like her." I look at MechaNeko with my eyes going wet. "That is her Shadow, a being that the real her hides subconsciously. It means the her here is her inner demons the real Yamai is hiding. So, all of this actually happened in the real world."
I don't believe this... This is her true self? I can't believe she acts like this the whole time she attends Itan with us. I was so emotionally devastated from this true and was filled with tears. But these were not tears of sorrow...
(Music End)
These were tears of Rage...
"Is there something wrong my dear goddess Komi? I did these for the sake of-"
"Silence." I said as I hold back my rage as to prevent a rage fit. "You clearly never had any intention of changing your ways ever since the day you kidnapped Tadano. I don't know why you keep doing this, but this is something I cannot abide by." I struggled to stop my angry face, even I never felt rage this huge in me. "If you won't atone for your schemes..." I raised my face in anger and tears. "I will make you atone, you... BITCH!" (Kometani: Komi Swear Count: 2)
Everyone gasped upon hearing me saying that what. Yamai was the most shocked. "You dare said that word to the one who brings you Justice to your name!?" Shadow Yamai, who is now known as, exclaimed. She then morphed her face into anger herself. "If you dare to put me in my damn place, I'm gonna to the same to you!" She looked at the fake Kishi as if she is ordering her to send her battalion.
"You heard the lady! Get you weapons ready!" 'Kishi' ordered with authority.
I looked back to Tadano and Najimi, who were both scared at Yamai's threat and my outburst and declaration. "Stay put, my friends." I asked calmly out in concern as my outfit changed again. "I will do my best to get us out of here. Don't do anything risky." They simply nodded but still shaken.
"She changed again! Masks off, now!" The guards did just that and changed into their true forms. Not only some were the same pumpkins and fairies, but there are also new ones too. Some of them look like horses!
This one is a purple horse with white hair, green horns and red eyes. (Kometani: The two horned Hermit horse: Bicorn) These really are types to be afraid of as two of the are way bigger than the pumpkins and fairies.
(Kometani: The Emperor knight: Eligor)
The leader of the troops here is an orange looking knight riding another purple hose. (But without the horns) He also wields a giant spear in his left arm, one hit from that and I'm a goner!
"Anyone who disrupts Miss Yamai's business, will have to pay in blood!" the Knight threatened as his troops charged in.
(Tension Rising - Kingdom Hearts II Final Mix)
Here we go! I rush into the pumpkins as they are the easiest to defeat. I killed three of them with my Ice Breathing easily and dodged the lighting strikes from the Pixies. Now I know the Pixies use electricity to attack and getting shocked is bad no matter what.
I attacked one of the two horned horses next as I used my Persona to freeze it. But the horse is not weak to ice nor was I able to freeze it, allowing it to attack with its magic. "Heh, Heh. You think that's cold? This will BLOW you away! GARU!!" As the horse said it, he fired a blast of green wind from his mouth, making contact and blowing me away.
"KOMI!!" Tadano and Najimi Yelled! I was surprised how powerful this wind is. It almost felt like I was being thrown by a tornado! I got right back up at least I'm not weak against wind...
The leader shadow charged in! "You want some more pain? Coming right up! CLEAVE!!" He raised his spear and charged towards me. I held my sword in front to defend myself as the knight struck is spear and my sword softened the blow as I moved my head to the side.
"URRRRKKKK" I groaned as I felt a cut on my right cheek as blood leaks from it. "I can't let my family see this! Izanami, Dia!" I see held her hands as her magic healed my cheek cut without any scars."
As a bunch of fairies surrounded me, I used Bufu to clear the path. Unfortunately, this was their plan all along: they wanted to use up my magic so I can no longer fight. "Why am I feeling beat? *GASP!* You're trying to make my used up my magic." Shadow Yamai nodded. "Damn it! (Kometani: Komi Swear Count: 3) Why didn't I see this sooner!?" I played right into their hands...
"Komi..." Both my friends said as the fight is put into a halt.
(Without Tears - Spy X Family)
"AHAHAHAHA!" Shadow Yamai laughed. "I knew you have a limit to your 'power' you had. If I had my more powerful troops, I would've got you in two minutes."
Tadano looked at me as I struggled to keep my breath. "Tell me Yamai, does your schemes end with just me and Najimi?"
Yamai was quick to answer. "Oh no, I plan to do much more than you two damn pests. I have many other plots to get Komi's other friends, as well as many others, out of my way." (Kometani: Except for Chocolat the Cat, who shared the same VA as Joker from the other side of this crossover) She held out her fingers to count how many. "There's that damn emo Otaku, Nakanaka, the wannabe star Naruse, my beauty rival: that effing Gyaru, Manbagi, and... maybe the one the set you on the normal path: Kawai-San I believe." She finished the last one with a dark grin on her face.
That last person made Tadano widen his eyes. "You... knew about Kawai? Why did you want her out if she doesn't go to our school? And how do you know about her?"
Yamai answered, "Oh, that lavender haired whatever told me when we talked about you one day. After they rescued you, they went to me to get me to apologize and told me about your past love life. I knew being everyone's childhood friend has its perks."
Then It was Najimi's turn to have wide eyes. "You took advantage of my schtick so you can hurt Tadano more!? God Damnit! I knew you wouldn't stop going after Komi, but I was blind you would take advantage of me! Why am I so stupid at this!?"
This led to Shadow Yamai grinning with victory. "Oh, I knew this day would come! The day I would move out of this dated mall to live together with Komi-Sama! Now, no one can stop me!"
"Enough!!" I yelled at Yamai as I tried to regain my breath. "You clearly have no second thought to your schemes! And if you think those two are weak so you can take control of them, you're wrong!" I ranted as a pointed to my friends. "They have the strength to help me out of my disorder! They were the reason I'm reaching 100 friends in my high school life! And... they gave me the strength to face the demons in front of me!" At that moment, Tadano and Najimi felt a tiny spark igniting in their hearts. (Kometani: You know what this means what will happen.)
"My point is I was able to change thanks to them, my other friends and especially you! I am giving your final warning! Stop this plan of yours, let me stay in Itan, and don't make anyone else suffer for me!" That got Tadano and Najimi looking at me as if I changed their lives as well. They knew if they don't step in, they'll lose the one person that changed them.
Shadow Yamai was not amused at me trying to get through to her. "Was that a threat? I thought you were more... loyal to me. Well, I guess I'll have to give them an even harder punishment than last time."
Upon hearing that, I suddenly feel like throwing up, thanks to the beating I received. “Ummph… BLEEGH!!” I looked a my hand and it's… blood!? Oh my my own blood leaking from me and in a situation like this.
I suddenly have flashbacks to that dreadful day. I saw myself on the ground with blood in front of me due to me getting hit in my stomach area. Next, I was in the emergency room, undergoing surgery. I was naked as my stomach area was being treated and I was breathing the anesthesia with my hair still exposed. While technically asleep, I still fear of myself dying as I fear the surgery going wrong. The rest was a blur but it doesn’t change the fact that it was a scar in my memory didn’t want to be reminded.
I then was shaking in fear as I remembered that day. “Please… I don’t want… to them die… like I almost did…” I cried. Upon seeing me suffer, my friends knew I need them…
“You almost died?” Shadow Yamai taunted. “Really? I don't think you had that happening. But I will ensure those to a to be given much-“ But then she was interrupted.
(Music Ends)
"YOU SHUT THE HELL UP!" I stopped shaken to as I know who it is. That came from Tadano who was enraged from Yamai's threat. "NOT ONLY YOU MADE KOMI CRY, YOU WOULD MAKE THREATS TO THE REST OF KOMI'S FRIENDS I HELPED HER MAKE AS WELL AS A PERSON FROM MY PAST!? I DON'T KNOW WHAT SICK SHIT YOU HAVE IN YOUR MIND, BUT YOU ARE IN SERIOUS NEED OF REMPERMANDING!!" He gasped in what he said.
At the same time, Najimi also threw a fit in anger. "YOU SAID IT TADANO!! I WAS THE CHILDHOOD FRIEND OF EVERYONE I TOKYO AND ALL OF JAPAN AND YET NONE OF THEM SEEK TO BETRAY ME UNTIL YOU DID!!" They clenched their fists tightly. "YOU ARE THE SOLE BLEMISH OF MY FRIENDS LIST, I DON'T REGRET BEING BORN TRANSGENDER, AND I WILL SHOW YOU WHAT HAPPEN WHEN ONE OF MY FRIENDS DECIDES TO BETRAY ME!!" Right as they finished their threat, I saw something happening to their eyes...
Their eyes flashed gold. This is like what happened to me when I awakened to my Persona! As if that wasn't enough... *CRACKLE!* *SPLASH!* I see lighting rupturing from Tadano and Water gushing out Najimi! Could it be...!
"You made us suffer so much, that we could bite you back in the ass!" "Well, It's a no brainer! We're gonna take our own paths..."
"And get revenge for us and Komi for the suffering you did to us!"
(Cue Awakening!)
"So, had enough being normal?" I hear a voice similar to it but sounded much more royal.
"Had enough of- UUUURRRRGGGGGKKKKK!!!" I turned and saw Tadano hold his head in pain and his eyes turned gold! That voice I heard was Tadano's Persona coming out!
"You thought if you acted normal, things would play out the same, and look what happened. But there is still a chance for greatness in normalcy! Is that what you still wanted after SHE rejected you?"
Tadano was normally against anything against his agenda. But as he was in pain with saliva running down, he knew normal doesn't apply in this case! "I want to be what normal kid so much I lost sight of my feats before this. Okay then/" he said as he thumbs up while holding on hand in his head.
"Good choice. Time to embrace the new normal for you. I Am Thou, Thou Art I. You had one chance stolen from once, and it happened twice. Make sure this does not happen for a Third Time!
Tadano simply chuckled at the last remake. "Coming someone who's the Third in line of the great thief himself."
At the same time as Tadano's Awakening...
"Heh, heh. Being the lone type around has its perks!"
"What the he_ EEEEEEEEEELLLLLLLL!!" I Turned to see Najmi getting that same headache! "What the Hell is happening to me head!?"
"It's the rebel inside wanting out! You had plenty of chances to shoot down anyone who could betray your trust and one of them has awakened! Especially that she knows about your identity. Will you let them tarnish you title any longer?" This voice Najimi heard... it sounded like a fusion of male and female like Najimi but deeper. I suddenly felt joy in me...
I couldn't help but smiled in excitement. I thought I was going to be the lone fighter in this world, but now I don't need to worry as I know what this means...
Tadano and Najimi are about to awaken to the same powers as me!
"Heh, no wonder you're known as the Lone Ranger. Okay, we have ourselves a deal." Najimi Smirked.
The voice inside Najimi chuckled again. "You said it, Partner. Time to begin the ride! I Am Thou, Thou Art I! The wilderness is not a place for hiding. It's where the bastards get hunted and shot! Wash the place clean of shit and shoot anything in your way!"
At the same time, they both let go of their heads indicating that their "Contracts" with their soon-to-be Personas have been forged. If that wasn't enough indication, their faces are now decorated with masks.
(Again, the mask holes would be bigger for the Komi cast)
Tadano's mask is like anything in his name, normal. It's just a plain black mask that any Phantom Thieve would wear, (Kometani: This wouldn't be confusing with another Phantom Thief with almost the exact same design,)
As for Najimi...
(The design is different in my description, but the color should be the same.)
Najimi's mask is shaped like a half of a star. There is a one side on the left, one side on the right, and a top all with points on the end.
"This is a miracle!" Mechagana said in excitement! "All three of you awakening in the same day!"
The felt the mask and looked at each other. "You're wearing a mask too? Does that mean?"
Najimi's grin grew wider, "I know what this means!!!"
They turn toward me where instead of saying something, I held my hand to my mask and took it off, without summoning my Persona. signaling them to do the same as I did.
They understood quickly as they placed their hands on their masks, grunting, struggling and then yanked them out with blood on them and with that...
*BOOM!*
The same blue flame pillars that erupted underneath me, now erupted for them too! It's official, Tadano and Najimi, my two friends that changed me for the better, have been reborn too!
From the flames that surrounded Tadano, he walked out with a somewhat familiar outfit. He is dressed liked a general gentlemen thief, a normal looking tuxedo with black boots, a cape with the inside being red accompanied by a top hat with a mark resembling his cowlick on the side. (Wait a minute, could he be... wearing the same outfit as the male main character from my Favorite Anime!? (Kometani: She was blushing))
His Persona is like a modern take of the classic Phantom Thief. He seemed to be wearing a red suit with brown shoes, a yellow necktie and smoking a cigarette. He has pure white skin, a pompous hairstyle, which is black and has blue eyes.
"Heh. I never thought I would go back to being my old self," Tadano said with a smirk. He almost matched what he acted when Najimi told me about his middle school life. " No matter, as long Lupin III is with me, I will return things to normal the hard way!"
On Najimi's side, they're dressed in something from the wild west. They're wearing a blue cowboy's outfit with no sleeves, a red scarf and cowboy's hard with a star on it!
Their Persona is hard to identify which gender they are like the actual person. It also wore a western outfit, but it was dressed in black and blue instead. They wore a belt that carried two guns, both are revolvers. Their hat covered their eyes, but one of the was glowing white and also had lavender skin.
"Oh YEEEEEAAAAAHHHHH!!!!" Najimi shouted in aggressive excitement. Never thought I would be even more special than I was! Loner or not, me and The Lone Ranger will shoot down anything that destroys friendships!" They said as their Persona twirls their guns and points them to the Shadow mob.
I began to shed tears of excitement as they awakened. "You two..." I struggled to utter.
"Hey, save the sentiments until after we're outta here," Najimi quipped. "We all gonna blast through here!"
"We'll follow your lead!" Tadano said with a thumbs up. "You show us the ropes." I wasn't expected to be given the lead, but they're right. I'm the more experience of the three.
"Oh! You better replenish your magic! Take a sip! Najimi said as they threw me a soda can. Not just any soda can, it's the same type of sports drink I drank at the pool last year! I am pretty thirsty!
*Click!* *Gulp!*
(Pretend I'm not in a swimsuit here)
MMM! That was so sweet! I feel so hype that my magic came back a ton! (Kometani: That was the special skill: Sweet Tooth)
"Impossible!! I can't believe the other two were capable of doing that too!!"
"Everyone is capable of change; you just don't see it." I told Yamai. "Want to see how amazing change is? We'll show you how capable we are! It's Showtime!" I declared as we charge to the exit being guarded.
(Insert: Make My Story by Lenny code fiction)
We moved in a perfect formation as we drew out weapons. As my weapons is the Nichirin Sword, Tadano's weapon is a cane. Yes, a cane. Though it's quite effective as he wacked a few pumpkins and fairies and most we knocked down. I did the same as io swung my blade at my side as they vanished into black smoke.
Najimi seem to be dual wielding as they held two batons in their hands. They wacked the red demons as they also turned into smoke. "AHAHAHAHA!" Najimi laughed. "This Persona stuff rocks my world!" They said as they backflip to avoid fire and lightning from close by enemies. "I never thought I would be as fast as that hedgehog!"
Tadano was then faced against the same two-horned horses I faced. "Let's see what Lupin III can show: Unleash Zio on them!" he yelled as he pointed to them
"Time to make things showy!" Lupin III fired yellow bolts of lightning on the horses, and it knocked them down! These horses can be knocked out by electric magic, can't wait to use that.
Meanwhile, Najimi is also surrounded by those witch pumpkins. But they had a sinister smirk in their face as if this was their trap. "Well, anyone thirsty? I am! Well how about a fresh cup of Aqua!?"
Lone Ranger aimed their guns to the pumpkins. "Coming directly to you!" they said as they literally fired water from their guns. It collided with the pumpkins as they were killed in one shot each! I never thought how powerful water can be!
MechaNeko was surprised indeed. "Aqua!? That spell hasn't been used for over 20 years! The users and Shadows who used them had become rarer before today." That's interesting Najimi is the first one in a while that uses water magic. I'll ask about it later.
The last few fairies sneak attacked Najimi and zapped them. "AAAAAOOOHHHHHOOGGGGAAA" They were shocked hard. It made sense: Water can conduct electricity. Thank you Nakanaka for introducing me to Sokemon. (Which happened off screen if you are familiar with my stories)
"However, Najimi got back up and for sure, they're pissed! (Kometani: Komi Swear Count:4) "Oh that does it! Time to Shoot you all down!" they screamed as they pointed. As soon as they said that their Persona shoots again, this time with actual bullets and took them all down with one strike!
As I was surrounded by pumpkins again, I remembered something from the Anime Demon Slayer. Thanks to Najimi using water, I remember the skill that Tanjiro used often before using that Legendary skill! 'Water Breathing! That's the easiest of the Breathing Techniques. I should use it before I can master my own Breathing Technique.' I have to let go of my stress first. First, I closed my eyes.
(Music stops)
There is one what to use a Style correctly. One must connect to said element connected to that style. In this case, I have to feel one with water like the ocean that surrounds Japan. In the biggest ocean on the planet,
Come on, feel the waves. Water is as deadly as a sword's blade. I'm the one they fear. I am the storm that approaches.
*Cue Wave noises*
I can hear the waves as if I'm on the beach. The calm sounds of waves embody the symbolism of water, A force for good and a force of destruction.
Breathe
*SPLASH!*
(Water Breathing ~ From Type 2 to Pickup Type - Demon Slayer)
Water. My sword was emitting water was a breathed in. The one style every slayer learned. I charged into the pumpkins as they use fire, water put them out.
"WOAH! Komi can use Water Breathing Too!? She's an even better Slayer than I thought!" Najimi said as I closed into the Shadows
"Water Breathing First Form...'
*SLASH!*
'WATER SURFACE SLASH!'
I slashed in the pumpkins as water styled in traditional Japanese art sprayed from my sword. I struck them clean as the strike created a huge splash of water that spreads to the floors. The pumpkins were cleaved in half as they vanished. As I rushed into the horses Tadano knocked down.
"Tadano, get down!" I ordered as he saw the water emitting from my sword. He ducked as I jumped into the air towards the horses and then, like the real Demon Slayers, decapitated them. Thier heads and bodies fell to the ground as I landed and as soon as water stopped emitting, they slowly disintegrated in black smoke.
Tadano was impressed. "Man, you really are a fan of Demon Slayer! Glad you're stepping out of your comfort zone!" he told me as he clapped.
But of course, there's still one boss left, the horse-riding knight.
(Make My Story continues at 2:08)
Najimi joined as we all stod against the knight himself. "I'll take him." Tadano said as his Persona launched Zio on it and it was not affected as much.
"Allow me to finish the job" Najimi said as they allowed their Persona to fire water and while the effect was more of the same, he did get wet from it. (Kometani: Status ailment: Wet)
"Heh! Do you think water can stop a knight on a horse?" he taunted.
I shook my head. "Maybe not by itself, but remember what water becomes when it's cold!" I shouted as I summoned Izanami, and she shot ice from her hands. When they collided, the ice froze the water on the knight becoming frozen himself. "I knew it! Water when cold becomes ice! He's frozen! Let me do one more." I run with my sword and simply slashed him, and the impact was so strong he was knocked down.
"Hey! Since he's down and we're all up, let's get him at once!" Najimi shouted. "We'll do an All-out Attack on him and kill him in one strike!"
We nodded together as I took the lead. "Let's pounce them!" I commanded.
MechaNeko gave commentary as we beat up the knight. "End it in one strike!"
And we did with me in a red and black background. I thought I end the fight with something witty. A twirl and placed my pointer fight in a shhh! sound as I said my end quote.
Silence is Golden!
(Music Ends)
As I said that, blood gush from the knight's chest as it disintegrated into smoke. I, who have a great fear of blood, felt a chill upon seeing that. I gotta remember this is not as clean as I thought. (Kometani: Komi has learned new skills! For 1st set: Sukunda. For 2nd set: Garu, Zio, Cleave)
"AWWWWWW YEEAAAHHH!!!" Najimi cheered as we won! "That's what you get for beating us down all of the time!"
MechaNeko pointed out something before we celebrate. "Sorry to interrupt but we should get out of here now!"
Tadano panicked, "He's right! We have to get out before more come for us!" We all nodded as we ran towers the exit and out of Yamai's mall.
Yamai was of course, furious that her most loyal guards we defeated by us. "IMPOSSIBLE!! How can those damn pests gain the means to beat my security!? No one should touch me!"
The other Kishi stepped up to comfort her. "No need for a tantrum, my lady. I do not doubt they will return here one day. I will continue training my men to better prepare our defenses and capture them."
(Music End)
Shadow Yamai calmed down a bit. "You're right, I have another chance to get Komi-Sama for myself! I just gotta relay the word to the others." She took out her phone to make her call. "Special crew, do you read me? This is Yamai here. I need to make special preparations for the next opening."
Out from the phone is Onigashima's voice. [Got the word, Ms. Yamai. Do you want some to guard the treasures you hold dear?]
She made her "crazy face" "Absolutely! And that goes double for the special rooms only I can access! They must not get to them, or they die trying!"
(Outside Yamai's Grand Mall, Itan Alleyway)
We ran out of the main mall grounds in swift speed. We turn around to see the alleyway we came out before we entered the Mall. We decided to hide there in case guards come to find us.
"Phew, that was the most thrilling experience I had in my entire life" I said. "I never thought we get superpowers in our lives."
"You said it Komi," Tadano agreed. "One moment, we try to stop Yamai, the next we ended up cosplaying anime heroes in a mall" he said as he inspects his suit.
"If you asked me, that was the most excitement I had in my life!" Najimi said. "I always dreamed of being a hero like in anime!"
MechaNeko decided talk. "Well now that we're out, you should all try to go back to your normal world. Did you have an idea how?"
I remembered the app on my phone. I took it out to show it to him. "I used this to get us here. It looks like we can use the same to get out."
"Nice deduction! Oh, and feel free to come back here. I got a feeling you might need to return here at some point." We all tilted out heads in confusion. "Oh, if you need answer, this mall is in fact, a Palace, a distortion of a place by one's heart in the Metaverse. This is what Yamai thought of this school as subconsciously." A Palace... With a regal sounding name, it's no wonder Yamai was wearing a crown.
Suddenly, our outfits changed back to normal except for our weapons. This got Tadano to realize something. "Hang on... We can't bring these with us to our world! We'll be seen as criminals for just holding weapons!"
MechaNeko knew he would as that' "No worries! I have something for this occasion." he said as he held out a bag, "This is the inventory bag! This will store anything of any size! No matter how bung or how much, this bag can carry anything with no limit." I know it sound cartoony but might as well give it a try. I put my sword into the big and sure enough it fits! The same for Tadano and Najimi's weapons too.
"Well, I had fun in this world, but I can't wait to get back home. I'm starting to feel hungry." Najimi said as they put their hands on their tummy. We all heard our stomach grumble.
I ready the Meta-Nav for our return but not before hugging MechaNeko. "See you again little kitty and try not to get caught again" I said as I put him down.
"Likewise, Ms. Komi. Hope you succeed in your goal." he said as I activated the Nav, and the same ripple effect started up...
(Alleyway Near Itan High School)
The effect ended, and we were treated to the familiar feeling of sunshine. We all walked out of the alley and saw that Itan High School is back!
"Aw Yes! Home Sweet Home!" Najimi cheered but low enough so we wouldn't be suspicious.
"You said it Najimi," Tadano added. "Hard to believe that this was a mall a few seconds ago. How about you, Komi?"
I try to speak my thought but... "OOOOOOOHHHHHHHH..." Huh? I'm back to being my usual self?
I took out my notebook to answer. [I'm sorry. Even when I spoke in the Metaverse, I seemed it doesn't carry over here. Looks like I still have to learn the long way.] My two friends were saddened by this revelation.
"It's okay, Komi. I know you were able speak there, but shortcut makes the process unstable. Trust me, you are still making great progress in your dreams, and I have no doubt you will overcome them one day." Tadano said to comfort me.
I was crying with tears of hope. Sure, I still can't speak here, but I know may resolve doesn't waver. "Thank You... you two." I spoke up.
(For Today, Have Courage... — Komi Can't Communicate)
Najimi then spoke up. "Well now that we are free, who about we have some food before we go home?" We both nodded. All of our parents have something to take care of leaving us to eat somewhere. "I'm thinking out beef bowl. They are always good no matter what."
Tadano nodded, "The let's go to the one we always frequent. They-" but Najimi held their hand as if they have something planned.
"Oh no. That's not as good as the place I'm about to suggest. The place we're going is 'Ore No Beko' in Shibuya!"
Shibuya!? I heard of that part in Tokyo! I have been to many cities outside of Itan but never into the most famous part of the city itself. I heard its home to a University I wanted to attend after graduating from Itan. Still, going to the big city will be a big experience for me!
This got Tadano interested. "Oh, Shibuya! I haven't been there since middle school. I wanted to see how much has changed. Do you want to go there?"
In no time, I wrote [Yes, I always wanted to see Shibuya! I wanted to see how Tokyo is outside Itan!] I spouted my cat ears after writing that!.
Najimi checked their phone and despite feeling like hours in there. Only 20 minutes pasted according to our clocks. Looks like we don’t have to be late for our curfews if we spent hours there. “Looks like we'll get to the next train heading there now! Let's ho there now!”
We walked out to the station for Shibuya. I gotta say after almost dying in that otherworldly mall, I pretty much need something bood to eat and having beef bowl in Shibuya is one way to end a day like that.
(Music Ends)
However, little did we know that our little secret was found out the moment we discovered it. A familar black bob haird student with an eyepatch was watching us escape from the Metaverse after seeing us by chance. “So it's true… Real magic exists and you Princess Komila have those powers for a long time.”
“But no matter, as I, Omoharu Nakanaka, keeper of the Dragon Force, will soon join you in your quest… As soon as I figure out how you did it.”
(Kometani: To Be Continued)
(Omake: Phantom Facts)
(Taisho Era Secret - Demon Slayer)
Hey everyone! Komk here. And Welcome back to Phantom Facts This time Tadano will join me.
Thanks, Komi I'm not too sure an average guy like me would get in a show like this. What are we doing here today?
Glad you asked. Today, we're talking about your Persona, right?
Oh, Lupin III right? The descendant of the original Lupin, right?
Yes indeed! Did you know there was an Anime series about him? He and his team traveled around the world to steal priceless artifacts. He has several series and movies too. I believe that manga was released on August 10, 1967 by Monkey Punch and the anime was aired in October 24, 1971. I never thought Phantom Thievery is a popular topic in Japan.
Oh, and here's a Taisho Era Secret! *CLAP! CLAP!* Did you figure out what my favorite anime was? (Kometani: at least in this incarnation) If you haven’t figured it out, here's a hint: it's my reaction to Tadano's clothing after his awakening.
Well, I can't wait for our adventure in Shibuya, right?
Of course! I can’t wait to see the big city! See you next time for that. Catch you later!
Notes:
Well, aside from the post chapter talk, it seems that Nakanaka has already discovered about Komi's adventure in the Metaverse! Given this is a series about Phantom Thievery, of course Nakanaka would be in. As this is her first appearance, you know that that means:
Omoharu Nakanaka: Cherami Leigh (Makoto's EN VA)/ Rumi Ookubo
P.S. if anyone asks why I chose Persona 5 as opposed to P4, Komi-San's dub has a lot of P5 VAs, so it works to my favor.
The main big things is both Tadano and Najimi are now Persona Users! Tadano's outfit is if you couldn’t guess, based on Tuxedo Mask's costume in Sailor Moon. (And yes, Sailor Moon is Komi's favorite Anime in this incarnation) Najimi's outfit here based on Snipe's outfit from My Hero Academia. The difference is the scarf is the same color as their hair and the hat is more like Grit's from Advance Wars ReBoot Camp with the star added.
Also, instead of having multiple Personas, Komi's Persona has a second moveset! Not only can she learn moves she can'tby just leveling up, she can absorb essences from fallen foe into her necklace and learn them that way! This is similar to another game in the SMT series with a similar system to this. Why I didn’t mention the name? Let's say the custom moveset isn’t the only tribute to that series I have planned and saying the name of said series would ruin the surprise I have planned. (I suggest you don't mention the name as well if you know the answer)
I should also do a introduction to stats for every awakening chapter (I will post a separate story for stats so far).
Shouko Komi (status)
Arcana: Empress
Persona: Izanami (Resists: Ice, Bless Weak: Curse)
Trait: Second Set (Allows to have a secondary customizable moveset)
Skills (1st set): Bufu, Dia, Sukunda
Skills (2nd set): Agi, Garu, Zio, Cleave
Hitohito Tadano
Arcana: Magician Persona: Lupin III (Resists: Elec Weak: Wind)
Trait: Mastery of Magic (A chance to decrease Magic cost in half)
Skills: Zio, Lunge
Najimi Osana
Arcana: Aeon Persona: Lone Ranger (Resists: Water, Weak: Elec)
Trait: Sharpshooter (Increases party members' chances of Gun attacks inflicting critical)
Skills: Aqua, Shoot (low gun damage to all enemies)
If you haven’t seen the tags, I'm bringing water and earth spells here! I chose Terra as opposed to Magna as Terra sounds more fitting for earth and I think the ground bursting beneath the feet fits more. Also, Komi has learned Water Breathing. This will make things easier as it's the easiest breathing style. But like ice, she will have to level up to learn more forms. The same applies to any style she CAN learn. (Emphasis on the “can”)
Also, Komi's arcana is not the Fool like Joker. She's of the Empress arcana. For this, let's say the Fool isn’t the only arcana with special powers to the one who holds it. Her case is much rarer.
Also, meet MechaNeko! This is the robotic version of Morgana obviously. Sorry if the name is unoriginal. At least, they have a guide should they return to the Metaverse. (Which they will) Also, sorry for those who wanted Komi to speak clearly in the real world. As much as anyone wants to see that, I feel she wouldn’t get as much growth if that happened. But I will say she will grow faster without any issues. (Good thing I read the manga for free)
Oh, you noticed Komi swearing when she is too polite to swear. Basically, in fics more mature than their source material, the characters who normally don’t swear, does in there for no reason other than: “this is for older audiences, no need to hold back.” While her series does feature swearing, she doesn’t herself. So, I decided to give a in-universe reason for why she did: when she awakened, it means all restraints are off, that includes swearing. Plus, I made something special.
If you don't know BigKlingy's P5R LP, he made a “For Real” counter for every time Ryuji said “For Real”. I decided to have my own spin of his gimmick with mine called the “Komi Swear Count” for every time she swears. Sorry if you don’t like Komi Swearing, this is part of more mature series, and I want to emphasize on it. In addition, inspired by another Komi fic, I decided to introduce a dark part of Komi's past to fit P5's dark tone.
Oh, and I made a Discord channel for this! Check it out to support this series: https://discord.gg/EMb4sxab
And now for the preview, the first day of this fic wraps up as, the Komi trio are headed for Shibuya, the main center of Tokyo. On their way, some of the people riding on the train look less “cartoonish” than themselves. What shenanigans will they encounter there? Next time, “It's Just My First Time in Shibuya.” Will it be a normal visit for beef bowl, or will it be a chance encounter with a Joker and his Cat? Sorry, not a cat. Thanks for reading and have a good time with friends! Green Ranger, teleport!
Chapter 5: It's Just My First Time in Shibuya
Summary:
Komi's POV: Shibuya. It's the most famous place in Tokyo. I've never been there, but I'm going there to try out a new beef bowl restaurant. On the train ride there, I noticed the people here looked ‘“different” than us. And what's more is that we had a chance encounter with two boys (one of them who looked like my litte brother) from a different school and a cat on the bag. (Who seem to acted flustered when I mentioned he's a cat) After exploring that mall, things get even more interesting for us!
Notes:
Hey guys, before the start of this chapter I want to address some criticisms of this fic. In addition, to my original name MechaNeko being too uncreative (Mechagana, though I changed the name soon), a fan said that this is more akin to a Demon Slayer Crossover than a P5 one. It's not just DS that will be referenced, I plan to base the Komi casts' outfits on other series. Tadano is Tuxedo Mask (one of the inspirations for P5 Joker), so it's not just for show. (I still need to see Sailor Moon myself) And my I remind you that the main P5 cast has a ton of anime references with their outfits alone.
Another thing, I do eventually want to combine both P5 and Komi's stories as one shared story. This story at first is what would the story be like if there is another Phantom Thief group active besides the original team. That's one type of rivalry that could’ve happen in the actual game.
Also yes, I know Lupin III is technically Arsené III but who said he is the same as the original Arsené. Besides, in terms of normal thieves, Arsené Lupin is really the only one who matches for Tadano and I don’t want to use the original Arsené again for another character. (bet you’re already theorizing when those two meet) I hope the arcanas don’t have much controversy with fans.
Also, this is my first fic, so of course there's something anyone would point out. While I do appreciate help, I want to do most of it myself. I want to improve my writing skills on my own.
I should also inform that Najimi dual-wields. And it's not a specific weapon, they literally can dual-wield any weapon as long it's the same type. (And yes, it includes guns. As far as her actual firearm, you're in for a surprise. Don't ask, you’ll see.)
Before I forget, as far as meta news of the 2 series separate, Komi Can't Communicate, at the time of writing this chapter, is currently at the final stretch of her manga. I believe the first chapters of that final stretch has already been released. Hopefully, with the manga closing down in the coming months, we might be closer to a new season of the anime at least getting announced. (I want to use anime shots to make this more engaging; you'll have to settle for manga shots and fanart for now)
One more thing before we start, if you need confirmation where Komi lives, there is a two-parter in year three in the manga where she and Tadano went to Shibuya to check out the university that she mentioned last chapter, confirming she indeed lives in Tokyo.
But, enough of the questions answered. It's time to wrap up the first in-story day with Komi-San entering the main setting of Persona 5! Enjoy the show!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
(5/23, Monday)
(After School: Train from Itan to Shibuya)
(Komi's POV)
(Beneath The Mask (Instrumental) - Persona 5)
A couple of minutes ago, we just arrived at Yomikiri-Land Station, the same one we went to visit the pool last year. I remember waiting for Tadano and Najimi for at least 20 minutes before they showed up and shaking that they would never come at all. This time, we came here to catch a train to Shibuya, the best ward in Tokyo if I read that right. After we paid for our tickets, we got inside the train and headed off for Shibuya.
This train ride was surprisingly relaxing. I heard there was an accident a more than a month ago that was caused by a subway driver unexpectedly lost his mind and kept the train going until it crashed into the station. That for sure scared a lot of people, myself included. Especially since I don’t take the train much. Now, it seems to things are getting back to normal. A lot less people are in the cars though I read they're still changes of crowding in trains. I feel bad for students who took the train just to get to school especially if they need to get their on time.
As for us, Tadano and Najimi were pretty much taking about their day before we went into the Metaverse. I don’t blame them for that. That place nearly became our graves and I kinda feel bad we had to leave MechaNeko behind. I simply stared at my notebook, both to enter the conversation as I still can’t speak despite have a mental protection system, and to keep my mind clean. As things were uneventful, we came to the next station. A female voice spoke through the speakers:
[Yoga! This is Yoga!]
A bunch of people left as well as more getting on board the train. As new people were boarding, I noticed something different about them. It's not just they came from different places, different schools, they look way different than the people back at Itan. It's especially apparent with their faces.
These two schoolgirls who just boarded you see here are very different from what we looked. They look more mature. Their eyes are smaller, and their noses are more visible. For a comparison, here's what Najimi looked.
(Hey, thanks Komi for featuring yours truly!)
You're welcome; now where was I? Oh, yes! The people who we been with have bigger rounder eyes, a smaller nose, and some have unusual hairstyles. (Tadano's hair has a flower shaped cowlick on his hair.) This felt strange as the people I know, despite being different people have similar face designs. (Kometani: Fans called this, "Same Face Syndrome") Seeing people who have different features is kind of a shock.
Tadano and Najimi were talking about something during our ride, but they notice that I was in deep thought. As the train started again, Tadano asked me. " Hey, Komi? Are you okay?"
I snapped out and wrote them my answer. [Sorry, I was thinking about Yamai after we left her mall in that Metaverse place. I was worried we may do the wrong thing if we keep exploring there]
"Oh, we feel the same way Komi." Tadano answered, "There are other ways to stop her. If we could contact her family, we may convince them she's in the wrong. But we never really see her parents. The one time we went to her apartment, she was alone." I guess that's part of way she acts like this.
This puts us in a tight position. As our conversation continues, our train has entered the tunnel where the trains in Japan are famous for.
Najimi asked too. “I've know her as long as most of my childhood friends, and yet she didn’t acted this way when she's younger. This isn’t the Yamai I made friends with.” They said sadly.
(Music paused)
She wasn’t the only thing I thought of. It's also that that incident brought back memories of that accident that happened in the summer before I attended Itan. That moment where I was stabbed in the stomach and then laying on the surgical bed with my stomach region being operated was the only moment scarrier than Yamai's kidnapping. It was a moment that I didn’t even told the other two to. I don’t want to worry about me even more.
“Hey, you okay Komi? If there's something you want to tell us, then speak up.” Tadano asked concernly.
I shook my head. I wanted to tell them about it, but I don’t want put to much pressure after the trip we just went. “You don't have to tell us now. If it's personal, we'll wait until you feel comfortable, right?” There is Tadano's signature saying: Read the room. At least, he helps me during situations like this.
(music resumes)
[Yongen-Jaya! This is Yongen-Jaya!]
(Kometani: This is Persona 5's version of Sangen-Jaya in real-life Japan)
“Oh! Yongen-Jaya! I have friends there too!” We looked at Najimi with curiosity. “Tokyo is a big city, and I know the ins and outs of that place especially a certain place.”
Najimi suddenly looked a bit down. “There's one friend of mine living there that I think would get along with you well, Komi. She's being through something not for the faint of heart; I hope she's doing okay. I haven’t kept in touch with her since last year.” (Kometani: any guesses who that is?)
We both felt down after hearing that. One of Najimi's friends was caught in something terrible. While it's implied, she wasn’t hurt herself, I feel bad she had that happened to her. I wonder if she does get along with me well like Najimi said.
We then hear the news on the train. [The Madarame Art exhibit is still going strong despite the calling card from the group known as The Lupinrangers. With many guests attending, his work and art are the major pillars of modern art.] They talked about the Phantom Thieves that ‘took’ Madarame's heart. If my last year was crazy, this year will be even more intense.
As the news end, we hear the announcement for our stop.
[Shibuya! This is Shibuya!]
Najimi got our attention, "Here we are! The place I'm taking about! Come on!" We got our bags as we exited the train, got on the platform and took the escalator to the surface.
(Music End)
(After School: Shibuya, Underground Walkway.)
(Going to School - Komi Can't Communicate)
This place is different from the stations we been to. This is still underground, so it's amazing this place is built here. This one is filled with job applications, photo booths, posters, and ads on walls. As we walked to the surface, I spotted a stall that seemed to be selling... unique drinks.
"Feeling thirsty Komi?" Tadano asked me. I was about to shake 'no' but someone spoke up.
"Oh, you seem to be interested in our special fruit drinks right miss?" The woman running the stand asked. I tilled my head in confusion. "It's okay, most customers are like that the first time they try our drinks. We usually sell these on Sundays, but we have a special event today. We have a spare drink after one of the regulars drank. These drinks usually cost 5000 yen, but for this spare, I only ask for 1000 yen today. This is the only time to answer, will you try it?" She said as she was getting that drink.
Najimi was curious about the drink. "Why don't you try it? We made a good profit, so it doesn't hurt to spend it." they encourage me. To be honest, I'm not the type to try something that leaves a bad taste in my mouth. But it doesn't hurt to try a new drink.
I gave the vendor the exact number of yen needed for the drink. I sniffed the drink, it smelled funky. (Kometani:Not to be confused with the sunglasses wearing monkey who rides a turtle headed bike) I was scared of drinking it, but I won't let my money go to waste! Down the hatch!
*Gulp Gulp*
Tadano and Najimi watch as I process what I tasted. This drink I never tasted, it's_
Oh, it's so yummy! This is one of the best drinks I ever tasted! I feel healthier than before. I even feel smarter than before!
The vendor chuckled at this. "I'm glad you enjoyed it! Our drinks tend to be bitter due to the ingredients and there's not many people to have a positive reaction to them. If you want more, be sure to come here every Sunday for some! They are different every week."
"Glad, you like it, Komi. I'm pretty sure an average like me will get the same result as anyone else." Tadano said with a sweatdrop as we walked to the stairs.
I showed him what I think. [It was a new taste I experienced. I never had a taste like that before. And it was satisfying.]
"Heh, I would drink a ton of those! A friend of mine did just that!" Najimi teased.
We climbed that set of stairs until we came across a set that will take us about ground and a door to a shopping district. "Let's save shopping in the underground mall for another time. Shibuya is right after these stairs!" We followed Najimi into the stairs and as we exit the underground, I was covered by a flash of light... (Music ends)
(Shibuya, Station Square)
Urrk! What is with this light? This is still daytime why am I seeing this! "Come right here! Station Square is just right around the corner!" As I came towards their location, the light dims down. I always wondered how Shibuya looks in person-
OOOOHHH! WOOOOOOOOOWWWWW!!!
This is the legendary Shibuya!? It even more amazing in person than in photos! I could help but let my cat ears out in amazement! The buildings all have huge TV screens displaying all sorts of advertisements! All across the huge crossing in the road! It's like we stepped into the future!
My friends couldn't help but notice my enthusiasm about Shibuya, especially Tadano. "I guess you never went to places better than here before in your own life. That's saying after our Kyoto Trip."
I wrote in return, [Oh, this is my first time I've been to this part of Tokyo myself. I never knew how advance this city is compared to Itan.]
Najimi laughed at that. "Well, Komi, you are right to be friends with us! We shall guide you on this new territory!" they said, fists on their hips.
I nodded happily as we walked on the currently clear crossing. This is one of the many things people in Shibuya do every day. Walking to work or going to school. 'This place is like a high-tech Itan!' As we head towards the building with the largest screen, Najimi pointed to the space between it and the bookstore.
"There! There's Central Street! That's where Ore No Beku is in! Come on!" They pretty much ordered us as we walked there.
(Shibuya, Central Street)
Central Street is a straighter line compared to Station Square. There are many places for entertainment. There is an arcade, two restaurants, (Kometani: one a classic diner, another is a Big Bang Burger, a direct competition for WcDonalds), a karaoke club (Brings back memories of last year) and movie theater called Toyo Cinemas straight ahead.
The place we're going to however, "There it is! It's near here like I thought!" Najimi said as they pointed to it.
"Well, I can't wait to get our fills." Tadano said in satisfaction. "I really needed to try specialty food right now." I nodded to the both of them,
As we are walking towards the beef bowl place, I wasn't paying attention as there was a lot of people here. And just as we are about to enter it... (Music Stop)
*BUMP!*
Oof! I Bumped into a person by accident! I placed my hand on to my head to ease the pain. Tadano and Najimi were there to comfort me. As I was squeaking in pain, the man spoke...
"Are you okay? I was on my phone and wasn't looking either." That voice... was a bit familiar to me. It sounded like it belonged to someone I knew for my whole life. As the pain subsided, I raised my head to look at the man and...
Can the familiarities continue? The man I bumped has frizzy black hair (in a familiar shade to Tadano), glasses, and wearing a school uniform. Hang on! I saw that uniform on the new about Kamoshida! He's a student from Shujin Acadamy! The rumored place the Phantom Thieves was first spotted! (Kometani: before any misconception, it doesn't mean she knows he's a Phantom Thief) Back to what I said earlier, this man looks familiar because...
He resembled my younger brother! (aside from the eyes) He almost has the same mannerisms as my brother. Speaking of which, he's now a high school student like me, though he enrolled in another school. I heard Hitomi, Tadano's sister is attending the same school as him. I'll ask him later about his time at school.
"Excuse me? You've been staring at me for a good 2 minutes and I don't want this to be awkward," the boy said, and I snapped out of it.
I took out my notebook and wrote on it with the wall. [Sorry, I'm okay now. I can't help but noticed you resemble someone I know.]
"Well, it's not every day you meet with someone who looked like someone you met." The boy said. But he noticed something else about me. "I noticed you used writing instead of talking."
Tadano spoke for me. "You Noticed that. You see, she has..."
"A communication disorder, right?" The boy said, taking us by surprise. "I was right on the money. I knew you would've talked as soon as you thought of it. I've actually meet people who has similar issues like yours." he said as he pushed his glasses, a lot like Naruse. "But I understand the effort a beautiful girl like you, took to get to a place in the main city. Worry not, I am gentle as a cat." He wanted us to get comfortable for us. "May I ask for your names, please?"
Najimi seemed they wanted to introduce us, but I wanted to do it. I wrote them now. [My name is Shoko Komi, the boy on my left is Hitohito Tadano, and the one with lavender hair is Najimi Osana. We all attend Itan Private High]
The boy seemed to be hit with a wave of nostalgia when he heard Najimi's name. I can assume he knew about them before his life; after all they are Everyone's Childhood friend. But he's seemed to be fuzzy as he didn't recognize them. Wonder why?
"Well then, I'm Akira Kurusu. A second-year student attending Shujin Academy. I recently moved from my old town to attend it." he said. This time, Najimi was the one who was hit with nostalgia. But like with Akira, they seem to have trouble recalling him.
'Akira... That sounds familiar. How am I having trouble remembering one friend?' Najimi pondered.
Suddenly, we heard another boy's voice. "Sorry I'm late man! The damn shower took so long to turn on!" The boy in question caught up with Akira and into our sights.
This boy seems to be a delinquent like Katai with the blond hair. He also is a Shujin Student with the uniform his wearing, along with a t-shirt with ZOMG! in English. Unlike Akira, this boy seemed more "vulgar" than him with that swear word. I swore not even Katai has said such words.
However, Najimi seem to recognize him with that word. "Hang on! That swear and hip voice... *GASP!* Ryuji, is that you!?"
The boy, who is called Ryuji, took a minute to look at Najimi before everything clicked for him.
"WOOOOOAAAAHH! Najimi, for real! It's been a hot damn minute since we last hang out! Great to see you, my homie!" he said as he got them into a half hug and fist pump, both grinning.
Me, Tadano and Akira were surprised that the two knew each other, even more so with the latter. "I didn't know you knew someone like... um..." Just like anyone else, he can't tell if Najimi's a boy or girl. They're pretty much non-binary to the world.
"Feel free to use they or them. Not even I don't know my actual gender!" Najimi grinned and Akira pretty much shrugged. "Oh, I'm getting ahead of myself, care to do the honors?"
"Oh right! The Name's Ryuji Sakamoto! I actually attend the same school as him in the same year." he said and pointed his thumb at Akira. "I'm actually his first friend when he transferred to Shujin."
"A friend from another school, but again this is Najimi. Everyone is childhood friends with them," said Tadano.
"Yep! On the point! He actually is a good runner." as soon as Najimi said it, they felt sad. "Or at least was. I'm sorry to hear that you lost your spot on the track team and also that that teacher of yours wreck your leg." they apologized.
"Hey, you aren't involved with it; no need for apologizin'." Ryuji told them. "Besides, I pretty much moved on from the team despite them starting to reform." Though there was a hint of spite like there was something wrong. "The guy here was the reason I found myself. Even though he came in with... not the best circumstances." he winced.
I was curious about it. [What does he mean by not the best circumstances?] I wrote to Akira.
The fuzzy haired boy rubbed his neck. "I don't want to talk about it. It's something I rather move on from than to talk about, especially to people I just first met." I can hear there's even more spite in his voice when he talked about why he's in Tokyo. Whatever it is, it must've been horrible for him. (Kometani: Those who played the original game will know why.)
[I'm sorry to have bothered you] I apologized covering my face to my notebook to cover my face,
Akira just chuckled "It's fine. I can tell you're very emotional went it comes to learning about someone you want to know. I hope you can get over your anxiety. It's not gonna happen in only 1 week." (Kometani: Foreshadowing to summer) As soon as he said that his bag was wiggling as if something alive as inside it. " Oh, sorry I didn't realize you were in the bag as we left the gym." He unzipped his bag, and the thing inside came out.
Awww! It's a black cat! My favorite type of cat! This has black fur all over his body, white fur in his feet, nose, and inside his ears and a yellow collar. What caught my attention the most is his eyes. They're Blue. Those are very rare for cats, and I have one right in front of me. He meows a lot. Compared to Chocolate, he seems more social. Suddenly, he meow so contently at me. So much so... *POMPH!*
Oh, I can't keep my cat ears out! Akira seem to notice my excitement over his cat. "You're into cats too, Komi-San? What a coincidence. I just so happen to be into them myself." Akira chuckled as her gesture me to come pet him. "His name is Morgana. He's a unique one, but I should warn you that-"
"Hello... Mr. Cat." I whispered. Though, Morgana hissed at the mere mention of me calling him a cat. I pulled my hand back to avoid being bitten.
"Sorry. I was gonna mention Morgana tend to be sensitive when he's called a cat." Akira apologized. "Aside from that, he's actually very polite. (Kometani: except for bedtime in another timeline) As long as you get along, he's the best pet you can have, aside from calling him a cat. Oh, I forgot to tell you to two that her other friend is Tadano."
Well, if I can't call him a cat, there only one other word. "Kitty." I said and it looked like he was blushed at that as I petted him again.
Ryuji turned to Akira to say something. "I never thought we meet a girl so beautiful before. Don't you think she's more beautiful than Ann?" he said on the verge of blushing.
"Considering that Morgana fell for Komi the moment he saw her, Ann's gonna have some competition if she and Komi meets?" Akira replied.
Najimi decided that enough talk for now. "Okay, I'm much for small talk but the three of us are here to try the beef bowl shop over there. Don't want to burn daylight in on spot."
Akira looked at the time. "Oh right, our train is about to arrive in 25 minutes! I won't keep you any longer. Hopefully, we'll meet again soon." he said as he starts walking and so do we. "Take care of yourselves, especially you, Komi-San."
(Music End)
As we passed by him and his friend, I felt something... unusual.
"Heheheheh..."
As we passed by, you can see we are dressed differently as if we are in the Metaverse. it's strange it's my first time meeting him, and I felt a power similar to my own. Could he also hold a Persona like me?"
"Komi-San? Is there something wrong back there?" I heard Tadano calling to me. I shook my head to say it nothing. We enter the beef bowl shop and finally get our fills. I'll think about Akira later, For now, it's lunch time!
(Switch to the narrator)
Little does Komi know that if you hear Morgana in the Metaverse, you can understand him in the real world. They never met Morgana in the Metaverse when they awakened. Let's go back a few minutes to hear what Morgana said.
(A few minutes ago, Akira's side)
(The music is pretty much the same as the first time.)
I walked out of Protein Lovers after a workout with Ryuji. After an old friend of Ryuji confirmed his old team is being brought back, he was both happy and angry, Angry as the new teacher in charge is like the mini-Kamoshida. (I almost had the guts to call him short)
As I turn a left in central street with my phone in hand, BUMP! Someone bumped into me. I was checking the time for the Train Back to Yongen-Jaya. I decided to apologize to him; I don't want cause trouble to attract the police. "Are you okay? I was on my phone and wasn't looking either." I said and the person, a girl, looked at me.
(The Me So Far — Komi Can't Communicate)
Whoa! I never realize there are girls as beautiful as her! She's got black hair with a tinge of violet, almond shaped eyes and clear skin. From her clothing, she's appeared to be a private high school student. I though Ann was already beautiful, but this girl's look might give her competition if they ever met. She must've come with her friends to Shibuya to try a place out.
As she talked to me, she used a notebook to communicate. I guessed right that she was born with a communication disorder. She told me her name was Shouko Komi, and her friends were HItohito Tadano, and Najimi Osana. The last one rang a familiar bell, but I can't remember when I first met them.
(Music end)
After a while, Ryuji came out and saw me talking with the three. To my surprise, Ryuji knew Najimi since his childhood. This made me more anxious that I have met them at some point in my childhood. After a while, Morgana was shaking in my back and I decided to let him out.
"Uggghh... Why is your zipper is closed tight? You know I'm a living-" He stops as he looked at Komi.
He was entranced by her looks alone. He almost looked like he was falling with her like with Ann. "Wha- Whoaaa!" he exclaimed.
"I never thought I would meet a lady who beauty could potentially surpass Lady Ann! Her black hair and big eyes are one of a kind!" As no sooner as he said that she looked like she wanted to pet him. (Strange that her face changed for a moment. I thought the Metaverse had strange stuff alone.)
As she petted him, she managed to utter out a word. "Mr. Cat". However, while she can't understand him, he knew what he was gonna say. 'Hey! I'm not a cat!" he meowed out. Though she compromised by call him "Kitty". At least it's not the word 'cat'.
(Music ends)
As we wrap up our conversation, me and Ryuji started walking to the train station for our rides home. When I passed her, I felt a familiar power.
"I am the protecter of her peace"
I heard a voiced that sounded similar to a Persona. This is strange as I never heard a Persona that sounded like a goddess before. It's almost as if this one is like my own Persona yet it's not the wild card like me.
I talked to Morgana about this. "Hey, did you sense that something felt... strange with Komi aside from her face changing?"
Morgana had something to say. "Well, sorta. I'm used to sensing treasures in Palaces, but I felt a 'divine' presence in her as she petted me. It felt good though."
I asked back. "Well, she could be that good or that she somewhat happened to be a Persona user. I felt something from her as she passed and yet it's not a power of evil."
"Well, considering how polite she is, it's unlikely for her to have ill intent." Morgana said. "But still, we should be careful if she is a Persona user. They are almost never coincidences."
"Yo! Are you playing the slow game or coming with fast?" We heard Ryuji yelling across the crossing.
"Oh, sorry about that!" I said as a sprinted. Whatever Komi was doing, I have a feeling we'll meet each other a lot in the future.
(Back to the present with Komi)
(Komi's POV)
(Shibuya, Ore no Beko)
This place seem different from the beef bowl places back in Itan. This seemed to be how they look like in the big city. If only Agari-Chan came with us if she hasn't had any plans today.
"OOOOOHH!! You both gonna love what they serve! Their beef bowls are second class!" Najimi said excitedly.
"You said it. I bet these are a different level than the ones Naruse and I are the other day." Tadano said.
No soon when he said that the chef who cooked our food came with our orders. "All done! Three medium beef bowls freshly and cleanly done! Enjoy." And fresh was correct. These bowls are almost near perfect as steam emerges. Well, there's one thing to do.
I grabbed hair tie in my pocket, grabbed my hair back on the top, and put my hair tie to tie my hair into a ponytail. Feels strange that after having my hair tied in the mystery mall, I tied it up normally to eat. That's not a big deal now.
"Let's dig in! (Let's.. dig... in...)" We all said, and all dug into our bowls. Wow! I never thought beef bowl could taste this good! The meat was perfectly heated, the butter was well spread, and the smell was nice.
"Oh! This is so A-class for a normal beef bowl!" Tadano judged the food.
"Yep, Agari never fails to give good review!" Najimi said as we continued eating.
After a good 20 minutes, we finished our beef bowls and sat as we wait the food to digest. "Man, greatest beef bowl ever!" Najimi exclaimed.
The same cook came by to pick up the empty bowls. "I will bring your checks in a moment. By the way, this is only the second-best bowl in Japan." This got us curious. "The actual best in the MEGA Beef Bowl in Yasoinaba. Those are considered a challenge there akin to the Big Bang Challenge next door! Someday, we will hold our own Mega challenge here!" he said as he went to the kitchen to clean the bowls.
"Well, definitely had a good reason to come back here! If this is the only one." Tadano said. "Hang on, didn't Ryuji say he took a shower? It must be that there's a gym near here."
Najimi decided to check it out. "Well, there is a gym! It's called Protein Lovers and they're a popular spot. The have decent equipment and you don't need contracts, you can just have to pay every time."
A gym that you can only pay with no contracts. That sounds good. After all, there's not much good gyms in Itan, so it may be a good place to work out. especially if we need to go back into that world.
Tadano looked at the time. "Well, look like we need to head back to the train station. We have 35 minutes to get back, but we should be there early in case it comes early." After we paid for our food, we went to the train station for our ride back to Itan.
(Music End)
(Shibuya, Station Square)
We walked back to train station underground to take us back to Itan. I enjoyed the sights in this city and can't wait to come here again, especially to check out that university I planned to attend.
As we head toward the stairway, I saw a girl getting stalked by a random guy. It looked like she's in trouble like that guy is molestering her!
Tadano and Najimi decided to step up to him, "Stay here Komi. Another girl present will make things worse." Tadano ordered. He walked up to the man pestering the girl. "Excuse me, but you are clearing breaking the law for dealing with an underage girl. If you don't stop, I'm afraid I'll have to report you to the police," He demanded as he got out his phone.
The guy knew the police is serious business and walk away. Me and Najimi walked to the girl who thanked us. "Thank you. I don't know what happens if I was late to practice." As we get closer, I got a more detailed look at this girl.
(Alright - elp version - Persona 5)
This girl has crimson red hair with her hair in ponytail in a red ribbon, her bangs are almost like mine, and crimson eyes. She appeared to be about the same height as us and was wearing a sports uniform. Unsurprisingly, Najimi knew her. "Hey, Yoshizawa-San, it's been a long time since we hung out!"
Yoshizawa took a moment to process and then it clicked. "Najimi-Senpai!? It's you! I have seen you since second grade! It's been a while."
I decided to join in. [Who are you exactly?]
She decided to reply back. "Oh, pardon me." she bowed. "I'm Kasumi Yoshizawa. A first year in Shujin Academy, an honor student, and also a trainee in gymnastics." She a gymnastics student, amazing. She's almost like a mirror of myself like some who communicates well. "Sorry, I would have time to chat but I'm really running late to my class. Hope to see you again soon!"
Najimi seem to be lost in their thoughts, but they snapped out. "Oh right, forgot how tight your schedule is. Well, hope we stay in contact!"
"Oh right! I'll share my contacts with you. You can share it with your other friend any time." She finished sharing her info with Najimi. "Well, with that out of the way, pardon me!" She bows before walked to Central Street where the gym is.
[She seemed to be a nice girl.] I wrote in my notes. Najimi nodded in agreement before Tadano pointed something out.
"Sorry to interrupt but we have 15 minutes until the train arrive. If we gonna make it in time, we need to move now." And we did just that as we walked to the train and the ride back to Itan. Almost nothing of note happens in our ride back home, so I'll spare you the details. By the time we arrived, it became evening.
(Evening: Itan, Yomiki-Land Station)
It feels so good to be back home after a trip to the big city. Hard to believe this was my first time in Shibuya. But it wasn't to forget about that mall that is owned by this other Yamai. We went there in an attempt to stop her and we almost got killed in there. But MechaNeko said we can stop her in real life with that same mall. I can't wait anymore. We need to talk about how we can use that world.
[Um, we should talk about Yamai.] I wrote.
The two agreed. "Indeed, we need to get back into how we gonna stop her. You got any ideas?" asked Tadano.
This isn't a good pill to swallow, but I must get it off my chest. I showed them what I wrote in the ride here.
(Moonlight Shining Through the Window - Komi Can't Communicate)
[I want to go back to that mall there. I know it's very dangerous, but we must stop Yamai at all costs. You all are victims of her in her schemes to get me. And I can't stand that!] I began to cry as things became more personal for me.
[She was taking advantage of my status as 'goddess' to get her way. If I'm entirely honest, I'm disgusted that she would use me in her schemes. Hurt people, blackmail, and worse, she wanted me for my weakness as the silent one. I was like that for my whole life, so no one outside my family, knew the real me. It makes me... makes me...]
Tadano knew this I'm gonna go overboard emotionally, so he and Najimi backed off. "Don't cause a scene here, let's move a little out of the station." We moved to a clearing near the station, so no one witness my soon to be breakdown. "Okay, now you speak you heart out." Here it comes...
"It makes me... makes me..." I only show my eyes which were tear filled and filled with rage. "IT MAKES ME SO PISSED!!" I roared. (Kometani: Komi Swear Count: 5) The two were shocked about that. "I'm so tired of people taking advantage of me for my looks and weakness!
(sad flashbacks)
I didn't have any friends because of this, people want to get to know the weak me, and I suffered because of that! I never wanted to be famous, I wanted to be like everyone else! And Yamai is the worst offender I met! I wish I never has this damn weakness to begin with...!" (Kometani: Komi Swear Count: 6)
After that, I continued to cry as I buried my face into my book. Najimi noticed that. "I knew you shake a lot as well as scared, but I never though you can release emotional breakdowns."
"I think it's because of her Persona. She was like a lock in her heart. With the lock released, her emotions were released thus the breakdown." Tadano explained. "Hey, Komi?" He asked me and stopped crying for a moment. I have a slight red tinge in my eyes for crying. "I know that this is heavy but don't forget we are here to share that burden. Any problem you have, we'll do it together."
Najimi holds my shoulder to cheer me up. "I'm the same here. I won't let my friend suffer her own weakness! If anything, your weakness makes you stronger! So don't go cryin' until it's over! You got it? We'll all watch each other's backs!"
(Music End)
Thier words... They never failed to cheer me up. Whenever I feel emotional, I always turn to them for support. "You guys..."
"Heheh... To be honest, I was hoping to find another way other than the mall. But consider we want to do this without Yamai knowing it's us, we could give it a shot." He raised his fist as if he wanted me to bump it.
Najimi grinned like they knew Tadano would say that. "Count me in! This means we'll have fun while stopping her! You can count on me!" They also pump their fists as the bump Tadano's left first and bring their right fist towards me as if they wanted me to bump their fists at the same time.
I could help but smile at their loyalty for me is one of a kind, "Thank... you..." I managed to whisper and clenched my own fists and bumped their fists at the same time. No matter how dire the issue is, we'll always do it as friends.
Then I heard a flash and then I hear something from the depths of my heart. But it feels different from Izanami...
I am Thou, Thou art I...
Thou hast acquired a new vow.
It shall become the wings of freedom
that breaketh thy limits of speech.
With the birth of the Magician Persona,
I have obtained the means that
leads to the path of true communication...
As soon as those words are done, I see a card appearing in front of Tadano. It's the arcana card for the Magician. My own Arcana, based on my last fortune reading, is The Empress. This is strange I'm seeing his arcana. I see there is also a number next to it. Just 1. It must mean I only have 1 part of this mystery complete. I wonder how far it goes.
(Music End)
Najimi was grinning at the pact that we just made. I looked at them. Suddenly the voice started up again
(Cue The Spirit again!)
I am Thou, Thou art I...
Thou hast acquired a new vow.
It shall become the wings of freedom
that breaketh thy limits of speech.
With the birth of the Aeon Persona,
I have obtained the means that
leads to the path of true communication...
And like with Tadano, Najimi had also have a card appeared in front of them. This one is for the Aeon and also has a 1 next to it. It actually a rare card in the Arcana, like with the coins, swords, cups, and wands. I must be lucky to meet someone with a rare Arcana.
(What Are You Doing After School? — Komi Can't Communicate)
"Well, now that's dandy, how are we gonna fight in that mall? We only have short-ranged weapons to fight without our Personas." asked Tadano.
Cue lightbulb above Najimi. "Leave that to me. I just so have to have the thing to give us the advantage! Just trust me with this." said Najimi.
We know it's a gamble but if it's Najimi who plans these grand plans, we can be sure they have some truth. I wrote a message to them. [We trust you. Please give us something to make it easier to fight there!]
"No worries! You'll be in for a blast when I bring them in!" Najimi winks with a thumbs up.
"But man, hard to believe that we would've meet our ends of we didn't have our Personas appearing."
Then, a familiar voice rang. "Actually, it was all of you who saved yourselves. We're just your power taken form.
I squeaked as I heard who she is. [Did you hear something.]
"I don't know wh- Wait? Is that your Persona we just heard!?" Tadano said suddenly.
"Not just her, you can hear all of us! Basically, once you awaken to us, you can talk to us about anything about your state of mind. The only way to hear us is if you have a Persona yourself, so you won't have to worry about other people listening to us." We then hear Lupin III speak to us.
"Cool, feels like having a friend that's been with you since birth!" Najimi grinned.
"You got that right, Partner!" Ranger said as they fired their guns. (Kometani: thankfully with no brain damage.)
Well, at least we have some way to communicate without using our phones. At least when it's just the three of us.
We can see the sun is setting. "Well, we need to get home before curfew. My sis will be worried if I came home late."
"I need to be home as well. My family has this live event they wanted to see, and I want to see it from start to finish!" We all nodded to understand our plans for tomorrow. "Well, meet you by the alleyway by tomorrow!"
With that, we all went home. I'm gonna sleep easily after that momentous day.
(Music end)
(Night: Komi's Home)
Man, it feels so good to be home after a long day in a parallel world. I took of my shoes to as a step onto the wooden floors of my home. I entered the living room with the kitchen and my dad and my brother, who is still in his new high school uniform, sitting together on in the table. I wanted to tell Bro about the boy who looked like him, but it seemed he's tired for today. But where's mom?
(For Today, Have Courage... — Komi Can't Communicate)
"SURPISE TICKKLE!!!" I head mom ambush me from behind as she tickled me as I laughed for a good 3 minutes! "Sorry for the ambush, but after a long day out, you needed something keep your spirits up." I pretty much blushed at her statement.
"Say anything going on at school today? It looked like you're worried about something." I was about to say it with the courage I do have around my family, but Mom stopped, "I can tell this something sensitive and saying it would worry you. I may not be the best mother, but I can tell your new friends will help like I helped you. Just make sure to get an adult if the situation is out of hand"
No matter how eccentric my mother is, I know she takes her role seriously. She knows when not to pry in situations that could anger me. Just like how a mother does, caring for her child's wellbeing. "Sorry I didn't cook dinner, but I hope you ate good somewhere/ Where did you eat?" I spoke where but...
"SHIBUYA!? You went to that legendary place!? I knew you're growing but to have enough courage to go there is amazing!" my mom cheered but she then noticed I was getting sleepy. "I can tell you are planning to sleep early, so I won't keep you waiting. Go take and shower and have a good night!" And I did just that as I head to the bathroom to take my shower.
(A Place to Relax - Komi Can't Communicate)
The bathtub has a shower head and it's big enough for two or three people. I brought my sleepwear and towel with me before I began. I turned on the shower and began washing myself. As I applied soap on my body, I noticed it changed slightly.
I don't know if it's obvious with this pic, but my body, especially my arms, has gained muscular mass (but not major muscle) after leaving the Metaverse. It must be an effect of my Persona. I was able to handle those breathing styles thanks to my strong body. I'm always an athletic girl but this is impressive for me. I wonder it would be improved with that gym in Shibuya.
After a few minutes in soaking in the tub, I drained the water from tub and got out and dried my hair with the towel.
(Maybe not the most accurate pic)
After I dried, I put on my sleepwear as I head to bed. Before I do sleep, I was wondering if Yamai's plan will really work. I know she's the daughter of a massive company in Japan, but i doubt she's had much influence. "You know that she's dead set on take you with her out of Itan, my friend. She almost never had any second thoughts."
'I know that she's set on having me for herself, but I never wanted to fight to begin with. It's just a part of me wanted to settle this peacefully.' I mentally said to Izanami.
"And I'm that part. You may not realize this but to fight is to understand your enemy. You never wanted to fight but you have to for the peace of our friends. Don't let fighting be a blemish in achieving peace, let it be the guide to it. I'm sure that your other friends feel the same." she said in a motherly tone, a lot like my mother.
I could help but smile at her proposal.
It got me thinking Tanjiro-San. He never wanted to fight but he has to for the peace for Nezuko. I'm sure every hero feels this way when they have to fight. And I'm starting my journey the same way.
Well, it's time for me to hit the hay. I'm in my bed as I pulled my sheets up. *YAWN* I feel the drowsiness catching up. Good night, everyone.
(Kometani: Days until Yamai moves out with Komi:10 > 9 days)
(Music end)
(However, little does Komi know is that her adventure in the Metaverse has caused an even bigger domino effect than intended. Let's see what's happening at the same time Komi arrived home.)
(A seemingly abandoned subway line)
In an abandoned subway line underground, it was red, tracks were twisted and was littered with bones and chains. There are a bunch of Shadows that wandered in this place. Unlike the Shadows in Yamai's Grand Mall, there were even more disfigured like they have yet to take proper form. Besides the Shadows, there's plenty of golden flowers that litter in this place.
However, there's someone driving on the tracks: a small blue buggy carrying merchandise and ballons. It's been driven by a small, unusual boy who wears a white coat and goggles and has white hair and golden eyes. He seems to be collecting these flowers scattered in the subway. "MMMM!" he said as he blended them into a drink. "These flowers are getting better every day! I can't wait to tell him about this!" However, he heard a roar nearby.
"RAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!"
"Huh? What's that noise coming from?" Luckly, he was near the location where the roar was heard, so he drove there immediately. When he got there, he saw a lone Shadow wondering aimlessly. "Phew, It's just a Shadow! For a minute I thought The Reaper came-"
*STAB!*
He jinxed it! For before he finished his sentence, a white bone-like sword stabbed the Shadow in the abdomen. However, the sword wasn't being held, it came out of his hand! The unknown creature pulls the Shadow back and while the boy in the car couldn't see him, he heard noises like he was eating the Shadow Alive!
The realization hit him as his face turned into a fearful one. "Oh no! It can't be! I thought those Shadows were long gone! I can't believe it! The Cannibal Shadows have returned! I must get out of here before he sees me as dinner!"
He drove out of the area just as the Shadow finish eating his own brethren. How a Shadow like him came to be is still a mystery, but whatever the cause of his appearance, he and his fellow comrades have changed the game greatly.
"RAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!"
(Music End)
However, this isn't the only change that happened in the world of Persona 5.
Let's check out what's happening in the rural area of Japan.
(A TV Station in a small (former) foggy town)
"And cut! Great report Ms. Kusumi! You may leave for the night. See you tomorrow!" The main reporter told her.
"Thank you, sir! I will do my best tomorrow!" the reported named Kusumi bowed as she leaves for him.
As she gets her things to take back, she noticed the comb she always carries. This comb was dear to her as she couldn't be where she is today without it. 'If it weren't for him, I would be lost forever' she said mentally.
'I wonder how are him and his gang doing these days? I still remember the looks on their faces when I decided who I chose to date.'
(Music End)
Suddenly she felt a familiar scent in the air as if she felt like something or someone was supposed to be gone. 'This scent... I know this scent, but it shouldn't be here right now. How did this happen?"
However, one of the TV staff spooked her out of her thoughts. "Hey Mariko-Chan, you still single? Why not go for a date tonight?"
Mariko formally apologized. "Sorry, I already have a man in mind to date and I'm sure he has more manners than you. (Kometani: A slight lie about who here really is.) Sorry to say the harsh truth." The man felt glum but respects her decision.
However, Mariko still has her mind on one thing: How can something familiar return without her knowing?
'Izanami? How can a part of you still be around when you returned to your original self?"
However, we have on more development before we go to Phantom Facts. It happens close to home.
(Itan, Nakanaka's Home)
Omoharu Nakanaka was sitting in her lair after discovering Princess Komilia has actual magic in her.
"So, there is an existence of another world. Fascinating, I knew there are world of our desired media, but a world of Yamai of Lust? Preposterous." The keeper of the Dragon Force speaks.
"I don't know how she could do this, but I heard that the other world is how to save Lady Komilia's life in our school. Well, it's high time I shall uphold my end of our blood pact."
"Besides, she may be able to teach me how to use this magic app that appeared just last night."
"Sooner or later, my full potential will be finally realized! MWUAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Now the chapter is done.
(Omake: Phantom Facts)
Komi: Hey there! Komi here with the next episode of Phantom Facts! Today's episode is a bit special as I'm joined with the boy I met this chapter! Give it in for Akiria Kurusu!
Akira: Yo! I'm glad to be here Komi. Fitting that you meet me, the protagonist of Persona 5, on chapter 5.
Komi: Oh yeah! I didn't even realize it! Kinda funny, isn't it?
Akira: Yeah, I guess. How about the main event?
Komi: Oh yeah! I guess we should. Today's Phantom Fact is the release dates for our series. Both of our series was released in 2016. But we came in different parts of the year. For me, my original manga was released on May 17, 2016.
Akira: As for me: my original game, Persona 5, was released in Japan on September 15, 2016. Hang on that means...
Komi: It means I'm older than you Akira-San. Should you call me your Senpai?
Akira: Let's pass on that. Besides, you're younger than me in-story.
Komi: Oh right. Sorry about that. Anyways, we're out of time here. See guys next time on the second day of this story! Later everyone!
Notes:
And that's a wrap! I manage to get 2 chapters in one month. That said, college is starting up soon, so updates might be slower starting next month. I'm not that confident in college but I can put effort into my grades. And I'm doing good so far, wish me luck.
For this chapter, Komi has finally met Akira (And yes, I pointed out he and Shousuke looked similar) along with Ryuji and Morgana as well as Kasumi. Since Najimi is friends with everyone, it includes the P5 cast. As this is including Royal, I feel like I need to feature Kasumi in this chapter. Oh if you're asking me why Shibuya and not LeBlanc, I will happen in this act, I want it to be more “special” if you ask me. I feel Shibuya is more fitting for the introduction to the world of Persona 5. Anyway, here's the VA list for the newcomers.
Ryuji Sakamoto: Max Mittleman / Mamoru Miyano
Morgana: Cassandra Lee Morris / Ikue Otani (Pikachu's VA!)
Kasumi Yoshizawa: Laura Post / Sora Amamiya
You may notice that I didn't put Kasumi's name in the tags. It's because it's a major spoiler for Royal and I want to keep it a secret for any newcomers (The remaster was fairly new) but you may notice Najimi is confused when she said her name. I can still provide hints about future twists. Just don't give it away.
One major part is that Komi has her own Confidants. Since this is not a direct copy and paste of P5's story like most fics. I feel like this works for Komi well. These build her relationships like with Joker. Her Arcana is Emperess since her personality is similar to Haru. Including the warrior underneath the politeness. Najimi is fittingly Aeon as due to their unknown gender, I feel this fits the requirement. Tadano is a similar character to Yosuke from Persona 4, so he gets Magician. (Note: My Aracna choices may not be accurate for some of the Komi Characters. So, apologies in advance if my choice doesn’t fit them)
Before I go over the major points in the stinger, I'll reveal Komi's family's VA aside from Shuuko.
Masayoshi Komi: Xander Mobus (Joker's EN VA) / Mitsuaki Hoshino
Shousuke Komi: Micheal Sorich / Junya Enoki (Demi-Fiend's JP VA!)
First off, it seemed that Nakanaka also has the Meta Nav on her phone. Thanks to other fics, I can say that in order for other people to get the Nav, they have to enter the Metaverse once. But Nakanaka never enter there once, so why does she have it?
However, the other 2 are much more major. Both are due to the Komi cast awakening. The first is that a new breed of Shadows appeared. And they turned out to be cannibals, eating other Shadows for power. And since P5's shadows are actual SMT designs, I wonder what they are alluding to? (Don't reveal it yet though I gave a hint)
Second, a weather reporter named Mariko Kusumi sensed that there's remnants of Izanami around. I wonder where that part is? This is already spoilers, but since P4 Golden is over 10 years old, I'll give it a pass. Needless to say, both will come to play in the future. They also have a connection between the two connection that I want to establish. Oh, before I forget:
Mariko Kusumi: Eden Rigel (Hifumi's EN VA) / Kana Hanazawa (Mitsuri's JP VA)
Next chapter will actually feature events from the Komi Manga (where is season 3, Netflix? We still don't have a trailer.) before we return to the mall. Like I said I want to combine the two stories as one shared story. But we also return to the Palace in the same chapter.
Next Chapter, we start our second day with a bunch of delinquents that want to challenge Komi as well as a new admin for the Phan Site. We see Najimi's firepower is a bit more Tokuish but not before a certain Dragon Keeper caught them. Next time: It's our return to the Grand Mall (plus delinquents) Stay tuned and read it with your friends. Green Ranger, Back to Action!
Chapter 6: It's Our Return to the Grand Mall (Plus Delinquents)
Summary:
Komi's POV: As the second day of my special story begins, I tried out one of Mom's old favorites for breakfast. At school, I learn that my first friend of this year is into the Phantom Thieves in a major way. We also had delinquents passing by our class. When we are preparing our return to that mall, Najimi brought firepower that ended up being more "Toku" like Featherman. As we are about to enter, a Chuunibyou I know very well found us and demanded that she join us.
Notes:
Hey guys, here's chapter 6 and the start of Day 2 of Thieves of Communicaton. First, I added some new tags as well as warnings, for this Fic. I wanted to add flare to this series. P.S. Sorry for the two-month hiatus; I was sorta busy (and was burned out) during that time.
Second of all, this will be my first chapter to adapt official Komi-San chapters for my story. This isn't the exact story, there will be some changes to it due to it being in the Persona world. (In the last chapter, Akira had his Rank 5 of his Chariot Confidant with Ryuji, hence the mention of the gym)
Also, I'll be introducing characters that have yet to be seen in the anime. As such, I need to fan cast actors for characters like Rumiko who yet to have an official VA. (I do know who I will cast for her English Voice as of this segment)
With that, Let's start the story of the true Keeper of the Dragon Force!
Disclaimer: I don't own Persona 5, or Komi-San as well as fanart used by anyone else. All series used is owned by their respective creators. I only make this series for fun and I make no profit from this. Any fanart I use in a chapter will have a link to their original creators in the end notes for those who want to see them. Please support the original creators.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
(Komi's POV)
(5/24, Tuesday)
(Early Morning: Komi's Bedroom)
(Days until Yamai moves out with Komi: 9)
*RIIIIINNNNNGGG!*
*YAWN* Man, that feel good after a long day in a mall another world. Now thinking about it, I wonder how I feel going to an actual mall to shop for something. Well, I'll think about it later. I grabbed my phone to check to see if that was a dream I opened it and checked the apps and...
Yep, it's still there. The app that took us to that mall to begin with. I wonder if I was meant to have this app or is it coincidence? Well, I have to wait as we plan on going back there to check for more clues. Speaking of which I need to get ready for school today.
After taking my bath, I pick my freshly scented uniform and started dressing up. These aren’t too hard to put on, just remember to put on your shirt before putting on your skirt if you are a girl like me. As I was preparing to dress up, I heard a familiar voice… that I heard since Yesterday!
"Going to school after going to a mall that is the school by a crazy girl. Interesting to say the least." That was my Persona, Izanami, talking to me! It kind of slipped that awakened Personas can talk with their original selves. I turned back to see her sitting on my bed! Normally, she would be twice my size, but she's about the same height as me!
'Yeah, I really wished that didn't happened to me.' I said as I was securing my skirt on my waist. 'By the way, how could you be here? I though you can't be summoned outside the Metaverse.'
"You're right, you didn't summon me. The me you're seeing now is merely a mental projection created from your cognition. Yes, this technically means I'm a hallucination, but you can summon me if you need a chat. Why not try it?" Izanami asked me.
I close my eyes, concentrating on what she said and when I opened them again, she was gone. 'Wow I didn't realize it was this easy. I though the Metaverse was complicated.' I mentally said as I put on my Itan coat of my uniform.
"The basics are simple, but like any student like you, the future lesson will be harder to understand." My Persona said to me. "I'm most curious about this school you attend to. I mean I've been with you since the day you were born, but this is the first time I'm going to see it after I'm awake."
She really is the other me. Wanting to try new things. 'Well, you're going to love the school I go to. It's basically the best school anyone can attend to. (Kometani: Unlike a certain school that has been caught in a scandal thanks to a group of Phantom Thieves.) It's where my life got better after all.'
"Well, I can see that happening. Now, let's get our bag, we wouldn't want to be late, don't we? Especially that we need to stop Yamai" Izanami said as I look into my mirror and opened my eyes in determination.
"Yes, I won't let her ruin the life was given by fate." I said with my own mouth. I somehow feel the kindness Akira-San gave me. His kind words are on a level even Tadano couldn't reach. Is he that good with girls? I'll ask him later if I had the chance. For now, Mom must've made breakfast by now. I wonder what it is this time.
(Music Ends)
(Komi's House, Kitchen)
Like yesterday, my dad and my brother left before me. Shousuke's school is a bit father from the school I attend so I understand why he left early. As I approached the table, I smell something good! I always have a rare tongue, but the smell feels nostalgic!
"Good morning, Komi! Shousuke had his breakfast before heading out, but I made a special meal for breakfast!" Mom said in her usual cheery tone. I can tell the food she made is special. I can't wait to try it out!"
My mom ready the food as she continued. "You see, this dish was actually an old favorite we had when me and your father just gotten married and the year before I was pregnant with you. There's this coffee shop that was in an alley that is a hidden classic for many people." She still said it with a happy tone, but it was filled with a touch of nostalgia. "There's many people of different professions that go there. In fact, there's this one woman I remember fondly. She was in law school at the time, learning to be a prosecutor for her family. I don't know much of her personal life, but she did tell me that she attended Shujin Acadamy in her teen years. Hard to believe that school got caught up in a scandal." (Kometani: any guesses who that is.)
I felt very endeared by her story. An old friend was involved in the law. I wonder how long they have kept in touch. I bet she would be thrilled that she would meet her again.
(For Today, I Have Courage - Komi Can't Communicate)
But soon after that nostalgic talk, Mom went back to cheerful mom mode. "Well, that enough of the past talk. Here's the meal for today's breakfast!" she said. She placed the plate to my spot, and I know this dish. It has rice and veggies as well as a special kind of sauce. There only one word I can say, "c-curry..." I mumbled.
"Yes! That's the food I ate when I was younger. It's so nostalgic that I went and tried to recreate it myself." she praised herself. "The owner was nice and had pride in making his customers happy. He said he create his shop as a hobby. It's something he wanted to do for a living. (Kometani: Shuuko had no idea the owner used to be a government owner at the time) Well, I'm getting ahead of myself, Enjoy!"
With the first spoon of rice and sauce, I took a bite and... *POMPH!* Oh, this is very yummy! No wonder this is burned into Mom's memory! I swiftly and cleanly ate the curry until I finished my plate. Mom clapped at my fast eating.
"That's my girl! I was like that when I had curry. In fact, they called me the 'fastest curry eater in Japan.' Glad to see a part of me active inside you." She's right. Now matter who much my father I has inside me, due to me and him barely speak, I am still my mom's daughter and have a part of her in me. "Well, I think you should get going. School won't wait for late students!" And Indeed I do. As I grabbed the rest my stuff and, on the doorway, I put on my loafers, tapping my right foot.
"Hey, Shouko, before you go, you should know about the what's happening besides the Phantom Thieves," my mom said to me with concern. "You see there's these 'shutdown' in which people bleed out of their eyes and mouths and suddenly collapsed. I fear this my happen to anyone in Itan too. I don't want it to happen to me but most of all you. So, if you are to spend time before you come back home, please stay with your friends. I'm sure they knew about this too. And if you feel any emotional issues, please ask me for... support" She was about to burst into tears.
I however gave a small smile of comfort as I reinsure her "I'll be... fine." I said with a thumbs up. I may struggle to speak to my family, but that doesn't mean a can't comfort them.
'My girl really is growing up. I thank you for making her be this way. Tadano-Kun.' My mom thought with relief. "Well, know that you know, have fun! Can't wait to hear about today's adventure!"
I nodded as I head out the door and on my way to Itan High School. There is one thing I must do, to stop Yamai's plot to move out with me. I don't know how you thought this but with my new partner in my heart, I won't let you do as you wish any longer. Get ready as the new and improved Shouko Komi will save you from your lust!
(Thankfully, there's no storm ruining this moment.)
(Music Ends)
(Morning: Itan High School, Class 2-1)
(A High School Life Without Struggles — Komi Can't Communicate)
Ahh, nothing's like sitting down in your classroom before class starts. You know the most important part of being a student is to get to class on time. That's how I feel sitting near the window and looking down at the entire school in its caramel-colored glory. By the way, the Itan the author is the imagining is the design from my anime. The one from my Manga looked a little different.
Yeah, too generic if you asked me. Not only that, but it also almost resembled the school the other main character of this story attends. Hence why, the anime design of my school is used here. (Kometani: Komi is bit of a 4th wall fan in this story)
I was the earliest of the three, hence why I'm alone staring from the window. A lot of students came here to chat about what happened yesterday, some even talking about the Phantom Thieves themselves. This got me interested, as if I wasn't socially anxious, I would talk about them all day. Well, nothing to do but improve.
Later, another student came to me and she's one I know very well. "Heya, Komi! How this Monday goin' for you, my best friend!?"
This girl is Rumiko Manbagi, my very first friend this year. If you don't know, she's a Gyaru. The word "Gyaru" is the Japanese word for "gal". They're the term for fashionable girls like her. In the first day, she was desperate for attention, not helped she looked weird from that makeup. I was the same way one year ago and I sympathize with her. We then became good friends and she's been good company ever since. (Kometani: She also happened to be developing a crush with Tadano.)
I wrote a response. [Doing well myself. I kept hearing rumors of the Phantom Thieves as of late.]
"Oh, those guys!" Rumiko responded. "Ever since their debut, I knew they are fun! Why people talking about them when they are not? By the way, did you know about the Phan-site that's been getting more popular by the day?" I nodded. I saw the site myself. "Well, last night, the creator of the website is asking for more admins, and you know that I'm gonna say?"
I titled my head as I didn't know what she meant. She giggled as she took out her phone and pulled up a page. I looked at it and gasped! That was from the style from Phan-site, but it looked like a page for an admin. Could this mean...! "That's right! Rumiko Manbagi is now the official admin of the Phan-site! Now if you needed to ask the Lupinrangers to steal someone's heart, you get it faster with me!"
[This is amazing, Rumiko! I never thought you be a big part of the Phandom!] I wrote leaking tears of joy in the meantime.
"Not a biggie, I'm more than happy to support the ones who will bring just from the shadows!" Rumiko said with a thumbs up. "Anyway, enough Phandom talk. Want to hear my stories about my Monday?"
I nodded as we talked about our Mondays. (I, of course, omit the part about the mall in another world. Don't want her to mistake me for a Phantom Thief)
(Later in the morning)
Tadano and Najimi came while Rumiko and I spoke. Class is soon going start but little we know is that we are about to receive not so friendly company soon as a group of delinquents are approaching our classroom.
(What Are You Up To? - Komi Can't Communicate)
(Kometani: The leader somwhat got the same first name as the second Ace Detective.)
"Itan High already has four monarchs" The intelligent delinquent, Gokudo spoke. Their names are: 'Android Ando', 'Alien Ryu', 'Burning Netsuno' and 'Top-o'- the=World Icho" He then reveal one more fact. "But even they cannot touch the secret boss. And I know who she is..."
"DISCOMMUNICATION KOMI!"
"KOMI?!" The gang yelled in shock. (Najimi was their "Informant" about these monarchs.)
"I suggest we go straight for the head and take her out. Suteno?" Gokudo suggested.
"Agreed, skip the small fry." Suteno answered as they reached my classroom, 2-1. They open up as Suteno called out for me.
(Fanatic Admiration — Komi Can't Communicate)
"YO, KOMI!! STEP OUTSIDE!!" He demanded as he and his gang sensed something. 'This aura... There's no doubt about it!!' And who did this aura belong to?
Yeah, they somehow mistook Katai-San for me, probably because he looked similar to them. Long story short, Katai was the one student who took half a semester to show up. The solution is to take on the style of a delinquent and put his fears aside. This resulted in students fearing him, but thanks to Tadano's reading, as well as him mistakenly believing I was her communication master when I too struggle with communicating, he was doing better than before, and we even became friends.
Tadnao noticed Setuno walking towards us, but he simply wanted a conversation. "Um... Who are you?"
All he got was a threat, "Step aside, Lackey. Unless you wann get hurt." The got Tadano to obey him and he asked for me, still intending for Katai. "YO, KOMI!"
They all waited for me to respond but instead we get a full minute of silence. No one, not even Izanami inside me, spoke a single word in that timeframe. Instead, the gang tried to taunt him. "What's this chump's problem?! Doesn't he know Fistfight Suteno?! All Katai can think is 'They're looking at me... eep."
Finally, Sutseno decided to make his move. 'Warning! MK-5!! aka Mega Kicking of butt in 5 seconds!!!" Then "Yo, Komi!" I jolted back. Oh, no! I'm in danger now. If he knows me, I'm in deep trouble! "You know who I am, yeah? I'm Fistfight Suteno!"
(Music stops)
Another full minute passed and pretty much everyone wore blank faces, meaning no one know him at all. "You do know who I am... don't you?" After 30 seconds, he left. "Whatever... if only I was as recognized as the Phantom Thieves. I really need to make a name for myself."
As the rest of his gang join soon after, I heard giggling from my Persona. "Hehehehe. I gotta admit it was kinda fun for that guy to make a fool of himself. This school really one of a kind."
I mentally nodded. 'Yep, just another day at Itan.'
(At the same time as this, another friend of Komi was having her a segment of her own. Let's see it for ourselves, shall we?)
(Nakanaka's POV)
(Earlier in Class 2-3)
(Going to School — Komi Can't Communicate)
Thoust has formed a bond with the legendary Princess Komilia. She has excepted me as her blood partner. I finally have someone to be my partner, but unfortunately, I don't fit in this school no matter where.
Unfortunately, I seemed attracted the Woman of Lust to me. I mustn't let her know I'm part of the resistance. I'll avoid asking her about her plan with Lady Komilia.
(A Lively Way Back Home — Komi Can't Communicate)
I really wished she didn't bring that up, but it's true. Due to make acting as the Keeper of the Dragon Force, people see me as too edgy, too emo, or to weird. It's hard to find people like me when in a school like Itan. "That's why you're so gloomy!" I got offended by that. "Well, excuuse me!" I almost said "Princess" but that meme was done too many times for me.
"I've made new friends, but what about you? You should try sometime!" she said in a consenting tone. It almost made me want to say something in retaliation but held back my rage enough. "See ya! I gotta go chat with my new friends!" 'And soon, I'll be outta here with them and my dearest Komi-Sama in 9 days!' She leaves seemingly innocently.
(Music end)
I sat there in though as if she was telling the truth. I... I could make a friend if I wanted too!! And I sat as the classes began.
Nothing has been going on in my favor. I don't have anyone here who's in talking with me. Not even after the Phantom Thieves of Hearts (aka The LupinRangers) appeared out of nowhere. And you can tell they are my type of group I follow. They are the proof that sorcery exists, and I wished I was one of them! But I was sadly even ignored by people who do talk about them. There was even an event on that Phan-site where user get to be a new admin, and I wasn't a candidate. (Someone beat her to it.) If only my lifestyle had any meaning.
Now, it's lunchtime and I'm still alone. That's it. If I need to make new friends, I needed to act right now. I appeached Yamai's new friends nervously. I hope my Dragon Force Tactic works on them too. "Um... Hm? Uh, Nakanaka? Do you need something?" There it is! I fell to the ground as if the Dagon Force has been unleashed! "Nakanaka?!" one of her friends asked out of concern. Now, the next part!
(An Evil Eye Behind the Eyepatch - Komi Can't Communicate)
Damn you, Yamai. You always give trouble to people. How worse this can... "That's why she doesn't have any!" It got worse. I have to counter her.
"Huh?! Yes, I do! I do too have friends!! Like Komi!" I spat back. But Yamai responded with...
"Hope Komi is mine! Got any other friends?" Yamai countered. Well, if Komi wasn't a choice...
"Y-yes! I count Agari among my allies!" I counter back. Looks like...
"Ho, she's so nice, so she's just humoring you!" WHAAAAT?! She doesn't want to admit to her being wrong. No wonder people planned to stop her behind her back. As I tried to fire back...
"Tee hee! You're funny Nakanaka!" Yamai's friend with the glasses said. "We already knew Yamai was funny."
"What's that supposed to mean?" Yamai said feeling a bit offended. "Um, J-just joking..." her friend said guiltily.
"Sure, she's funny and creepy... but not me and I'll prove it." 'And I might keep an eye on her just in case if she were to go against me and my plan.' Yamai finished with, "Nakanaka, bring your lunch over here. Your oddness will vindicate me."
So, she invites me for lunch with her friends huh? This may be a trick, but this may be may best chance. If I spent some innocent time with the Witch, I may hide my involvement and maybe get something fishy from her. No matter what, my social life is saved and save Princess Komila's life here too!
"I'M NOT ODD!! YOU'RE ODD!! JUST YOU WAIT!!"
As we dine in and chat a certain fanfic writer (Green19: Not me by the way) has seen us and has gotten a wet idea. "Oh yeah!! This's awesome!! Yama x Naka is so HOT! Oh, by the way I'm Lily Sukida. I love girl's love" Not even a minute and everyone's gettin' ideas.
(Music end)
(Komi's POV)
(Lunchtime: Class 2-1)
(Going to School - Komi Can't Communicate)
Spending Lunch with your friends, a time I wanted to enjoy when I used to be alone. I'll always treasure these times. Especially with Tadano, Najimi and Rumiko joining in.
There's one twist to this though, 3 of the 4 already have spiritual beings inside us. And they're not that far off from us as they pretty much are doing their own version of our antics. *Giggle...*
"Yerr so wacky! I've sniped many thieves in my day!" Lone Ranger quipped. "I've counted so much shot I made to them!"
"Oh yeah?" Lupin challenged. "I pretty much surpassed my grandfather as the greatest thief ever lived. Good luck getting at shot at me!" (Kometani: he doesn't know his grandfather already is with one of the people they met yesterday. And it's pretty obvious who)
"I accept your challenge! I will gladly_" WOOOOOOSH!!!
However, they were both frozen as Izanami put a stop to them. "That's enough horse play you two," she said in a motherly tone. "We don't want to act like children, don't we?"
"Aren't we living inside the hearts of children to begin with?" Lupin asked nonchalantly. "Kinda contradictory if you ask me."
Although she had no mouth, my Persona was blushing a bit. "Oh right, even I can act childish too."
I couldn't help but giggle mentally at their antics. I never thought I could have this much fun just by thinking if it's subconsciously. AT this point Rumiko seemed to notice this and ask me. "Anything good came up Komi? Something popular goin' on"
I simply shook my head saying that it's just a reflex. I gotta be careful when I give away signs of suspicion and it seemed like Tadano and Najimi had the same reaction too. Even if it's mentally, I can't give away what has happened to me, even to the one who considers me her best friend, sadly enough. I hope I can tell her as I hate keeping secrets from other.
"Well dang, a misstep. Well, not need to cry when we can talk about the Phantom Thieves! What did you hear about them yesterday?" Rumiko quipped.
And with that, Lunch is over, and we spent the day as usual. But we have one more important thing to do here. And it involves the pest we have encountered so many times
(Music Ends)
Eyecatcher!
(Considering what I am in the Metaverse, that's actually not far off)
(After School: Outside Itan)
(What Are You Up Too? - Komi Can't Communicate)
Setsuno and his gang came to my shoe locker with a plan to get me to fight him. "This will so work! There is one thing that will get him to come to me, having something precious stolen from him. And I just have the thing." Inside the "Challenge" envelope, was a calling card similar to the Phantom Thieves that will alert them that their "treasure" is stolen. The letter said:
Dearest Komi,
You have been issued a challenge for your special something on the line.
Should you open this letter, you will come alone to meet me behind the gym or have that special item be stolen and never seen again.
I am not bluffing. I suggest taking this letter to heart. Meet you soon.
From, Thief of Fistfight.
"I'd say this is nearly foolproof. If there is something at stake, there's no way he'll ignore." Gokudo commented.
"Heh, with this Phantom Thieves hype, he'll believe that they are after him and his heart! This is foolproof!", Setsuno cheered as he put the letter into my locker. "Now no one can interfere."
"Yeah! Show him who's boss! You'll thrash him, Goro!" his gang cheer for him as they left for the gym. However...
(Music End)
"Oh no! You think someone will not notice you putting a threat into my Komi's locker!? I will not let someone threaten my precious!! Good thing I'm on cleaning duty today!"
In a Twist of fate, Yamai just happened to be around and took the note to the dump. Weird to admit it, but Yamai actually saved me from them. Ironic as I'm trying to stop her right now and I was just entering the lockers along with my friends.
"Man, not one second you don't hear about the Phantom Thieves," Rumiko quipped. She asked me ask I was getting my shoes out. "Say, got any plans for today? Me and my fellow Gyarus are planning to check out this new horror movie. Wanna come?"
The mention of horror puts a shiver down my spine. Sure, I fought monsters, but that doesn't make me more confident especially if my own life was in danger. The most I got past is Demon Slayer and it's more emotional than scary. I struggle to speak but Najimi spoke up. "Yeah, sorry but we are kinda on a mission to put a stop to Yamai and her plan. This is for Komi's future here."
Rumiko was disappointed but understood. "Oh yeah. There were rumors about her get a move with you just so only she can see Komi. That's something big. Well, we hang another time, I know Yamai will lose!" She turned her sadness into happiness when she said that. "See ya later!" We wave at Rumiko as she left, just as Tadano was catching up.
"Sorry for the hold up. I had business with the council," Tadano spoke up as he gets ready to as us. "So, anyone want to back out before it's too late?" Najimi and I shook our heads, meaning we are not backing down. "Well, it's been decided. Time to go back into that place."
"Well, it's time to introduce my secret weapons! Follow me!" We follow Najimi into the same alley to hide ourselves from Yamai yesterday. In there, Najimi opened a container (Kometani: Actually, a conveniently empty dumpster.) And got out a large bag. "I kept it somewhere where not even Yamai would think to look. Now to present out trump cards! Drumroll please." We watched in anticipation as Najimi open their bag and inside are... toy guns?
(For Today, Have Courage... — Komi Can't Communicate)
"Najimi, are you taking this seriously?" Tadano asked deadpanning. "Hang on..." He took a closer look and realized what they are. "These are toy weapons from Tokusatsu shows!"
"Yep! I had various friends who are into those shows. They say the weapons are the part of their arsenal! So, I got any copy of the weapons they gave me a while back." Najimi grinned. "Never though I bring them up for something like this. Well, go ahead and take one that fits you!"
Tadano was the first to choose. There are many blasters that are capable of doing real damage, in their shows at least. Tadano was taking his time until he found the one he clicked. "How about this one?"
(Kometani: This is the D-Revolver from Tokusou Sentai Dekaranger)
"Ah, the D-Revolver huh? Good choice! These things can dish out the damage to even the strongest Thugs!" Najimi complemented. "A shame I didn't have a SP License with me, otherwise it will show it's true power."
"That's fine. I know this will be enough to protect me. They won't know what hit them!" Tadano exclaimed as he posed with the gun.
"Your turn, Komi. Pick something that you feel most comfortable with." Najimi asked me. To be honest, I never thought I would wield a gun once in my life. They seem like they only used to for police work and sometimes even crimes, hence why we're using toy guns. There are many choices and there's not one that... wait there's something familiar in the bag. I picked it up and well, memories came back after all!
(Kometani: This is the Gaburivolver from Zyden Sentai Kyoryuger.)
This can be no mistake! This is the Gaburivolver! I used to watch Kyoryuger with Shousuke back when we were grade school and always watch them every Sunday during its airing back in 2013. I especially to love Kyoryu Pink as her dinosaur is the triceratops, my favorite dinosaur! (Kometani: Though Komi's actual favorite prehistoric animal is the Saber-Toothed Tiger for obvious reasons) "Oh, you're into Kyoryuger too. Luckly, I happened to own the complete Zyudenchi Set. Or at least for the main 5. Well, pick the one you love!" As They took out a case with 5 sets of 4 types of Zyudenchi, the collectable for the show.
There is no hesitation as I pick Dricera and held them out in the palm of my hand. I'm feeling nostalgic today, so I'm testing out this gun. I opened the gun and held out the Zyudenchi and utter the magic words!
"Brave in"
*Click!*
I then place the battery into the gun and closed it.
[GABURINCHO! DRICERA!]
I spun the barrel and Samba music began to play. And like the show I skipped to the left and skipped to the right and twirled as I raised my gun to the sky.
WIth a smile, instead of shouting "FIRE!" I put my own spin into this...
"BANG!!!"
I pulled the trigger and pose as if I am actually becoming Kyoryu Pink! I can't help but finish the sequence. "The Horned Brave! Kyoru Pink!" (Kometani: This is said in Japanese regardless of which audio track you chose to envision this)
Najimi and Tadano clapped at my performance. "That's so cool Komi! I never knew you had experience in Sentai." I simply wrote how I got into this.
[I used to watch that show with my brother back when were little. It was before I went to middle school too.]
Tadano read that curiously. "Anyone can get into those shows Komi. That show was very popular back in the day, so everyone can get into the series as well." I couldn't help but spout my cat ears at that. "Speaking of which, what are you going to be using Najimi?"
Our lavender haired friend was quick to answer. "Oh, I already have a gun and it's one of a kind. Wanna See?" They pulled it out from what seems to be the bottom of the bag, and they took it out and... OH. MY GOD,,,
"Najimi? What the hell is that huge, folded gun you took out?" Tadano asked in fear; I was shaking in fear too.
"Oh this? This is the GX-05 Kerberos, the main weapon for Kamen Rider G3-X from Agito." Najimi explained as they inspected the folded gun. "This is just a replica and only shoot plastic bullet like the Enough guns that's been the talk of town. "
I was curious about this gun, so I wrote a message them about it. [How did you even get this? It looked too real to be a toy.]
"Oh, there was a raffle a few years back with this as the prize. If you didn't guess, I was the winner, and this became my secret weapon. As for why this was a prize, One, they said producing these are way too expensive to mass produce, Two, they're probably being mistaken for actual firearms despite this only shooting non-lethal toy bullets. (Kometani: Hence why model guns are not supposed to shoot bullets. The author is against gun violence) " Najimi explained
"Well, I guess you are the lucky one." Tadano stated. "By the way, why you bring toy guns? These wouldn't do good if they are not actual weapons?"
(Music end)
Najimi tried to give the best explanation. " Well, I don't see us wielding actual guns. Even model guns wouldn't be right." I have to say I agree with them. Using a gun that shoots bullets doesn't feel right to me. "However, since that world MechaNeko was in was a world where cognition becomes real, I figured we take advantage of it and wish our toys guns act like the real thing. We'll test them out when we fight next time."
We all nodded. Sure, the Metaverse was a world of the mind, but who said only the Shadows can take advantage of it. But before we activate the app, a familiar dark voice spoke up...
"So, this is what you've been doing in the shadows, Opposers to the Queen of Lust!"
(An Evil Eye Behind the Eyepatch - Komi Can't Communicate.)
Oh, it's Nakanaka! She's one of the first friends I made since I attended Itan. She likes to play the role of the dark ruler, the "Keeper of the Dragon Force." What got us is that she caught us right as we are about to activate that app. "I saw what you did, you really are capable of real magic, Princess Komila."
"Man, not even one day and our secret was found out..." Najimi groaned, putting a hand on their forehead. "What did you want Nakanaka? It's not like we are threatening someone."
Nakanaka smirked as if she already knew about it. "Why indeed? Actually, I was walking back to my lair when I heard some strange noises in this alley. I took a peek and in a flash of red light, you three pop in! I listened in on and it seemed there is another world that is the embodiment of Queen of Lust's heart!"
Tadano was confused about what she said. "Queen of Lust? Who do you... Ooooh! You're talking about Yamai right? No matter what she always has this desire to get to Komi no matter what."
"You are indeed right, Knight of Komila." Nakanaka praised in her dark lord Persona (Green19: Get it, Persona? *Crickets* Man I need better Jokes) "I just so happened to make contact with her and her knew ensemble and she invited me for a luncheon, and I accepted. I tried to see if she'll drop any hints of her plan with the Princess but she managed to avoid it but I can tell she had that dark falr in her eyes showing she is hiding something from me as if I was secretly planning against her. Luckly, I managed to hide my intentions from the Queen, and she still doesn't know."
It was my turn to ask, [Why did you approach us? Did you want to come with us to a potentially dangerous world that will put you at risk?]
"Indeed, you are right, my dear Komila, for you see, I though you used this to enter that world." She got out her phone and, OH! It's indeed the same app that got on our phones yesterday! "Your face says it all. This really is a magic app. Now you will have no choice but to let me join this quest. Besides, it is high time we fulfil our blood pact we forged so long-ago, Princess Komila. What is your say?"
(Music fades out)
I looked down in though. I don't want another friend risking her life in stopping Yamai in that other world. She literally has an army in her disposal and the 3 of us may not be enough. I hate to say this, but I feel like we need to take Nakanaka along for the ride. Plus, friends always back each other.
Finally, I gave my answer, "Yes... you can come with us." I muttered.
Tadano and Najimi were surprised about my answer. "Are you sure Komi? She doesn't have that Power like us. Will that be alright?"
I wrote my response to them [It's risky I know, but friends stick together until the end. If Nakanaka wants to stop Yamai and knows our secret, I'll gladly let her in the team? Youn Understand Nakanaka?]
What did Nakanaka say? "MWAAHAHAHAAHA!!! I knew you would let me in! you won't regret having the dragon force with you!"
"Well can stop Naka-Sama once she's into this" Najimi piped as she brough out their phone to activate the map. "Well then, anyone-"
Nakanaka interupted. "Hang on! Let ME be the one to take us there!" Oh, almost forgot she has the app too. "Just send me the keys and I'll bring us there!"
Najimi looked at the keyword on the Nav. "Well, I don't see it somewhere. Wait I see the Share button on it. Gotta tap it and oh! Looks like there on fresh Nav user here." She looked a Nakanaka with enthusiasm.
"Right, right. Just send me the location." Najimi did just that as Nakanaka got the address to Yamai's Mall. "Now then, Magic App takest us to the world of the Queen of Lust immediately!" She pressed the locate button as the app declare the activation.
[Beginning Navigation.]
And the world began to feel ripple again. Man, I still dizzy when that happens.
(Yamai's Grand Mall, Itan Alleyway)
"Oh! So, this is the other world that was spoken by thee. Not much different other than the pink sky. By the way... Why you have toy guns with you?" Nakanaka ask as we return to the other world.
Najmi was the first to realize it. "Oh, we kinda skipped that part. You see.."
(Step by Step, Step by Step - Komi Can't Communicate)
"We are not the kinds to wield real or model guns, so we had to improvise." The who spoke wasn't Tadano, it was me. Nakanaka was amazing at my voice.
"Oh, this is the first time I have heard your voice, Princess Komila! Why have you kept so silent all this time?"
Tadano was quick to answer. "Oh, you wouldn't understand but Komi was born was born with a communication disorder which caused her extreme social anxiety. She was like that in our time together if you haven't noticed."
Nakanaka was actually shocked about it but understood it. In her own terms at least. "So, what I'm getting is from the moment of birth, Komila was cursed from speaking and she hasn't spoken a word ever since. Very observant, Knight. But she can speak clearly here. How is that possible?"
I was the one who spoke. "Let me explain, this may be hard to understand. The world where in is affected by cognition. That means our minds, our thoughts have become reality here. When I wished to speak clearly, this is what happened to me thanks to the world." Nakanaka gasped in awe. I could help but giggle and put my hand over my mouth. "That sound like magic to you, doesn't it?"
"Oh yes, it is!" Nakanaka roared. "Magic is real after all! This is a world I am going to get so satisfied!" We all tried to hold back our laughter until a cute familiar voice came along.
"Hey! Could you tone it down I'm- Oh look who it is!" It's MechaNeko! He stayed here all this time! "I didn't think you'd actually come back, but I'm glad you did!"
"Woah! A tiny robot cat has dawned upon us!" Nakanaka said with caution. "Stand back! I shall unleash the Dragon Force upon him!"
"Wait! Don't hurt him!" I told her to hold back as I pick Robot Cat up. "This is MechaNeko, he helped us get out of this place when we came the first time." I rubbed him on his cheek; he was very satisfied. "Trust me, he will help us."
Nakanaka compiled. "My bad, my princess. I was confused for the moment." she took a moment to talk to Neko. "So, if you help the escape, why did you remain in this corrupt establishment?"
"Oh, I'm actually collecting data of this palace. After a rumor of a group of Phantom Thieves destroying one of these palaces, I have to check one out and here I am" Neko Explained.
"A group of Phantom Thieves..." Tadano wondered, and then he clicked. "Wait, you mean the same Phantom Thieves that's been the talk of the news recently?!"
Nakanaka answered with, "Most likely. Their ways are supernatural and this definitely fit their ways. We're inside the world of Yamai's heart, so there as to be a core that will remove it."
"Nice deduction, Ms. Nakanka! I was actually built for this investigation. If you ask me, I was from your world, the same one you live in!" Neko explained.
"Oh, so that means someone knows about the Metaverse if I remember correctly. (Kometani: Thankfully, MechaNeko is not from the bad guys) I hope they're good people," Said Najimi.
"I'm sure they are. MechaNeko's too good to be build for evil." I spoke. "Anyway, could you help us investigate this mall? You said we could change Yamai if we explore this place."
(Music End)
Neko nodded. "Happy to help! I have your weapons here! Take them before we go in!" And from his compartment, he took out our weapons: My Niichrin Sword, Tadano's cane, and Najimi's batons.
This got Nakanaka hyped. "Woah, Komila's got a Nichrin Sword. Are you what I think you are?!"
I innocently smiled at her hype. "This isn't even the cool part. Let's go to the Mall now." And all walked to the entrance to Itan which has become the Mall for Yamai's darker half.
"THIS IS MADDNESS!! Not 10 minutes and we came across black sorcery!" Nakanaka was obviously experiencing real magic in her eyes. "And Tell me where's the cool part you speak off?!"
I simply said. "Walk head of us and when you hear a noise from behind, you turn back." And we walked with her in front and in 1 minute, *WOOOSH!* a noise is heard. "Okay, you turn to us now." And Nakanaka did and when she saw us, she gasped in awe!
When she saw us, we are no longer in our Itan Uniforms. We're in our super suits! "Princess Komila...! All this time, you're a real Demon Slayer!?" But She didn't let Tadano and Komi go unnoticed. "Tadano-kun is Tuxedo Mask from Sailor Moon and Najimi is The Homing Hero, Snipe from My Hero Academia! My life has been filled with magic all along, this is too much!"
I tried to calm her down. "Yeah, it was cool for us when it happened to us. But don't faint, we don't want to carry you all the time," I joked.
"Oh yes, my apologies for causing a scene in front of a crowd," Nakanaka apologized. Now that she said that it's strange the crowd didn't make comment out this. Probably cause it's frequent here apparently. "Oh, bv the way, may you present the sword to me?" I complied and unsheathed the sword from my scabbard and hand it over to Nakanaka. She's impressed by the sky-blue sword I wield and noticed engraving. "Snow of Hope. Fits you but where is... oh! Take a look at the other side." She flipped the sword and on the other side,.. "Yep, this is it. The good old 'Destroyer of Demons' is on it! Looks like you are destined to be a Hashira, my lady Komila."
I took back my sword and swung it in an 'X' pattern. The Destroyer of Demons that is the Snow of Hope. Kinda has a nice ring to it as I sheathed my sword.
"Can we move it?' Tadano asked. "Time may be slower here, but we don't have all day."
But before we replay, MechaNeko has something to say. "Oh, before I forget, I have something that will give us an edge over some Shadows. I have it right here" He took it out from his compartment and it looked like some sort of eyewear.
"What's this?" I asked as I take from Neko.
"This is a Spyglass. This is a rare item in the Metaverse that can scan for most enemy weaknesses and even defenses. Some skills can do that, but this is better as you don't need energy to use it, and you can use it as many times as you want!"
"It's perfect! No need to blindly attack when we can scan them first!" I smiled.
"You're welcome! Remember it takes time for the scan to be complete. In gameplay terms, I say it takes one turn to use it." MechaNeko explained. "Anything else before we go in?"
Najimi piped in. "I do. Since we are like the Phantom Thieves that's been on the news, we should use Code Names while we're like this!"
Nakanaka agreed. "Indeed. You can't be a true Thief if you don't have a code name."
I giggled in amusement. "Not even a week and we're already becoming Phantom Thieves with code names. I kinda like that idea. What about you Tadano?"
"Well, I'm not that good with nicknames, but if we're gonna sneak around, might as well pick secret identities along with these costumes."
"That settles it. As a plus, it acts as a double defense in case the real person is aware of the inside of her palace." MechaNeko stated. "At least, this will ensure our secret more. So, what names are you gonna pick?"
Najimi who suggested it, when first, "Well since Nakanaka kindly reminded me about what I'm wearing, minus the hat, and since my Persona is good with guns, I'll go with Snipe. Sounds cool don't you think?"
"It's cool, fits like a barrel!" I praised with a secret pun. (Guess which word was the pun)
"I'll admit, it fits a sheriff. They never miss." Tadano added.
"They better watch out or they'll be shot every time!" Nakanaka commetted.
"Thank you! How about you, Tadano-Kaito?" the newly named Snipe cheers and then asked.
"Well, I'm thinking of Spade. Phantom Thieves are usually associated with playing cards and that seemed normal for a Thief. That good?" said Tadano.
"Normal and thief-like. That name is so you Tadano, err, Spade." I spoke.
"Never lost your touch of doing thing normal. Even as a Phantom Thief!" Snipe said.
"Nice, that was my only name I came up with," Tadano, now Spade, spoke. "What about you Nakanaka?"
She seemed disappointed. "Sorry, I feel that I can't don my new identity since I'm not wearing the rebel garbs you wore. I cannot decide my name at this time"
"Naka..." I spoke. It seems she really wanted to join in but since she doesn't have a Persona, she can't even cast magic. But I can feel she will soon. It's a feeling I felt in my heart. Something dormant is welling up in her ever since we came here. What is this?
But she seemed to be in a better mood. "Well, let us not dwell in shame. What about you Princess Komilla? What is your new identity?"
"I do have one name: Panther." I said. "But for some reason, I have this feeling that another cat thief had taken this name." (Kometani: A certain blonde Pigtailed Student in another school sneezed at the moment Komi said that.)
"Well, that kind of a shame." Spade "My choice for you would be Lion, but that doesn't fit you right."
I shook my head. "Too fierce. I'm looking for a cute and threating cat name."
Nakanaka was next. "Demon Slayers are fast on their feet. Therefore, her name shall be Cheetah!"
I giggled at it. "Better but not my style. Plus, I feel that would fit Manbagi more if she were here."
Snipe pitched in. "You want cute and threatening? Then, why not Catclaw? Cats are known for their sharp claws, and you fight with swords!"
I smiled but, "Thanks, but that felt more of a superhero name, and I feel we don't have that vibe with what we're wearing."
"Aw, then what would be you name then?" Snipe slupped. I know I love cats, and they are known to be excellent hunters. I am a user of Ice magic, and many cats are excellent hunters in snow."
Cats... snow... That's it!
I asked them a question. "Tell me, what is a type a cat that are excellent hunters in the snow?"
A confused Spade answered it. "Why, it's the Lynx. But why suddenly ask- OOOOOhhh" He got what I'm saying!
I gave a wink and a thumbs up! "That's right! My code name is Lynx! It's a wild species of cat the is famous for hunting in the snow, which is my element. Plus, they're just so cute!"
"Yep, just like you! A name like that certainly fits. Plus, in English, it has the same number of letters as your name!"
"This is perfect for the user of ice magic. You hide in the shadows, wait for your prey, and come for the kill!" Nakanaka roared! "You have chosen wisely Princess Lynx." she bowed.
"No need for 'Princess' like with my real name. Just Lynx is fine." I said. I look over my friends one more time. "Looks like we are truly Phantom Thieves now. Well then, let's go stop Yamai for real!" I spouted and extended my palm.
"Yes, my lord!" Nakanaka replied.
"I'm ready for some snipin'!" Snipe cheered.
"I'm ready when you are." Spade nodded.
"I didn't say anything, but I don't really need a code name if I can't fight. But I'm in!" MechaNeko cheered.
There is only one thing to say as I nodded. "It's time to sneak inside Yamai's Lair, in the shadows." And with that, into the mall we go!
(Music End)
(Yamai's Grand Mall. Floor 1)
This mall is still as busy as ever. There's still plenty of people here shopping to their heart's content. "Really I was hoping for more security after last time." Snipe said.
I pointed to the guards that are patrolling the mall. "Ask and you shall receive." I pointed out. From the look at things, they seem to be set on looking for us than keeping the people safe.
"Ugh. she really hits me on my nerve." Nakanaka said. "Every time we get to something competitive, she's bugs me. Not even the Dragon Force can protect me from that."
Spade chose the lay out our game plan. "So, moving on, we need to stay away from those guards. We don't want to overexert our powers, so need to be precise."
Snipe pouted. "What about fighting? We won't improve ourselves if we-" (Music ends) They stopped to see something in the bush for what appears to be glowing blue eyes. "Guys, I think we're already spotted!" We turned back and then...
They leaped outed of the bush and... Oh Shit! (Kometani: Komi Swear Count: 7) Three of Yamai's guards have been waiting to greet us! "Oh dang, I though they wouldn't notice us, and we get a free one." The lead guard spotted.
Snipe grinned them. "Well, pardon me for not falling an obvious trick. Now that you exposed yourselves, time to get back into the mood!" they said as they took out their batons.
Spade did the same as he read is cane. "Well, if we are to get stronger, might as well take out the trash."
As for me, I lifted up MechaNeko and handed over to the Chunnibyou. "You two hid over... there" It was a conveniently place trash can. "You can't fight so you should take cover," I smile after that. "You're free to cheer us on though."
"Make no mistake my liege. I don't plan on doing anything reckless. I promise you that." she said as she took the robot and hid behind the can."
"So, only 3 pests to kill huh? Well, there are 3 of us! This should be an event match!" the lead Shadow claimed as they ripped of their masks, and they transformed in goop and into their true forms. The other two are familiar figures. The left and right are the fairy and pumpkin we encountered last time. But the one in the middle is one we never seen before. This one is about the same size as the pumpkin and yet is not one as his figure resembled a creature from a fairy tale with the red had and scarf along with bag on his belt.
(Kometani: The mine creatures of Aeon: Knocker)
I draw my sword as I faced the Shadows with my friends. "You made one mistake, and I'll tell you" I smiled in excitement. "You don't want to face a wild cat on a hunt. And is ready to strike!"
Three enemies, no pressure. However, of the 3, we only knew that the pumpkin is wear to ice. I wonder how we going to find out the other 2 weaknesses. "Remember the Spyglass I gave you? Try scanning one enemy!" MechaNeko instructed.
I took out the glass in question and put it on my right eye. "Ok, let's see if this really works. Scan the enemy on the left, please." I pressed the button on the glass and...
Beep! Beep!
Woah! This thing is incredible! It's scanning the fairy in seconds! Soon the analysis is complete, and the data was displayed.
[Name: Pixie, Arcana: Lovers, Lv. 2
Strong: Elec, Weak: Guns and Curse]
(Kometani: The author is not displaying the move set for every enemy, just imagine their tiers based in the level.)
"The fairy's name is Pixie and electric magic doesn't work on her! We can use guns to stop her!" I called out.
"That's some hi-tech stuff there! We should use it every time we face a new enemy!" Spade complemented.
The middle shadow was having any of that. "Oh yeah, just because you can scan us doesn't mean we're not competent. Try this. TERRA!"
Spade was confused at that name. "Terra, I wonder what that means?" He got his answer when the ground beneath him begins to crack, and he raised his head in anxiety. "Uh-oh!" He as the ground exploded in rubble and Spade fell on his back! Oh dear! "OOOOWWWW!!! That hit me like a boulder! Pun not intended!"
Nakanaka saw all that and was taken back by it. "That was an earth attack. Spade is an electric fight and ground deals heavy damage against them! Don't get carried away!"
I looked at her, but the pumpkin tried to burn me, but I sidestepped out of the way. Good thing they weren't in the way. "He tried to take advantage of the shock we just had! Alright! You asked for this! Come out, IZANAMI!"
In a short burst of flames, my Persona descended as Sakura petals rain down on the mall. Nakanaka was so entranced by her appearance. "Her familiar is the one of the great creation gods of Japan. This is the power she speaks? It makes me want to have it on my own." She actually shed a tear on that.
I'm pleased she's enjoying this, as much I will. I pointed to the pumpkin for my Persona to attack. "Freeze them with Bufu... Please." And she did just that as she summoned a ice shard from her necklace and threw it into the pumpkin, taking him out in one shot.
But I'm not done as I pulled out the gun I choose from Snipe. "I hope you're right, Snipe. This better work."
"Believe in me, I'm never wrong with the facts." Snipe said as they get Spade up. "Just pretend this is a carnival shootout and giving your all!"
They're right. Just like the game in last year's summer festival, I need to aim first and fire. I adjust my Gaburevolver, and aimed at Pixie. She seemed to be unfazed. "Really? A gun like that doesn't scare me. Unless you're a Kyoruger yourself! Ha ha!" She's asked for it! With no hesitation I pulled the trigger and said my signature sound effect...
*BANG!*
For the record that was for effect. My gun actually fired a pink laser beam and knocked the Pixie down! I was shocked and yet was excited, to the point of my cat ears popping out, it worked! "It worked, it worked! Your plan actually worked Snipe! You're right"
"Heh, what can I say, I'm the master planner!". Snipe smirked. "Now that we know, time for my shot!" Can you scan the middle guy?" I did just that as I activated the Spyglass again and got his details.
[Name: Knocker, Arcana: Aeon]
[Strong: Earth, Weak: Water and Wind]
"He doesn't have a weakness to gun" I said.
Snipe's smile never fades. "No problem you'll see how much of a beast this gun is! Carry Spade for me got it?" I held him as they took out their gun. "Now what is the code for this? 2-3-1." BEEP! [Access denied] "Shoot! What else? 3-3-3." BEEP! [Access Denied] "Damn! One more and it's locked! Final one: 1-3-2! [Releasing safety.] Yes!" they cheered as they began to unfold the gun, and the parts shifted until the barrel unfolded and Woah this is intense!
This is a mini gatling gun which was compacted into something lick a briefcase. This thing for a toy, look so powerful before even a single bullet came out. "The one in cowboy grab has unleashed the most forbidden artillery known to man. It was powerful when the man known as G3-X wielded it, and know it's being brought to live from my dear friend."
"Heh, you must be scared now, so time to put you out of your misery! Eat bullets you suckers!!" Snipe screamed as they hit the trigger!
*GATA! GATA! GATA! GATA! GATA! GATA!*
WOAH!!! They weren't kidding when this gun was powerful. It rotated as it fired bullets rapidly at the enemies, creating mini explosions! The Pixie was obliterated, bullet shells dropped after use, and the Knocker was left standing with little strength he had left.
"OH YEAH! Be lucky I didn't used the missile on you! That will be even more painful!" they cheered as they folded the gun back.
"I'll say that was pretty badass of you, Snipe" I said. (Kometani: Komi Swear Count: 8) "I never expected you to go all out on them"
Spade seem to be recovered enough to stand well. "Well, that Na- er, Snipe for you. May I have the honor of ending this farce?" he asked. We both nodded. He took out his own gun. "Time to take out the trash and for some payback." He aimed the D-Revolver to the last Shadow, and it took one shot to finish it! "Bullseye!"
I looked around and it seemed there no one left. "We won! All of them have fallen!" I congratulated with a thumbs up and a wink.
"Yeah, looks like these will do after all!" said Spade though he seemed to feel woozy. "Man, that Earth attack still hit me like a truck."
"Let me take care of that, Spade-Kun" I spoke as I touched my mask. "Izanami, heal him please." And she did that as green sparkles surround Spade and was all better in an instant.
"Thanks Lynx-San, glad you have healing magic in you. Also, you said please when you order your Persona. Something going on?" asked Spade.
I lightly blushed to the point my mask was pink. "I just don't to act like the boss of someone. I didn't order her, I asked her as my friend."
"Makes sense, she's you after all, so it feels wrong to order her like you're the boss here. That's pretty sweet of you, Lynx" Spade simply chuckled. I chuckled back to.
Nakanka and MechaNeko came out now the danger is gone. "So, that's you power, isn't in my lady? Your performance only makes me harness that power myself. And that will come soon, got it memorized?"
We all nodded. Snipe seemed to notice something one the ground. "Hey, look at that! Looks like there something else besides the money and junk!" While we split the money, I picked the item in question, and it turns out to be a Map of Yamai's Mall!
"This is a map! We're not lost anymore; we can look for our destination with this!" I called out.
The other cheered. "Then let's take a look at it!" I opened the map and, huh? This only displayed the first 2 out of 4 floors. This is a problem.
"This sucks! We got one map and it's not enough for this junkpile!" Snipe complained.
Nakanaka on the other hand wasn't as down. "Not so much, Snipe. Take a look at the side of the map. This one is 1 out of 2 maps here. This one is for the common folk; thus, it would be assuming the top 2 floors are for the High-class people."
Mecha was actually impressed. "Not bad for one who's recent compared to the rest. But she's right. This is only half of the map. We can get the other if we reach the third floor and have a clear path to our destination."
We all nodded at that. "Well, time to put this to good use." I look at the map and spotted the elevator we took last time. "The elevator is in the center of the floor. I'll lead us there and protect us all. Don't fall behind, so time to go."
And we all set course to the elevator. With all the weapons we now have in addition to our Personas, I have a good feeling this will go well. But little did we know, it's about to be even better.
(Kometani: To be Continued)
(Omake: Phantom Facts.)
(Setting up a Prank - Komi Can't Communicate)
Lynx: Why hello there everyone. Welcome back to Phantom Facts! You noticed I'm being referred by my codename there. If the chapter ends while in the Metaverse, we'll be in our attire there.
Snipe: That's right and I'm diggn' this Phantom Thief business even if we're not officially called thieves yet!
Lynx: Oh Snipe. That's actually Najimi's name in the other world. They're here because it about today's topic. Was it about again?
Snipe: It's about my Persona and pardner, the Lone Ranger! You see, his original name is John Reed and he's the only survivor of the Texas Rangers that were ambushed by gang out outlaws and was saved by Tonto and the Native American that happened to nearby. After being rescued, he hid his identify with a black mask (Kometani: not to be confused with THE Black Mask) and began hunting the gangsters that killed his fellow Rangers and bring them to justice. Sounds like what the Phantom Thieves would like huh?
Lynx: Yes, I'm amazed that him and them are close in goals. By the way, last time I checked the Lone Ranger was Male. Does that mean...
Snipe: Nope! Still not enough! Green19 checked that one gender can have the image of one who is the opposite gender. It actually occurred in many P5 fanfics.
Lynx: Well, that's something to know. Well, we ran out of time. And join us next time as we continue our search inside Yamai's Mall.
Snipe: See ya! And don't miss your shot at it!
(But wait! There's more)
Back in the real world, Goro and his gang of bullies were waiting for Komi to show up but thanks to Yamai snagging his invitation, she didn't show up!
"He's not coming here, is he?" Goro said.
"Nope", said one his friends.
"I really suck at calling cards." Goro said before they left
(Okay, now the chapter has ended.)
Notes:
At long last, I am done! Sorry for another months-long hiatus. Due to a combo of personal business, interest in other stuff (Already watched Death Note and got Ace Attorney Investigations Collection), and plain boredom, I haven't gotten the drive to finish this. Due to this, I missed on posting this on Halloween and Ann's birthday a few days ago when I'm typing this. Again, my schedule isn't exactly set, so take note of that.
To remind you, the codenames the Komi Trio had chosen are: Komi is Lynx, (I had been thinking of Catclaw, but I realize it doesn't convey the Phantom Thief part enough. Plus, with Panther as her suggestion, I had to sneak a cameo from the one who is Panther) Tadano is Spade (to go with the plain and simple theme he has) and Najimi is Snipe (They are a sheriff, and they are common with guns)
Some good news is that Komi's manga has already finished another arc, but with the manga closing I estimated it will come to a close in early 2025. On the flipside, that means the anime will get a better chance of returning (and I am more of an anime person) as a finished manga is basically a road map to adapt into anime. On the Atlus side of things, Metaphor has been out, and I plan to play it in the future.
Oh, and I made a trailer for this series! Check it out: https://youtu.be/KHho9tE9A8Q?si=qxh7TZRIKyJgJ6li
Meanwhile, we have new characters introduced! First is the Girl that is second or third to Komi, Rumiko Manbagi! And yes, she's Komi's admin of the Phan-Site like Mishima. (Unlike Mishima, she will play a more active part in the story, not in this act, but for sure the next one) I know some would prefer Nakanaka as the admin, but I doubt she's that fluid with social media with her Dark Lord Persona (Again, pun intended) Because she's introduced before she's properly introduced in the anime, I need to fancast her VAs. Luckily, I know just two who can:
Her VAs are: (Erica Lindbeck/Rie Takahashi) Yes, I am casting Futaba's VA as Rumiko as I feel she is capable of voicing a Gyaru character. Rie Takahashi is no surprise as she also plays a stylish character, who is Ai Hoshino from Oshi No Ko. (Gotta watch that show eventually)
Credit to TDankEngine for the fanart of Rumiko, link to it will be up:
Also, Katai made his first appearance in this series and he while he's not going to be a Phantom Thief (sorry Katai fans), he will, for sure, be a Confidant here. (You can guess which arcana he has since he resembles a Persona character with the same style) He's still voiced by Jacob Hopkins in English and Shinichiro Kamio in Japanese.
Also, we got the guns for the Komi crew with Komi with the Gaberevolver and Tadano with the D-Revolver. If you couldn't tell from my name, I am a big Tokusatsu fan. I am always love seeing their weapons in action and since I just can't see the Komi cast with actual guns, this is the next best thing. Plus, you see Komi is a fan of Kyoryuger, my second favorite Super Sentai show and the fact her favorite dinosaur is the triceratops.
Also, Najimi gets the Kerberos from Agito, the best gun in Tokusatsu in a long shot! I know a gatiling gun is out of place, but I turn to the Phantom X where one member uses the exact type of gun Najimi was using. Also, some of you would note this would make the Komi Thieves overpower compared to the Canon Phantoms who only use model realistic guns but don't worry, I plan to give them the same treatment when they to officially show up.
Also include Earth attacks too. I know in Persona, it's "Magna", but "Terra" sounded cooler, and it's used in mainline SMT. This should make the game more interesting. Especially with Najimi being the Water elemental now. (And the fact, I brought Spyglass from the mainline games to analyze enemies will make this even more interesting.)
With that before I start the preview for next episode, it a moment you've been waiting for since Nakanaka's first appearance here. If you know her English VA, let's say she will voice another rebel in the same series. One who acts like a dark lord instead of a post-apocalyptic punk raider. There's more I would've discus but I'm low on space, so I'll start the preview.
Now the preview! Komi's POV: We worked to find the keys to the elevator that has been locked as well as trying new moves! As we reached the second floor, Oh No, Yamai is waiting for us! As we struggle against her new soldiers, Nakanaka has this dark aura as her left eye was glowing purple. Wait... Could this mean... The Dragon Force is REAL!? Next time! "The Keeper of The Dragon Force!" She really is the master of the dark arts.
And with that description, you can guess what will happen. With that, this is Green19, closing this chapter! I'll see you back in action for next time and until then, enjoy time with friends!
Chapter 7: The Keeper of The Dragon Force
Summary:
Komi's POV: We search the entire first floor for the keys to the elevator. However, Shadow Yamai has been expecting us and has hired new guards to counter us. Little does she know that we bought Nakanaka with us and then their rivialry have reached the peak as she awakens to something the long since claim she had. (Kometani: But wait here's more! Komi will eventually meet with someone who lives here but teaches deeper into Tokyo. All I can say is that he seemed to be into snacks or something)
Notes:
Hey guys! Hopefully this chapter came out sooner than the last one. Before we start, I wanted to share some fun facts about this series.
First, some of you are wondering about how I inserted my original edits. Simple, I posted them on Twitter first. It's an easy way to find my art in a short time. At times when I post randomly, it sometimes is for this series.
Secondly, while the characterization for Komi Cast is the same as in her original series, like other creators, I decided to give them traits of other anime characters to make my own spin on them. For example, Komi while still herself, has traits of Izuku Midoriya in particular, she tends to cry when something emotional happens. Positively or negatively. (Good thing she doesn't make a flood of tears unlike Deku) Nakanaka in this case, has traits of Ainz from Overlord as you'll see soon. (Also, I plan to make parallels to one of P5's inspirations which I will make clear in time)
Thirdly, unlike the first in-game day, this and the following day will be two chapters each. The first day serves as in introduction to the series for newcomers and I plan to introduce more characters in the next day that haven't appear in this story yet. After that, things will be faster, I estimate 2-3 day average each chapter that doesn't involve a Palace exploration. I'll explain how I'll write out the Palaces in another Chapter. I said this as another Persona 5 crossover, Senran Persona, has been over 100 chapters and it still is not even at the sixth palace. I want to make sure it's evenly paced for all fans. (P.S. Check that fic out)
Last thing before I start things off: there has been rumors of AI scrappers affecting other fanfics out there. I know because one of the fics I follow was restricted due to these scrappers. To sum things up, I dislike the use of AI in any form of media. They made the efforts of human talent null and void. This fic, I can confirm is 100% written by me and I prefer if I'm not copied by AI. This is my take on AI, remember that.
Before we go in, I have thought of the voices for MechaNeko so without further ado: (Brianna Knickerbocker/Reina Ueda) [Yes, that means I'm bringing in Kanao from Demon Slayer as a Robot Cat. Funny about that.]
With that, if you haven't guessed by the title for this chapter, the time has come at last! The chunnibyou who was thought to have no magic will soon change that. Time to see what unfolds! (P.S. If you didn't see last chapter: Komi is Lynx, Tadano is Spade, and Najimi is Snipe.)
Disclaimer: I don't own Persona 5, or Komi-San as well as fanart used by anyone else. All series used is owned by their respective creators. I only make this series for fun and I make no profit from this. Any fanart I use in a chapter will have a link to their original creators in the end notes for those who want to see them. Please support the original creators.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
(Komi's POV)
(5/24, Tuesday)
(After School: Yamai's Grand Mall, Floor 1)
(A Trip to Alivel Mall - Kirby and The Forgotten Land)
This mall remained the same as the last time we were here. The same kinds of people are here shopping without care. I wonder what's it like if these are actual people like us. No doubt they wouldn't shop in a mall like this. We are arrived at the elevator that takes us higher up to the mall. "Well, here it is. I hope this still works and we don't get hounded by guards..." I pushed the button to take us up, but when I did, I got a beep meaning it was denied. "Huh? What's happened?" I got my answer when the map screen displayed a message. "Due to recent events, guests must have keys found in each floor for access to high floors. Don't blame me, blame the commoners that ruined my day with Komi-Sama. Good luck finding them, they are expensive to buy! Your host, Ren Yamai."
"Well, that sucks." Snipe complained. "We had an easy time last time and things got harder. This is gonna be a mess." They facepalmed.
Spade simply patted them on the back, "Don't give up so easily. Knowing Yamai, she always changes tactics when things don't go her way. The only thing we can do is find the keys to use the elevator. Any guesses how we can find them?"
I was open to suggestions, but Nakanaka seemed to be onto something. "If I may, I might have a something that will undo the seal on this lift. Did you see the map about the various shops in this place? There, in the corners are clothing stores. Yamai used to tell me that those are her favorite thing to buy when she shops. If anything, to get those keys hidden, she would hide them in the things she held most dear, aside from you, Lynx"
I looked and she's right! Since this mall is form Yamai's cognition, her favorite stuff must be part of it too. "This is a huge lead forward. We couldn't find it out without you with us, Naka-San." She turned away and blushed at my praise to her. "I also read there are Two keys needed to access the next floor. And they are both on the second level of this floor, so we should get there." We all nodded as we move up, but it seems Nakanaka has something in her mind that we didn't notice.
(Music Stops for a moment)
"Never again will my devotion of the dark arts will be made a mockery by my peers, especially my current rival." she thought as we enter the second level.
(Music Resumes)
There we made it to one of the clothing stores where it was packed with people and some of them looked like they were cosplaying.
"Well, this is packed like any other clothing stores. But man, this brings back memories of that shopping contest we did last year." Snipe reminisces.
Spade was hit with the nostalgia bullet as well. "Oh yeah! That was one day we'll never forget. I remember that you loved my choice the most. It really sticks with you the most, tight?" That got me smiling in nostalgia too. That outfit was the best clothing I ever wore. It felt just right for me.
"Oh right, that gathering where I wasn't invited. I could've found a suitable grab for my princess." I kinda feel bad for not inviting Nakanaka that day, though in hindsight, she probably would've gotten me the same style of clothing as in her fantasies. "Well, no dwelling on the past, let us find this key to that lift, shall we?"
She's right, the past isn't not the time for now. We searched for many various clothing that could have the key. So far, we have trouble finding it especially with other shoppers involved. After for a total of 10 minutes, we actually found the key, or rather someone else found it. It was a woman with a Gyaru style that found it. But what's strange is that this woman wasn't normal looking, it was a Shadow!
(Girl's pastime - SPY x FAMILY)
Snipe was annoyed at that. "Oh man! We were looking for it for a while and of course, someone who looks pretty has to get it!"
MechaNeko obliged. "I agree. I heard those types of people wouldn't give anything else for it." I'm so glad Manbagi wasn't like that girl.
Spade had a suggestion for this. "Why don't we make a trade for her? I still have that dress I picked so she might reconsider."
The only thing I need to do is pat him on the top hat. "Go for it, Tiger-San" He blush at that, and the others had to hold back laughing since they knew that this means.
He approached the Shadow Gyaru and tried to reason with her. "Excuse me miss. I think that doesn't suit you enough. I have this blue stylish blouse with hearts that fits your design. Would you trade that for mine?"
The Shadow considers but... Why Thank you Mr. But unfortunately, I was dreaming to have this for a long time! I don't know when this will return so too bad!" However, she seemed to recognize who he is! "Wait a minute, aren't you one of the creeps that ruined the owner's major event the other day? And don't lie, it's all over the internet! I guess the upside is I may get this for free if I turn you into the authorities!"
We came to back him up. "Well, so much for playing innocent." We draw our weapons soon after. "Looks like we'll fight for it!"
"Hehehehehe! You think I'm just a normal girl! Well, look twice!" The Shadow proclaimed as she removed her mask and melts down and then reformed into 3 forms. The 2 on the side are Pixies but the middle one is brand new. This one look like a Gyaru that is from the future. With red hair, a pink kimono like dress, and a visor, this is one of the more cooler looking Shadows we have seen.
(Kometani: The Greek Sister of the Moon: Maia)
(Also Kometnai: This is one of the Personas from the past)
"Fashon or no fashon, that dress is ours! Let's do it" I started the fight!
3 enemies no pressure, just have to take out the others-
"Hey, bitch! Taste some Aqua, on the house!" Snipe jumped in and Lone Ranger fire water from his guns and right into the new Shadow. However, she was mostly unfazed. "Huh, she didn't look that hurt. She must be a Water type shadow!"
"Hee hee! You're right! I have been close to the sea all my life. Water is no problem for me. But as you know water can conduct electricity. So, let's see you can survive this!" The new Shadow declared as one of the Pixies fired electric bolts at Snipe, but they dodged them in time.
"This is crazy! Whenever we get a hang of this, we lose it the next time!" Spade proclaimed as he fired his gun at one of the Pixies, knocking her down. He took the Spyglass and analyzed the woman Shadow.
[Name: Maia, Arcana: Moon]
[Resists: Water, Nulls: Bless and Curse, Weak: Elec]
"This one is immune to elements we haven't yet!" Spade called out. "But electric shocks are effective against her! Oh dang, I missed my chance to zap her!" He was saddened but I smile in reinsurance.
"It's alright. You're not the only one who can shock Shadows. Watch and learn." I touched my mask and summoned Izanami. Maia tried to wash me away, but I was too fast for the splashes to hit me. "You have called upon the storm that will bring to the judgement upon yourself." I opened my palm towards me and for a moment sparks of lightning dance at my fingertips. "I will cast the sparks of judgement onto you. Izanami, Zio please!" I clenched my palm as Izanami charges her energy into her orb which showed a yellow lightning bolt in a moment.
Upon the symbol appearing, sparks are dancing at Izanami's fingertips. My Persona channels them into one big spark and pointed her finger at Maia, sending the spark at her and dealing huge damage to her! Nakanaka was amazed at this display. "Fascinating! I thought Lynx would only use ice magic, but she just used thunder magic! Looks like she can use any type of magic she can cast. She is truly a master magician." She lowered her had in respect for me.
I passed the baton to Spade. "You can take the last one and lead the all-out-attack! Sound fun?"
He is very excited about it! "Oh yes, Ko- er, Lynx! You won't be disappointed!" He fired his fun at the last Pixie and knocked her down. "This is our chance! Get them all!" We all charged on his command!
BOOM! BOOM! BANG! BANG!
Spade landed and walked forward before stopping and posing with his cane and his hand on his top hat.
JUST ANOTHER NORMAL VICTORY.
(Battle ends)
"Man, not only we have faced one with earth attacks; we now have ones who can case water on us. Not what I expected." Snipe rubbed the back of their head. "This will be tricker the deeper we get into this huh?"
MechNeko answered them. "Pretty much, the deep we go, the stronger the distortion will be, and thus the Shadow will be harder to kill."
"Well, that's something to keep in mind," said Spade before picked up the dress we won. "This seemed like limited edition. I believe the key is, there in the sleeve. Huh? This is weird." The key in question looked like a square that has some info drawn on it. but some of it looked cut of at the end.
"This looked like half of a keycard." Nakanaka explained. "I remember in my journeys into other realms that they are required to get a pass to the next area. If we find the other half, most likely the other side, we can complete this one and get our ticket up!"
Once again, we were amazing how accurate Nakanaka's logic applied. "Man, I was I was into games as you Naka-Chan. If only I had to courage to play one with my friends earlier."
"You cannot change the past, but the future is yet set. That is my rule," said Nakanaka. But we should get that other key before reinforcements of the queen capture us."
"Oh yeah! We should've probably left by now..." said Snipe nervously.
(A Trip to Alivel Mall - Kirby and the Forgotten Land)
We all left the clothing store as we make our way into the shop on the other side as well as take out any guards that we have no choice but to fight. (Kometani: In this fic, the only battles that will be included are ones with new enemies, mini bosses, and ones involving a level up. More conditions to be revealed) Soon, we made it to the other shop with the other part of the key: the perfume shop.
Honestly, most of us were expecting horrible smells but they actually smell nice. At least, Yamai cares about keep herself clean every day. If only she would apply the same with her attitude.
"Alright! Time to surf shop! Again!" cheered Snipe. We gain looked all over the place for the key. Spade and Snipe were looking at the men's section while Nakanaka, MechaNeko, and I looked in the women's section. It was shorter than last time as I actually found the perfume with the key attached to it.
"This is the other half of it. Pink is often worn by Yamai whenever I see her." I stated.
"Well done, my liege. We have now secured our key! Now we should head to that lift to the queen's lair!" Nakanaka declared. But I pointed out something.
"Um, this is still a mall. Don't you think we should pay for this?" I spoke. But Nakanaka shook her head.
"This is also the lair for our rival. And this doesn't exist in our world. Besides, these cost over thousands of Yen. We wouldn't want to pay money in an otherworldly mall, wouldn't we?"
I close my eyes in thought and she's right. No matter the reason, we have to stop Yamai at all costs. I don't want to steal even in a fake mall, but if it's like the Phantom Thieves in the news, they would do it for the peace of the public. "Okay, you're right. We shouldn't listen to Yamai when we are against her. We'll just help ourselves to the key only." I snapped the key card off the perfume and call the others to come out. But...
As soon as we step out, three Shadows ambushed out at the entrance. "Oh no you don't! We saw what you did there! You are trying to cheat the system and key the key without paying for it. That is not how a lady should do, right!?"
Damn, she is already getting smart on us! (Kometani: Komi Swear Count: 9) She knew we wouldn't follow her rules, so she was prepared. But like in the last shop, we wouldn't go down without a fight. "Sorry gentlemen, but if your Queen wants to see me, she'll make an exception for me."
This doesn't please the Shadows. "Really? And what about our pay? We get no cash if we don't do our jobs properly! We'll do what any guard does and turn you in for the boss!" They broke down and transform and they appeared to be two of the purple horses and one of the Jack O Lanterns from before. And thus began the battle for the second half of the key.
(Normal Battle ~Town~ - Shin Megami Tensei: Nocturne)
This is a simple battle. We have experience with these guys before so no need to struggle.
"I'll go first!" said Snipe as they charged in and used their batons to whack the Bicorns into submission. Next, Spade called forth Lupin III and called out his magic attack.
"Use Zio on him, my other self." he commands as his Persona fired electric bolts onto one of the horses. Next, he passed it to me.
"You may have heard my name, but what you didn't hear is..." I place my hand onto my mask. "I am thou..." I said as Izanami came out. I proceed to case Bufu on the Pumpkin. There is one phrase I want to say, "Hear the voice of my Heart!" I said with pride as the Pumpkin is out. "The rest is yours, Snipe!"
"You got it Lynx!" they said as they took out the Kerberos and fire it all onto the horses leaving them in black dust. Quick than the last key battle.
(Battle ends)
"Really? This is too easy. I was expecting more of a challenge for this!" Snipe complained.
"Well, what's done is done." said Spade. "We got the second half of the keycard. We should put them together and see what happens."
I nodded and to the first half of the card and the second half close until we saw a bright flash of light. So bright that we have to shut our eyes to protect them. As the light faded, we open them and see that the two halves have become one complete keycard! All with detail that gives members full access to the second floor.
(What Are You Doing After School? — Komi Can't Communicate)
"Well, we made it. We got our ticket up to the second floor." I spoke. "We know things will be tougher, but we won't that stop us, won't they?"
"Not on my watch! I will show them how much a normal person can do." Spade Spoke with a clenched fist.
"Me too! I know her from the top to bottom! She won't see what it her!" Snipe cheered all pumped up.
"I too am most excited about dethroning the Queen of Lust. Ever since we are at each other's throats, it time to see I am the victor." Nakanaka declared with her hand over her eye with her eyepatch.
"I may not be a fighter by I will support you with all the data I can find!" MechaNeko proclaimed.
It seemed we are all prepared for the next floor. "If there are not objections let's get back to the elevator and move up!" I spoke up and we are on our way. But there is something up with Nakanaka.
(Music ends)
As we moved, she began to put her gloved hand onto her eyepatch eye as if she is experiencing pain on that exact spot. "GRRRRRRR... HUUUUUURRRRRRGGHHH" she groaned in pain. 'What the hell is going on with me!? I never felt like this before we came here. What is causing this somewhat familiar pain that ravages my eye?' she though as She tried to fight back this new pain.
I noticed she was holding her eye in a strange way. Even stranger than the times she's done this. "Nakanaka? Is there something wrong with you?" I asked in concern.
But it seemed the pain is short-lived as she felt normal when she answers. "I'm... fine, I guess. I don't know what has happened, but it might be pinkeye again. Sorry to concern you but we should move on." While I want to believe it, something tells me that isn't a symptom of pinkeye. It felt like something was breaking out of her. Almost like... I'm getting ahead of myself. It can't be that accurate, can it? Anyways, time to head to the second floor!
(The Elevator Shaft in the center of Floor 1)
"Well here goes nothing." I put the keycard into the slot, and it began a loading sequence to authenticate the card we have. We all pray that this card is genuine until we heard a computer sound. We looked at the screen with a message! "Congratulations! You have found the key to the second floor! You can access this floor any time you want!"
"Aw Yeah! High time we up into the pyramid!" Snipe cheered.
"Well, any objections before we-" I stopped as I saw it happen again. Nakanaka is struggling in pain once more.
"What the hell is up with you, my Dragon Force!?" Nakanaka grunted as she tried to maintain control of herself. "I did not have ask you to go out of control of something?" She struggled for a few more second before seemingly stabilizing herself. "Apologies for that outburst, it seemed my Dragon Force seem to be acting more powerful than ever recently."
And that what made use worry. True that it does seem like the Dragon Force going out of control, but I fear she might be coming down with an illness that is recently affecting her. I let Spade take care of this. "Listen Nakanaka, I'm sure you don't want us to worry about what us, but we also worry about you. I know you want to be a part of the fight to stop Yamai, but we all need to be well for that. Are you well now?"
Nakanaka touched her face to check her pain. " No, I have no pain now. It's true that the pain is real, but when they recede, it felt like the pain never happen at all." This is interesting as we felt something similar when we... No, not similar. It's almost the exact symptoms we had when we are... I don't want to push it, so I better let it play out.
"I'm sure we can do something about it. Just make sure to leave the fighting to us." Spade ensures her.
"Will do, servant of the mighty Lynx," replied Nakanaka.
"I'm glad you told us, otherwise thing can get more complicated. Now, we should get to the next floor. Shall we." We all agree as we all entered the elevator, and I pushed the button to the second floor. Knowing Yamai, she has tighter security in the higher floors, so we should plan carefully.
(Yamai's Grand Mall, Floor 2)
We're back on the second floor and it seemed a bit... empty as we entered. The last time we were here, there's plenty of people shopping around this place. Now there is no one here, not even a single guard patroling.
(What Are You Up To? - Komi Can't Communicate)
"I have a bad feeling about this," I spoke. (Kometani: Komi couldn't resist referencing Star Wars) "I though there are plenty of people in this area."
"Same here" Spade said anxiously. " I had a bad feeling about this."
Snipe seemed to be the only one not feeling off. "What's wrong? We have no enemies in here, we just need to explore and find another key!"
Nakanaka seemed to some agreement. "Normally I would avoid this, but they're right. If we don't proceed, we get no progress in our quest."
MechNeko also agreed. "She's right, all we can do is move forward."
We did just that as we walked right to the same area that the event was held yesterday. It feels kinda foreboding that this floor is empty with no one in sight. As we approached the bridge on this floor's second level. "I can't snake this feeling that some will ambush us-"
"THERE THEY ARE! BLOCK THEM OFF NOW!"
(Class Meeting Heats Up - Komi Can't Communicate)
Oh No! This is what we're afraid of! We are ambushed by 7 Shadows! One of them being an elite rank of the guards. Something tells me there's no way to avoid this. But then we heard a familiar distorted voiced up high.
"Well, Well! Looks like the Komi group came unannounced." We looked up and see that Shadow Yamai, in the same outfit we last saw her, is standing up on the upper floor, along with her version Onigashima. But where's Kishi? Surely, she should be close. "I knew you would follow the rules and get my new keys, so I planned an ambushed in case you did. Well done, my beloved Komi!" But her mood soured when she saw Nakanaka with us. "YOU! I knew you would side with Komi from the moment you joined my conversation!"
"What can I say, you and I are sworn rivals for the Princess." Nakanaka quipped. "You would to anything to win Komi for yourself, while I defended her from any threat. And you are no exception from those people, Queen of Lust!"
Shadow Yamai simply Giggled at that. "Please was that the best you got? I mean really, when the last time you took the Keeper of the Dragon Force ever appealed to anybody? Did you ever consider who much of a weirdo other people pegs you?"
This shocks Nakanaka to her soul. "I... I... when people last take me... for real?" She seemed to be loser herself thanks to Yamai.
Yamai's Shadow smirked deviously. "As I thought, no one ever took you for granted. Even if your family accepts that part, they wish you would act more seriously. Especially if all you ever but with your cash, is collector's items. And I doubt they are worth less than fashion, what a shame. All I see is a scared little girl that won't be accepted by anyone no matter who she is."
Nakanaka looks even more broken as her eyes went blank and, on her knees, as if her soul was shattered by her words. This is unacceptable! "Yamai! Can't you see you are harassing a fellow student into depression!? If this had happened in school, there will be big consequences!" I pointed to her.
She shook her head in defiance. "But this isn't school we're in now? This is my mall and such, my rules. There's no one who can stop be from doing that. Especially you! Guards, round them up!"
"Yes, my lady!" Three of the 7 guards transformed into new shadows we yet to see. Two of them are the same type. They are both female with white wings like angel, but they are blindfolded with an eye drawn, and they barely have any clothing, only a dress that barely covers their private areas.
(Kometani: The Holy warriors of Justice: Angel)
The other guard, also have wings but they're red. He is wearing armor that resembles medieval knights and has a flag on his helmet. He wields a giant sword that would impress Kishi if she was here.
(Kometani: The greater Holy warriors of Justice: Archangel)
"Oh dear, three enemies surrounding us." said Spade nervously. "We definitely got our work cut out from."
I try to encourage them. "We'll get past them. Protect Nakanaka! We can't let her get hurt in our fight! MechaNeko, stay close to her in case you need to run."
"I got it!" he understands as she sticks close to Nakanaka while we prep for battle. Alright here goes nothing!
(Tension Rising - Kingdom Hearts 2.5 HD ReMix)
Three Angels trying to take us down. What's the worst that can happen? Snipe again jinxed us. "Well, they have wings, so let's get them wet!" They yelled as their Persona fire water from their guns, unfortunately, the main Shadow didn't take much damage. He didn't even get wet!
"Good thing I made sure this armor is rust proof! Ladies, you take the first strike! I'll prepare my super move! Charge!" he shouted as red and orange energy gathered up to him! Oh no! Is he gonna do what I think he's gonna do!?
"Everyone! We can't let him hit us! I can tell he's powering up for a powerful strike! Spade, I'll slow him down! Sukunda, please!" I exclaimed as my Persona cast her slow speed magic on the armored angel for better dodging.
One of the angels tried to stop us. "You will not stop us nor Ms. Yamai! TIme to finish you in one hit! Hama!"
"Hama what's-" Snipe got their answer when the Angel summon talismans made of light which surrounds them. "Uh oh... I know where this is going,,,!" And *FLASH!* The next moment Snipe was knocked down on the floor! "Oh... The instant kill attack... the worst move to get hit by." Thankfully, they weren't actually killed by it.
"Oh Snipe!" Spade yelled before a surge of lighting surrounded him! "That does it! You will regret doing that to one of us! Zio on the Knight, Lupin!" His Persona chuckled as he appeared and zapped the armored angel knocking him down! "He's weak to Zio! We know his weakness! You take care of the rest, Lynx" he cheered as he high fives me.
"Leave the rest to me!" I pulled out my Gaburevoler and decided to go all out! "Brave in!" I took out my first one of my Zyudenchi and put it inside my gun and closed making that "Gaburincho!" sound once more! I spin the barrel as Samba music once again plays and aimed my gun to the angel that took out Snipe. "Zyuden Brave Finish!" I let it out and the blast was powerful enough to destroy that angel. At least, Snipe has been avenged.
However, this doesn't seem to faze the shadows at they still put up resistance. "Nice fight! But you forget you still have many of us even if you beat just the two of us! And I yet to show my super move! In fact, I'll show it to you now! VAJRA BLAST!!!" He raised his sword and it glows in light. However, his attack wasn't with the sword as it looked like he was exploding! We can't avoid it as Nakanaka is behind us. So, we stand our ground and blocked Nakanaka and took the blast head on!
"RRRRRRRRRRAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH"
As the blast was done, we are still alive but because of how much damage we took we collapsed onto our knees and nearly passed out. "Naka...naka..." I whispered as my hands plant themselves to the ground. I hope Nakanaka saw all that, because we really need to get out of this situation...
(Pessimistic Time - Code Geass)
We tried to get up, but the guards that are still alive pointed their weapons at us while Shadow Yamai laughs. "Oh man! You should've seen the look your faces! I got better men this time and you underestimated them! Talk about a win!" She then looked at Nakanaka. "And you were hoping to get her to use magic? What a waste. She never impresses anyone with her fantasies. Not gonna save you this time!"
"Hey, she was fun to be around! Sure, she a bit delusional but she really means it when she acts like a wizard!" MechaNeko then went to each of us to heal us back to health, leaving Nakanaka alone.
"Yeah right! And all the time with her is enough to prove she's not even worth being my rival! I can even count the students in our school that wouldn't be near you! And that includes Komi-Sama here!" I gasped in shock. Surely, both have been against each other but not to the point where she sees Nakanaka as a true enemy. I really need to stop her now!
As for Nakanaka herself, she is in disarray to the point she can even act. 'Am I a phony? I never been a wizard that people like?' Then her mind travel back in time. All the way back when she first practiced the dark arts.
(Flashback)
(Moonlight Shining Through the Window - Komi Can't Communicate)
In elementary school, Nakanaka was a fanatic on fantasy series so much that she began to re-enact in her free time.
"Now, I the great Morgan Le Fay will put the curse on you to never talk again!" kid Nakanaka claimed. But all she got was laughter from her peers.
"HAHAHAHAHAAHAHA! Is that her best one? Is she really a witch? Nah, even kids like us know that's bogus!" That made Nakanaka the laughingstock of her class, her head hung low from the shame she received.
(Years later, in middle school)
When she was a bit older, she began to perform rituals to summon demons from other worlds. Unfortunately, these are all but failures as she is again a source of comedy. "This cannot be! I was sure to ready the scripts properly!"
"Oh, so scary! Too weird! May as well be a stage magician if she was to be go a magic AHAHAHAH!"
She hung her head low again, 'Why is my life a jester's show?'
(Years later in Itan High)
(Kometani: That's during episode 1/ chapter 3 of the official Komi series.)
Once the goddess known as Shouko Komi revealed her true nature without uttering a single word, it was the Keepers turn to introduce herself. If she were to impress the goddess, she would have to do hers with style.
"Greetings low lives! My name is Marsault Les Primavera! And I am the one who shall rule this school with my own power! If anyone wants to join me, you shall pledge your allegiance with me!"
However, that got the class, safe for a few, laughing at her like she's the clown of the school. "Ha Ha! very funny Nakanaka. This isn't comedy class and even then, you would suck at it. I suggest you sit down before this class becomes an even bigger laughingstock." This came from the teacher mind you.
As she walked, they spot the only people who didn't laugh: One student with brown ponytailed hair with a large forehead, (Kometani: Not the one from the other part of this story.) a green haired student whose mind is somewhere else, the student with a flower in his head, and the goddess Komi, who actually smiled at her. And this got her spirts back up.
'If she accepts me as real Sorceress, I may get the respect and attention I wanted.' And thus, the reason why she wanted to perform the blood pact in the first place.
(Back to the Present)
"I'm sorry my lady. I have failed to protect you. I am no Sorceress..." Nakanaka sounded like she was crying but-
"It's not true, Nakanaka."
(The Heart of Communication - Komi Can't Communicate)
She gasps at who said it: it's me. "I know that bringing you wasn't a mistake. You wanted to stop Yamai from moving out with me. And I know that the side that practices magic is the Nakanaka I know." Light began to restore in her eyes. "I know that Yamai isn't telling the whole truth because I'm sure some of us like that side of you. It was actually at the very first day at Itan when we were introducing ourselves. I actually like that performance you gave in front of the class. And I know because I am a huge fan of magical girls anime."
This got Nakanaka even more hopeful. "And I'm sure you had friends that you had because you that personality you had. It means they do like it." I then give her the final push. "If there's a time to step up to Yamai, now's the time! You can help us take her down. Just give it you all!"
After that, Nakanaka was standing tall. She never felt more invigorated in her life as if something was welling up inside her. 'She's right. Too long I have been falling for this queen's mind games that I haven't confirmed the truth about it. Now I know that she will try to discourage anyone who will take her out! I am done being the pawn. It's time for the Bishop to stage an attack on the Queen!'
I smiled at her newfound determination. I never seen her very into this. Looks like something will be happening soon.
(Music end)
Shadow Yamai wasn't fazed by that act. "Oh, I'm soooo scared! There's no way she can help you! She is just a weak little girl on the inside!" But what she got from her wasn't what she was expecting. It sounded like whimpers, but it spiraled down into laughter, and then full-on Villain Laughter!
"Heheheheheheehe...
Hahahahahahahahahahahaha...!
MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!!!!!!!"
"Is that the best insult you could deliver, Queen of Lust?" Nakanaka asked rhetorically. "I have received worst insults than this and this proves your hypocrisy held no meaning to me!"
She held her gloved hand in front of her. "You have disturbed me for the last time! Now you will feel it!" She showed a dark grin. "Time to show you the true power of the Dragon Force!"
And then, THAT happened...!
(Kometani: Rather than Awakening, a different piece of music will play in this case)
(An Evil Eye Behind the Eyepatch - Komi Can't Communicate)
"So, you finally fully embraced your real self huh?" A voice like Nakanaka's echoed in her head. Though this one has a deep British accent. "You finally accept the Force that is roaming inside you for those years. You wish to release it?"
"RRRAAAAAAGGGGGHHHHHH!" Nakanaka never stopped grining despite the pain starting up again. "Why do you ask? I already accept it as a part of me. I am now ready to show its power to the world. I hereby accept the terms of your contract."
"Excellent! We have formed our pact! Now is the time to release the power of the Dragon!" the inner voice hollered as Nakanaka puts her bandaged hand on her left eye wand when she did...
*WHOOSH!
Purple flames began to surround her. Reminds me of our first meeting; only this time, the flames are real! The Shadows step back to avoid being burned by them. "What's going on!? Don't tell me that Dragon Force is a thing now!?"
"Indeed, it is, Queen of Lust! The conditions haven met yet and now you will feel it for yourself. Finish the contract, my other self!" Nakanaka commanded her inner self, which would mean...
"Certainly, my lord! I am Thou, Thou art I... The power of the Sorceress is now at your fingertips. Show your enemies that you are the true master of magic! Cast them into the depth of the Netherworld!"
The flames surrounding her grown stronger as the pain affected her receded. "I don't have any need to wear this eyepatch. Not since this isn't my true mask." She took off the eyepatch she wore all the time and what's underneath was her eye, but something has happened to us!
It's another eyepatch! This one is yellow on the outside and red on the inside. This one has a shield design on it. That design looked familiar as I know something that's different about this eyepatch. There was a black kanji symbol written on it, and it means "Death" in Japanese.
My two other friends were amazed at this revelation. "A piece of eyewear after a throbbing headache? OH! I know where this is going!" Snipe realized and we all nodded!
"This is the seal that has kept the Dragon Force in me for years. But no more as I shall be the one who will release it!" Nakanaka reached for her new eyepatch... and ripped it from her face leaving a bleeding wound surrounding her left eye!"
And another thing, instead of both eyes turning goldm which is funny as her eyes are already gold, the eye that has the eyepatch over it, is pink! "This feels great! I have held back to many times in my life and now I shall unleash the power I have kept in me since the day of my childhood! You shall all tremble before me!" As she say that a symbol that is the letter N as in "Nakanaka" appeared in her eye.
(Music Ends)
"Now you will feel my true power. You shall suffer before me! You shall witness the might of Dragon Force!!!" Nakanaka roared as she roared on last command. "Release Dragon Force! Rise up my other self! Awaken my...
"PERSONA!!!!"
(Murder Drones - Murder Brings (Trailer Theme) 【Intense Symphonic Metal Cover】)
*BOOM!!!!*
A pillar of purple flames has erupted underneath Nakanaka. We are both excited and scared that Nakanaka is awakening to her true self. All the other shadows were shaking in fear as the flames activates some fear within them.
Out of the flames came Nakanaka and like us, she's in a costume after awakening. Her overall appearance resemble Dark Magicians as I called it. Her main giveaway is the is wearing some sort of cape that is black and yellow on the outside and red on the inside. It was about as high as her own high and reaches her ankles. Her main dress is a mage's outfit, but I also seemed recognized it. It has knee high boots, and the sleeves were being that there's space left over. The difference is that her version was black, the one I remember is white. Her left sleeve up to her elbow was torn so that her bandages are more visible, which also turned black. It seemed the glove on her right hand is the only thing remained after her awakening. Also, she also wore a cravat, matching the cape she's wearing.
"Oh yes this is it! I never thought I would wield actual magic in my life! But this is not the only thing I have obtained. Come out my servant! MORGAN LE FAY!!!"
Rising from the flame was a cloaked figure floating behind her. Actually, all she can is float as she has no legs, only filled by a black void. Her design is all black with gold dragon decorations on the bottom of the cloak. The inside of the cloak was a woman with pale skin, black hair over her eye, the other one gold, and wearing a necklace. She is also wielding a staff with a turquoise orb on it similar to the orb on Iznamai's necklace.
Shadow Yamai was in a frenzy. "NOOOO!! SHE HAS GAINED THE POWER TOO!!!??? I ORDER YOU DO ELIMINATE HER IMMEDIATELY!!!!"
"Oh, you shall not down this dark lord!" Nakanaka challenged. "I command you to be swept into darkness! EIHA!!!" as shouted as she thrusted her palm forward. Morgan raised her staff at charged up dark energy in it. And like her host, she thrusted her staff releasing black and blood red energy striking one of the Angels and engulfed them into darkness. That look scary and cool at the same time!
"HA! I knew she would be that type. We have someone who commands dark magic! Fitting for Nakanaka!" Snipe commented.
"May I ask for assistance? You know as well as I do that this lord require minions to take down Her Majesty." Nakanaka demanded and we all came to her side. MechaNeko went to hide in a trash can; hope he doesn't smell when this is over.
"Let's do this, Naka-chan." I reinsure her. She smiled back.
"No problem your highness. Now, let the war commence! Time to cast them into Darkness, Morgan!!!"
(Insert: Clattnoia by OxT)
The Angels got back into position as new Angels come to take the ones that were fallen by us. "Pitiable, I see that you require one more to finish the job. But it won't make a difference went I'm arround!" the leader declares as he began to charge up again.
Nakanaka kept smirking. "You really think warriors from Heaven will be enough to fell a lord of dark magic? Why don't you taste my wrath again!" she decalred as her Persona cast dark magic on the winged soldier and it knocked him down! "That shall teach you! Now what else I can do?"
Her Persona seemed to answer her. "My lord, that answer is obvious. Just as I can do magic, you are able to do the same. With this in your hands." She raised her staff over Nakanaka and it summoned something. The thing fell into her hand and, I couldn't believe this, it's a spellbook!
"I cannot believe this. A real spellbook in my hands! I am really a dark mage like I dreamed to be!' Nakanaka cheered, no doubt excited her dream is coming true. "Now, time to see what this book holds for me!" She opens the book, and a full assortment of spells flashed into her mind like she is programed to do them. "This is incredible! So many spells I am able to cast! Time for an experiment."
She held her hand and she was producing fire from it! It's amazing! Nakanaka is performing magic in front of us! "Time to burn some wings! Agi!" as she said that she throws the ball of fire into the Angel and burning her wings, making her unable to fly! "Impressive, isn't it? This is one of the grandest items I have obtained! I shall name this the Grand Grimoire!" She passed it Snipe. "You turn my comrade."
"I got this my lord!" They wanted to play along with her. "Need a cool off? How about a splash?" They asked sarcastically as their Persona fired water from his guns and instead of putting out the fire on the angel's wings, the angel itself was put out! But something feels different with the attack. mainly that the impact felt stronger than normal! "Woah, that was some power! I swore I didn't level up!"
Cue a small chuckle from Nakanaka. "That, my pawn, is the power of the Dragon Force! It allows any magic attack to be enhanced by a lot! The best part is I'm not the only one who befits from this. You all share the bonus when I am arround!"
I was again amazed. "Wow, this could make up the Mana we needed to use for magic."
Now it's Spade's turn, and he leapt into the air, while holding onto his top hat, landing near one of the Angels. "I don't need my Persona to dish out damage! I'm Tuxedo Mask obviously!" he proclaimed as he swung his can at the Shadow so many times and then from his hat, he pulled out a red rose and threw it at her and in a few seconds, it exploded in petals destroying her!
"Allow me for some slaying!" I declared as I ran towards Two Angels swifty use the same light attack that took out Snipe, but my speed was too fast for the attacks to land on me. I leap into the air ready my sword and performed my Ice Breathing First Form on them, struck their necks and decapitating them. They vanished slowly like the Demons in the anime. However, little I know that I was being targeted. In the bushes of the mall was the cognitive? Kishi aiming at me with a sniper rifle!
"My apologies! I know this isn't chivalry, but I will do what my queen has ordered." As I got up, she was about to pull the trigger on her rifle, but Nakanaka spotted her aiming her weapon to me. She knew I would be in danger if I was shot, so she did the unthinkable in ran to me.
"MY LORD TAKE COVER!!!" she belted as the pushed me aside and *BANG!* took the hit for me! I couldn't believe it! Nakanaka saved me from an attack I didn't sense! I feel bad as she got shot in the right shoulder, blood leaking from her wound! Oh my God... I cover my mouth to avoid throwing up as blood scares me when someone gets wounded.
Shadow Yamai however was not pleased. "You idiot! I said to capture Komi, not shoot her down! Do you know what will happen if she kicks the bucket!?"
Kishi bowed in apology. "My bad, my lord. I was trying to ensure she wouldn't move after a serve injury. Fortunately, I still shot one of her guardians. She should not continue with that injury."
But Nakanaka just laugh it off. "HAHAHAHAHAHA! You fools really think you finished a dark mage after getting on hit. Well, there is more to magic than attacking!" As she said that, her Persona is summoned again as she raised her staff again. "Heal myself with Dia." She commands her Persona, and the orb glowed, green sparkles of light surrounded her and, in a few seconds, the wound from the snipe was healed, even her clothing was fixed. "Magic is also used to heal serve wounds. Meaning, I would've done the same to Lynx has she been shot." And that makes me happy. We have two people who can heal now. Looks like my load got a bit lighter with another healer.
We only have the Armored Angel left to fight and he is not happy. "You will pay for slaying my best troops! Now take my power head on!" He began to charge up his attack again but this time we all have the speed to evade it! "VAJRA BLAST!!!" Then the explosion came to us! Luckly, we ran just fast enough before the explosion reached us! Now the angel looks tired after that attack.
"I'll start our finisher! Time to bring out the big guns!" Snipe declared as they got out the Kerberos and took out a missile like object and attached it into the vulcan.
"You're about to face against missile mode, angel freak! EAT THIS SUCKER!" They took aim at the armored angel and fired the missile directly onto the angel! While it didn't finish him, the attack tore off one of his wings making him unable to fly. "Man, these things are so badass!" They turn to Nakanaka. "Want to end this farce?"
Nakanaka agreed with her signature evil smile. "With pleasure! I am so ready to display my new skill!" She summoned Morgan again and fired Eiha at the Angel and it knock him out. "Time to cast this warrior of heaven into the dark depths of Hell!" We all rush and started beating the Shadow to death. Once we are done, Nakanaka landed took out what it seemed to be a glass chalice, drank from it (Kometani: Thankfully, just orange juice), and posing with her left arm as she smirked.
"Fall Before Your Lord!"
(Battle Over)
"And we got them all! Victory!" Snipe cheered as we all went to high five each other!
Shadow Yamai was most despleased. "May I take a crack at them my lady?" The Fake Onigashima seemed eager. "It's been a while since I feel the need to fight!" But Yamai raised her hand.
"Not yet. If it's like last time, they would feel exhausted after getting a new member. We'll send the guards at standby in this floor and make sure the same mistake doesn't happen again." Akako wanted to change the plan but complied to remain on her good side. Yamai then turn on her headset. "Oh, and Kishi, we are to hold a meeting about you improvising. I hope you will back up you reasoning for this act."
The fake Kishi was saddened but understood. "Yes, my queen. I shall at least give the order to capture the intruders. I hope you at least give me some leniency." She then moved out of sight while MechaNeko returned to our side. He seemed to have washed himself while inside the can.
"You were scary cool, Nakanaka. I never thought you would become one of us and be a magic user at that," I praise her.
"Anything to protect you, Princess. This was the first time I unleash my true power. So, she is my Persona if I heard right. The two of us will wreak havoc on this mall!" she declared. But suddenly, she felt exhausted to the point of collapse. Thankfully, Spade and I caught her before she hit the floor. "What has happened? I don't feel this tried when my Persona woke up."
Spade came to the same conclusion that we had. "As I thought, awakening to a Persona must have a side effect on our bodies due the strain we had to endure to awaken. But no worries, it should only last until tomorrow morning. Nothing like a good night's sleep."
Nakanaka while still holding something against Tadano, actually listened. "I understand your reasoning. I am feeling like going home to rest up and prepare for our conquest of this place. No matter, the Queen of Lust be dethroned and Itan will be again a safe haven for Princess Komilia!" We all smiled at her enthusiasm.
(Music Stops)
But before we can talk any further, the alarm rang again!
*WHOO! WHOO!*
(Previous Notice - Code Geass)
"Aw Crap!" Snipe panicked. "We have to run all the way to the exit last time this happened! And Yamai will be better prepared this time!" They're right, running to the exit will not work like last time if she knew what we are planning. If only there is another way to get out...
Suddenly, MechaNeko was beeping. We see that his eyes were blinking in sync with the beeping. "Hang on, guys! I think I found us a way to escape this situation! Just follow me!" We all follow Mecha past the elevator shaft, and we arrive at one of the doors that lead into a bathroom.
"Really? The best chance of escaping is hiding in a bathroom?" said Spade with a deadpan expression.
"I know this sound convoluted but this room is a bit special. Take a close look at it." We see that the doors have some sort of ripple on it. Almost as there is some sort of essence in it.
I step towards the room. "I trust MechaNeko. He helped us plenty, and I won't doubt him. Do you trust me at this?" My friends knew this is me asking. They knew there no point of declining me if I'm serious. Soon, they nodded, and I opened the doors inside. They all lined up and walked right into the room. "Hope this works." I said as I closed the doors.
(The Bathroom, Floor 2)
The inside is what resembles a classic bathroom: The toilets, sinks and dryers. What stands out is the table in the center along with a few stools for us to sit. "Stay quiet, the guards may come near hear." I ordered. A good five minutes have passed, and some guards have come near this spot.
"Where are those intruders? They should be around here! I don't see them! They are not around here! Well, except this wall which should have a secret passage. Fool, there is nothing beyond this wall! Why did you think that? Keep looking! They have to be here somewhere on this floor!"
"Thank god it's over!" Snipe sighed. "I wonder why this place is safe from these guards?" Then the room suddenly changed into somewhere familiar. It's our classroom in Itan back in the real world!
"That's our classroom! This bathroom is the classroom in reality? Doesn't make sense." Spade was confused. MechaNeko was happy to answer.
"Well, this is a space where the Palace Ruler's hold has little influence that it may as well not exist. It may be something that they couldn't control in the real world where this Palace is based on."
I seem to piece it together. "So you're saying that this room is the classroom in the real world where Yamai has little influence. Hang on, Yamai wasn't in our class this year, so that's our we can see it as it! Almost like a Safe Room for us to rest."
"That is a fine name if I saw so myself!" Nakanaka praise me. "No enemy will get though the magic of this room! Not that they can see it of course."
"MechaNeko Nodded. "That's right! A room where you are safe no matter what! Safe Room sounds good too, so we'll call all future rooms like this in the future."
Spade quickly reminds us about something. "But that still doesn't solve how we are gonna escape. No matter who long, the guards won't stop until we are caught." We think how we are going to leave until I hear a beep from my phone.
I flip it open, and it seemed the Meta-Nav has been updated. There's a new feature called "Quick Travel", and I check it out. "This new feature show us two names: The Entrance and 2nd floor, Level 1. I think something might happen if I selected the entrance."
"Then do it! We are ready to leave!" Snipe demanded. As they said, I selected the entrance, and a flash of light appeared. When it finished, we are back in the entrance of the mall! "Oh yeah! We are home free! This app is so awesome!" I couldn't agree more.
Spade seemed relived as well. "Well, now it's time to make our leave."
"I concur. I need my rest, so my rebellion against the queen may continue!" Nakanaka said dramatically.
"I still have things to uncover in this mall, but I know we'll meet again soon. Oh, and make sure to leave your weapons with me before you go!" We all put our weapons (except for Najimi's toy weapons) into MechaNeko's bag but Nakanaka kept her spellbook.
"No need for you to hold this. A mage must never be separated from her spells."
"Well Mecha. I know this is the second time we have to leave you behind, but we promise to come again." I said warmly. He understood. "Well, see you later." And then we warped back into the real world.
(Afternoon: Alley Near Itan High School)
We're back in the real world and back in normal clothing, which means it's back to calling us by our real names. We all put out back in the wall clearly exhausted from the battle we had to endure.
"Man, that's the second time we have no choice but to leave. I'm kinda sick of this trope," Najimi groaned.
"I have to agree, but with Nakanaka tired, that's our only option," Tadano reasoned.
Nakanaka was next to speak. "So that is how you feel after coming back. Not that I care but..."
(Running Under the Blue Sky — Komi Can't Communicate)
"That was the best experience I ever had!" We were surprised at Nakanaka's reaction. "The dark lord has finally awakened to her true magic! Not only that she has her own familiar to go along with it! That is all I ever wished for!"
We couldn't help but smile at that statement. Nakanaka definitely is overjoyed that she can wield actual magic in her life. I wrote my response. [I'm glad your dream came true Nakanaka. I hope my own will too. Are you truly ready to stop Yamai here and now?]
"Why of course, Princess Komilia!" Nakanaka answers. "In fact, this is another step in our blood pact! We will fight together to overthrow the queen and end her business once and for all!"
Najimi was grinning. "Well, that's great! A new member of our Phantom Thieves! Bet the original are gonna be happy the someone is taking up their work!"
"Oh yeah! They probably glad someone is looking up to them that they are doing the same thing as them. I just hope we don't make them jealous," Tadano hopes.
"Well, what do you say my princess? Shall we both take down her highness together and fulfill our pact together?" Nakanaka offered her hand.
Now there is an offer I can't refuse. This time I know she want to stop her as much as the rest of us do. With another Persona user, fighting has gotten a bit easier. "Let's stop her, together," I said with a genuine smile, as I took her hand.
"Now our blood pact has become stronger than before! We have become true partners! It is time we show ourselves our true power!" Nakanaka said in her usual dark sorceress tone. I couldn't help that we have become closer friends than before.
Suddenly, I hear that voice from yesterday as my vison dims once more.
(Kometani: Cue The Spirit)
I am Thou, Thou art I...
Thou hast acquired a new vow.
It shall become the wings of freedom
that breaketh thy limits of speech.
With the birth of the Death Persona,
I have obtained the means that
leads to the path of true communication...
Once again, a card appears in front of Nakanaka. This time, it's the arcana card for Death. It's pretty obvious that's her arcana. It fits someone akin to the dark lord of magic. And like the others, it starts a 1. I have to continue it later. Also, I can feel some else flowing in me like a new power has awakened. (Kometani: Komi has unlocked Magic Recovery. SP will restore by 2% in every turn.)
(Back to normal music)
"Man, that feels so good to be a part of something big! Me and Morgan will serve you well!" exclaimed Nakanaka.
"Oh yes. You serve someone while I serve you. Easy to remember huh?" said a familiar voice which shocked Nakanaka.
"Am I hearing things or did my Persona just talked to me?" she asked.
"No, you're not hearing anything. We heard anything, " Najimi said with a grin.
"Yeah, something you're gonna get used to as you're technically never gonna be alone anymore." said Lone Ranger.
"Well, I don't mind. It just I have a partner I can plot with!" Nakanaka brushed it off. "Speaking of which, when are we going to storm her Majesty's Mall again?"
"Probably tomorrow," Tadano answered. "We just want to finish this as soon as possible."
"That's perfect. More time we have, the less time the queen will act! Time to show her we won't be her pawns anymore!" Nakanaka declared.
I then remember something. [Oh, that reminds me. I have to get groceries for dinner at my home tonight! We're having homemade Sapporo Ramen tonight.]
Just the sound of Ramen is enough to make Najimi water. "Oh, that stuff is so good. Too bad I can't join since my family is making dinner tonight." At least, they know a situation, but I'll invite they for Saporo Ramen if the opportunity comes.
"Well, looks like we have plans for the evening. I guess will meet up here again tomorrow after school. " Tadano spoke.
"I agree, I too need my fill after today. I'll see you again soon. Adieu!" Nakanaka waves as we went our separate ways.
But before we move one. Let's check on the ones who recruited us into stopping Yamai.
(Normal POV)
(Meanwhile, Itan Classroom 2-4)
In another classroom, Himeko Kishi and Akako Onigashima, who got us into stoping Yamai, where currently discussing how to stop Yamai without breaking the rules.
"You know, as Yamai's friend, I can't see any way to convince her to change her mind. She's the type to stick with it once her eyes where set," said Onigashima.
Kishi seemed to be losing her usual vigor. "I can't see how can stop her. She has too many people following her. Aside from, us, the boys, and Komi's group, we are stuck in a stalemate."
Oni seemed to notice something off about the woman in steel. "Something bugging you? You're usually so motivated."
(Lack of Power for Wisdom - Code Geass)
"It's just that... I feel like I'm failing to uphold the code as a knight of honor. I could've prevented Yamai's plan before it started if I have noticed it before." Kishi said in a lower tone.
Onigashima took hold of Kishi's unarmored hand. "Don't say that! It makes me furious if someone loses hope! I vow never to lose hope even if my back is to the wall! That's what I learned from my favorite anime! (Kometani: Dragon Ball Z) I'm sure you learned something similar in yours!"
Kishi seemed to be liven up but the red-haired girl's speech. "Yes. You are right. If I gave up, I may go against what my favorite character goes for. She is the pure definition of a knight." It's no surprise that Kishi was inspired by a fictional character. And the fact that half of her also holds the blood from the country that is home to the knights.
"Hey, if anything come up, you can talk to me or even Komi." Onigashima reinsures Kishi. "We got know her and she's far from the girl we imagined. I totally won't forget the pool day half a way ago,"
Kishi couldn't help but chuckle. She totally remembers the time where they took part the floor that tripped Komi. One of her prideful moments she has experienced. "Well, I certainly don't want to be a pain in the arse, but we should think about this another time. It's getting late and my family request I deliver dinner."
"Oh right, I also have something to do, and it's just swing in the cages. Gotta get my mind out of the stack!" said Onigashima.
Soon the two friends of Yamai left for their plans for the evening. Kishi still wonders if she truly deserves to be a knight. 'Am I worthy? DO I deserve to be a knight of Justice?"
Now back to Komi who's currently shopping.
(Komi's POV)
(Itan InuMart)
(Going to School - Komi Can't Communicate)
Here I am looking for the supplies my mother asked me to get. Luckily, she sent me a message with a list for the ingredients for the food for dinner.
Normally, I wouldn't be shopping alone, but my family is currently busy with work or personal plans and my brother is actually staying a bit longer in his school. That leaves me to pick the groceries. Thankfully, I see this as an opportunity to get used to huge crowds of people. I have to do this a lot in the future.
I almost got all of the ingredients with one left to get flour. Fortunately, there are all kinds of sizes for flour to get and I am strong enough to get medium, the perfect amount for the size of my family at home.
However, I wasn't paying attention as I accidentally knocked another person's cart. I was afraid he might get angry at me, but for some reason, I heard him say the opposite.
(Music Ends)
"Hey, are you ok? I wasn't paying attention either." Said the man. I look up and saw him myself.
(Ideal and the Real - Persona 5 Royal)
It's a man in his mid-thirties if I'm right. He is wearing a brown coat, brown paints, with a light blue shirt, a dark blue tie, brown shoes, and glasses in his face. He also has messy brown hair on his head,
He also is a gentle soul like if Tadano was an adult. "Sorry, I was thinking about my plans for tomorrow when I bump into you. You're not angry I got in your way, right?"
As I still couldn't speak in reality, I wrote what I thought in my notebook. [I'm fine. I was thinking about my plans too.]
He seemed to understand me after one written sentence. "Oh, writing what you though on paper. Looks like you have a communication disorder, if I guessed right." I was shocked and amazed that he figured it out in only one written sentence. "Don't be shocked. It's not the first time I met people like you. You see, I have a job as a counselor in one of the schools in Tokyo, at Shujin to be precise."
A counselor? That's the one type of person I would help me. Of course, because of my communication disorder, I couldn't even have the courage to meet one. But now I am talking to one, he seemed so nice. Almost on par with Tadano. [You work at Shijin Academy?] I asked.
"That part is true. I do work there, but I actually live here at Itan. Oh, my name is Takuto Maruki if you need to ask." said the counselor. "I always introduce myself to some I think who needs help, especially someone like you."
I can tell he's a good man. I never felt any ill intent from him. "I know you're on your business, but mind helping me pick up my groceries?" I nodded, as I'm always wanting to help people. We pushed up his cart and start picking up his groceries. It seemed most of his stuff are small snacks it seems. "You're wondering about why I shop for snacks. They for my sessions at Shujin. I wanted to make good impression on my patients. In fact, my first patients came because of that." Now, I really wanted to get help from him. He is exact the man that could help me.
[Will you let me receive counseling from you?] I wrote to him.
"Oh, you want me to help you overcome your disorder?" He replied. "I actually can help!" He said with a smile. "It's just that in your case, I have to do it at night when I'm not in working at Shujin. If your family will allow you at night. Here, I'll give you my address when you able to go." He wrote his address on a piece of paper and gave it to me. "Well, I must be off. Have a good night and see you later." Dr. Maruki said before he leaves.
What a strange man. He wants to make time to help me, and he offers me to get counseling from him. I'll ask my family another time. Right now, I have to get the flour and deliver the ingredients for dinner.
(Music Ends)
(Evening: Komi's Home)
(A High School Life Without Struggles — Komi Can't Communicate)
That was a good dinner! The taste of homemade ramen always soothes me. It feels like all the fatigue from fighting in the otherworldly mall vanished. As I ready myself for bed, my mother asked me.
"Shouko, you told me that one of your friends is now an admin on the Phan-site. If you want, I can set you up an account for that website like me." After being thieves for 2 days, I've become more interested in the Phantom Thieve than ever. It wouldn't hurt to join to lead more. I nodded. "Great! I knew you would like it!" I handed over my phone to set up my account while I took my shower. As I came out in my night clothes, she gave me my phone with my account already set up. "There you go, all set up!" I put the password in your room in case you forget it! Have fun with it!" she waved as I went to my room.
This has been on big day! Not only we got in further into the mall, Nakanaka awakened to a Persona herself! I was even offered help from a counselor and even got access to the Phan-site! Just went my life couldn't get better, it got better and so is our chances to stop Yamai.
Well, I'll think about that tomorrow, I need to sleep. I wonder how my life will get better from here on out? Consciousness going out. *YAWN...* Good night...
(Kometani: Days until Yamai moves out with Komi: 9 > 8)
(Omake: Phantom Facts)
Komi: Welcome back to Phantom Fact everybody! Today is a special day because... *POOF!*
Nakanaka: We shall be talking about my Persona! Gwa ha ha!
Komi: What Nakanaka said. Her Persona is the witch from King Arthur's Tales, Morgan Le Fay!
Nakanaka: Allow me! Morgan Le Fay has many incarnations. In one incarnation, she stole Excalibur from King Arthur and gives it to her lover. Once that fails, she instead steals its scabbard, stripping him of his healing factor and was mortally wounded in his final battle.
Komi: Oh my... I never though someone is capable of killing the king himself...
Nakanaka: Well, it was certainly in an act of jealously because she was in love Lancelot who she is rivals of her queen. Love is war I suppose. (Kometani: Reference to a show Komi's Japanese VA worked on)
Komi: I just hope we don't go through that. But we are out of time. Thanks for sticking with us! And we'll see you next episode!
Nakanaka: Where I'll get my new identity soon, you better be ready!
(End of Chapter!)
Notes:
Finally done! I know I planned to finish this before 1 month but as always, something comes up. Fortunately, since this is December, not much complication will happen. Depending on the circumstances, I may finish one or two chapters before the year is over. It depends on my circumstances.
First, the major event: Nakanaka awakens to her Persona! And she also awakened her Dragon Force with it. Her Persona, without a doubt, is Morgan Le Fay. It was an obvious choice for her. Her moveset is special as in fics I saw, I see the same light and heal combo when it comes to the female leads getting a Persona. In this case, Nakanaka is a Dark Healer. These use Dark Magic and can heal damage. Think of it as a mix of Panther and Mona, which I'll say this: I plan on turning her into the strongest magic user in this cast! Yes, she will surpass Panther who was the strongest magic user in the original game. And it's pretty obvious her Arcana is Death, fitting for someone who acts like a dark lord. (In fact, there is only one party member in the series whose Arcana is Death and it's from the very early games)
Also, Nakanaka's PT suit is a mix of two characters. Her main suit is a black version of Emila's suit from Re:Zero with her left sleeve torn to show her bandages (Mishima's VA voiced the lead there) while she wore Zero's Cravat and cape from Code Geass. Her Mask is actually Megumin's eyepatch, but instead of the cross, I edited to have it either the Kanji for “Death” like her Arcana. Basically, I want to give Ainz vibes without using his actual suit. (Hence why I used Clattanoia over the original Will Power. In fact, expect the use of insert themes in my series.) With that, since Cherami Leigh voices Nakanaka, she voices two Phantom Thieves in this world. (Even though the one, we know, and love hasn't joined at this time) On that note: don't be surprised that most of Komi's Phantom Thieves are female. I plan on turning those who impacted Komi the most into Phantom Thieves and most of them happened to female. Again, not intentional.
Also, we're not done introducing new PTs. Like in P5's first dungeon, I plan on doing 3 days and 3 new members. If you saw the intermission before Komi shopping, you may get a hint of who it is. (In fact, I got into a series due to that, that's your hint)
Also, Kishi spoke with British dialect. Since she is a knight, she could easily pick up on British culture. (Think of Xenoblade dialogue) Also, finally discovered her VAs. Kishi's EN and JP voices are: (Maaya Uchida/Suzie Yeung (the closest to her english voice I can find))
Which brings us to the other major drop, Dr. Maruki is here! I told you; this would be a tribute to Billy Kametz. Of course, since he's gone, I can't cast him as his English voice. While Satoshi Hino still provides his Japanese voice, a new EN VA will have to take Billy's place, and I know who: Stephen Fu. He did a good job as Naofumi, and I feel he will voice Maruki well. May Billy rest in peace. That said, in this world, he lives in Itan. It's never confirmed where he leaves in the official game, so I made his home in Itan. That means that, Komi will get help from him since he's nearby, but like with Akira, she will need permission to go out in night to see him. But that will be soon compared to the original game.
And that leaves us for the preview for next chapter. A few small things: Some of you are disappointed that nothing about the shadows from the previous day happen. I promise that will happen on the next day. The second is I plan to show this to Amber Lee Connors, Komi's English VA. I want to show her what I did with her character and see I turned her into a badass. Probably after this arc.
Next time: Komi: We are already preparing to enter the mall again, but we accidently brought someone with us. And it's one of Yamai's close friends and she wants to prove herself for her honor and Justice. Next chapter: "Knight of Justice, Part 1" A knight who is proving Justice. What a story to behold.
P.S. if I don't get the next chapter out before Christmas then, Merry Christmas! And have a happy new year! 🎄🎁
Chapter 8: Knight of Justice: Part 1
Summary:
Komi's POV: We are growing stronger by the day. We are for sure ready to take down Yamai in her Mall of Lust. Before that, we are greeted by another pair of friends in my first year, and they are as close as ever. As we and our newest ally enter, we accidentally brought a close friend of Yamai with us, and she seemed to want to do more in stopping her. It's up to me if she wants to join as she's the most loyal person I ever met.
Notes:
Hey guys. Welcome to what probably be my final chapter of 2024 (or the first chapter of 2025 if this was delayed [and it turns out this will be the first chapter of 2025 due to personal delays]) I'm a pit surprised I almost made one chapter per month. But hopefully, things will move faster in the future.
One thing I didn't mention due to space in the end notes: It's how Nakanaka's normal attacks work. I want the Komi set of Thieves to have their own styles that differentiates from the OG Phantoms. For Nakanaka, it's easy that her weapon is just magic she learns from her spellbook, making her a mini-Velvet attendant where they also just books as their weapon. However, they cost her SP like the Persona attacks, but they cost less, and she restores SP if she doesn't attack or attack by smacking her book. I made a similar system with Komi's Breathing Styles where they cost HP to use in similar to how they work in the original Demon Slayer series. (Komi too restores her HP and SP if she guards, allowing her to breathe.)
I also want to make a contrast to P5's homage theme. The original P5 is clearly a homage to Death Note in which it's about a group of vigilantes changing the world with supernatural powers like Kira. My story here is meant to parallel Code Geass, minus the mechs, in which it's about a group of shadow heroes wanting to give peace to the public rather than becoming more. (And the fact I put music from its OST in this story) This is down to the character who has a counterpart. Joker is Lelouch as they are the lead characters and voiced by Jun Fukuyama. Komi is meant to parallel C.C. as both have mysterious auras to other characters. (Komi is nicer and not immortal) Ryuji is Tamaki ad both act impulsive. Morgana is Arthur as they are cats. Tadano is Rivalz for being the "Normal male" of the group. Najimi is Milly for that both tend to be manipulative when it comes to love for others. There are more to be revealed as I connect the two sides.
In regards to this chapter, there will a new member like how the original P5 Palace went. Before that, I also wanted to introduce to some more characters that I plan to show in this chapter. And they are one of the most famous ones if you know Komi-San well. After that, things should be smooth sailing as the rest of arc will move fast once this introductory phase is complete.
With that said, it is time for the knight of Justice to test her loyalty. And we start today at her room. Enjoy!
Disclaimer: I don't own Persona 5, or Komi-San as well as fanart used by anyone else. All series used is owned by their respective creators. I only make this series for fun and I make no profit from this. Any fanart I use in a chapter will have a link to their original creators in the end notes for those who want to see them. Please support the original creators.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
(Kishi's POV)
(5/25 Wednesday)
(Early Morning: Kishi's Room)
(Days until Yamai leaves with Komi: 8)
Morning has arrived, and I opened my eyes. Today is another day at Itan and I must prepare for it. But what if I failed to do what I was told to do? I wished to protect the one I chose to protect and serve.
That will be answer later. I must ready myself for the day. I got up from my bed and set my bare feet on my warm wooly floor.
If you can't tell since this is a written series unlike the Manga, my current attire is a grey tank top with matching shorts that are halfway into my calves. My body is also a tad bit muscular due to the activities I have done in my life. I went to my bathroom and took a quick shower, removing the smell I had yesterday.
After drying myself and brushing my teeth, I put on my standard uniform for Itan, the school I am attending. Instead of shoes, I took out my usual footwear, a pair of grey greaves. Good thing I always put socks first, no one like the feel of metal touching bare skin. After I put on my coat, I also put one my sole armored arm which are easily strapped for security. As I finished, I made my usual pledge for my duty as a knight of Justice.
Oh, how silly of me! I never realized I'm speaking to an audience reading this story. Well, I suppose introductions are in order. (Note: since Kishi doesn't have her own theme, the link may change years later)
(Zacharias Barnham ~ Labyrinth Knight - Professor Layton vs Phoenix Wright)
My name is Himeko Kishi and as you couldn't tell by my name, I am a knight of Justice that sworn to protect. A little backstory about me is...
That person is a girl who goes by the name, Shoko Komi! Never have I seen a person that exudes royalty. She's the beaty of Itan and thus I founded the Komi Imperial Guard to protect Komi in the name of true Justice!
You're probably wondering why I chose to walk the path of the knight. I have a few things to explain. One part of it is, I'm half-British. I have the blood of Britian in my veins. My father is from here in Japan while my mother originally hailed from Britain, home of royalty and chivalry. (Kometani: Her mother was from a family of nobles, but their status was retired 50 years ago.) Needless to say, it was my mother that introduce me to the path of knights, and it got me into be loyal like them.
My second reason is pretty nostalgic. There was a series that involved Legendary Heroes being resurrected to fight in a war for the Holy Grail. (Kometani: Little does she know that a Holy Grail exist in this world, but that won't be until much later) There was one character to inspired me greatly. And it happened to be the main Heroine of that series. Who is she? Well, you can probably guess since I am a knight after all.
That brings us to today, a few days ago, Yamai came out with a horrendous idea that she would transfer schools with Komi to only she would have her. That wouldn't be a problem, if not for the fact Yamai is heir to the famous Yamai Holding company that has been on the news. While second to the Mental Shutdowns as of late, they are the biggest company that benefits the entire Itan Ward. Meaning if we tried to stop her, we would likely to be sued by her father. If only there was another way to stop this madness.
Well, that will have to wait until I arrived at Itan. I took out the very sword my mother gifted to me. While not an actual sword, it is almost as real as an actual sword. I equipped it on my waist and marched to Itan where the plan to stop Yamai continues.
(Komi's POV)
(Morning: Itan Classroom 2-1)
(Going to School - Komi Can't Communicate)
This morning is like any other morning in my life. Get up, have breakfast, and get my bag for school. There wasn't much activity aside from me walking to school. I'm now in my classroom with Tadano and Najimi. Rumiko seemed to be late as she probably is talking with her fellow Gyarus, probably about the Phantom Thieves. We simply talked about our afternoons yesterday, avoiding talking about stopping Yamai in case she hears us in secret.
"I just saw a group of guys who are currently having on a tour on Japan, I think they are famous gamers who does LPs together." said Najimi. (Kometani: They go by TRG for short)
"Oh, I remember them. They are American gamers who often gather at conventions to collab in games. I partly learned English thanks to them." Tadano admitted. This makes me wish I had gone into gaming sooner, so I could have conversations like this all the time. "Oh, and you went shopping yesterday, did something happen?"
I haven't told my parents about him yet as I'm worried that meeting a new man and getting help my raise some eyebrows. So, I though get some practice with my closest friends. [I actually bumped into a counselor who was also shopping. He seemed like a nice man; he figured out I have a communication disorder and offered me counseling for me in his home since he happened to live in this city.]
This got them awed with hope Tadano clearly happier. "That's great news! I'm sure a counselor will surely help you with your anxiety. I'm sure your parents will agree to let you see him if you can convince them." I actually feel better about that. Tadano was always the man who gave me hope, and the hope he gave me today will help me talk.
Then we heard our phones ringing. We opened them up and looked to see that Nakanaka has opened a group chat in our messages. Might as well talk about our plans on text so Yamai can't hear our plan spoken out loud.
[Nakanaka: Like the group chat I made?]
[Komi: Oh yes! I have a much easier time with texting my thoughts.]
[Tadano: And we can share our strategies without Yamai listening in. Good call.]
[Najimi: Yeah, no leaks with this method!]
[Nakanaka: Splendid! Anyways, we're meeting up at the same alleyway after school. Don't be late or a curse shall befall upon you!]
[Najimi: Oh, I'm so scared! What would I ever do?]
[Tadano: Just get there on time. We don't want anyone getting involved with in our mission. You got that right, Komi?]
I was still unsure if this was the best option, but with Yamai have such a big influence in the school, we're running low on options. I feel confident that we can pull this off, so I will stick to the plan.
[Komi: We're doing this. If this is our only option, might as well see it through the end.]
[Nakanaka: Excellent! Meet you there after school.]
[Tadano and Najimi: Capice!]
I'm glad I have friends backing me up. At least I won't take on this burden myself.
(Lunchtime: Itan Classroom 2-1)
As lunchtime hits, two female students are on their way to our classroom. They passed by a girl with pink hair and pigtails and...
(Music Screeches)
"HOLD UP! I'm finally in this series!? OH YEAH! Let me introduce myself!"
Yadano! This isn't your job narrate! Can't you see we're in a middle of those two?
"I know but can't I borrow a few seconds of the readers' time? The writer wanted to include me in this chapter."
Well, I can't argue with him if he planned this. Ok, the stage is yours.
"Alright! Now where was I? Oh yeah, my epic introduction!
(You Lose! - Komi Can't Communicate)
Hey there, my fellow readers! The name's Makeru Yadano! I am one who seeks the be the best at everything that ever was! There is only one person standing in my way: Komi herself! Ever since our first competition, she has beating me in everything. Whether it's fitness, exams and Heck even King's games, she somehow manages to defeat me!
Well, not this year baby, I have been inspired by now famous Phantom Thieves that appeared this year! And they are very much winners in my book! I will master their secrets and Komi will be fallen at last! Hahahahahahhaha!
Anyway, that's all I have to say, back to you Komi! And mark my works I will dethrone you!
(Music ends, and back to Komi)
Well, sorry about that everyone. Yadano really want to beat me since I am a natural in almost everything. Now back to the main script.
As I was saying, the two students entered our classroom right as we began our lunch. They are very familiar as I was friends with them around the Itan school festival was on.
One of the students had brown hair in a ponytail and an exposed forehead. She also wasn't wearing any leggings or socks.
"Hi guys. We came here to check on you. It's been a while since we last talked." she said in voice fitting for a sister. This student is Nene Onemine, one of the best friends that I grew close two.
(A Ghost with no Communication Skills — Komi Can't Communicate)
"Hey Onemine, we were just talking about the Phantom Thieves that appeared this year." Smiled Tadano. "Did it happen in you part?"
She nodded. "Yep, my class has been talking about them since day one. Even my younger siblings were playing Phantom Thieves and I could help but play along."
"Heh. Well, looks like soon, All of Japan will be lip by the Phantom Thieves!" Najimi grinned. "we're not even the school that they came from!"
I noticed someone missing. [Where Otori? She's usually with you.] I wrote to her.
"Oh, she's here. She happened to see their logo that's drawn on the black board." Onemine pointed out.
"My my. What a cute looking logo. I want to meet them some day." said her. Though she somehow saw the logo when her eyes are closed all the time. She also has long dark green hair with a bun tied down in a ribbon and her hair sticking up. This carefree student who is often at Onemine's side is Kaede Otori, another friend from my first year.
"What's up Otori?" called Najimi. "Liking the Phantom Thieves as of late?" Otori was a bit slow to respond be she did give us an answer.
"Oh, them... I think they are wonderful people. Those guys hiding from the shadows and steal hearts from people." She took out her phone. "They can find anyone with this website. I wonder if they can steal my own heart..?" she said innocently.
Onemine was shocked about Otori's suggestion. "Kaede! That's a horrible decision! You know they only target bad people! Besides..."
(A Place to Relax — Komi Can't Communicate)
She took Otori's hand with her hands and smiled fondly at her. "What would I do if the girl I love turned out to be a bad guy. I would be devastated if that were to happen." she said to her.
"Oh... my baaaad. I not a bad guy if I love you, Nene..." said Otori.
This is something that is pretty obvious if you've seen my adventures. Onemine and Otori are known as the Double-O Duo. (Kometani: Both their last names start with "O") They actually met far before we meet them. Turns out they had feeling with each other since they meet. In fact, they confessed their love in the break between the two years. They have officially become a same sex couple and almost everyone at Itan, especially me, are happy they are an item.
"Man! This always get me when these love birds share their love." Najimi said with tears in their eyes. Tadano simply nodded as I also shed tears.
[I hope great things will come for you two. Love is one of my favorite things in the world] I wrote wholeheartedly
"Yeah, we sure do too. We'll never be separated, right my dear Otori?" said Onemine.
"OOOOHH YEEEEAAAAH! I won't be so bad that they will come for my heart..." said Otori in her usual cheerful mindset.
"Well, care to join us for lunch? We could use someone like you in our mists." asked Najimi while me and Tadano blush as we both were trying to hide the fact that he and I also have feelings with each other.
I hope they aren't victims in Yamai's scheme. It makes us four more determined to stop her.
(Music Ends)
Meanwhile, a certain Knight girl passed by and was thinking of recent current events. 'If Ms. Yamai were to be stopped, it would have to be-" But she bumped into someone while she was thinking. That Person just happened to be Yamai.
"Kishiiiii! What have I told you about ruining my perfect body!?" yelled Yamai.
"My apologies my queen! I wasn't looking ahead." Said Kishi loyally.
"Well, I forgive you, but make sure you look before you think next time." she said innocently. "By the way, I don't take it well if I see a form of Rebellion in my sights. If there is, they will pay the ultimate price dearly." she said in the same innocent tone, but it was masking her dark side a bit that Kishi notices. "Well, I must be off to lunch. Naka-chan must be waiting for me!" she said as she walked as Kishi looked at her.
'This isn't good. People will suffer if they oppose her. I have to find someplace to discuss out plan in secret.'
(After School: Alley near Itan)
We all arrive at the alley right on the scheduled time. We're glad the bag Najimi had with our guns is still there. Nakanaka arrived as soon we all arrived here.
"Well looks like all the rebels of the Queen of Lust have arrived. Now to take her down right here, right now!" Nakaknaka declared.
"Oh yeah! Time to go anime again!" Najimi Cheered.
"By the way, you decided on your code name, Nakanaka?" asked Tadano.
"Code Name? Oh, the identites you use as Phantom Thieves. Makes sense." Nakanaka replied.
[What do you think her Code Name should be? I'm thinking of "Witch"] I suggested.
Nakanaka denied the name. "Too simple. I'm beyond a simple witch."
Tadano goes next. "Why not 'Mage'? Sounds better for you." Nakanaka shook her head meaning she doesn't like it.
Najimi is next. "How about 'Sorceress'! That is so a name you would pick"
Nakanaka seemed to agree with them. "That's the best of the three names you chosen; were not for the fact I already possess a name! I will always be Marsault Les Primavera to the world!"
We all though the name is too long, but I have a solution! [Why don't we just call you 'Marsault' as thieves. Every Famous thief need to have their own name.]
And Nakanaka agrees. "That's perfect. Only my first name is enough to strike fear into my enemies! Now we take the fight to her!" she declares as we all cheered.
Oh, before we go in, I feel needed to clarify something. [I should warn you that we have to save our magic when we progress into the Palace or we would run out by the time we are halfway.]
However, Nakanaka got something in mind. "Oh, "Magic" felt too simple of a term if we are using our inner spirits. I'm thinking this power shall be named "Spirit Power!" SP for short."
"That sound more fitting for our Personas. The manifestations of our spirits." commented Tadano.
"Oh yeah, time to take the Queen down! Ready to go in Komi?" asked Najimi. I nodded as I flipped open my phone and activated the MetaNav. However, unknown to us, a familiar girl happened to pass by us.
"Now, what is the best way to convince Yamai to- Huh? What is this? Why is the world rippling!?"
(Yamai's Grand Mall, Entrance)
Ahhh. Always feels good to be back in these outfits. The embodiment of our real selves and our rebellion.
"Well, with that settled, time to storm that mall to the top!" the newly named Marsaut declared.
"Let's take her out!" Snipe cheered. But we heard a familiar voice from outside the alley.
(Music Stops)
"What the bloody hell is this witchcraft!? How can our school turn into a shopping district!?"
"That's someone that shouldn't be here! Let's go!" I exclaimed as we exit the alley and see who it is. It's Himeko Kishi!
(The Cheif Justice: Vortex - The Ticking Judiciary (The Great Ace Attorney))
"Wha- Who are you masked interlopers that happened to be from this mall you're about to steal from." she said in anger.
We knew that she wouldn't recognize us with our outfits, so we let Spade defuse the situation. "It's not bad as it seems Kishi! We didn't know that you would get caught up in this."
She does recognize his voice. "Sir Tadano? You're a Phantom Thief?" she asked disbelievably.
He nodded at her. "True. And you should see the other three with me. You should recognize them if I'm here."
She looked at us and started to piece us. Starting with Najimi with the cowboy getup. Then with Nakanaka. "Lady Nakanaka, I knew it's you in that suit. No one can pull a mage's look than you."
Nakanaka decided to correct her. "Actually, we go by Code Names here. I go by my real self, Marsault. Tadano took the name Spade, while Najimi chose Snipe. Oh, and the one in the Demon Slayer Corps uniform is Lynx and you can already tell who she is from her bangs and eyes."
Kishi came to me and looked me over. Of course, my stronger build makes me look different, but my face remained the same even with the mask. "My dear Lady Komi-San. I had no idea you would be involved with this. I was worried you would be hurt from this.
I could help but smile at her loyalty to me. "Don't worry. It shocked me when I come this place too." Kishi is shocked that I was talking normally. "And same goes for me speaking normally. Especially with this power I obtained."
Kishi couldn't help but wonder about this power. "Power? As in the power to stop Yamai who apparently runs this mall that was originally our school?" she asked.
I nodded. "You're right. This mall is the embodiment of Yamai's lust for me. If we can find a way to take this place down, we may put a stop to her for good."
This got Kishi thinking. If this place is the key to stop Yamai, then it will prove to herself that she's a true knight of Justice. If she wants to stop her, she will do it in secret. "I have a request to you: I want to be a part of this expedition." We pretty much went "WHAT!?" at Kishi's request. "I knew you would hesitate, but I too wish to save Yamai from the demon she's become. If that were to happen, I would fail as a duty as a knight. So, please, let me be a part of this quest, for my sake..." She pleads with her heart.
This puts us in a tricky situation. We barely talked with Kishi since our first hangout. (Heck, we hung out with Onigashima more than Kishi surprisingly.) But we also know her loyalty is very well-meaning, and I know she won't let us down. "You're in, Kishi-San. My heart tells me this is the right choice. But I feel this must be a choice everyone has to agree on. Especially, if it could determine how this will turn out." I turn to my friends. "I'll be clear. I want you to all agree on my choice of Kishi joining us. If even one of you disagrees, I'll send Kishi back. Otherwise, she comes if everyone is in. I'll let you choose." I said gently.
The other three huddled up as they debate on their choices of keeping Kishi here. The answer came about 5 minutes. Spade was the first to speak. "I trust you Komi. If I didn't, we wouldn't be where we are now, wouldn't we? This is the same as accepting a new friend, only this time is for her to help us." he said passionately.
"I vote yes too! I've known Kishi since childhood! No way she'll go against her word!" Snipe said grinning.
Marsault seemed hesitant about Kishi joining but she does give her answer. "To be honest, a knight is the mortal enemy of a dark lord. But since we share a common enemy, I suppose we should take up her offer and let her join us."
Kishi was beaming that all of us agreed she should join us. "You have my upmost thanks! I promise that you shan't be disappointed." she said as she did her usual pledge.
"Alright then! I guess it's time to move to our recent destination." I spoke.
"Hey, I was wondering when you would show back up!" she turned to see MechaNeko coming from the front entrance. "Oh, another new arrival! Things keep getting better, aren't they?"
"Oh, a clockwork cat!" Kishi said in shock. "The world keeps getting weird every day."
"Believe me, he's the robot that will get us past this place!" I picked Mecha up. "Plus, isn't he just adorable?" Kishi could help but nodded in agreement.
"But it's going to take forever to traverse this bloody place. Is there a magic trick?" She was answer with a dark chuckle from Marsault.
"That won't be an issue!" she took out her phone and opened the Nav. "All we have to select to room we were last in, and we are in we are in! Like this!" She selected the restroom on the second floor and in a flash of light, we're off!
(Restroom, 2nd Floor)
(Have a Short Rest - Persona 5)
We all have arrived at the safe room in our last visit. "A public bathroom? Is this what you called a safe room?" asked Kishi.
Snipe is glad to answer. "Well, this is actually our classroom and it should be coming right about..." The room rippled and the image of our classroom appears. "Now!"
"Oh my, this is one unusual place." Kishi asked in disbelif.
"And this isn't the only safe room here," MechaNeko spoke up. "There's plenty of more in the high floors if I'm correct."
"Anyways, safe to assume this floor has its own set of keys to the next floor." Spade deduced. "We simply need to check the elevator for more details."
"Well then, let's go check them out!" I ordered. And soon we're all out here.
(Yamai's Grand Mall: Floor 2, Level 1)
(A Trip to Alivel Mall - Kirby and the Forgotten Land Music)
"So, this is Yamai's Mall inside," observed Kishi. "All those flyers of her and Lady Komi really accurately displayed her inner mind. This is so sickening."
"Tell me about it, Sir Kishi," quipped Marsault. "This place deserves to be shut down if this was real."
"Then, why don't we start with the elevator. Let's see if this requires a key card too."
We all head towards the elevator in the center of the floor. I press the up button, but we were denied access. "I knew it. We need the keycard to access the next floor. It says that we need 4 parts of the key to access the next floor." I said.
"Well, not a problem! We'll just steal them like we didn't on the 1st floor!" Snipe declared. However, Marsault seems to have something in her mind.
"Wait, I think I know where the keys are. I sense all 4 of them are on the second level." We are shocked that Marsault said that like she knew about this floor.
"Are you sure Marsault?" asked Spade "We just got here."
"I'm not too sure, but since I awakened to my power, I felt sensitive whenever I'm near something leading to the Treasure of this place. And that's not all, I'm sensing the treasure itself from a distance. I can feel that it's in the top floor where her Majesty's office is."
We were surprised Marsault has magic senses. "You can sense where the treasure is and how to get there." I smiled. "It's like my power. I too can sense what's important if I focus."
So, you too have special eyes. Glad, I'm not the only detector here," Marsault chuckled.
"Two Persona users have special abilities. That's gonna double our speed here." MechaNeko commented "Usually it's only one person per group of Persona users. Since I can't pinpoint the treasure accurately, seems Marsault's sense will help greatly."
"Well, let's get to the 2nd level already, don't wanted to be ambushed like last time." called Spade and we all went to upper level.
(Kometani: Before we forget, let's take a look at the skills learned from last visit)
[Komi learned new moves from the essences from her fallen foes. New skills: Kouha and Cleave]
[Nakanaka's Persona: Morgan Le Fay has these skills currently: Eiha and Dia]
(Yamai's Grand Mall: Floor 2, Level 2)
We all head toward the second floor as we search for the keys. We also told Kishi to avoid fight as our Spirit Power will not last forever. So far, we only fought one guard and got us a few yen for our troubles. Our first destination is actually a sweets shop.
"Sweets huh? Then again, It's Yamai. Sweets are a specialty of hers." said Snipe
"Oh yeah, though her sweet for me are... self-centered if you asked me." I definitely remember her giving me chocolates with her face. Huh, I didn't eat them because it felt like eating a person's face. I didn't tell her about throwing her chocolate before.
"So Kishi, you want to-" Spade wanted to ask her but she's already at work finding the key piece.
"It's actually not that complicated," said Kishi. "Her favorite sweet is Strawberry Shortcake. And there's plenty in the front."
"Well, let's take a look." I said as we check the store. There are various shortcakes in this shop. We each take a section of the front and search for the key. I found a square on the cake and it looked like a part of a keycard. I wonder... "Excuse me, Mr. I would like to buy that Shortcake please." I asked the baker nicely.
He agrees and a took it out. "You're in luck little miss. Our Shop is having an event where 100 customers can get free sweets! And you happened to be just the 100th customer. So, enjoy your dessert!"
I popped out my ears in content. I just love sweets especially cake. "Everyone! I got this for free and look does it have!" The looked at the first key piece. They all are hyped.
"Nice. They think sweets will stop us but she has failed!" cheered Marsault.
"I think I should hold the keys." Kishi suggested. "The cake we should split. Too good to pass." We did all that as we each get a slice of the cake.
"Now we should head down next for part 2," said Spade. But before we can move.
(Fanatic Admiration - Komi Can't Communicate)
We are stopped by three Shadows! "Hey! We were about to have to get that cake when they about they're about to have their 100th customer! Now we are too late!"
"Give us the cake and we will let you go!" the second guard demands.
"Or else we will have you for dessert!" They all said as they changed into their true forms. These are new ones we haven't seen two of them being little flower people. if you look closely, you can tell they are female.
(Kometani: The Flowers of Death: Mandrake)
The only one that is not a flower is
(Funsu! — Komi Can't Communicate)
*Pomph!* AWWWWWW! It's an adorable cat wearing a hat and boot with cutlass. I can't over how cute it is!
(Kometani: The Magician cat rouge, Cait Sith)
"Oh dear, it seems Lynx still has her love of cats even as a thief." Spade sweat dropped as he tapped my shoulder. "Um, Lynx, you know they are trying to stop us, and you shouldn't let your guard down."
I snapped out of my phase. "Sorry, I didn't have much control, but I will try not to get distracted for our mission!" I decided.
"Well, what are we waiting for? Time to slay these demons!" Marsault said as she gets out her spellbook.
"I shall assist to my lady," Kishi declared as she was about to draw her sword. But I stopped her.
"Better not risk it, Kishi-San. Without a Persona like us, you have a bigger risk of getting bodied. Let us take care of them," I told Kishi.
Kishi seem disappointed but understands. "I hope you fight well, my lady. I shall be backup at least" She steps back with MechaNeko as we ready our fight!
(Insert: Last Surprise by Lyn)
The fight begins with the plants using a ground attack and tried to knock Spade down. Thankfully he avoided and tried to use Lupin's thunder to zap them, but it doesn't seem to affect them much. Looks like they are resistant to electric magic.
"Allow me!" Marsault called out! "I will burn them to the ground! Agi!" From her hand, she threw a ball of fire and threw it to one of the plants and burned him down and knock it off its feet. "I pass it to you Lynx!"
"I got it!" I called out. "Izanami! Come out, please!" And my other self has arisen! "I shall cut you down with the blade of judgement! Feel the strike of the blade! Cleave, please!" As I took out my sword, an orange symbol appeared on her necklace.
As that appeared, Izanami raised her arm, a katana made with light! This is so cool. I raise my sword, my Persona doing the same, my eye locked onto the fallen plant creature and lock on. My Persona flew toward the plant. As she closes in on the plant, I strike down my sword, and my Persona strikes the plant and cuts it down in one strike! This keeps getting better.
However, the cat doesn't like what I did and summons fire from his sword and tried to knock me down. Thankfully, I dodged the fire in time. "I won't let myself get burned! Agi please!" Izanami threw fire at the other plant. This time in one shot as it was more powerful. "Snipe, you go next!" I passed the baton with them.
"You know what they say: BAD KITTY!" Snipe shouted as Ranger took out his guns and fire Aqua onto the cat. And since cats hate water, it was so effective onto and knocked it down! "I'm taking the lead here! Let's do..." but before we can attack, the cat plead for his life.
"Wait! Stop! I have don't do this to me!" Like the last time this happened, this guy was genuinely afraid of us and I wanted to hear him out before we take his life. I held my hand to single them to stop fighting, much to Snipe's disappointment as they yet to lead an all-out attack.
I have to be careful; he might trick us to signal reinforcements if he plans to. "I'm sorry I was threatened by Ms. Yamai when she took ownership of this mall! I'll give you anything in exchange for you silence! Anything you want!"
The cat wanted to give us anything in exchange for free him. That seemed to be reasonable. "You can give us money, right? We sure needed some in this very mall." I asked him.
He seemed very pleased. "Just my luck, I have a 1,000 yen I have with me! Take it!" He threw the yen bill to me, and this is a genuine article. Just like when yen drops after beating an enemy. "I'll give you a little tip. Money isn't the only thing you can get from us. Sometimes, you can get rare items, or even something more. Well, I'm leaving this place! A heads up, Ms. Yamai is not a foe that should be taken lightly. Especially for you, Ms. Kitty!" That was the last of what he had to say before poofing away in smoke.
(A Trip to Alivel Mall - Kirby and the Forgotten Land)
We all blinked at what has happened. "So, we don't have kill all shadows to finish a fight." Spade states. "Seems if we knock them all down, we may be about get something from them."
"Well, next time I knock them down, I'm leading the attack! I missed my chance because of that!" complained Snipe.
"So, this is the power you spoke of Lady Lynx?" asked Kishi who was for sure shock at our Personas. "I would never guess you had familiars with you all along."
"That's pretty much my reaction when it happened to me." Marsault commented. "And I happened to be a true wielder of magic, thanks to this book given to me by my Persona. Who knows, even you might awaken to your own in this very moment."
Kishi eyes when wide. "Me? Awakening to my Persona?"
"I have no doubt you of all people had the power in you." I said. "You have the duty of a knight, so your Persona may be a legendary knight. It could even be the one who started the line of chivalry."
"Him? As my Persona?" Kishi was looking at herself. The knight that made the warriors famous as her Persona. That would be the greatest prediction of the century if I say so myself.
"Well, that's enough talk." Spade spoke up. "We already have one of the 4 keys and we should be on our way to the next key."
"Well, allow me to pinpoint the next key." Marsault declares. "This next one is on the other side of this floor. The shop is for jewelry. A fitting place for a queen."
"Well, let's get ourselves moving." Snipe was getting impatient. "We don't want to stay and get caught, right?"
We moved down as we headed to the jewelry shop. On the way, my cat vision picked up something from that flower case and was glowing yellow. I wonder important was inside it. Knowing my hand would get cut, I used my sword and smashed it down. From the remains of broken case, there's treasure in it! We are pretty much having yen signs in our eyes. We can sell this for extra money for ourselves and even better equipment. I'll keep them with me until we get back.
Soon we are at the Jewelry shop, and low and behold, there are many jewels that are on sale. Snipe and Marsault having starts in their eyes as if they found treasure. We had to restrain them from doing thievery. (Kometani: Despite this series is about Phantom Thievery.) "Hang on, I'll search for key alone." Spade volunteered. "They won't turn down a gentleman, would they?"
We allowed him to search for the key. There are many jewels that are very valuable, but which one has the key? That was decided when we heard a commotion in the shop. "Oh yes! I got the rarest jewel ever to be sold!" It was from another gyaru Shadow who was wearing a necklace... with the part of the key hanging from it!
Oh dear, it seemed that we need to try another trade. Hopefully this is successful. "Excuse me, but I just so happened to be looking for that fine work of jewelry." Spade said in a gentlemanly tone. "Could we perhaps work a little trade?"
Of course, the Shadow is hesitant. "Sorry, I saved up for months just to get this fine beauty! You're gonna need to give me something more valuable for a trade!"
This seemed to be a problem. We don't have anything that is as valuable as that necklace! Where- Wait! I took out the ruby from that vase and this gives me an idea! "MechaNeko? Could you take this to Spade for his trade? I know this is rare, but there could be more gems in this mall. Trust me on this!" I told the robot cat.
"Of course, I can! I will always be happy to help!" I put the ruby on his head and her delivers it to Spade who is trying to hold the deal. "Hey Spade! I think this should be worth a lot!"
He picked it up a presented it to the Shadow. "I have this ruby. This costs over a million yen if sold and it will cover the cost of that necklace. Sounds like a fair trade to you? And if that's not enough, I have this to spare." The top of his cane opened and like a magician, a bouquet of flowers appeared in smoke. I wonder if he can do that to me someday. Not like we're in that phase!
She Shadow took the ruby and the flowers and is content. "Oh yeah, this will turn me richer than a company owner! As for the necklace, no deal! This is a one-of-a-kind necklace only sold once a decade! And another thing, you're one of the wanted people for the owner of this mall! All I have to do is beat you, turn you in, and I'll be richer! Well, we can scratch trading for this place. We watched as the shadow turned into 3 women. One of them is Maia, the shadow from last time. This time she's joined by 2 green women in orange maid outfits. And their green hair flow like there is wind in the area and posture of gentleness.
(Kometani: The Priestess maids: Silky)
'Well, that plan hit the drain fast... Hey guys come here!" Spade called and we came to his aid while Kishi stayed out of the shop for safety.
"Well, at least we get the key for free if we beat them. It's slaying time!" I started the fight.
(Hunting - Compulsion - Digital Devil Saga)
First things first, I gotta observe my surroundings. I took out the Spyglass and analyzed the maids. "These are Silkies. They are weak against fire and electric magic." But I soon express disappointment. "But they are resistant to ice, meaning my main attacks won't work much."
"There's no need for sadness. You can use other magic besides ice. And I use electric too!" Spade rushed in and summoned Lupin III in the process. "Now my other self, fire Zio at one of them!"
"Heh heh heh! I getcha my real self!" The Persona rushed in and with a snap with his finger, a bolt of lightning zapped one of the Silkies. "You're up Marsault!" he said as he passed the baton to her.
"Allow my other self some action! I summon thee, Morgan Le Fay!!" Marsault called her Persona. As she casted Eiha and took out the downed Silky. "I am not done yet! I cast the flames of Hell upon you! Agi!" She fired a ball of fire at the other Silky and knocked her down. The Maia was getting angry and decided to launch water onto Marsault which she leaped out the away and baton passed to me! "You take charge my queen!'
My turn! "I shall cast judgement from the heavens! Izanami, Zio please!" My Persona, as usual, fired a bolt of lightning from her hands and shocked Maia knocking her down. "We got them all! Rush them up!" And we all rushed them and beat them up! And it's been a while since I get to say this and I'll never get tired with it...
"Silence is golden."
(Music Ends)
And that ends that last fight. Spade obtained the second piece of the key. "Well, that's two down two to go, we should check the other side for the rest." But before we left, Kishi spotted something on the left.
"My apologies but there's something that we shouldn't miss on our quest," we turned to where she's pointing.
I couldn't believe my own eyes! There's a treasure chest in the shop. How can anyone ignore this? Pretty much Snipe and Marsault were having stars in their eyes upon seeing it.
"We need to crack that thing open! Do it NOW!" They both said in unison.
"OK OK! I was gonna check it anyways." I told them. Thankfully, this chest has no lock on it so it's pretty easy to unlock. What inside you ask? It a charm with a wind emblem and a small pearl. These are worth the it! "I think I will give this charm to someone else. Who wants it?"
Spade spoke up. "I'll take it. I feel the need to be rewarded after that botched attempt." As such, I handed the charm to him much to our pleasure. "Strange, this makes me feel different, but I can't tell why."
"Well, if anyone has any objections, we should hunt for the other keys. You ready for this?" I asked before we moved to the other side. I'm sure with 4 Thieves, we will take down this Mall for good.
(Music ends.)
But little did we know is that we were being spied on. On the lower level, the golden armored Kishi in this world is watching us probably looking for a weakness.
"I don't know how they achieve this power, but they must be delt with swiftly. They're only halfway to completing the key and I shall aw- Wait, who's the new scoundrel with them?" She saw that the real Kishi is with us and she was surrounded by a dark aura, followed by a dark grin. "Is that me with them? Why am I asking, of course it's me. My other self that is. I thought I would never see her but now I will show her who she really is and complete my mission at once. They will be so heartbroken when the found out the truth." Oh, I don't like the look of this when we actually get to me her, But that's for next chapter.
(Kometani: To be continued)
(Omake: Phantom Facts!)
Lynx: Hi everyone! Welcome to today's presentation of Phantom Facts!
Spade: And today is special as I am here once more!
Lynx: Why is this special? Because today's topic...
Spade: Is about my Persona: Lupin III!
Lynx: The main character of the anime of the same name and also the grandson of Arsene Lupin. You probably already know who he is as he's the main character's Persona from the original game.
Spade: Oh yeah, his grandson came to be due to the popularity of the original stories. Like with Arsene, Lupin too has his fair share of heists. His entire series is about those heists. Heck, they keep making movies about him to this day!
Lynx: Oh yeah, I definitely need to see them! He's certainly an inspiration for us! Anything else to add, Spade-Kun?
(LUPIN THE 3rd PART 6 | Official Opening Theme)
Spade: Well, I'm glad you asked Lynx-San! Apparently, someone has brought my Phantom Self to life! (Kometani: He goes by the Twitter user: King G. Ruler.)
Lynx: That's amazing. I wonder how you like on screen!
Spade: Well, you won't wait any longer as I'm about to appear in front of you in 3, 2, 1...
*FLASH!*
Lynx: Oh, you look so much like a basic Phantom Thief. (I was blushing to the point my mask is blushing.)
Spade: Thank you for that. That's what the creator of this story is going for. The classic look fits me to a T. There is one character who resembles that. He selected Tuxedo Mask from Sailor Moon for my Phantom Thief uniform since we would be an ace if he were a Phantom Thief.
Lynx: Sailor Moon? It's my favorite anime I ever seen! That series gave me hope since I was just a little girl!
Sapde: It's actually pretty obvious, but we don't know yet in the actual story, so it's gonna be a while untile you tell us there.
Lupin III: Don't I get a saying too, my other self? I too received an appearance.
Spade: You too, Lupin? Well, what are you waiting for? Show yourself!
Lupin III: Then ask and you shall receive!
*FLASH!*
Spade: Woah! I never realized you're that accurate to the real character!
Lupin III: I am surprised about that as well. Like with Spade's outfit, the creator's decision for me is to fit his "normal" theme. My grandfather Arsene Lupin would've been a perfect choice but he didn't want to use another figure used for a different character that is already used by one who already has that Persona, hence me.
Spade: It helps that he actually is basic when it comes to Phantom Thievery. Iconic as the creator for this story has yet to see an actual episode of that series.
Lynx: That's a shame, as I too have yet to have seen the series. Hope to change that too
(Then we heard laughter echoing throughout the studio. It sounded like a thief from another world)
???: Well, looks like my dear grandson has joined the ranked as his old man.
(We turned to see who it was, and all we can see is his shadow on the wall in front of us.)
???: I'm impressed that you are able to appear in the same world as me.
Lupin III: Grandpop! I never expected you to appear so early in this story!
???: Well, the author planned this, so none of us knew of it. But I know we will meet eventual in the actual story. Rest assured, I know my children when I see them.
Lupin III: Oh yes! I will do you proud, Grandpa!
???: I know you will. Until we meet for real in the actual story. Same goes for the two of you. Until then, have fun Phantom Thievin'! (Laughs again as he departs.
Lynx: Did we just...
Spade: We did. We just got an early-bird cameo from the original Lupin, the Persona of Joker in the original game! And rest assured I can't wait to meet the original Phantom Thieves in person!
Lynx: I do too! I know they wanted us to meet them ever since chapter 5! But we will end our segment here! Thanks for tuning in! See you in part 2 of this story!
Spade: And don't forget to spread word for this story too! This needed the attention it deserves! See ya!
Lynx: And my job here is done!
Spade: But you didn't do anything! Feels weird the one who is usually asked is the one asking the question.
(End of Chapter!)
Notes:
Finally! I'm sorry this is again another monthly update. I would've posted this chapter earlier but again, personal life and procrastination got in the way and the date was pushed back. But it allowed me to give you some new and it's not ones I want to share but I felt like I must, Komi's manga is almost at the end as of posting this. As a matter of fact, only 3 chapter remain and 1 of the 3 finale chapters is posted. I will miss the manga, but I know the anime will return, so that is not the end of Komi content as a whole.
For what happened in this chapter: 2 major things: One: Kishi has joined the group in this run of the mall. I basically hinted this and you can tell what is going on next time. Also, this is the first time Komi told Izanami for a physical attack. The way of Izanami summoned a sword made of light is a direct reference to even the Demi-Fiend does the same when he uses a multi physical attack. I even wanted to Komi mimic her action, giving the feel of they are two side of the same coin.
Before moving on, Nakanaka has her Code Name, her long-time alter ego: Marsault. I originally was going to put Sorceress as her code name but that would be too simple for Nakanaka. In the Metaverse, her fantasies became reality, and her "True" name has meaning here. Besides, no one said you can't create a name that is not an English word. (Looking at you, Mona) Also, she takes Mona's place as the one tracking the treasure for the team. As MechaNeko doesn't have that feature. her magic took care of that problem. (Sorry if Mecha has been receiving much focus, I plan to fix that soon)
The other Major thing is Onemine and Otori have debuted in this chapter! These two are very memorable in the original Komi series and I want to do them justice. If you didn't notice, they are a Lesbian couple in this series. This is one of those ship that is pretty obvious when together. I feel they are meant to be one, and I intend to give them time to shine. I do support LGBTQ works like The Owl House and Symphogear and I want to show them my take a couple like many fan fics. (The only thing I ask is don't cause me trouble. If I see a negative comment, I'll delete it. Is that understood?)
They will also be major players in the story too, so keep them in mind. As for Code Geass parallels, Onemine is one to Sayoko for they have Japanese influence in their character, while Ototi is one to Nunnally, for both are gentle in nature and drawn with closed eyes. (Incidentally, the two pairs have a relation in their own way: Sayoko being Nunally's caretaker, and Onemine and Otori being a couple.) As for voices, like in the official series, Otori is voiced by Yurika Moriyama and Cherami Leigh. (That makes 3 major characters she voices in this story) Onemine is a bit special. Her Japanese VA is Ruriko Aokim but her English VA, Casey Mongillo also voice someone famous in Atlus' catalog: The Nahobino from SMTV! That's the second character whose VA also did work from mainline SMT and I doubt it will be the last time.
Also, Yadano is here and while she won't be a major player, I set her to be a confidant. (Feel free to guess which Arcana I'm giving to her, Onemine and Otori) Like before, her VAs are Ami Maeshima and Kira Buckland (Kuon Ichinose's VA in P5 Strikers)
A few loose ends: Big thank you to King G. Ruler for the fan art for this series! It means so much to have dedicated fans for this series. Hope to see more soon. Expect me to credit fan work if they appear in future chapters. I also hope this series will get a Tv Tropes page. It really deserves one since it will be one year since the first chapter. Check out his page on Twitter here: https://x.com/K1ngGameRu1er
Also to close my note for the preview, you may notice I put battle music from a certain spinoff before the Persona series got popular. Keep this in mind as it relates to one of the hints I put in the end of the 5th chapter. I won't reveal it, but it will turn the series on its head!
The preview:
Komi's POV: We are able to get the other keys (and make myself look better) until we are met with some so close to one of us. It appears to be someone she doesn't want to acknowledge, but that someone will go berserk if she does. Can She overcome herself, or will she be suffered by the injustice of truth. Next time: "Knight of Justice Part 2: The Fated Truth" All I know is our encounter today and the last few days are thanks to Fate and her loyalty will cut down lies to Zero! That is her Oath Sign! (Kometani: There is a hint on what will happen to her next time, Stay turned to find out!)
Chapter 9: Knight of Justice, Part 2: The Fated Truth
Summary:
Komi's POV: As we complete the keycard for this floor (and got a few improvements to my appearance), we are stopped by a familiar face. It's Kishi but not Kishi who the real one is with us. The false Kishi was tormenting our Kishi she wasn't fit for Chivalry. And when our Kishi rejected the fake, she unleashed her full power. I know this is hard, but I know it's Fate that Kishi is with us, and she know it's her duty to Face Herself! But that's not the only big thing happening. I also happen to get closer to my mother and received a gift from one of Japan's famous companies. I wonder why they want me to have this. Or rather "Him"?
Notes:
Hi everyone, welcome to the actual first chapter of 2025 for this story. (minus the delays for last chapter) There's not much for me to discuss aside from a few things I didn't say in the end notes of last chapter due to nearing the limit.
In the previous chapter, Nakanaka gave the official name for SP, which is "Spirit Power". In the original games, SP is often referred as "stamina", but I feel it doesn't convey the spirit aspect of Persona as much as "Ki" or "Chakra". Spirit Power feels right as they are using the powers of their inner spirits to fight monsters in the spiritual world.
This will also be the final Palace Prologue chapter before I move on to the actual arc part of this Palace. I guarantee the will be break for this Palace like the games where you can choose went to go in and explore. This chapter and the next will feature two canon Komi-San Chapters/Episodes as well as some Social Link/Confidant growth.
Speaking of Canon Komi, this will for sure be a bit sad news, the manga is almost at its end. At the time at typing this, there almost 5 more days before the finale. As much the manga ending makes me a bit sick to myself, I know this isn't the end of Komi-related material. In case you've forgotten, the anime for Komi is currently at the end of Year 1 when it was last airing before on hiatus. With the Manga ending, the amine's return will be on the horizon. (I just hope a new trailer will happen this year even if we have to wait until 2026 for it) No matter what, we Komi fans will know Komi-San never truly dies and my Fic is living proof.
Two little fun facts before the chapter begins. One, Kishi's height is 172cm. That's taller than Ann's whose height is 165cm. That makes Kishi the tallest girl in the cast! (She's even taller than Sae, an actual adult!) The only one taller is Yusuke at 181cm! (9cm taller than Kishi!) The other one is that fellow Twitter follower King G. Ruler is currently making more artwork for this series. There is one art that I asked to be put on hold as this chapter will have the final touches to that character's appearance. (Oh, and I just found out Komi is 168cm tall on her first year and will be 169 later. That means she's canonically taller THAN Ann! I can wait to see height comparisons of the characters)
Also, as I'm writing this, I'm probably watching a famous magic anime alongside writing this chapter. You may have probably realized what I mean.
With that out of the way, the story of the Knight of Justice continues. Time to see if she can fell her greatest enemy: Herself! Let us start the game again! Enjoy the Show!
Disclaimer: I don't own Persona 5, or Komi-San as well as fanart used by anyone else. All series used is owned by their respective creators. I only make this series for fun and I make no profit from this. Any fanart I use in a chapter will have a link to their original creators in the end notes for those who want to see them. Please support the original creators.
P.S. I hope AO3's revised policy doesn't screw this over. At least, it's not as bad as YouTube's Copyright system.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
(Komi's POV)
(5/25, Wednesday)
(After School: Yamai's Grand Mall: Floor 2, Level 2)
(Days until Yamai moves out with Komi: 8)
(A Trip to Alivel Mall - Kirby and the Forgotten Land)
We continued through the mall's second floor fighting Shadows along the way. We're slowly getting stronger, but we haven’t learned any new moves yet. We did get a lot of Yen and rare items like revival beads. These will come to play later.
Soon, we Reached the next location that has the key piece: an earring shop. Yamai definitely has her eye on fashion.
“Earrings, huh? I knew she would into them, but I haven't seen her wearing them to school,” Snipe said.
“Oh, Lady Yamai only wears earrings for special occasions live piano performances,” Kishi explained. “That's one of her many talents. Normal events like school don't require her to wear earrings.”
“Well, she's a queen of Lust,” Marsault spoke up. “Well, let us find this earring the has the key piece with it!”
“Well, I'm ready when everyone's ready,” I spoke up. “Search for the ones that are jewelry or collector's items. Those are Yamai's favorites.”
Soon, we all split into two groups looking for the key piece. Snipe, Marsault, and Kishi check the jewelry (Kometani: Kishi made sure the other two don't steal for riches, indicated by Yen signs in their eyes) while me and Spade check out the collector's items. This took about 10 minutes, but I found the earring with the key card! And it got me excited that I pop up my cat ears, because I know that type of earring they are!
These are Hanafuda Earrings, the same type as the ones Tanjiro-San wears! These are a different design; instead of displaying the Japanese Rising Sun, there are butterflies drawn on it and had a colorful background of white, green and pink.
Then, I recognized what they represent as there is a Demon Slayer with this palette...!
That the haori of Shinobu Kocho, the Butterfly Hashira! For real, she felt like the woman I wish to be like: Calm, polite as well as one to protect innocents. By the way, isn't my own uniform has some similarities to her own uniform? Mine has the same shade of black as hers, have gold buttons, my haori is mostly white, and we both wear a large hairtie with a ponytail. (A butterfly for Shinobu and a snowflake for me.) The key differences are my haori is decorated with cat designs, my straps are blue, and in addition to my sword, my scabbard is sky blue like my sword.
"Found something good Lynx?" Spade came over me and saw what got me excited. "Oh, you found the key piece and those seem to be Hanafuda Earrings. I know you're into Demon Slayer, so you want to buy them?" I do struggle with buying things, but I am getting better especially since I went grocery shopping yesterday. I nodded meaning 'Yes'. "Alright then. I'll be by your side in case something goes down. Hey, I need help here!"
Soon, an employee came by us. Good thing this one is a cognition of a human and not a Shadow. "Hello there," He spoke in a polite tone. "I see you're interested in these Shinobu-style Hanafuda Earrings, right? Demon Slayer has been getting popular ever since it premiered last year, so many merchandise it has been made. For a limited sale price of 2,000 Yen, this and a bonus will be yours. Sounds like a fair price for you?" he offered. (Kometani: The original price was 6,000 Yen. That's expensive even for early game standards. And the Author won't keep track on how much money Komi made in this series)
I already have enough Yen to buy those earrings, thanks to sparring some Shadows along the way. I'm sure of myself, and I know what I must do. I gave a smile that is used for all loyal customers. “Yes. I would like… to… buy… them… please.” I still struggle in public, but my newfound confidence pulls through. I took out the exact amount from pocket and handed over to the employee. “H-here is my p-payment.”
He took the bills and presented the earrings to me. “Thank you for your purchase. You also get this bonus gift for this purchase!” He places the key piece in alongside the earrings. “Hope to see you again soon!” He said as I took them all with me.
(music ends)
“Nice work, Lynx!” Spade said. “You are certainly getting more comfortable ordering in public and we got the third piece too!” He noticed I was looking at the earrings like I was an artist. “Say, you want to wear them on your ears?" he asked me.
I thought it over and I knew my decision. Demon Slayer is the anime the molded me to the person I've become, and Tanjiro-San share a lot of traits with me. He always sees the good in people even if they are jerks to him. So, like him, I too will wear sacred ornaments on my ear. I gave him my answer: "Yes."
"I knew you would say that. Here, let me put them on you." he asked politely and I obliged.
(Wisteria Flower Production - Demon Slayer)
He took one earring and began inserting it into my left ear. To be honest, it kinda stings as it pierced the skin of my ear but only lasted a moment. He repeated the same for my right ear.
Soon, I really looked like someone hailing from the Taisho Period. "I never knew you would look amazing in earrings, Lynx." he complemented. "Especially in old fashioned ones."
There was a mirror here that I used to check myself with my new earrings. He's right. "I really do look beautiful in them." I spoke.
"I must say, you really look like the embodiment of Japanese beauty, my friend," Izanami complemented within my soul and I bushed at what my true self said.
"Hey I heard you got the third piece and... Whoa! Is that Hanafuda Earrings you're wearing Lynx!?” Snipe said starstruck. “You really looked like someone from Demon Slayer now!”
“I concur,” Marsault agreed. “I would've never pull that look myself. I'm more of the magic side of fashion.”
“You always had a heart of a protector,” said Kishi. “It only took until now to embrace it.”
I could help but tear up at my friends liking my new look. This was the first time they complement me as a normal person rather than like an idol. “You really think I was that beautiful? T-thank you!” I said as I bowed.
“No sweat, you're always a natural beauty no matter what you wear,” Snipe finished as I wiped my tears.
(Music Ends)
“Sorry for the tears, I always get emotional for these types of things,” I said. “That said, we only have one more key to go and it should be further up on this side.”
“You heard what she said,” Spade announced. “Let's find the last piece of the key!”
(Afternoon Streets - Kingdom Hearts III)
We all run towards the end of this side and we found the shop with the last piece of the key: A Makeup Shop.
"This isn't much of a surprise," Snipe said. "Of course she would have makeup as her forte."
"This should be simple. We take on quarter each and find the key piece. Check twice if you have too," I gave my order.
Like last time we all split to find the lipstick with the piece. Of course, Tadano was a bit iffy that we are searching amongst girls' accessories. Especially he has barely had experience in them, as with picking my summer clothing. (Kometani: Komi said his real name on purpose as it was Tadano not Spade that was currently looking at the makeup.)
Kishi was at the lipstick section. She looked at the various lipstick that's no doubt Yamai's favorites. "Hm. What do we have here?" She found the key piece with the lipstick brand with it.
"Dark pink is one her colors. She always puts it on in big parties. But still my mission was a success. My fellow knights! I have secured the key!" Kishi called out.
We all went to her and saw what she found. A dark pink lipstick, perfect for her... and for me.
"Nice! I knew you are good at this!" Snipe spoke up! "Time to buy this and be on our way!" The lipstick is about the same as the earrings though this one is half off. (Kometani: The original price is 4,000 Yen) This time, my friends took the liberty of buying it; they each share the money we earned in our battles. Takes me back to when they brought my present and I very much love them for that!
However, just went we are about to leave with the piece in tow, Kishi uncapped the cap for the lipstick were just bought. "Sorry for the sudden action, but mind you let me decorate your lips with this?"
"What's this coming from?" I asked in confusion.
"I feel you need a bit more for your appearance as a Demon Slayer. The earrings may have helped that, but this will surely complete your look. Feel comfortable with it?" She asked.
I already wore pink lipstick on my admittedly small lips, but to be honest, this doesn't feel right for this outfit. A darker shade could be nice for me in this outfit. I look to my other friends and they nodded 'yes'. "I'm okay with it. I'm not a good friend if I don't expand my horizons." I answered.
"Just hold still, my lady." Kishi cleaned my old lipstick with a tissue she held. She then applied the new lipstick onto my small lips. This new lipstick feels like a mix of Strawberries and Cherries. When she finished applying the lipstick, I sucked my lips to get a taste of it and finish the touch, "There you go, my lady. Now you resemble a Phantom Thief even more"
The rest of my friends couldn't help but agree with her. I totally look like a different person with this, almost like the assassin whose symbol is roses and thorns. (Kometani: A reference to another Manga that had an anime that aired during the Second Season of our anime.)
"Well, I totally liking this new look, right after we got all keys!" I complimented. “Speaking of which, we should go to the elevator now that we completed the key!”
(music ends)
“Or you can hand over the eyes to us!” We turn to see Shadows coming towards us. Two of them seem to be the the usual guards but the other 2 seemed to the female shoppers we've seen so much. We were about to get that lipstick for ourselves! But we can get rich off your bodies! Time to get rich ladies and gentlemen!" The 4 Shadow rip off their mask and they turned into one type of Demons. These are Maia, Kelphie, Cait Sith, and Silky.
Marsault is eager to face them. "I have been waiting for another challenging battle! Time for some bloodshed!" she declared.
Snipe is ready as well. "Damn right it is! We'll take them out all the same!"
(Cue: Take Over!)
Four Enemies at the same time and four of us fighting! We can make this, "I know about their weaknesses, but I have swift way to finish 'em! Allow me to take the first move!" They obliged as I went, summoned Izanami, and fired Zio on Maia and knocked her down! "Numbers don't mean much if you don't plan. Spade! It's your move!"
He and I Passed the baton. "Time to make a swift move! With Thunder!" He summoned Lupin and he too fired Zio at Kelphie. Since I already passed, he passed the baton to Snipe. "Your turn to shoot 'em!"
"Trust me, that's my plan from the start!" They then summoned Lone Ranger to the fight! "Fire some Aqua onto him, right now!" They commanded their Persona to fire water onto Cait Sith. And like all cats, he doesn't like it but for some reason, instead of knocking it out, the blast killed him! "Whoa! I knew that was strong, but never this Stong!"
MechanNeko seemed to have recognized this! "This is amazing! It's the true power of baton passes! When one passes to another, they get stronger for every pass!"
"If this is true, I guess that means yours will be the most powerful!" Snipe said as they passed the baton to Marsault!
"MWAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Marsault laughed. "Feel the might of Le Fay, Mongrels!" she declared as Morgan fire Eiha to Silky. And as she was the last one, her blast was the most powerful. "Oh, and I'm not feeling my spirit power drained from this!"
"That must be the ultimate power of baton passes! The fourth person to be passed will not drain any spirit power when they attack!" Mecha explained. "I never seen something like this before!"
"A power that is only possible with friendships. I wonder the three of us could do the same," Kishi said.
The only ones left were the Kelphie and Maia. They all got angry as they recovered and they decided to do a joint attack as they fired a combined Zio and Aqua blast to us. But we are fast enough to dodge them!
"I'll swipe their smiles of their faces!" shouted Snipe. As they whacked the two Shadows so hard they used their Kerberos to knock them down. "Oh yeah! Finally, I get to start an all-out attack myself!"
I couldn't help but be proud of them. "Then by all mean, let it rip!"
"Okay then! Time for a shoot out!" They declared as we went to town on them! As we finished, Snipe twirled around, before putting one hand on their hat and with a grin, pointing their finger as if she's firing a gun from it!
No one escapes my line of Sight!
(Music Ends)
Well, that was some fight. I would’ve never thought our passes makes us stronger. Gotta keep that in mind in future battles.
(A Trip to Aviel Mall - Kirby and the Forgotten Land)
“Well, that's the last of the squad. At least we managed to keep our key. Speaking of which,” I took out the rest of the pieces and in a flash of light, became one whole key card. “This is for the third floor if I'm not mistaken.”
“Hell yeah! That's halfway to this mall! We'll finish this up in no time!” Snipe cheered.
“I cannot wait any longer! Let us return to the platform to her inner domain!” Marsault declared.
Kishi agreed but something feels… off about her. “Something wrong Kishi?” I asked in concern.
“Oh nothing, it's just an omen that I felt about this place,” she answered.
“I felt this since we're here, but if you need to leave, we won't hold it against you,” I told her.
“No, I must see this through. I wouldn't be a knight of honor if I back down on someone in need,” Kishi told me.
“I hope you're right. I don't want to have regrets. Especially in a time like this.” I finished as we move to the elevator shaft.
(Music Ends)
As we moved, Kishi was thinking about what she feels since coming with us. 'This feeling… I feel nothing but fear and hate ever since we arrived. What's more, this feels familiar to me somehow and it feels alive. I don't like this one bit…’ That was she thought as we head back to the elevator on the first level.
(Yamai's Grand Mall: Floor 2 Level 1)
We all returned to the elevator shaft on the first floor as the doors on the second level is out of commission. "Well, now that we got our key to the next floor, time to see what the next floor has to offer." Spade commented.
"One more step to saving Yamai from herself," I said. "All goes well I hope..." Unfortunately, a familiar distorted voice came from behind.
But this voice wasn't from Yamai.
"My, My... I didn't expect you mongrels to make it this far."
(What Are You Up To? — Komi Can't Communicate)
This caused Kishi's eyes to widen in shock. "That voice...! That belongs to me!" We turned our heads to see where the voice came from. It's the Kishi from this world, clad in the golden armor like last time! However, unlike our Kishi, instead of silver eyes, the fake has glowing gold eyes. Just like Shadow Yamai... Shadow... Kishi...?
"You interlopers have made a mockery of my security force and turn this sacred center into your playground," the fake Kishi stated with hate.
"Well, this center shall be ours for the taking!" Marshalt fired back. "You will not stop us!"
Fake Kishi didn't flinch at Marshalt's declaration. "Oh, I will do just that as you just brought me my power source." she said as she pointed to someone. The real Kishi! "My real counterpart that resides in your realm."
This made Kishi even more shocked. "I'm your counterpart? Do you mean you are the part of me that live in this realm?" she asked the other her,
The fake Kishi smirked when the real one answered. "Bingo! I am the you that you did not accept. I am the embodiment of fears and pain you refused to acknowledge. Thou art... a Shadow!"
"A Shadow of me!? How can this be!? I thought only Miss Yamai owns this place!" Kishi was beginning to feel fear at the moment she knows the fake Kishi was her Shadow.
"Yeah, how can her other self another person's palace and work for her?" Marsault demanded answers.
MechaNeko seemed to hazard a guess. "I think I may have the answer. Shadow used to be from a realm other than this Mall. When the mall was formed, any lesser Shadow caught either has to work for the ruler or risk dying. You saw that some don't want to die when you knock them down." He's right, they sounded they don't like working for Yamai's Shadow. "Safe to assume that Kishi's Shadow was caught in the formation of this Palace."
Shadow Kishi giggled in amusement. "You are right that I was one of those who was there when this establishment was first opened. But make no mistake, I wasn't forced to work. My lady offered me a place in her security force. Now, I have become the captain of her security. And I shall now longer be that coward that my real self is!"
This got us all alarmed. "Kishi was... a coward?" I said to myself, though Shadow Kishi overheard me.
"You're wondering how I, technically both her and I, chose to be a knight to begin with. To begin, long before I choose the path of the knight, I was picked on due to my British blood. They all thought my foreign heritage makes me inferior to the rest of the Japanese. Even when I took up arms as a knight, they still don't see me as special!"
"No! Don't say that to them! Thou hast left that life a long time ago!" Kishi began to panic. "I never wanted to be a coward anymore!"
We only said what we thought. "Poor Kishi..."
"Do not lie yourself! Thou hast already known the truth! Even after Yamai offered us her hand, it's still not enough power. Our friends are our weakness and chivalry has no meaning to us!"
I can't let this mockery get to our Kishi. I must stop this at once! "Don't listen to her Kishi! I know you are far from this copy of yourself!" I shouted!
"How can I be a copy when I know her true feelings? I am her feeling and heart manifested. Thou art the superior Kishi!" her Shadow retorted.
(Music Ends)
Then it happened...
Kishi who was on the borderline of tears, finally lashed out on her Shadow. "NO! NO! NO! NO!!! THOU NOT ART I!!"
That was the exact opposite of when our Personas called to us. When Kishi shouted that, her Shadow began to be enveloped by a dark aura with hate plastered on her face.
(Borderline of Madness - Persona 4)
"So, thou hast chosen to reject the truth instead of embracing it," she said in quiet rage as the dark aura gets stronger. "Very well, if thou won't accept it, I will make you as I send thou to thoust doom!"
Then, Shadow Kishi exploded in black flames! "Oh No! Kishi rejecting her Shadow must've made her stronger!" I yelled out!
MechaNeko agreed with me! "I have this in my data! Since a Shadow is fueled by twisted desires, rejecting the Shadow will make them even stronger! This is happening right now."
"So, we have to deal with a super powered Shadow caused by rejection!? Not what I had in mind!" Snipe called out!
Marsault agreed with them! "Indeed, the brightest of light contain the darkest of Shadows. Fitting for this."
"Get ready, her transformation is almost done!" Spade called out. We stand by as the aura vanished and Shadow Kishi's true form is revealed. (Kometani: Fitting line for this series)
"Thou art a Shadow... Thy true self!" She called out. Not only is she bigger, but her armor has also taken an even darker shader of gold like it was dirtied. She had five purple tails coming from her back, a helmet that has a crest that resembles a crown and wield a sword that looked like it was forged from Hell! The only features we see is her iconic ponytail coming from the back of the helmet and her lips were exposed. "You claimed you became a Knight of Justice, but I do not recall any acts of Justice. I shall prove you what Justice really is!"
(Kometani:
The King of Twisted Justice!
Shadow Kishi!)
"I am sorry my lady..." Kishi began to cry. "It's my fault we all going to perish at the hands of my darkness..." However, I put my hand on her shoulder and despite the danger ahead of us, I gave her a comforting smile to her.
"It's not your fault, Kishi-San. Everyone has a weakness they wish to get rid of, but they are a part of us. I was like that too, so don't worry, we'll help you get through this."
While she was still in tears, she understood what I said. "I trust you will tame my inner demon. Good luck, Lady Lynx," she said as she and MechaNeko took shelter.
Once that was done, I turned to Shadow Kishi and gave her a determined glare. "You have slandered my friend long enough. You shall be taught in a lesson of respect!" I declared as we ready our weapons for this boss battle!
(Cue: Persona 4 -Reincarnation- I'll Face Myself -Battle-)
"You all shall feel the might of justice on your corpses!" The Shadow raised her sword and from the tip appeared a ball of light. "You shall be dealt with to spark of Justice in your eyes! KOUHA!" She thrusts her sword and the ball fired toward us. Thankfully, I used Izanami to knock the ball back to her. The damage is minimal, so she resists Light magic.
"It seems that her weakness is Curse magic! Marsault, you're our key player here!" I called her.
"No worries, my lord. I am destined to overthrow the king! And she shall be the first one!" she tears of her eyepatch and out comes Morgan! "Cast her into darkness my Servant!" Morgan blasted Eiha onto the Shadow and knocked her down! "Now, we shall striker all at once!" she declared! As we attacked all at once which delt a decent amount of damage.
"We should keep attacking her while she's still down!" Spade suggested as he summoned Lupin III. He summoned dagger and Lunged the Shadow at full force.
"Let me in on this too! Let this Ranger shoot them down!" Snipe summoned their Persona and like the western sheriffs in the movies, they Shoot them down with their guns. Their bullets had barely any effect due to the armor, so gun attacks are out of the table.
"Pleeeaasse... Gunfire cannot pierce against other metal. This is the best armor fit for a king. So do not try that against me!" Shadow Kishi surprisingly advised us.
"Why thank you for the advice Kishi-San. Even as a monster, you're still as honorable as the real one," I said in a modest tone as I summoned Izanami and she fired ice at her. It seemed ice has no problem making damage to her.
"We're doing considerable damage to her. But we need to find a way to end this quickly!" I told my friends. "I feel we need many All-out attacks to finish her!"
"Easy for us, but that gigantic sword will do us plenty of damage," Spade commented. "If only we can get it of her hand..."
However, Snipe seemed to have a strategy in mind! "Let's try this! You three continue to fight her while I sneak up and use my Kerberos Missile to knock off that sword!"
Spade seemed to be hesitant. "But are you sure you want to do this? There's a chance I might now work."
Snipe, however, grinned as they give a peace sign. "Don't underestimate me! I know every one of my friends including their weaknesses! Plus, my name's not Snipe for nothing!"
While my friends still seem stuck on choosing an answer, I gave her an acknowledging smile to them. "Let's to it! If it's you we're talking about, I know you can do it. We'll make sure that you'll take the shot!"
With that, Snipe just gives me a salute. "On it, General! I will make sure I won't miss my shot!" They soon went to the upper level where they are setting their cannon as we fight to buy them time.
"You think one of you running will make a difference. The only thing different is slaying you faster! Giant Slice!" The Shadow declared as she swung her blade and it smashed the floor as we dodged, but she followed up it with a Kouha and knocked out Marsault! Oh, No! I must help her!
"Spade, you attack her. I'll heal up Marsualt!" I commanded. He went to launch a lightning strike at the Demon King while I turn to Marsault and summoned Izanamai. "Heal her, please," I whispered as my Persona healed her and she's back to full health.
"You have my thanks dear Lynx. Now it's time for me to take out the King as revenge!" she was so eager to get pay back. She summoned Morgan and once again, her curse magic did the trick and we did another All-out attack.
"You mongrels have no chance of victory! As long I wield the legendary Sword Excalibur, I shall be victorious!" she bellowed but little did she know, Snipe had a clear shot.
"Yeah, say that again when you eat missile, false King!" Snipe retorted cheerfully as she fired a missile onto her right hand and it...
BOOM!
It made contact as it exploded, and she recoils in pain dropping her sword in the porcess. "Bulls eye! You were distracted for a little bit and it cost you big time.
"It cannot be. I was a knight of Justice, but I was beaten by underhanded tactics. You fight with no Honor!" Shadow Kishi complained.
Marsault however, decided to counter her claim. "You say Justice, but before our battle, you tormented your real self to gain power and then killing her! That is far from Justice you false King!"
"Useless mongrels! You have no idea what Justice is!" she yelled out as she fired many balls of light at us! We all ran out of the way as they homed in on us! We each summoned our Personas to defend ourselves from the balls of light! They each fired their elemental magic at the balls and successfully defended us against them! We then each attack one at time, Spade and Snipe fired their magic, while Marsault commanded her Persona to fire dark magic at the Shadow, dealing effective damage.
My turn is up and Shadow Kishi is almost down. But I couldn't help but pity her. This is a part of her and what would happen if I killed her. She was suffering as much as the real Kishi special if she really felt that she feared Yamai as much as the normal Shadows. "Listen, I'm going to finish her without killing her. And I know a Breathing technique that can do it."
Spade was curious about it. "Finish her without killing but how can you do that?"
"I worry killing Kishi's Shadow may end up affecting the real Kishi, and not in a good way. There are certain moves that end a battle peacefully. Besides," I gave a small smile over my shoulders. "I've seen the entire series up until the Mugen Train Arc, so you can trust me with this."
As one who watched the series himself, he knew what's my plan, and allowed me to go through. "I know that you can pull it off."
That's all the words I needed. I walked to Shadow Kishi and draw my sword. As I raise my sword, out came water as if it's from Japanese art. I then charged in a leaped to the Shadow, but this technique isn't for ending the demon. It's to free her from her pain when she's actually suffering from it.
'Water Breathing, 5th Form...'
(Music ends)
*SLASH!*
'Blessed Rain after the Drought.'
As I slashed, nothing seemed to happen, until a light like sunlight shined and then Rain began pouring down and then the Shadow began to fall as she thinks about what has happened to her.
'This rain. It feels calm, yet so powerful. Is this how freedom felt after being a servant for how long? I never felt like this in a long time... I see now. I have yet to see my true meaning of Justice for myself... Or rather, ourselves...' That was the Shadow though before falling face first on the ground before turning back into the Golden Knight with Kishi's true face.
"You won, Lady Lynx," the real Kishi spoke. "But why did you finish her without killing her when I hope I get rid of my weakness?" she asked.
I turned to her with a sympathetic expression on my eyes. "I have two reasons why I didn't kill her. One, I fear that since she's a part of you, I would've killed you with her." I closed my eyes. "The second, this is something you have to face yourself. If rejecting your Shadow makes it stronger, maybe accepting it would get rid of it."
"Me... Accept my shadow...?" Kishi whispered at my suggestion.
"I know you choose the way of the knight and we both know it's your calling. I know there's nothing wrong with being a half of another country. In fact, you're one the best friends I made. Heck, Spade recently confessed to being part French and a lot of students is accepted that liked it!" I turned to him and he returned with a wave and smile. "What I am trying to say is just because you are half foreign, doesn't mean you are less of a person. And I know that chivalry never dies. Just remember why you chose to walk the path of the knight."
'Remember why I chose to live the life of the knight.' And then, memories of her life came flashing back.
(And so, another flashback)
(When Kishi was 5 years old)
(Fate Stay Night - Fuyuki Enkei)
I was only 5 years old that day when I was suffering due to people making fun of my British blood. People nearly endless tormented me because I was seen as inferior to the purebloods.
My family was the only comfort I ever had. They were the only protection I ever had at the time. There was a period where we moved to Britan, for my mother was a diplomat for Britian.
Before we left for Britian, the was a conversation I had with my mother. "Dear mother, I never got accepted by my peers and they never stopped making fun of me. Will they accept me?"
Like all mothers, she puts a hand on my hand and a comforting smile. "My dear, I'm sure in time they will. They don't know the legacy of foreign people as much as adults. Just give them time to learn about them."
"But what if they still don't accept me after that?" I cried out.
"Some don't because they have fears of foreigners. There are a lot of them, surprisingly. But don't let that deter you, British people are strong and have been for centuries and are home to knights of chivalry. Never forget it."
My mother is one of the wisest people I have met and have always trusted. I never doubted her at all. " Okay, mother. I shall never forget that."
(When Kishi was 13 years old.)
I spent the majority of my childhood in Britian for a period of time. In nearly a decade, we all move back to Japan after my mother got the go ahead to move back to Japan, the country where I was born in.
True to what my mother said, the former bullies that picked on me actually went ahead and apologized to me after realizing that the British are far more than they have talked. While I am grateful that they regret their actions, at the same time I felt like I shouldn't forgive them. At least, not at that moment.
It was then at my 13th birthday that I found my calling. While we lack the usual cake, my parents each got me a present for me. First was my mother. "This is the replica sword I have order to ship to our old home a few months ago. I wanted to give you something that reminds us of our time abroad in Britian. It almost looks like a real sword. Do you like it?"
I swung my newly gifted sword and it feels like I was actual knight of Justice. "I love it mother! It really brings me back to the British Kingdom! What about you, father?"
My father presented me something special. "I was saving these until you are old enough to watch them. This anime series has been popular ever since the original novels were positively received. And considering that this is about, I knew that this is a series comfortable for you."
These DVDs... These are copies of Fate/Stay Night, Fate/Zero, and Unlimited Blade Works! "You think I am ready to watch them myself?" I asked.
I received a nod from both of my parents. "We know how much you love knights especially since you wish to be a warrior of Justice. Since your father has been an otaku since we got together, I feel it's time to share some of his more favorite series.
My dad sweatdropped. "Really dear? Even I have passions and you say that like it's a problem."
"Of course I don't see this as a problem. It's how I was able to learn Japanese culture thanks to them." she started with a smirk in her face.
"Oh right... How can I forget that time. Back to my point, I deem you worthy of these gifts. Use them to teach you about the way of the knight. Make sure you show your peer the achievement of British people!"
I couldn't help but cry at their encouragement. They are the best people I can turn to. "Thank you, my family." I whispered as they both hugged me.
(One year before Komi-San (two years before Persona 5) officially began)
Watching the Fate series has changed me greatly. The story has captivated me ever since the first episode. The characters in that series have inspired me greatly especially a knight in royal blue.
Thanks to watching Fate, I have even more reason to be a Knight of Justice. To honor my favorite character, I have built myself a gauntlet and two greaves to wear, giving me an impression of warrior of Justice.
However, while I haven't received as much harsh words as when I was young, people still don't see me as special. Hower that changed in my final year in middle school...
I was walking around the halls of school until I hear a something like a roar ahead. "HEY! WHY DO YOU THINK I AM CREEP!? YOU JUST KEEP BUGGING ME JUST BECAUSE YOU ARE BORDED!"
The delinquents all laughed it off. "Please, you just keep getting into temper tantrums, yeah? And I don't believe you are as innocent as you're seen. Why not expose your true colors here?
"I'M WARNING YOU! YOU DON'T WANT TO ME TO REVEAL MY INNER DEMON!! YOU WILL REGERET IT DEARLY!!!" If I were to guess, she's about 80% close to revealing it. But not today. I have gotten evidence that will convince them otherwise.
"Hold it there, barbarians! You shall not torment this innocent soul!" I shouted with great authority. "Why would you do something like this?"
"Just because we like some action. This girl has been rumored to be a different person when angry! We are doing the school a favor!"
I nodded in disappointment. "For the record, I seen this girl every day in my classroom when she behaves and doesn't act like a delinquent like you scoundrels. In my hand, I have recorded footage of this struggle. What would happen if I exposed this to the faculty? Not going to end will for you. If you can promise to stop bullying for the rest of the semester, I will erase this, but only if you show actual improvement to your habits. If you have nothing else to say, then leave us at once." They can tell that I was serious when I threaten to expose their crimes. They split up in a panic, and I hope they quit their bullying of others.
As for the girl, she was taking deep breaths to calm herself. It seems she has a temper problem when it comes to trouble. From the looks of it, she has a bob cut of red hair with a strand sticking up, a pair of yellow eyes, currently closed, and it seemed like a little fang appears whether her mother is open and closed. At least, she calmed down. "Thanks a bunch! I'm sorry you had to see that. It's true that I easily get angry, almost as if I was demon."
I shook my head. "Everyone is different. It's who you are. The truth is I am half-British, part of why I am walking the path of a knight."
"Oh, that so cool! To be fair, a lot of my friends are far from normal. In fact, one of them has an appearance that it's hard to figure out their gender, so we just accept them a non-binary person. Which by the way, you wouldn't mind I could introduce them to you." she asked with a smile, that fang present that smile.
"I sure would not. They seem like an excellent character." I spoke.
"They sure are. Oh, I'm Akako Onigashima, if you need to ask for me."
"Likewise, my name is Himiko Kishi, at your service." I returned.
"That's a cool name! Fits that armor you had. Oh, and I have another friend that we plan to hang at the batting cages after school! Her name's Ren Yamai and lately she's been in a funk. No doubt your knightly magic would work on her! You in?" She offered.
I thought it over and it seemed that time is finally here. My first actual friends since I became a knight, and I am happy my life is turning around. "You have my word. I am seeking companions, so it would be good for my social status."
"Alright, then we got our game plan! I can't wait for school to end today!" she said excitedly.
And so, I have made my first friends in my life here in Japan. We went on and become close friend. Soon we were attending Itan High School, and we are also having a good time. However, if you haven't heard, upon seeing Komi Yamai drastically changed. Granted, me and Onigashima also got in the craze, but we were able to get to know the real Komi while Yamai refused to change. And that brings us back to the present.
(Music ends)
(Like she said, back to the present and Komi's POV)
After reflecting on her past, Kishi has made her decision. " I made my mind up. I shall face my weakness, head on."
I nodded. "You can do it, Kishi," I told her. I looked at my friends with a look which told them we should let her deal with her shadow on her own.
(I'll Face Myself... And I'll Keep on Dancing! - Persona 4 Dancing All Night)
Kishi step forward to her Shadow Self right as she got up from our last battle. "So, you finally accepted the truth?" She asked.
Kishi began to look at her Shadow with a solemn look on her face. "Indeed yes. I have come to realize that my heritage is the very thing that makes me who I am. I chose the serve as a knight of Justice because I don't want people to suffer the same treatment I got long ago. And thanks to that. I have gain allies as a result"
"But what about our servitude to Ms. Yamai? She offered us our friendship if we obey?" asked her Shadow.
"I believe our friendship is true but when we figure out she is getting fixated on Komi, I wanted to believe she could change herself for the better. Now it appears that I have to take action to stop her and my friends have convinced me of that," Kishi continued.
But then her Shadow had a serious expression on her face. "But this will label you as a traitor to our lady's eyes. You are sure that this is the right choice?" she asked.
However, the real Kishi giver her Shadow a small smile. "I am absolutely sure that this is the correct choice and that you wish to be free of this warped mall. And it's because... I am thou, thou art I." The told her shadow the same quote as our Personas before woke them up.
Soon, her Shadow to was smiling as she began dispersing into light. "That is the words I wish to hear. From this day forward, my servitude shall always be with thou." That was the last words of Shadow Kishi before hugging her real self and her light got absorbed into our Kishi thus the problem is solved.
As soon as the conflict is over, we all went over to her with smiles on our faces. “Oh yeah! I knew our knight won't back down from her other self!” yelled Snipe
“Marvelous! Simply, Marvelous! A knight never yields to her weakness!” declared Marsault.
“So, she's really gone, right?” asked Spade.
Kishi, however shook her head. “Not completely. When I accepted her, it was like she came back to me. It's as if we are back to being one whole person again.”
I almost brought myself to tears when Kishi said that. “That's the Kishi I know. I don’t you to be any more or any less.”
She bowed down to me. “I thank you for helping me conquering my Shadow, my lady. I would never have done it without you.”
In response, I shook my head. “We're just spectators in this case. If anything, you are the one who chose to face your Shadow and I say you chose wisely.” We all chuckled at what happened just know.
MechaNeko seemed to have something in mind. “Oh, there's something I have to tell you! There's something… special when a person accepts their Shadow.” But before he can say anything…
(music ends)
*WHOO! WHOO! WHOO!*
The alarm went off! The fact with Shadow Kishi has drawn attention to us! Not long after the alarms rang, several Shadows dropped from the second floor and surrounded us, weapons drawn!
"I don't believe this! My trusted captain gone!" we turned to see Shadow Yamai in great anger with her copy of Onigashima behind her.
(Class Meeting Heats Up - Komi Can't Communicate)
"I can't believe not only you brought that fake Kishi but she was the one to make her vanish!" She roared in anger, "She was my best friend and you got rid of her like trash!"
Kishi decided to speak up to her. "You don't understand, my lady. I am the real article. That Kishi was the embodiment of my fears and weaknesses. She is not the one you should be friends with!"
Shadow Yamai just sneered at her argument. "Please! You were with me when Komi came to Itan and we both are in love with her since day one! You have no right to say that!"
"Maybe so, but Me and Oni have gotten to know Komi and understood her better. You refuse to change even after she opened up to you!" Kishi fired back.
"Why you!" Shadow Yamai tried to punch Kishi, but Onigashma tried to hold her back from what would a big mistake.
"Yamai-Chan, please! I know you're upset but Komi and the others are with her! It would be unwise for you to be ambushed by them!" she suggested.
At least that calmed her down. "You're right! I still have my finest guards at my disposal. Take care of these interlopers and that imposter Kishi for me boys!"
"Yes, my Lady!" The shadows shout as they ripped of their masks and reveal their true forms. One of the many is a new type of shadow. It resembled a human woman with blond hair, a black skinsuit and black boots with an anklet attached. The signs that made her a demon are black bat wings and a demon tail. For some reason they remind me of the Incubuses that have a similar theme.
(Kometani: The Dream demons of the Moon: Succubus)
Speaking of Incubus, they are also present with these new ones! We face 3 of them and 2 of the new breeds. This will be difficult.
(Music ends)
Just as we are about to engage with them Kishi held out her hand. "I thank you for protecting me, but it is time I return the favor."
"Kishi..." I try to convince to back down her but was mostly ineffective.
"I know you care for my health, but I wouldn't be a Knight of Justice if I leave the defending to those who I am defending." Kishi explains.
I know Kishi is right when I felt no uncertainty from her words. This gave me a realization of what will happen. "Do it Kishi. Be the Knight of Justice you are!" I cheer for her and my friends follow suit,
As she stepped up, she closed her eyes and it seemed to be talking with someone that seemed to appear in her mind. 'So, are you ready, my other half?"
The other half spoke. "Indeed, I am, my other self. Your acceptance to the truth, has given me my true form. And with it, I shall begin your ceremony to be knighted."
'I expect no less. I am destined to be a knight. No, that's not it. I am to be the King of Knights! I shall be the best knight there is!' Kishi mentally declared
Her other half agreed. "And so you shall. Let us begin our quest of knighthood! I am thou... Thou Art I! The legendary king who is destined to lead his kingdom to victory! It is time for that legend to began anew!"
As she opened her eyes, blue flames appeared on her face and from it, appeared a set of goggles! But these goggles are gold and resembles something from a knight's helmet.
This got us excited. "Those goggles that apeared! Does that mean it's...!" Spade asked
"This is gotta be! And those aren't just any goggles!" Snipe commented.
"Those are the goggle worn by the erasure hero" Eraser Head! And they are fitting for a knight!" Marsault recognized the goggles.
This got Shadow Yamai into a panic. "Oh no! Not again! This is the third day in a row this happen! Please don't do this to me!"
Yamai seemed to have reservations on fighting her, "I'm sorry it had come to this, but it is my duty to ensure you are in line. And this is no exception." She raised her hands and undid the links. "If I were to save you, I would have to rebel against you and teach you a lesson. Now, you shall witness my new power. Take arms my..." right as removed her mask, which this time, had no blood spilled.
"PERSONA!"
(Fate/Stay Night Anime OST: Unmei no Yoru (Starts at 0:10) )
Blue flames shot up from her as she has awakened to her Persona! Her rebirth as a rebel! Along with it was light, as if it came from the heavens.
Out from the flames is a man in blue floating in armor. He (or she? as it's from Kishi) wore a helmet the look like once of the Kamen Riders from a few years but I kinda forgot what show it was from. The details that got our eyes is unlike the original helmet, the mouth was exposed and it had a pair of golden bangs coming out of it, giving the knight a feminine look. And I cannot forget to mention that he wields a grand sword, just the classic form of the sword.
But what got us shocked was Kishi's new appearance. For starters, her hair went from platinum to gold, like when the Pretty Cure did. (A show I grew up watching.) But her new outfit was far from a magical girl. It was from a pure fantasy. She had golden pieces of armor that cover certain areas of her body. Gauntlets on her arms, greaves on her legs, and a breastplate on her chest as well as side plates. Underneath her armor was a beautiful blue dress that went down to her ankles and a pimped out and pimped sleaves. While still in a ponytail, what tied her hair was a royal blue ribbon. Needless to say, everyone present was in a loss of words here.
"That is so AWESOME!!!" Snipe commented. I never thought awakening get any better!"
"I have to agree." I said. "This is beyond my own awakening." However, I turned to Marsault who seem to know something about Kishi's appearance. "Marasult, do you have anything to say?"
"This attire. This can't be! I thought this would be the case, but this is still unbelievable!" Marsault said in a shocked tone.
"You're saying that you've seen this outfit in before in Anime?" Spade asked. "Tell us what this is from."
"Aside from the color of armor and her hairstyle, the clothing of Kishi's armor..."
"is the outfit of Saber, the greatest Servant from the Original Fate/Stay Night!" Marsault exclaimed.
This got most of us excited. While I have heard of Fate, I have never seen a single episode for that series, so I must be doubly amazed.
Shadow Yamai in the meantime was again panicking. "You have GOT to be kiddding me!! Not only you have awakened, but you have to be freaking Saber!? No wonder my Kishi failed me!"
"You have it backwards my lady. It is YOU who's failed me. You failed to be the kind lady you were when we first met. Tell me is it because you couldn't let go of your desires of your late sister?" Sister? That's the first time I heard Yamai having a sister. I'll ask in a better time.
"Keep those words out your mouth! The past has nothing to do with you! I shall order your capture right now! My men and women... Put them down now!" she commanded.
"Foolish woman. You may have command of your subjects, but you show no kindness to repay for their loyalty. My new comrade has expectance in returning loyalty. For he is the greatest knight in history, the King of Knights, the one and true man in the history of leadership: King Arthur!"
King Arthur. I knew it was possible he would be Kishi's Persona, but I knew thought it would come true.
Kishi then ask us. "I know what you're thinking, and I know. I need your assistance to fall these Demons. A king never fights alone."
"We got your back Kishi-San!" I called her over as we prepare for battle.
"You will know this: You do not underestimate the might of a King!"
(Insert: oath sign - by LiSA)
The debut battle of Kishi began! The two female demons start. "Now dears, instead of fighting here, why not take a nap. Forever." They both formed balls of fire until at us until we dodged them except for Kishi!
"Fools. I do not run my foes. I defend!" she declared as she thrusts her arm and a shield appeared! It was such an appropriate equipment for a knight. The fireballs hit the shield and I she took not damage! (Kometani: Kishi is weak against fire) "Now, it's my turn! King Arthur, I command you to shine Kouha on our foes!" King Arthur raised his sword and a ball of light appeared as he charged his attack. "Charge forward now!" Her Persona thrusts his sword and the ball fired to one fired to winged women, knocking her down!
I got the analysis from my spyglass and got her weaknesses and her name. "Nice going, Kishi! Pass it to me!" she passed the baton to me as I prepare my round. Thanks to the elements Izanami absorbed, I know the same moves to easily damage the Succubuses! "Darkness shall feel fear as I shall cast the light of judgement upon you. Izanami, Kouha, please!" My persona raised one of her hands and on her necklace, a gold shining star appeared on it!
A light was shining from the sky, and a ball of light struck the other Succubus! I'm loving this new power even more! However, the Inucbuses were in a rage. "Our ladies! You will pay for hurting our girlfriends! DREAM NEEDLE!!!" They fired a ton of needles that Kishi was thankfully able to defend me with her shield!
"You are not bad as a team. But without a strategy, your opponent will always be prepared for any attack. Speaking of which, it is our turn to attack!" She drew her sword, which was the only thing remaining from her normal self. and it shines in the moonlight!
She charges into the front lines and slices one of the Incubuses in half! "I don't believe this! The very sword that mother gifted me has slain a demon! How can this be?" she quickly asks.
"That's cognition in the works. As long it looks like an actual weapon, it can act like real one!" Snipe called out. Oh! It's my turn now!" They said as they set up their Kerberos and fired at the Shadow troops, dealing a decent amount damage!
However, the Succubuses recovered and formulated a plan. "Here's the scoop! One of us will control one of them with Marin Karin and the other will deal with the rest!" "Sounds like my plan!" They all split while we are all dodging the attacks, one Succubus ambush Spade! "Hey babe. why don't we get together?" she said as her eyes glow pink and sent hearts to Spade.
"I don't know what you want but I would..." Oh, no don't tell me. "As you wish milady." He bowed like he was a soldier.
"Good! Start with the one in the Cat Mask! Do it and it's a date!" she commanded.
"As you wish, Milady!" he suddenly ran to me and without warning swung his cane to me but I was fast enough to dodge it!
"Spade-Kun! What's happening? I didn't do anything wrong to you!" I cried
"These are my orders. I must do this to get my date!" he said like it was natural.
However, just as he was about to attack again, Marsault came in and interference. "It appears Spade is being brainwashed! Someone is controlling him! We can wait for the control to wear off or kill the Shadow responsible for this!"
This got me ready to kill whoever's using him. No one messes with my Tadano and gets away with it! I saw that both of the Succubuses are back in shape! This gave me an Idea. "Marsault keep Spade in check! Kishi, you and I will take out the Succubuses!"
"I will follow you as I intend to, Lady Lynx!" We both charge into the shadows as we launched our attacks. I used Ice Breathing: Shattered Ice to freeze them, while Kishi did another move. "Giant Slice!" she shouted as her Persona swung her sword at the Succubus, killing it in one blow!
"You keep your damn hands off my friends or you will not live to tell the tale!" I declared. (Kometani: Komi Swear Count: 10) As the Succubus died, Spade seemed to snap out of it.
"Wait, why was I fighting you? Last thing I remember is this demon staring at me." Just before he continued, I went over and hugged him.
"Oh, Spade! I was so worried about what happened! Please don't let you guard down!" I cried.
"I'm sorry for being careless, Lynx-San. Mind if I take some pay back?" He asked. I nodded, thus gave him the go ahead. I summoned Lupin III and one by one fire Zio on to most of the Shadows but some stayed up.
"Allow me to finish the Job, Sir Spade." She raised her hand and in a flash of light, something appeared in her hand. It's a crossbow! "Guns and Bullets are so uncivilized. At least these don't make any sounds as you fire them," she said as she fired 3 arrows at the Shadows. However, the Succubus is still up. "I suppose I should push myself once more. Kouha!" King Arthur appears once more and thrusts his sword and fired one last ball of light, knocking her down! "It's finished. Once we launch this final attack, this farce of a battle will be over! Charge!" she declares as we attack at them all at once.
Once finished, Kishi landed and raised her sword in the airs as the shadows exploded into dust.
Loyalty to the King.
(Music ends)
As the battle ended, Shadow Yamai was in stock that she couldn't say anything until Onigashima spoke up. "This is the part we retreat. They may be tired but no doubt they can still do us over if they want to."
The Shadow agree with her now second in command. "But mark my words. You will never beat me, no matter how many of you who opposed me. I will be the winner of this game. Just you see!" That was the last they said before they left before we are alone.
(Fate Stay Night - Kishi Ou no Hokori)
"Lady Yamai..." Kishi spoke before falling down to the ground, exhausted for due to her awakening.
"Well, that was a knightly display you got there Kishi! That was some swordplay!" Snipe spoke.
"I agree! I figured you would be able to have a Persona yourself," added Spade.
"I accept your thanks. But this Power. It came to me suddenly. It's like I could use it until now.," Kishi tried to explain how she felt.
"I wonder the same," I began talking. "When the rest of us awakened, we all felt this huge headache and blood splats when it happened. So how can something like that happen to you? Do got anything Mecha?" I asked the robotic cat.
"I was about to explain, but now that you've seen it, it should be easier to explain. When a person accepts their shadow, all that negative energy is transformed into a positive state. When that happened, the Shadow transformed into their true self, that form is a Persona. That's what happen to Kishi when she accepted her truth," he explained.
"Makes sense. They no longer see them as demons. They become their soul allies. Fitting for us," Marsault spoke.
"I'm glad you chose to fight against Yamai. With some as close to her, we have our best shot at stopping her. With you on our side, I'm sure we can make it." I said with a warm smile.
Kishi likewise, returned with her smile. "Indeed, we will. I will fulfill my duty to my fullest. And I will do my best to support you as well." That puts me at ease knowing there are some people at school who want to know the real me.
"Hate to break this moment but we should head back to our world. No doubt we all feel tired after that horde of Shadows," Spade suggested.
"I agree. This time, I will come with you. I already recorded enough information to return to my boss. Glad I made it," MechaNeko added.
"Then, let's go home. We'll finish this when we're ready. And so, we took the safe room back outside and returned to the alleyway where we go back to our world.
(Music ends)
(Afternoon: Alley Near Itan High School)
We are all back and all of us are back in our normal attire. That also mean I'm back to struggling to communicate. I hope to change that soon. "Man, I'm never getting used to traveling between worlds," Najimi spoke up.
"I see what you mean, Najimi-San," spoke Kishi. Especially that it's my first time too.
"Well, I enjoyed the sensation." Nakanaka commented. "Always put me into the thrill of adventure!"
"I'm happy to get to know you all, but I have to get back to my boss from my home." said MechaNeko "It's about time to share my findings with them about what I uncovered back there."
This got us surprised as he told us what he's about to do. I have to tell him what's on my mind. [Will we see each other again? We only know each other for a few days.]
"Hard to say. It depends on what fate has in store " he spoke before realizing something about me. "You didn't talk like in the Metaverse. It must be your cognition that allows you to speak. In the reality, you have trouble talking with others due to social anxiety."
"You hit the target right on the bullseye, Mecha-San. Just what I expect from a robot." said Tadano.
[If this is the last time we meet, I'm happy we met.] I wrote on the verge of tears. I took one of his paws and shook it. "See... you... later... I... Hope..."
"Same here, Komi-San. I wish you luck on your future endeavors!" he said before climbing the walls and for a moment we heard something like mini-jet engine taking off.
"Man, I already miss MechaNeko." said Najimi, already feeling nostalgic.
"Me too," Tadano feeling the same. "I sure hope we can meet again, maybe everyday hopefully.
"Well, let's think about it later," Nakanaka spoke up. "What we should be doing is our next move against Yamai." Kishi seemed to have an answer.
(Zacharias Barnham ~ Labyrinth Knight - Professor Layton vs Ace Attorney.)
"That answer is quite obvious. We have 8 days remaining before Lady Yamai enacts her plan. We should at least spend a few days to prepare before we return there." Kishi suggested.
"Oh yeah! I was about to suggest that myself," said Najimi. (Kometani: They didn't think about that.)
Tadano agreed. "That's true. If we go in unprepared, it's game over before we reached the finish line."
"And I think you may already know this, but you have the biggest role in this quest, Lady Komi," Kishi addressed to me. "You have the greatest power out of any of us, making you the most valuable member in our current squad. Thus, it is your choice of when to infiltrate the Mall of Lust. You understand the situation well?"
Normally, something big like this can easily scare me. I know I am scared in going somewhere that could threaten my life. But at the same time, I feel calm. Calm that danger wouldn't convince me to back away. I know what I must do: Get to the treasure in the Mall, so we can put a stop to Yamai after all. Good thing we still have the key card.
[I understand. I will decide when we're ready to go back in! Now matter what, Yamai will be stopped no matter what!]
"Excellent. And I have something to contribute as well," Kishi spoke. "I acknowledge you are a natural in fighting with a sword. But since you are a beginner, your swings need improvement. I can teach you the art of the blade if you feel ready to train alongside me. You accept my training?"
And that's another thing to keep in mind. Although we are enhanced thanks to our Personas, we lack the experience that we need to fight. I know Kishi will help me train as well as a master swordsman and I will do it! "Let's... improve ourselves for the big day." I said as I make a pledging gesture.
Smiling, Kishi did the same gesture. "That is all I need to hear my lady. We will improve ourselves one way and the other." As the pledge was made, my vision dimed, and that voice called out again.
(Cue: The Spirit)
I am Thou, Thou art I...
Thou hast acquired a new vow.
It shall become the wings of freedom
that breaketh thy limits of speech.
With the birth of the Justice Persona,
I have obtained the means that
leads to the path of true communication...
After that poem, another card appears in front of Kishi. Her Arcana is Justice. I mean, what else can it be! A knight always has their duty motivated by Justice, so it feels right for her. I also need to level this card up since like the others, it starts at 1.
(Music ends)
"Well as much as I would like to start training, I have family matters to attend to," Kishi spoke. "I'm sorry but I have to take my leave."
"Me too. My other friends want to hang out with this guy!" Najimi spoke.
"I also have plans. Katai promised me to hang out with the boys at a specific time. So, I'm full today." added Tadano.
"Count me in. I have my part time job to attend to. My treasures are not for free. I simply work for them like all others!" Spoke Nakanaka in her usual Marsault voice. It's true that her room is made from the money she earned.
[I'll just walk home for today. After today, I feel like heading home early. But I will make the call when to return to the mall. See you later.] That was the last words spoken before we depart to our planned events. I wonder who's MechaNeko's boss? I sure hope they are a good person.
But let's see Tadano's side for a bit.
(Tadano's POV)
(Itan Ward, Shopping District)
(What Are You Doing After School? — Komi Can't Communicate)
Hard to believe half an hour ago, we were in a mall in a parallel world and the next I was hanging around Katai like it was a normal day. Strange that this is not at all a dream. Alongside us, are Naruse and Kometani. Those two are like brothers if I ever seen them.
"Hey Tadano," Katai spoke to me. "I was wondering about those Phantom Thieves everyone's been talking about. How do you see them as?"
That is a question that got me a bit on edge. Especially since I am one myself. "Well, I'm just like everyone else. I do see them as Superheroes in the shadows. Though, I know some people are becoming super fans of them. My little sister has already joined the "Phandom" as they call it and it's kinda neat."
"Oh yeah. You even told me Master Komi has made her account on the Phan-Site too. She loves them as much as everyone does." Katai decides to change the conversation a bit. "I'm thinking of about how I haven't been seeing Master's real side like you've been."
"Oh, you plan on bonding with her more?" I asked
"You bet I am. After all, I'm tired of people thinking I'm a delinquent. I prefer if someone see who the real me is." But before we continue...
(Fanatic Admiration — Komi Can't Communicate)
The Bullies who were trying to fight Komi were running to our direction! "THAT PUNK!! HE'S TOYING WITH US!!" Their leader, Goro screamed. "Whether he's stalling or just a coward, I'll punch him!! That'll teach him!!"
And it didn't take him long before the spotted us! "There he is!" He saw us as we are about to buy our drinks. They tried to punch him, but I'll let you see what happened.
Yeah, it was pure luck that we were able to escape the delinquents unharmed. I'm surprise Katai's fearsome look for once saved us. "Sometime a beautiful rose has thorns." spoke Naruse. (Kometani: A certain other Cat Thief sneezed at that comment.)
We all talked about our experiences with the Phantom Thieves a bit after that. I sure hope Komi takes a liking to them since we became ones ourselves.
(Before we move back to Komi, Let's see what MechaNeko's doing now)
(Location Classified)
It was a rich looking room, which is the office of one of Japan's biggest companies. From the doors, came MechaNeko, who's actually flying on his built-in thrusters. "I came back from my recon, President!"
Sitting in the desk was a woman in her mid to late-twenties. She a long maroon hair a black bodysuit with boots and a white furry coat. "Please to see you intact. We are still working out the kinks to communicate between both worlds."
"Please, I was trying my best to be as stealthy as possible." said MechaNeko. "You designed me for that purpose Ms. Kirijou."
The woman named Kirijou just chuckled. "Please, I said you're free to call me Mitsuru. After all, to the public, you're a normal robot partner."
"Oh right, Mitsuru. It's been so long since I was here." said Mecha. "I'm even more surprise with you choosing me for this mission."
"Believe me I didn't want to test our new Shadow survey drones at this stage," Mitsuru said with a sour expression. "But the rest of the Shadow Operatives, my close friends, are currently busy with their own lives, or missions out of the country. Believe me, I wanted to investigate the Metaverse and the mental shutdowns as well, but my company is currently facing political problems and I need to be there to sort them out. This way was the best option."
"I'm sorry for the wait but I got capture in one of the 'Palaces', but I was saved by a new group of Persona users!" MechaNeko spoke up.
That made Mitsuru gasped in surprise. "A new group of Persona users? Could they be the Phantom Thieves that's been the talk of the news?" she asked.
However, Mecha shook his head. "I don't think they are the same group. These ones came about after the Phantom Thieves made their debut a month ago. They chose to form their own goup of Phantom Thieves There's one particular Persona user that you want to know and it's the one who freed me."
This got Mitsuru curious. "I see you've became close to this Persona user, and I won't hold it against you. Let's go the analysis room and review the recordings you have found."
And so, they went and review the footage that MechaNeko has recorded in his time in Yamai's Palace. This made Mitsuru a bid sad as her family has close ties to Yamai Holdings ever since her childhood. To think the girl who is about her age went she was an active Persona user, had a heart so distorted that she would form a Palace herself. But what go her interested is seeing Komi in action. Not only she reminds her of herself when she was active, but her powers are far from the average Persona user. It's almost if she was a wild card holder but her powers are unique in their own way. It reminded her of the man she loved before he passed after saving the world more than a decade ago.
"This girl... you said her name was Komi right?" She said after reviewing the footage of the other Persona users involved. MechaNeko nodded. "I'll admit she reminds me so much of myself in the past. Her powers must be very rare if she can use other elements without using a different Persona."
"Yep, I only have info of Personas you have recorded. Despite looking like a toy, I am capable to record data as well as guiding Persona users." Mecha said. "I could only wish I would've help her and her friends more."
Upon him saying that, Mitsuru seem to have a knowing smile on her face. "I think that may be possible for that. You are one of the many 'toys' we are testing."
This brighten MechaNeko's mood despite his lack of a mouth. "Really? But how would I get to her?"
"A simple delivery. No less." Mitsuru said simply. "Oh, and in case she gets suspicious, I shall write a Message to her. I consider most Persona users a friend of mine, and I want to show that to her."
(Music ends)
(Komi's POV)
(Evening: Komi's Home)
The rest of the day was pretty much uneventful. The only thing I did is to buy a few snacks for my family. The sweet tooth is a thing passed down to from my family. As I opened the door, I was greeted by my one and only mother.
(A Lively Way Back Home - Komi Can't Communicate)
"Shouko! Welcome home!" she yelled as she went into a huge. "I see you brought snacks, yes? Then let's put them on the table as I have so much to talk about!" We sat down at the table as I set the snacks down.
"So, is school has been treating you well lately?" she asked. I nodded seeing as Yamai's plans haven't gone that far. "That's good! I know you can make 100 friends in no time. But what I want to ask is that I'm recently a bit overbooked at the moment," I tilted my head in confusion. "You know I always looked out for you. I know you are the most precious to me. I especially felt that ever since your accident 3 years ago?” I know what she meant. I can pretty much hear beeping and deep breaths when she said that. "But I think it's time for you to help me out with something."
My mother answers what she means. "You see I may be a housewife, but I always help fellow neighbors in need. They always pay me because they are my friends and wanted me to feel rewarded, even if I ask not to pay them because I'm simply helping them." How generous of them, especially since we haven't got much money in reserve. "However, lately more neighbors have been getting issues lately. I don't know if it's current events or the news, but the more work I do means the less time I have for this house." she said nervously but smiles again.
"That's where you come in! I can teach you my special skills of housekeeping in case I need to head out! This is a great plan! You get to learn about taking care of our home while I help around." Now this is something I would improve. I don't have much experience of cleaning the house, aside from preparing the Culture Festival, so this could help me in the long run. "Oh, and it would be unfair for you to not get something in return. I know, why not learn making a perfect cup coffee and tea? If you ever need to wake up, a cup of freshly brewed coffee will always wake you up. Let's call this a deal between mother and daughter! Is this a fair deal?" She said as she extends her hand to me.
I know my mother wants me to live the best life I can. I know she wants me to live a happy life, and she wants me to help out around. I smile as I reach for her hand. "We have a deal."
"Awesome, I know that you will give you all!" She said as we shook hands. Since we made a deal, my vision dims again as I know what comes after...
Cue: The Spirit)
I am Thou, Thou art I...
Thou hast acquired a new vow.
It shall become the wings of freedom
that breaketh thy limits of speech.
With the birth of the Temperence Persona,
I have obtained the means that
leads to the path of true communication...
My mother is a person of the Temperance Arcana. Fitting as she is doing her best as my mother. She will stop at nothing to make me happy.
(Music Ends)
"Oh and I have one more present for you!" That got me surpise as my mother went to the kitchen and pulled out a medium sized box. "This came in the mail just before you came, Believe it or not, this came from the Kirijou Group themselves!" That got me surprised. The Kirijou Group was one of Japan's top companies. Their business ranges from machines or simple tools. I wonder what got me under the radar. "I believe this is meant for you, Shouko. However, I think you should open it in your room. I feel would ruin the surprise if I was there with you. But hope you enjoy this present!" she said before giving the box to me.
I went to the room and placed the box on my table. The tape was easy to remove as I only need two fingers finger to do it. What was inside the box shocks me as I know I seen it, or him, somewhere before!
(Funsu! - Komi Can't Communicate)
"Oh, hey there Komi! I never thought we meet again soon!" It's MechaNeko! He was in the package from the Kirijou Group. Wait but that means...
I wrote him a message. [It's nice to see you again, but if you came from the Kirijou Group then that means...]
"That's right! My boss is none other than the beautiful Mitsuru Kirijou, President of the Kirijou Group!" Mecha states with pride. "She happened to have a branch here which is why I was delivered so fast."
That answered one of my questions. [Since you told her about us, what did she send you to me?]
"Oh, she actually wrote a note for you since she doesn't want you getting the wrong ideas. I have it with me. You can read it yourself." He took out a piece of paper from his compartment and gave it to me. I start to read it.
[To Shouko Komi,
I thank you for releasing my new robotic assistant. You're wondering why I sent him to you under my name. You see I was a Persona user like me when I was your age. Brings back memories of those day. And any new Persona user is a friend on my book. (Aside from a few exceptions.) So, I entrust MechaNeko to you as your guide. In truth, he is one of the toys made to help people with mental disabilities like you. He will help you with your own on addition to the mission you took upon yourself. I know you are currently changing the heart of Ren Yamai, as My company is friends with Yamai Holdings, her father's company. I could've done something to discover the secrets of the Metaverse, but my friends are stuck with personal lives or missions out of the country. I, myself, am currently resolving political issues with my company. But I know your group will stand on your own and solve these mysteries. I bid you and MechaNeko good luck. And who know we may meet face to face.
Sincerely,
Mitsuru Kirijou
P.S. If you encounter the Phantom Thieves in the news, don't fight them. I want to see if they truly are fighting for Justice. Oh, and don't let your mother see this if you are concerned of her not approving of this. I had to keep my life as a Persona user in my school life as well."
Woah...This is so sudden. The head of the Kirijou Group is asking me to investigate the Metaverse along with her friends. In addition, she was a Persona user herself at my age. I know I have to keep this life a secret for my mother even before I got this letter. This will be beyond the challenges I endured.
"You worried about taking this request. Well, you don't have to answer now, it's just a proposal. I know this, you still intend on changing Yamai's heart." Mecha asks.
That question is one I know I have answer. I have still not have changed my mind of this. Yamai will not make anyone suffer for me any longer. The only answer I need is a nod.
"Well said! or nod. I have no doubt you and your friends can pull it off. Oh, and there's something I almost forgot! You need to register as my owner. It's simple: you need to scan your fingerprint onto me." Mecha said as he revealed a scanner about the size of my thumb. Without a word, I placed my thumb onto the scanner and it glows. After one minute, the scanning is complete, and I am the official owner of MechaNeko.
“Registration is complete! You and I are officially partners! Let's do our best on our adventure together!” He said cheerfully. I couldn’t help but smile at his optimism. No doubt I need someone like him at my side. I couldn’t help but pinch his metal cheeks fondly. “Heh, that tickles!”
“Shouko? Is it a good time to see what…” As my mother opened my door, she saw Mecha in my hands. “Oooooohhh, it's one of those helper robots that's been on the rumors! I don't know why they gave it to you, but they know you're a special girl! They are such a great company. Oh, I also want to tell you, dad and Shousuke is almost here and I'm making dinner! Make sure you introduce him to the family, okay?”
I'm glad she didn’t notice the letter. A mission this big would make her panic. Then again, she would think it's a joke. “Well, at least I'm a toy here, I can't wait to see what your world has to offer.”
Today has been a blast in many ways. Not only we got one more Persona user with us, MechaNecho has officially been delivered to us in the real world. Just when I thought hope doesn’t get any bigger, it has. I'm so looking forward to finishing Yamai's palaces if it's a favor for a company friend.
“Also, you must be tried, why not go to sleep?” I tilted my head in confusion. “Kidding! I'm just joking! You go to sleep at your own pace. Now let's see your family!”
And of course, my family loved him, even Shousuke-Nii cracked a smile, which I always want him to be like that. Another day went well. Well of too sleep. Zzz…
(Kometani: Days until Yamai Moves out with Komi: 8 > 7)
(However, all is not sunshine and rainbows as Mental Shutdowns continued, but these ones are not intentional.
These were prey for the beasts)
(Also, skip this part if you are unable to handle graphic imagery. I am not mincing words here)
In the twisted abandoned subway line, a lone Shadow was running from what appears to be a hungry mutant Shadow. However, this one was not a common breed. He was a Shadow Self.
"Please! Don't eat me! I am not your food!" He screamed as the monstrous Shadow slowly approaches him. This Shadow is twice the size of a normal sized one, also bearing white and grey skin, no eyes, and a look like a walking skeleton.
Surprisingly, this Shadow is more intelligent that what the prey has thought. "Must... devour... prey... must... complete... my... mission." From the tone of his voice, he has been starving since his awakening, and his next prey might satiate his hunger.
"Please! I am the last person you want to eat! There's no way you can eat me now!" Unfortunately, all the Cannibal Shadow can do is to eat him alive no matter what. He released something from his arm: a blade that look like it was made from bone. He rush in and...
*STAB!*
...Impaled the Shadow Self in the abdomen. And he's not done, as with one bite he bit off the head of the Shadow Self. And his dinner was only starting as he ripped of the body and blood leaked everywhere. He continued to bite of the remains of the Shadow Self one by one until none remains.
Then something happened.
With a roar that echoed though the tunnels, the Cannibal Shadow's body glows. Then the shaped of it changed and shrunk as if he was a Shadow Self to begin with,
However, with a death of a Shadow Self, there is only one thing that comes after...
(Music ends)
In the real world in a high class building in Tokyo, at man was drinking is booze until he suddenly stopped. I didn't quit drinking, something happened that made him quit in the most extreme way possible.
"Daddy!" The man's son and wife came in. However, they were screaming as the saw the black ooze coming from his mouth and eyes and his body fell down as his wine fell to the floor.
Whatever what caused it, the game has been drastically changed.
(End of Chapter!)
(Omake: Phantom Facts)
(Fate Stay Night - Akogare no Yuutousei)
Komi: Hello, Everyone! Here's today's issue of Phantom Facts. And this one is special as we have a royal guest today.
Kishi: And I happened to be that guest after all, I awaken to my most loyal soldier today.
Komi: Indeed, you did. Who knew that your Persona is the one and only King Arthur?
Kishi: Indeed, King Arthur was the most legendary knight one can remember. He was the leader of Camelot, the great legendary kingdom of Britain. He was the one who wielded Excalibur, the sword that was forged from the heavens. And there are many stories about him since his first appearance.
Komi: Oh, you mean like Saber from Fate/Stay Night.
Kishi: Indeed. That's my favorite incarnation of the King but I cannot tell you about her at this moment. Her story must be seen to be believe.
Komi: And that includes me which I haven't watched before. Speaking of which I think we'll rap this segment here.
Kishi: Indeed, we do need preparation for our own story.
Komi: And that will be featured next time! We'll see you there and keep on making your own stories!
(End of Chapter)
Notes:
Finally done! Just in time (almost) for Valentine's Day. (Also, the Komi-San Manga just ended but I'll give a proper tribute at the start notes of next chapter.) This time was only a few days before one month. I will say that I may produce one or two more chapters before the first anniversary, as next chapter will be a breather to prepare for the final infiltration. Production should be faster with just the slice of life moment Komi-San has been known for.
Also, King G. Ruler has posted more fanart, which I will show next chapter as it feels more appropriate to post it related to the Palace. Speaking of which, I told him to hold on make fanart of Komi until I post this chapter. Now with these new additions to Komi's design, this should make her more like a Demon Slayer in her own taste.
Now for the biggest reveal: Kishi's Awakening! To start, that was indeed her shadow there. If common Shadows can get dragged in, what's stopping Shadow Selves from doing the same? Plus, it's a nice call back to Shadow Chie in Yukiko's Castle in Persona 4.
For both her Shadow and Persona, it's clear they're heavily inspired by the Fate series. Shadow Kishi's base form is a female version of GIlgamesh's gold armor. Her transformed state is heavily based on the first villain of Sonic and the Black Knight but with her features in it.
It's no surprise that Kishi's Persona is gonna be King Arthur. I was original going for Joan of Arc, but after watching Fate/Stay Knight, I feel she's the Saber type of character. His design is based on the male Saber from Fate but with Kamen Rider Brave's helmet with golden bangs and the mouth exposed. He's strong against Bless and Weak against Fire. (Relectimg one of his incarnations)
Kishi's new clothing is, of course, Saber's own clothing. The only differences is Kishi is a lot taller than Saber and her armor is instead gold, similar Nero Claudis in Fate/EXTRA. Also, her hair color changed from platinum to Gold like with Saber's but her hairstyle remains the same. And her Arcana is obviously going to be Justice. What other Arcana is gonna fit a knight? As with Komi with Gurenge, I felt it's appropriate to feature another LiSA song and "oath sign" is the perfect one. Her weapons are a classic sword and a crossbow. (Though I prefer the term, “bowgun”) I want to make the Komi set have thier own flavor in contrast to the canon Phantom Thieves. P.S. sorry for not featuring "EXCALIBUR!!" I was going to, but I feel Kishi wouldn't be experienced enough to pull off a powerful move like that.
But she's not the only new confidant today. Shuuko, Komi's mother, has also formed a deal. Her Arcana is Temperance. I thought I make a counter to Kawakami's confidant in the original game where she was overworked as opposed to Shuuko who is a housewife. Her bonuses are a mix of Kawakami and Sojiro's bonuses in the OG P5. Plus, my take on her story will interest some people as it will be a sort of nostalgic.
The final reveal is MechaNeko's boss is the one and only Mitsuru Kirijou. As you can see, she's aware of the Metaverse but she was unable to properly investigate due to facing political issues in her company. (My explanation on why SEES wasn't involved in investigating the mental shutdowns.) So to counteract that, she had built surveyor robots to investigate the Metaverse for clues. As reward for freeing Mecha, Mitsuru has given Komi ownership of MechaNeko as her guide in the Metaverse. (She is also aware the Phantom Thieves are Persona users, but she wants to confirm if they are good guys like her fellow peers.)
Also, sorry for the descriptive gore, I need some set up for a future plot point which I displayed back at the end of chapter 5. Also, that mental shutdown scene was heavily influenced by Terry Morrello's death in Death Note, just with more black ooze.
Alas, next chapter will probably come sooner as it's our first free time chapter. This will only be 2 days in one chapter for the things I have planned. One of them will be a start of a new confidant (And it's the last new one in this arc.), and both will cover canon material. I want the two stories to coexist so hope you like this experimental chapter coming up next.
Also, in case this story gets taken down, I will download a copy for this story so I can repost it and fix what caused the takedown.
Next time!
Komi's POV: We decided to take a break from Yamai's Palace, which also means I can show MechaNeko around as he has my back! One of them is spending time with Two close friends, helping my mother, and also finding a good place to better equip ourselves. Not matter the reasons, I always want to get closer to my friends. Next episode! "It's just Bonding with my friends (Kato's House, Supply Store, and Mom's Story)" I will make 100 friends even in my darkest hour! See you next time and be safe with friends!
Chapter 10: It's just Bonding with my friends (Kato's House, Supply Store, and Mom's Story, Part 1)
Summary:
Komi's POV: With all that's happened at Yamai's Palace, I feel it's a good time to rest up before coming back. There are so many things to do before we return. I went to visit my friend's house, helped out my mom, went to the supply store, and have learned other things to improve myself. Whether it's my body or my mind, I need to make myself better. After all, my life is always changing for better and worse.
Notes:
Welcome to the 10th chapter of Thieves of Communication! It's almost a year since the first chapter and I can't wait to that to happen. This is also my first free time block meaning the writing of this chapter will go faster and they will last more than one day.
First off, some major news. If you haven't heard or read the Manga, the Komi-San Manga ended a while ago. This is honestly sad for me. It's the first Manga I follow weekly and it's sad that was the last of it. But there's some good news! The anime is still at the beginning of year 2, meaning it's not the end of Komi related content. Besides, you still have fanfics like this to keep you happy! So, the Komi fandom will never fade!
Also, another thing! This will include one more Confidant that I will be introducing in this chapter, and it will be taking place in a canon Komi Chapter. Expect the free time chapters to be a combo of canon chapters and Confidants. It helps that it's faster adapting the chapters than making new ones.
Also, something I didn't point until now: I didn't display Komi's Social Status. She uses the same system as Akira, but some are already in progress. Think of it as a semi-new game plus file. These are as follows:
Knowledge: 3, Scholarly (She has gotten near perfect scores in her tests)
Guts: 2, Bold (Obvious due to her social anxiety and she's currently had good progress)
Proficiency: 3, Skilled (Her calligraphy and cooking are very good)
Kindness: 4, Selfless (Would've gotten 5 had she had more experience with her friendships)
Charm: 5, Debonair (Obvious due to her natural beauty.)
Also, about a fact in last episode: did you know King Arthur was a common enemy in earlier SMT games? I didn't find out until recently. Here, he's Kishi's Persona, a more fitting version.
This Chapter will also include fanart by two Twitter users. The first one is for the main chapter and done by The Maker. Link to it here: https://x.com/TheMaker___/status/1892212469625507894
The next one will be at the Omake and it's done by my good friend: King G. Ruler. Link to it here: https://x.com/K1ngGameRu1er/status/1887274889872130323
With those out of the way, Time to delve back to the normal life of Shouko Komi. Enjoy the show!
Disclaimer: I don't own Persona 5, or Komi-San as well as fanart used by anyone else. All series used is owned by their respective creators. I only make this series for fun and I make no profit from this. Any fanart I use in a chapter will have a link to their original creators in the end notes for those who want to see them. Please support them.
Update as of 3/27/2025: I asked King G. Ruler about the training outfit for Komi and apparently he felt it was too revealing, and I can see why. I was running on anime logic and I probably should've obersve more closely in regards to training outfits. The replacement art is from the same creator. At least, this one is more like Pepper's design in Iron Man 3.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
(Komi's POV)
(5/26, Thursday)
(Early Morning: Komi's Home)
(Days until Yamai moves with Komi: 7)
Today starts as usual. I work up when my alarm goes off. This time, I have a new toy and new friend to wake up with me.
"Good morning, Komi!" said MechaNeko as he boots up. I still can believe the president of the Kirijou group allowed me to have their inventions. Then again, she did say he's one of their helper toys.
(A High School Life Without Struggles — Komi Can't Communicate)
"Man, it feels so good to be able to rest in a place that's normal for once. You room definitely is my type to sleep in." He said as I changed into my uniform. It feels nice to have company with me at all times. Especially if he's made to help me with my social anxiety. "Oh, and let's talk about plans after breakfast. Just take it easy."
Once again, it's just me and my mother. Things have been getting busy for our family. "So, how's the Phan-Site for you?" she asked me. Since I still have a hard time talking with my family, I gave her a thumbs up. "Oh, thank goodness! I thought you wouldn't be interested in the Lupinrangers at all." she said with relief. "Oh, and aside from your friends, be careful when talking about them around people who don't like the Phantom Thieves. I hate for my girl to be enemies with other people." she said like a concerned mother.
I feel bad I'm keeping my duty as a Phantom Thief a secret from her. I'm not the type to lie or keep secrets, but I don't want my mother to get scared about what's happened to me. "But I know you'll do what's right, since you're one of the smartest people I've ever known! Anyway, you should get the rest of your stuff and head off the school."
After I washed up and got my stuff, I'm ready to go. But first... "Hang on. I feel we should discuss this with the whole gang. Why not take me to your school Komi? The one when there's no mall in its place." MechaNeko asked me. While I'm more than happy to give him a tour at my school, I don't know how I am going to take him, especially since I use two hands to carry my bag. "Oh, that won't be a problem since I am custom made for anything! Just turn around and let the magic happen!" I turned around so my back is facing towards him and he leaped and latched onto my back. But then...
*Click!*
Woah! Straps came over my shoulders before coming under my arms and another click rang! I couldn't believe it! MechaNeko had turned himself into a backpack! "Like this? I image it'll be hard for me to follow you on foot, so I was made with this mode, so I can travel with you easily. Pretty convenient right?" he said as I looked into the mirror. I love the way her looks with his head facing away from my back so he could keep an eye for me. My cat ears popped up: I clearly love this already.
"Happy you like this. Now, off to Itan as you say! or write" Of course, he knew about my communication disorder, so he made the say more fitting. As I walked out to the door outside, mom say my new Cat backpack and already has stars in her eyes.
"OH SHOUKO! I didn't know Mecha can become a backpack as well! This means your friends will get to see him too. Well, I probably shouldn't keep you waiting. Have fun at school again!" she said as we leave for Itan. However, when something new happens to me, it means the school would act crazy for me again. At this point, it doesn't surprise me. I could only hope Yamai's Change of Heart is the first step to change their attitudes...
(Morning: Itan High School)
(Going to School — Komi Can't Communicate)
Back at school again. As always, people are all stars and hearts over me. This time with MechaNeko in tow, all of them seem to love this rare exclusive toy I have.
"OOOOOOOH! Is that a new toy she has!? Wasn't there a rumor of the Kirijou group making helper bots? I can't believe she's possibly selected by them for it! Who cares! She looks so cuter in that!"
That's the usual reaction when it come to me and something new. But as I am now a Phantom Thief and a Demon Slayer, they became second nature to fighting Demons in the mental world.
I made it inside the main school building where Tadano-Kun and Najimi where changing shoes. "Oh, morning Komi-San," he said in his usual warm tone. "Oh, you're carrying something with you?" He said noticing the straps over my shoulders.
"Now this I got to see!" Najimi spoke up. "Show us what you got with you!" With only a smile, I turn around and show them what I got on my back.
"Heya! It's been a day hasn't it!" All MechaNeko got gasps!
"MechaNeko!? You're here with us!?" Tadano ask in a loud tone but soft enough to cause a scene. "I thought you went far away."
"Well, my boss not only happened to be near the area but also know about 'that place' as well," he said in a way that we understand what he meant while other people remained oblivious to our true mission.
"Whatever the coincidences, I happy we get to see each other every day now!" Najimi said as they grinned.
"Likewise, Najimi," he said knowing there's no need to call us by codename as we are normal students attending high school. Things has been normal so far since even with Yamai's movement plan. But as long as I'm with my two closest friends, I won't have to worry.
We soon arrived at classroom 2-1, our class, and right there was Manbagi-Chan sitting at her seat. "Oh, heya Komi and friends! See that you're in good spirits."
"Same for you, Manbagi. Especially that you're a new admin in the Phan-Site!" Najimi spoke. "Oh, and Komi has a new toy with her! Say Hello to MechaNeko!" they said as I took him off my back and set him on her desk for her to see.
"OH MY GOD HE'S SOOOO CUUUUTEEEEEE!!!" Manbagi squealed as she nuzzles the robot cat. You must be so lucky to get this cutie!"
I just wrote her what I was thinking. [Believe me, I was actually lucky to get him. I was one of the people randomly selected for this. It's one of the toys made to help people with mental disorders like me]
"Well, I guess your case must be special to those kinds of people," Manbagi said. "Speaking of talking, anyone up for talking about them Phantom Thieves?" We all sat down and talk about the more recent developments regarding the Phantom Thieves. Katai later came over to his seat and he too was cool with talking about them.
Meanwhile, a duo of two girls came walking to our class and are eager to talk to me. These are another pair of girls I'm close to as we became first in the first year. These are the girls of games, known as the speckled shogi student and Yo-Yo demon, Mikuni Kato and Ayami Sasaki. "I can't believe you're letting me visit your house today, Kato!" Sasaki spoke.
Kato responded as she adjusted her glasses. "It's no problem with me. I feel like we should complete the set. Hence why we're going to invite Komi too."
"Oh yeah, I can use more company! Especially, with the Phantom Thieves as the talk of the town!" Sasaki spoke once more.
As the two brown haired girls approached our class, Sasaki peeped in and calls to me. "Komi! Come here!"
I saw them as we are having a nice conversation. It seems Manbagi saw what I saw. "Oh, it's those two girls. I can tell they're also friends you made. Why not talk to them? They look like they want to ask you something." she told me. "And don't worry about missing out. We'll fill you in when you get back."
I walked over to them as they greeted me with smiles. "Good morning!" Sasaki started. "Sorry. It's hard to enter a different classroom, right?" I nod a lot as I definitely understand. "Well, today is a bit special for me. I'm going to Mikuni's house for the first time today. Wanna come?" She offers me. That got me peeked with interest, and Sasaki adds on. Aren't you curious what's it's like?"
That part is true, I am curious about it. I also feel we can afford a few days off Yamai's palace as we're pretty much need time to prepare and we have only one week before she enacts her plan. I nodded in excitement to tell them I'll go with. Though Kato is a bit nervous for visitors in her home. "It's nothing special though, but I'm more than happy to show you my home life. Well, see you there!" she said as I returned to my class.
"Aha!" Sasaki coined in. She's always the type to see romance in people. One of her favorites is Kato's implied crush with Katai. "Should I invite Katai?" she asked mischievously only for her to get a shoulder punch from Katou. "OW."
"That isn't necessary. Don't tease me!!" Kato told Sasaki. Well, my afternoon is planned. Now to tell the rest, how today will go.
(Music ends
(Lunchtime: Itan Classroom 2-1)
We all agreed to text during lunchtime to avoid Yamai listening in as well as getting into trouble with the teachers for texting in class. “Sorry I couldn’t join in for lunch, my other friends have something interesting to share with me. No doubt they have something related to the Phantom Thieves. But I'll let you know what they said next time we have lunch together!” Manbagi said before moving to another classroom to see her friends.
I feel bad for not telling Manbagi that we're Phantom Thieves. She would love seeing the real deal, but bringing in more people in would compromise our plan. No doubt Yamai's hidden intellect would lead her back to us.
But there's no time to idle, better get onto business.
[Najimi: Testing, Testing! Is anyone present today?]
[Marsault: I am present, right now.]
[Kishi: I am here at your service.]
[Tadano: I'm all ears. And last but not least, you okay for this Komi.]
I took a few deep breaths to prepare myself. I'm used to texting, but not conversations involving planning.
[Komi: I'm ready for this. Also, Nakanaka? Why did you put your “Real” name in your chat ID?”
[Marsault: Oh, you're seeing this for the first time, Princess. I've always gone by this name since it strikers fear onto mortals!]
[Kishi: For a dark lord and a Phantom Thief in one, that kinda fits you. Though I would go against you if you ever dare to turn your back on us.]
[Tadano: Back on the subject: we still need to get to Yamai's treasure in her Palace. We only made it halfway through the mall, so it won't be much longer.]
[Kishi: That's correct, but we still have to face strong security on the way. If we are to make it, we would require preparations.] That gave Najimi a lightbulb on their head.
[Najimi: Leave that part to Everyone's Childhood Friend! I happen to remember a store that sells vintage toy weapons! I'll make sure that store is in still in business, so we can bring heavy equipment!]
[Komi: Oh, that's nice! By the way, I have plans myself. My two roommates from our Kyoto Trip, Kato and Sasaki, have invited me to go to Kato's house today and I decided to go.]
[Tadano: That's nice of you, Komi. I'd say this is a good time to rest up before another trip into the Palace.]
[Kishi: I concur. I still feel tried after my initial battle. I feel I need more time to rest]
[Marsault: I am in a need of rest too. I need more time to study more spells to master.]
[Tadano: So, we are in agreement that we need some rest. I'll let Komi decided when to head in again. I just know she will.]
[Komi: If that's what you say, then I'll be sure we are all ready for our next infiltration. Until then, make sure everyone is ready.]
[Najimi: Oh, we will! We'll show Yamai that we are no pushovers!]
[Kishi: Oh, by the way, what will be my identity in this "Metaverse" we were in. I know you use code names for a reason.]
[Tadano: Oh, that's for making sure our Yamai doesn't found out our plan from her shadow. As for your name, why not 'Knight'?]
[Marsault: That's too normal. Plus, that's Kishi's name translated into English! I say Blade fits!]
[Najimi: I'm sure that name is copyrighted! I'm thinking King is right!]
[Komi: But she doesn't want to lead. She only wants to serve. My suggestion is Noble and it's a common word for knights.]
[Kishi. Noble. That works. My choice would be Saber, but I feel I'm not worthy enough to inherit her name. Noble feel right for doing the right thing for Yamai and us.]
[Komi: You're welcome Kishi! And I can be assured we will all do our part to be ready for the next mall visit. Until then, just act like it's our normal lives.]
That was the end of our conversation before the 3 of us ate our homemade lunches. Safe to say, they are very delicious.
(Music Ends)
(After School: Itan Private High, Entrance)
School is all done for today and we all went on with our everyday plans. I had my things and MechaNeko with me as I changed back to my normal loafers. In front of me, Kato and Sasaki were there waiting for me.
(A Ghost with no Communication Skills — Komi Can't Communicate)
"Hey there, Komi!" Sasaki said. "Wow, is that a toy cat on your back!?" She asked, as I turned back to show MechaNeko.
"It's so cool!" Kato complimented. "Yet, it's kinda out of place in where I live."
"Oh, you're saying she can't bring that cutie with him?" Sasaki asked.
Kato blushed. "N-No. I'm saying she can, but he would look out of place there."
"Well, not matter what, I'm sure we are gonna have a great time!"
"Sure we will!" MechaNeko spoke.
"And he talks too!? Sometimes I'm Jealous for your luck Komi." said Sasaki. I'm so happy I met and are friends with these girls.
(Music Ends)
(Kato's House)
The three of us, plus my robot friend, have made it to Kato's house and to be frank...
(Exploring Shogun Studios - Paper Mario: The Origami King)
We did not expect Kato's house to be as big as a block and very Japanese. (Almost as big as my grandmother's house) In fact, Sasaki has one thing in her mind. "Are you in the Yakuza?" (Kometani: Not to be confused the game series from the same company as the Persona series)
"N-No!" Kato denies. "It's a normal house, isn't it?"
Sasaki still doesn't believe it and she has a little panic attack. "WHAAAAAT!? NO WAY! MY HOUSE IS THIS SMALL!!" She closed in her hands as emphasis. "Well, maybe you're Yakuza!!"
"Relax! I can ensure you that my family was never Yakuza. Otherwise, I wouldn't attend Itan," Kato explained, which is enough for Sasaki to relax. Anyway, L-Let's go inside..." She opens her door and wow this place looks so beautiful. There were a lot of Japanese tries and Zen Gardens in her front yard. We all pass by them as we enter her home proper, and I let MechaNeko down so he can move around on his own. Inside also reminds me of grandmother's home though a bit fancier.
However, it seems Sasaki is a need to 'let something go', "Can I use your bathroom?" she asked Kato.
Kato happily obligated. "Sure, It's down on the right." Sasaki then when to the bathroom. But when she entered, she let out a shriek so loud that it scared us.
"The Toilet is Black!!" Sasaki shouted from the bathroom. Of all the things to get scared off. (P.S. This is a line from the manga, don't get the wrong idea.)
"And that's why you shrieked?" Said Kato embarrassingly. Sometime Sasaki is unpredictable. As soon as she finished her 'business' in the bathroom. We are approached by an older woman that look like an adult version of Kato. Safe to say this is her mother we just met.
(Music Ends)
Um, I have a bad feeling about this. However, what happens was the opposite Sasaki and I thought...
(First School Trip — Komi Can't Communicate)
"Oh Kato! Why didn't you tell me we have visitors?! It's been a while since we had visitors here!" Kato's mother Yakuna said in a pleasant tone. "Oh, I'm getting ahead of myself. There's something special I have for you. Follow me!!" she said as he grabbed me and Sasaki's arms as she dragged us into what appears to be a changing room.
"Um sorry to say this, but what is wrong with what we wear?" Sasaki asked.
"Oh, there's nothing wrong with them. It's just our family is a bit 'traditional' compared to your families." Yakuna-San answered. "I just thought I give you a taste of what our life is like here. As such, I made plenty of Kimono for new visitors like you now!"
"Sorry about that. My mom tends to be overjoyed with visitors," said Kato
"It's just me giving hospitality. Just stay still behind that blind and I'll work my Magic!" She then noticed MechaNeko on the floor. "Oh, and I may be able to put on Kimono for one minute but feel free to turn the other way if it's too much." MechaNeko turned back to the other side as Yakuna-San approached all three of us. "You'll see how fast this will go! Let the dressing begin!"
(Literally one minute later)
"Sorry for the wait, but I sure hope you like the new styles you are in!"
Wow! She wasn't kinding when she would dress us in one minute! Sasaki is dressed in a Kimono with flowers on it. Yakuna-San even braided her bangs too. As for me, I couldn’t believe it, but mine is of Wisteria flowers! As if my Rebellious outfit wasn't enough, I'm wearing a Kimono that has one of their symbols. It's as she read my mind that I love Demon Slayer. And also the fact, I also sport a hime cut along with the Kimono.
"I knew you would look good in a Kimono. If only I could appear in the real world and show my own Kimono," said Izanami from the depths my heart.
“Wow, you sure outdid yourself here,” Sasaki said as she check out her new style.
“Why thank you!” Yakuna-San said all satisfied. “These are the most recent Kimono I just made and they're perfect for you girls! It's not too often you wear Kimono, but's it's all right! They're yours to wear! By the way, are you hungry? Want some cake? Or something salty?” she pretty much talked rapidly to the point me and Sasaki tried to get her to slow down until Kato punches her mother in the shoulder. "Ow."
"Mom!! There you go again!" she said.
"Oh sorry, I just like meeting new people," Yakuna-San apologizes. "But my deal is still up, so if you need anything, just ask me. Okay? Then have fun!"
We all eventually went to Kato's room, and it look as organized like a Shogi board. There's even one board near the door. "Your room is so tidy Mikunki! There's no clutter!" Sasaki complimented.
"Like I said, it's nothing special," said Kato honestly.
We all sat down (With MechaNeko next to me) as we decided to talk about something. "Anyway, enough about your house..." said Sasaki as she and Kato seemed to have the same thoughts. They said in unison.
"Let's talk about love!"
(Aiming for the Madonna Next Door — Komi Can't Communicate)
Oh, I was afraid they're gonna say that! These two are often called the "shippers on deck" as they are huge fan of love stories. "Woah, and I though your life was normal as I thought!" Mecha spoke.
They both talked about my relationship with Tadano which I'm still uncertain about. (Rank 1 is any indication) "Give us the lowdown! You and Tadano did Valentine's Day and White Day right!? And you're in the same class again! Any progress!?" That got me thinking for the next minute until I wrote my answer.
[Progress? I don't think so.] The two girls groaned at my honest answer. They pretty much demanded what I did during golden week.
If you have seen it, my family and Tadano's happened to go in the same place in Golden Week. The Amusement park, Mountain Huts, and the baths. At the same time, I avoided the part I feel uncomfortable talking about, which happened to be the stuff they want. (Kometani: At the same time, The Original Phantom Thieves were stuffing themselves with food and chose the continue their works as vigilantes.) Twice they say, "Did anything happen?"
"What!? Why didn't he try something!?" Kato whispered.
Sasaki whispered back. "Maybe it's a game of chicken and the first one to make a move loses. Komi's trying to break him!!"
At the meantime, I was thinking of what they're trying to say and my answer, [What kind of progress did you mean?] And they both answer one at a time.
"Well, are you gonna tell hime you like him?"
"Are you gonna ask him out?"
Oh dear... Those are the words I hoped they wouldn't say. I was blushing in seconds as I covered my face. "I... Can't do that." I said in my own voice.
Both of the girls deadpanned as they heard my answer. 'Uh-oh... She's gonna make us fall for her!"
(Music Ends)
They realized they may have pushed me too far and they apologize to me. "It's okay, take it at your own pace. But we'll keep ching in for updates." As much as I was exhausted from that ordeal, I'm glad they know when to tell me. As they finished, I closed my eyes and begin deep breathing to calm myself. Ever since I used Total Concentration Breathing, my lungs have become significantly stronger to the point I can hold my breath for 10 minutes. Safe to say, some benefits of the Metaverse have stuck with me and I'm glad they did.
"Well, that's all done! Now let's rummage around Mikuni's room!" said Sasaki as she opened one of the drawers. "Is that Okay?"
"Why ask!? You already started!" Kato said defensively. "I thought talking about the Phantom Thieves as of late would work too." What Sasaki found out is actually a collection of Manga.
Apparently, Kato was also defensive about point out something that is related to her supposed crush on Katai. "You don't understand!" she said as she shoulder punches Sasaki again.
"Oh, I don't? Ow!" she said teasingly. As they continue, I got a bit curious and pick up one myself. Oh, she's right! He does look like Katai!
"Komi!?" Kato yelped as she punches me too. Somehow my communication disorder doesn't let me yelp out in pain despite how easy it is. "I said it's not like that! Sometimes I wish I have someone to talking about Shogi my favorite game."
Shogi? Phantom Thieves? Hang on, Shogi is a game of tactics and tactics are needed for a plan to infiltrate a secure place like Yamai's Mall. This might be a good chance to learn strategy on the field. On the other hand, this will please Kato as she will have someone familiar to play with.
(First School Trip — Komi Can't Communicate)
I raised my hand to them. "Hey Komi. is there anything you wish to say?" Kato asked.
Well, here goes nothing. I wrote as fast as lightning as I ask for a favor. [You are always so passionate of playing Shogi to prove women are at the same league as men. But I never got to see you play the game yourself. Those problems you gave us last year was so interesting that I feel like I can anticipate my opponents moves. But I would feel like it more if I had an actual player against me. So Kato....]
I turned the page that had my final answer. [... will you let me play Shogi with you?]
There were a few minutes of silence in the air until Kato answered in a very excited tone...
"WOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOWWWWWWW!!!! I can't believe it! Komi is agreeing to play Shogi with me!! I can't believe she said that."
"And I thought I was the excited one..." said Sasaki nonchalantly.
"But seriously, of course I'm happy to play you in Shogi!" said Kato happily. "In fact, that came in a better time! You've heard about Kosei High School, right?" Me and Sasaki nodded.
"Well, there's another girl there who's also into Shogi. But I heard her skills are next level. But I will surpass her as there will be a Shogi tournament of both men and women. You can be sure I'm up for entering. It's good I have someone I can use for practice."
"Count me in too!" Sasaki coined in. "Maybe this will help me with my Yo-Yos! I will improve my style even if it's from a board game!"
"That's great!" Kato said she sets up her Shogi board. "Well, here's to us improving our skills, mentally and physically!" We all smiled and nodded out heads in agreement. No matter what, this is a deal for all of us.
(Cue: The Spirit - Persona 5)
I am Thou, Thou art I...
Thou hast acquired a new vow.
It shall become the wings of freedom
that breaketh they limits of speech.
With the birth of the Star Persona,
I have obtained the means that
leads to the path of true communication...
(Kometani: Star Arcana Rank 1
Bonus: Koma Sabaki: This allows Komi to swap party members with ones in back up when she in her turn)
The Star Arcana. It's a card that is associated with hope, self-confidence, faith, altruism, luck, generosity, peace and joy. While I expected Kato to have it, what surprises me is Sasaki has the same card! Those two are similar to each other, so I probably shouldn't be surprised. Still, these are friends I'm sure will help me in the long run.
(Normal music resumes)
"Let's start with some basic moves," Katou suggested. "Things will be harder the more experience you have, so keep it in mind."
"Not a problem!" Sasaki agreed. "What's the point of easy if the tough guys get ahead!?"
Kato's glasses shine ominously. "You asked for it! I won't hold back."
And so, we spend the rest of our visit playing Shogi. Unsurprisingly, Kato got the most wins, but we manage to beat her a few times. Safe to say, I learned some new moves for our next infiltration.
(Music ends)
(Evening: Komi's Home)
After that satisfying afternoon, I returned home with MechaNeko in tow. These new bonds thanks to my Persona have felt like I was changing beyond my normal understanding. If I have the potential for all of my friends, it felt like my dream and my mission has become one and the same.
My mother is currently reading Vouge, a magazine displaying the most recent trends, when she saw me entering and was beaming with a smile.
(For Today, Have Courage... — Komi Can't Communicate)
"Welcome home, Shouko!" she spoke up. "I suppose you had had another fun day, did you?" I nodded as I put Mecha down. "So, you think you have enough energy in your body to give little young mom a hand? I promise you'll learn my secret coffee trick after this!" I nodded at that too. I always wanted to ease of my parents' burden, so this is a good opportunity.
And so, we both went to work, I was tasked to clean the living room and Kitchen while mom cleaned the separate rooms. We both are naturals in cleaning, so it took us 20 minutes thoroughly clean our home. That's why our home always look so clean like it's brand new.
"That's a very good job we did! Someday you may surpass me as the faster cleaner!" my mother told me, and my cat ears just popped at that. "Well, that not the only thing we're doing. Time to deliver that pomise, teaching you about Coffee making!" We're lucky to have a coffee maker with us, at least we don't have brew beans for this. Mother showed me that all that's required is filtered water, two tablespoons of ground and finding the right grind for it. "Well, that takes me back to that shop in Yongen-Jaya. Their coffee is in another level compared to common made coffee." said my mother.
(Music ends)
Then, my mother got a spark of an idea. "Speaking of nostalgia, have I have told you the story of how I met your father?" she asked me. That crossed my mind, not once I've known both my parents' past together long before I was born. That got me down. "Oh, I thought I have but it kinda slipped. But no worries! I can tell you how it all started while we wait for the coffee to brew. Does it sound good?" Now I really want to know about how mom and dad got to meet. So, I popped my cat ears meaning I do want to listen.
"Then we all settled!" my mom beamed as I started the brewing process. "Now then...
(Begin Backstory)
(Shuuko's POV)
(When Shuuko is actually 17 years old...)
Back before I met your father, before I was the cheerful person I am, before my last name was even 'Komi', my name was Shuuko Niimi. But I kinda have a problem with myself. When I said it was back before I was that cheerful person, I was kinda acting sort of like a delinquent. Mainly because I barely see anything fun, especially school.
I always had the mindset since I started school. It may seem my life would be boring. But that all changed until I met Him.
(To My First Friend - Komi Can't Communicate)
There was a silent boy who I thought would be as boring as the rest of the school. But when I saw him playing with origami figures, I felt charm for the first time in my life. All those figures like he was recreating a scene from a movie is so fascinating that I want to see it again. My heart was beating like crazy when that happened.
Later on that afternoon, there was an unexpected rainfall, and due to that, I didn't bring my umbrella just in case that happens. I happened to pass by an abandoned cat in a box with not protection. I feel bad since I can't have pets in my household.
That is until he showed up. Apparently, he also knew the cat is suffering in the rain. With only 2 by 4s, he made a little house for it. He also knew I didn't bring my umbrella, so he lent me his. Once again, my heart is stirring but that time, they are getting deeper.
The next day however, what when my life really did change forever. My class was doing a cooking lesson that I was slow at. I was pessimistic about learning to cook as I feel Cup Ramen would be betterm but I cut my finger as I wasn't paying attention to where I was chopping. But that boy from before saw what happened and patched me up. He also showed me how he cooks and, in that instant, I see something special in him and my heart was pounded harder than ever. That only confirmed what I feel since that day.
I'm in love with him!
And you can pretty much guess who the boy is. That boy: is your father when he's in your age.
(Back to the Present)
(Komi's POV)
My mom was sighing in nostalgia as she recalls her past with my father. I started to get misty eyed as it was so beautiful. "That take me back as if it's yesterday." she said.
I cleared my eyes and wrote her a message. [What happens after you fell in love?]
My mother takes a deep breath and prepares herself. "Well, plenty actually. But it will take too long to do it at once. I think one at a time will be plenty! Sound like a good pace yeah?" I nodded. "And we finished on time; the coffee is already blended. Let's taste it!"
I took out two cups and poured the freshly brewed coffee into them. At the same time, we both took a sip of the coffee I made, and we both satisfied that we both pop up cat ears. "Oh, this is so yummy! I'm happy you did great on your first go! Someday soon, you'll learn my secret tea brewing as well." We birth nodded. I had and edge of making tea over coffee, but I'm only the basics. "Just to let you know, I'm happy you are improving, at least I can expect a cup of coffee after help out outside!" We both are satisfied as our bonds have gotten better.
(Kometani:
Temperance Arcana Rank: 1> 2
Bonus: Coffee Brew: Komi can brew two rations of coffee to restore 30 SP per drink)
"Well, we did a good job with the house. How about we watch a TV marathon? A little bonding time wouldn't hurt anyone right?" she asked me. I agreed, there's plenty of time before exams, so a little break is fine right now.
(Music end)
(Night: Komi's Home)
There's still time before Shousuke and dad returns from their outing. It's nearly time for dinner, and I was reading some of my manga to pass time. My mom came into my room with her hands in her back.
"Shouko? I have something for you. I promise it will be for a moment." I got up at faced her. "You recall that your friend Najimi suggested to get into shape as soon as possible? You told me that they have found a perfect Gym for you all to get fit, right?" She asked and I nodded. "You're lucky I was the same in trying to get into the best shape possible! But you need to have the proper clothing for it. Luckly, I happen to keep something from my eternal youth: Ta-da!" she then shows me what she's hiding.
(A New Semester, A Turbulent Beginning - Komi Can't Communicate)
It's a pair black gy, pants with straps and a matching sports bra. “These are my workout clothes that I wore wen I was your age. Some of my friends wore shorts, but I think pants fit me more. I hope they can for you too!” said my mom truthfully. “I seen many sporting events where women wore a similar outfit to this, so it's good to me. Go ahead! Try it on!”
While I still feel hesitant, I know mom is being sincere about this. True to her word, I took of my uniform and prepared to put my new outfit. (Thank goodness, my mom closed her eyes for this) It took me half a minute to put on the workout clothes my mom gave me. "I'm ready... mom." I whispered. She opens her eyes and gasped.
"I knew you would look cool in that! Now you can get some muscle in style!" she cheered. "Why not check you back? Not too often you see your back." she suggested. I took a pose and looked back to my mirror to see the back of the outfit.
(Green19: Thank you fellow Twitter user, "The Maker" for this art of fitness Komi. This is for physical exercises.)
The straps from my tank top rest snugly on my shoulders and the straps on my feet feels just as comfortable. My mom really knows her fashion. “You like good in them! I happen to bought the same one with my size, so we can work out together!” She said with a thumbs up. “This definitely fits for indoor exercises!”
“Speaking of indoor exercise, remember the exercise ball we have?” She asked and I nodded. “Well, it's yours to use! You need a good stretch; you can use it on your pleasure. Oh, and one more gift!” she said as she left my room for a minute and came back with a few bottles. “Ta-da again! These are protein shakes made for women! These will work better than your average shakes! Just be sure, you may need buy more from sports stores if you need more.” That's my mother, she always does her best to support me as best she can.
"But I should probably get back to making dinner. You should change into more casual clothes, especially that you were wearing your uniform since you got back.” She's right, before I changed I have only wore my Itan uniform since this morning.
Just before I change, MechaNeko spoke up. “Let me help too! As your helper, I'm able to record your workout to see how much stronger you get! Just make sure you let me know before you start training .” he said. I was satisfied at his considerable effort as I rubbed his head.
Today was great progress for me. Not only I learned a new tactic for us to use, but I was also able to learn to brew coffee as well as getting the perfect setup for training. Tomorrow is another day I’m going to make it count. These bonds I have will be the foundation of stopping Yamai for real.
(Music ends)
(Kometani: Days until Yamai moves out with Komi: 7 > 6)
(5/27, Friday)
(Morning: Itan Classroom 2-1)
(Days until Yamai moves out with Komi: 6)
Things went the usual like last time, so most days from now, will start right here in Itan. I was again talking to my closest friends about what our days went since yesterday.
However, coming in the classroom, was a blue haired boy and headphones. (Kometani: Not to be confused with another blue haired boy who saved the world a decade ago.) There he is in his narcissistic ways.
“Well, well. It's about time for me to get spotlight in this fanfiction. I suppose it's my turn to introduce myself." Well, looks like I'm letting him take the lead; be back in few minutes. “How generous of Komi to let me have my own segment. Now, without further ado…”
(I'm The Hero! - Komi Can’t Communicate)
"Greetings veteran/new readers, I am the one and only Shisuto Naruse! I am known as the most handsome character in this school. Nothing screams perfection as much as me, except for one. That is the actual main character of this series, Komi herself. I may be one of her most recent friends, but hey that is a win in my book."
As for what is happening recently, yes, I am aware of the Legendary Phantom Thieves that has been the news since the beginning of this school year. Whoever they are, stealing the hearts of the wicked, they must think they are more handsome than me! Well, if I ever get a chance to meet them, I'll just tell them I more handsome than them!
(Of course, he has no way of knowing who the Phantom Thieves really are. So, this is a wild goose chase for him.)
"Kometani! Again, this is my moment. I know I haven't seen them in public, so obviously I don't know who they are"
(My apologies. I'm simply stating a fact. At spoiler free fact that is. That reminds me, I'm also in need of an introduction.)
(I go by Chuusaku Kometani, and I'm sort of like Naruse's best friend. Like in the original, Komi-San series, my role here is the provide my commentary for those who don't know the smallest of details. Since I'm currently not talking to anyone, especially Naruse, I should say, yes, I'm aware of the Metaverse, and that 5 of our students, including Komi, are new Phantom Thieves. But you can be assured that I'm a man of secrets as I won't reveal my information to anyone but you.)
(I should also point out that whenever I make a comment in the Metaverse, I happened to wear a simple black mask. And before you ask, I am NOT THAT black mask!)
"Well, that is all the two of us have to say, back to you, Komi." Naruse returns the narration to me.
Naruse seems to be interested in our conversation and butts in. "Say, you are into the Phantom Thieves as well. Well, not surprising as almost everyone here is talking about them."
"Yep, we are!" said Najimi. "Ever wonder how they came to be?" They ask.
"Not exactly," Naruse admitted. "But there are theories on the Phan-Site that they have supernatural origins. Like the Metal Shutdowns in recent years, they also appeared out of nowhere and people suddenly began to change for the better. I don't know why they appear, but for sure they will not be as handsome as me!" he declared as sparks appear around him.
"Yeah, as handsome as you..." Tadano rubbed his head embarrassed. I can tell the two had an interesting relationship since they share contacts, even if it's as bizarre as it was.
Well, not as bizarre as the Metaverse. However, it seems Najimi has something to say about. We'll text about it during lunch.
(Music Ends)
(Lunchtime: Itan Classroom 2-1)
In order to not draw attention of Yamai, we all decided to eat and text at separate spots. I'm staying in the classroom while Tadano and Najimi chose to eat at the benches. Kishi stayed in her class while Nakanaka also went to at lunch at the benches. (Kometani: In a different hall of course)
[Komi: So, Najimi? Did you find the store that could sell us vintage toy weapons?]
[Najimi: Sure did! I plan on going there today to get check out their selections! Anyone want to come?]
[Tadano: I'm up for it. I need to get something to replace this wooden cane.]
[Marsault: Sorry, but I have to pass this opportunity. My weapon is an actual spellbook, so there's no need to spend some on me. Aside from defensive gear.]
[Kishi: I'm afraid I have to pass as well. I promised Yamai to go to the movies today, and this may be the last time I see the current Yamai before we change her heart.]
[Najimi: Well, I think it's better this way. At least no one will be suspicious five random students came shopping at the same place.]
[Kishi: Indeed, it will be a better tactic. Oh, and make sure you find a better crossbow for me. Something with a better range?]
[Komi: I got you covered, Kishi. I'll make sure I buy the right equipment for us.]
Thankfully, the money we farmed in the Metaverse is plenty to cover the expenses, The key is picking the correct weapon. Time to prep our work.
(After School: Itan Shopping District)
As school ended for today, Najimi is leading us to the shop they mentioned. We soon arrived at Itan's shopping district. I remember walking around when we applied flyers for last year’s culture festival. I wonder how this year's will hold up.
“It's not much farther!” Najimi declared.
“I wonder how this place will feel like,” Tadano explained.
“Oh, it's gonna be so damn worth it. I know this place is perfect. And look at that, there it is!” Najimi spoke up as we see a vintage toy shop with figures from all sorts of Tokusatsu shows. “Welcome to Toku Gallery! This place is full of toy weapons for sale.” They said with a grin.
I must admit this place looks charming as well. [I look forward checking it out. We need better equipment.]
“Thanks, it gets better. There also happens to be a medicine clinic next to this shop. If we need healing and without ‘them’, that would be good for healing.” Najimi said. “Anyway, we're burning daylight! Time to check this place out!” They said as they drag us by our arms. Brings back memories of our pool day one year ago.
(Itan Shopping District, Toku Gallery)
(Mad Mart - Digital Devil Saga 2)
This place is what you expect from a hobby store: a ton of toys and figurines from various shows from years ago. In the end of the store was a man who looked like a weapons specialist but with a superhero style in it.
"Welcome, new costumers!" said the shopkeeper. "I take you're also fans of Tokusatsu?"
"We sure are!" Said Najimi as we nodded simultaneously. Just because I'm socially anxious doesn't mean I'm not into superhero shows. I was a fan of Kyoryuger for a reason.
"Well then, you are in the right place for Toku! I go by Buki Omocha! I'm just the right man if you need to ask!"
"Then, we'll place our trust with you, Omocha-San," Tadano said smiling.
Najimi was starting to get excited. "Well, what are we waiting? Let's get to browsing!" they demanded.
We soon check out the store separately as we look for new equipment. Najimi seemed to look at the blasters, Tadano with the melee weapons, and I cover the support items. As they searched new gear, I found something that caught my eye. It's a pack with different Zyudenchi. I already had 4 for Dricera. but these are different each.
Gabutyra
DienoChaser
Allmoreus
Stymero
I remember how these batteries work in the original show, and these may be great tools to use in the Metaverse. I took them with me so I can pay for them. As I walked into the counter, Omocha-San came up to prepare for my purchase. "Oh, you chose the legacy Zyudenchi pack. Judging by the fact you picked this, I can see you are fan of Kyoryger a few years ago right!" I nodded as I then write what I was thinking.
[I watched that show since I was little. I enjoy the sound effect and the music in there.] I wrote.
Omocha-San beamed as he clapped. "Nice, Nice! These vintage items have the best prices here! This pack will only cost 1,000 yen! Feeling generous?" My weapon is always mine to use, so giving it upgrades will be a huge advantage to me. I gave him the money that's enough for me to pay them. (P.S. I should make a separate wallet for money I earned in the Metaverse. "Thanks for the purchase. Now we are getting better upgrades thanks to money. Keep supporting us!" Soon after I purchased the batteries, Tadano came in with a new cane to replace his old one and while Najimi didn't get anything fitting for them, they did find a new crossbow for Kishi to replace her original one. Safe to say our shopping session was successful.
(Music Ends.)
(Outside Toku Gallery)
We all went out of the shop with me holding the Zyudenchi in my bag while Najimi got a big box to hold our new weapons. "This is worth it! With this place selling toy weapons, no one will suspect a thing!"
"I gotta say, you always plan a ton of things, Najimi," said Tadano. "You always have a knack for knowing anything."
"Well, it's just my natural talent. Speaking of which, I have something else in mind," Najimi suggested as we lend our hears. "Since I'm the person who know almost everyone, I'm thinking of using my skill in the Palace. In case a negotiation goes awry, I'll step in and convince them to calm down before they act," they suggested.
That was an idea that we find fascinating. [Oh course! The Shadows are like human beings. The have emotions so if one gets angered, you'll try to talk to them before they go on a rampage]
Then, Najimi grinned. "What can I say? Knowing people is my specialty! I'm make sure that skill will be of some use!" they said as I feel their dedication is true and strong.
(Kometani:
Aeon Arcana Rank: 1> 2
Bonus: Osana Talk: If negotiation with any kind of Shadow fails, it allows for another try.)
"Well, that's for another time, we should get ready for our next adventure," said Najimi.
"You said it. We're nearing halfway into the time limit. We should think about our next move before we act." said Tadano. "Anyway, just have a good rest of your days before then right?"
We all nodded at his suggestion. No matter the situation, Tadano always makes the best decisions.
(Evening: Komi's Home)
Things have been eventful today after getting better equipment. I came back home as my mom was getting ready to go out. "Hey Shouko, sorry for the sudden leave, I have business to attend to so I can't hang out today. But you're free to make coffee for me before I come back!" She suggested. That warped mall is a tough place to so I can make preparations before going in.
(Break it Down -elp version- Persona 5 )
As my mom said, I went to work and began to blend the coffee mix inside. "Wow! My mechanical nose tells me that it's a fine brew there!" MechaNeko commented. I poured the coffee in my mug and drank it. MMMMM. This is a fine job I did. I see that for every bar is one serving for person. I'll leave the extra two for the team when we are into the Metaverse. "So, we have time before dinner starts, what's next?" he asked.
That's when I thought of something since yesterday. [I want to exercise my body before we go in.] I wrote my suggestion.
"Yes, that's it! Maybe training here will improve yourself in the Metaverse too! Let's get started." We went to my room, and I changed into my new training outfit. Safe to say, sweat will happen for sure. "First, I need to scan you so I can get an accurate reading of your body. Just stay still for a minute," From his eyes was a scanning beam. From head to toe, he scanned my body and got accurate readings. "Scanning is a success! So, what do you want to do?"
Before I said anything else, I drank one of the protein shakes my mother gave me. No doubt to make sure my session goes smoothly. I wrote him my answer. [I want to train my arms and upper body. I realize my Breathing styles take a toll on my body, so I thought I would train myself to better handle the styles.]
"Nice goal! Why don't we start with push-ups. How much you want to do?" He asked.
[I want to do 30 in 10 minutes]
"That's a good way to start. Get ready." I position myself so my hands and face are facing the floor and my feet all stretched out. "And go!" I let myself down and I pushed myself up. I must say it sounds easier than it looks as the more I get into it the sorer my arms feel. but it's worth it for improving my swings. "Done! Only 9:30 on the clock! I guess you need improvement. What's next?" I was breathing to catch my breath as sweat drops from my face. but I still write my next exercise.
[I want to do 50 Sit-ups in 15 minutes]
“Another dedicated task! I never knew you have a tenacity like this.” He came down as I layed my back on my floor as Mecha sets his metal paws on my bare feet. (Which I admit tickles a bit) I raised my body up and down in a rhythmic pace. Things got harder since my body was feeling tired but I keep pushing forward to improve my body! After I'm done, Mech went to analyze my time while I catch my breath after I felt like I nearly didn't make the time. “Nice work! Just 2 minutes to spare. Why not try to use the exercise ball your mom gave you?”
Of course, the ball is used for one reason, to test my flexibility. Flexibility is an essential skill for the Palace and I need to heck it out. I laid my back on the ball as Mecha scanned my body for any issues. When that's done, Mecha showed me the results. It seemed both my spine and muscles have improved ever since my awakening, and it makes sense as I've been fighting in running since then. Impressive he's able to make holograms in this day and age.
“Let's do one more before we finish. Let's test out your breathing. I made sure the display is understandable for you. Just try to breathe as if your using Total Concentration.” This is my health check to see if my body has improved from that session. I close my eyes and began to slowly breathe in and out. Every breath I take feels refreshing especially after a tough session. As I breathe, MechaNeko has been analyzing my breathing and with a cute display of my lungs inhaling and exhaling.

“Alright, that's enough data collected; you can stop breathing,” MechaNeko told me. It took a few minutes to process my results as I drank a reusable bottle of water from my table. “These results are pretty good for your first workout. You told me you're a naturally gifted person, I can see how the results are pretty impressive. There some muscle mass increased in your arms and abdomen, as well as constant breathing in the lungs. We can call it a success!”
Once again, I rubbed him in the head as good job done. “Okay, okay! I'm happy about the results too. You take a shower while I freshen your room. Can't live in a smelly room huh?” And so I showered myself as MechaNeko cleaned my room, just in time for dinner. I must say this new workout routine has done wonders to my stamina, and I feel I gain some guts from this experience as well.
(music ends)
(Night: Komi's Room)
After having another nice dinner, I was up in bed trying to figure out a strategy to infiltrate Yamai's Mall. I only have a one more hour before I turned myself in for the night. “You got something in mind, Komi?” MechaNeko asked me. I wrote him my thoughts.
[I noticed some chests in Yamai's Palace have locks in them. I was wondering if I could open the locks with paper clip but I'm afraid it will take too long.]
MechaNeko seemed to have something in mind. “Well, if it's unlocking keys, then I just happen to have something that can help with that!” He opened himself and took out a piece of paper. “Ta-da! These are blueprints and instructions for a craft call a Miracle Key!” he said as he handed them over to me. “With these crafted, you can open any locked chest you come across!”
These are very simple plans for a blueprint. [It says we need Tin Claps and Skill Yarn! Do we even have them?]
“Not to worry! Remember when the Shadows dropped money when you defeated them?” I nodded. “Well, they also happened to drop the materials we need. We have plenty to craft other items with the materials we already have, but let's craft the key as your first lesson.
At my desk, I sat down with the plans on the side with Mecha placing the required materials for the keys. I was one of the top students in arts and crafts, so the instructions were easy to read. It took me 20 minutes, but I was able to create a Miracle Kry in my first try.
”Nice work! These are super useful! Oh, and it seems you actually made 2 in the materials to make one.” And it's true! I made a second one by accident. Well, at least that means I can open 2 locked chests in th next infiltration. “Well, that's enough for today. Better to get some sleep for tomorrow.” I'm glad to learn this, this will surely improve my proficiency.
These 2 days have been eventful. I learned I could gain something by spending time with my friends and family. These will surely improve our chances in Yamai's Palace. All I know is that tomorrow will be the deciding day for our next infiltration. I hope we are all prepared for this!
(Kometani: Days until Yamai moves out with Komi: 6 > 5)
(Omake: Phantom Facts)
(Taisho Kosokoso Gossip | Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba)
Komi: Hello again! Phantom Facts will always be the core of this series. It's been a while since we have this music.
Najimi: Of course, it has. We share facts and not secrets!
Komi: Well, I'm thinking you should share today's secret Najimi. It's your specialty.
Najimi: Of course! I got a juicy secret in store! You hear that? Time for a Taisho Era Secret! CLAP CLAP I hear that Shogi is going high thanks to two girls from each of our own series.
Komi: Well, one of the has to be Kato-San, so who's the other?
Najimi: Well, it's pretty obvious for Persona 5 fans, but I'll hold it until we get to see her in the story. Oh, and I have something special too! I have an official rendering for my Phantom Thief Attire!
Komi: Wow that's amazing! Can I see it?
Najimi: Oh, Hell Yeah! It will come with a BANG!
Komi: Wow! You definitely captured the cowboy style in this!
Najimi: Thank you! You noticed mine is based on the Pro Hero Snipe from My Hero Academia, but my hat is the same as Grit's from Advance Wars: Reboot Camp. (Who happened to share a VA with Tadano) I also hold the GX-05 Kerberos from Kamen Rider Agito because that's a weapon I would wield.
Najimi: As for the colors in my costume colors, considering I'm seen as non-binary, and the author supports the LGBTQ community, I was given bisexual colors to reflect that.
Komi: That was very nice of him. Oh, did Lone Ranger got artwork too?
Lone Ranger: Yer got that right, Partner!
Lone Ranger: Like with my other self, my colors are based on bisexual colors to show the author's support for the LGBTQ community. And the fact I look cool with my eyes hidden.
Najimi: Well, that shows us we are the cool people in the group!
Komi: Well at this time anyway. Speaking of which, that's all the time we have today! See you in next chapter
Najimi: And don't keep us waiting!
(End of Chapter!)
Notes:
Another chapter complete and this time, It actually less than half a month since last chapter. I'm glad I improved my timing. I will say that next chapter will take longer since it's a more important than this if that's any indication.
Let's talk about the major stuff. One, Kishi's code name is officially: "Noble". Originally, her code name was going to be "Crusade" as it was an act of rebellion, but it turns out it has little to do with Britian which is Kishi's theming for rebellion thus the change to Noble.
Next are the new characters and Confidants. For our newest confidants, it's two in one as Kato and Sasaki both are the Star Confidant. I hope you like this adaptation of the original chapter 149, which I feel it's a good place to start their confidant story. There are instances of two people S Links in the series, and for Komi there will be multiple, these two are the first. (Their VAs are Dorothy Fahn (Komi's Mom)/Fumiko Uchimura for Kato and Stephanie Sheh (The one and only Sailor Moon)/Minami Takahashi for Sasaki) As you can imagine due to Kato's expertise on Shogi, this Confidant is meant to be a deliberate parallel to Hifumi's Confidant, and Komi gets the exact same bonuses too.
Also, for how I'll handle Shuuko's confidant story, both the Temperance and Hierophant involve telling stories of their past. If you remember, the manga has a story that delves into Shuuko's and Masayoshi's (not Shido) past before they married. And there's enough to fit the 10 ranks if I'm correct and I feel that their story is one of the best parts of the manga. Her bonuses are a mix the canon Temperance and Hierophant but she's definitely important to max as fast as possible.
While not technically a confidant as of now, Naruse (voiced by Ryan Colt Levy/Katsuyuki Miura) makes debut in this chapter and for sure he'll be a key player here. Kometani has also made his in-person debut in this chapter, but I've displayed is VAs the first chapter.
Thanks to Najimi, they have their own weapons shop that sells Toku weapons to fight with. Again, I don't see the Komi cast with actual guns, even models, so pardon me for this excuse. And Najimi has their rank 2 with Osana Talk, basically Fitness talk but much earlier in.
Speaking of fitness, Komi officially has a workout routine, as well as a fitting outfit. In this story, I did something that I feel should've been in the main game, workouts increase guts in addition to HP and SP. I feel that made more sense than eating Burgers every day, as much as I like them. Also, Komi won't be the only one who will work out. More character will join in future confidants. (Since this is a M rated series, fanservice will be more common than the original Komi-San series, in case anyone asks.) You can bet she'll gain more guts when she works out in the gym with better equipment and more challenges.
Komi also can craft infiltration tools. The only changes are that lockpicks are replaced by Miracle Keys. The reason is I feel that lockpicks will attract Komi a lot of attention as they're thieves' tools. Keys can at least be excused as artworks.
Finally, again, thank you Tomohito Oda for your work. I'm sure Komi-San impacted a lot of people, and I wish you luck in your future endeavors. (There's a good chance my next chapter will come after the true final chapter that will release with the final volume.)
And here's the preview!
Komi's POV: Finally, we are ready to take on the Palace again, with 5 people among us, who will be our leader? And how will this third floor will handle. No matter what, Yamai will stop terrorizing people after we're done. But there's also other stuff to be discovered as well. Next time, "It's Just Yamai's Mall of Lust (part 1). This will be the start of the Thieves of Communication's debut heist! Don't miss it. And make sure you have fun reading with friends.
Chapter 11: It's Just Yamai's Mall of Lust (Part 1)
Summary:
Komi's POV: Today's the day. We will go in Yamai's Palace, find her treasure and change her heart! With 5 people in the team, there's only one question: Who's going to be the leader? Also, unlike the last two floors, the third floor will be a different game. I just hope we don't “black out” in this. (Also some strange seeds we encountered.)
Notes:
Hello everyone, and welcome to the newest chapter of ToC. And it's almost the 1st year anniversary of my series. Back in 2024, I was just a read of fanfics until someone inspired me to do the same thus this. And he's been doing good, so I'm happy we are being successful.
Also, this will probably be produced after the 500th and final chapter of Komi-San's Manga. After that, it's just the anime and fanfics like this to keep us fans happy.
Also, you probably noticed that I separated “Evening and Night” from the same slot. In this story, they’re different times of day. This will allow Komi to spend more time with people faster. So, “After School” is with her friends at school and few others, “evening” is for her friends that is more available at that time, and “Night” is easily for her family. Also, sometimes she can spend more time in after school than Akira in the original game.
Speaking of which, I really need find a way to introduce the rest of the active Phantom Thieves at this time. There's only Two still active. Another thing is that I don't think I'll entirely adapt the Shousuke and Hitomi subplot as considering this is a fic in Komi's POV, that will be unrelated to this plot. But I'll try to at least mention them in future chapters.
With that said, time to begin the true heist at the warped mall. It's Showtime!
Disclaimer (starting from this chapter, these will be frequent in case the updated rules mess me up): I don't own the rights to Persona 5 and Komi-San as well as any artwork used. All belong to their original creators, and this is a non-profit series. Links to fan art and creators will be included in the end notes.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
(Komi's POV)
(5/28, Saturday)
(Morning: Itan High School, Entrance)
(Days until Yamai moves out with Komi: 5)
As usual, I walked into Itan with my neutral expression. However, this wasn’t hiding my fear as usual. This was hiding my confidence as I have decided that today, we’re going back to Yamai's Mall of Lust and stop her plan once and for all. After the many loopholes she’s abused, it's time for her to own up to her actions.
Just when I was about to change my shoes, the, as Nakanaka would call her, so-called "Queen of Lust" has come from me from behind.
(A Lively Way Back Home — Komi Can't Communicate)
"Heya Komi!" yelped Yamai. "It's been a while since we last talked! Have you been thinking of that deal we made? About moving out together?"
Oh, that deal. As a matter of fact, I have been thinking about it. All I can think of is how absurd this plan is, even for Yamai-Chan. I can sense that this is because she's heavily influenced by her Shadow in that mall in the Metaverse. I can see she always act innocent, but she's deep down a mean-spirited bully who want nothing but herself.
"So, you want to move out now? I can always tell my daddy anytime!" she offers me. "There is another prestigious school I want to go with you. Want to go?" Like before, I was shaking nervously. I dread to think what school she planned to move to. At the same time, I feel a bit of courage in asking Yamai about the school she thinks of. I don't want to find out, but I feel I must learn about the school she wished to move.
[And what is this school you want to move in?] I dread to that I knew what school she wishes to go to.
"Oh, it's nothing that different. It's just Shujin Aca-"
(Music stops)
At that moment, I ripped of my latest page as if a deep fire was ignited inside me! A few fellow students noticed this and rather than tell the faculty, they simply record the whole thing, thinking it's just another crazy event in Itan. (Kometani: Which it definitely is) "Komi? What has gotten you this bugged about it?" she asked.
At this point, I knew that with this crowd, my only option is the tell her what I feel about her plan. [Yamai, before you even consider this, did you see what happened to Shujin on the news? They were caught in a scandal involving a pervert PE teacher and don't want to go to someplace where shady stuff happens.]
It seems Yamai seemed to understand me. "You think I'm that clueless? Of course, I've seen the news! That creep is gone now! There's no more creepy stuff going on there! Why don't you want to go?"
This took me back to the three Shujin students I meet a few days ago. While I can't confirm if all of them where is victims, no doubt they felt scared after experiencing that period of turmoil. As much as I want to see them again, I would rather see them of my own volition than bring forced to.
[So, you would do things your way rather than checking to see if it's actually safe you would plunge straight first into a school that's possibly have more shady stuff involved. I'm sorry Yamai, but you are going too far into wanting me. If anything, I'm hoping our talk would get you to change your mind. Like you, I'm waiting 5 more days for your answer. I'm hoping that you would reconsider. But if you do not, I'm afraid you'll be a lost cause for me. Just don't forget this talk. If you'll excuse me.]
I walked away as fast as I can. I would've never thought I would be able to tell Yamai I very much disagree with her. Becoming a Persona user has changed me even more than I thought. Yamai on the other hand was like in trace not noticing the people still talking about the conversation we just had.
'So, she doesn't want to move out with me? The girl who has split image of that special someone, rejected me!? Not on my watch! I will make you come with me even if it's by force!'
Safe to say, we really have to infiltrate that mall right now!
(Lunchtime: Itan Classroom 2-1)
Considering that our conversation would eventually go viral, I told Tadano and Najimi about it and for sure they are shocked that Yamai would take us to Shujin. They too are shocked that she would move us to that infamous school that used to hold that perverse Teacher. Who knows what other dirty rumors that Shujin held. We decided to talk it over text in lunch to avoid attracting attention. Mannbgi also had her own business so we would have no people uninvolved in our secret.
(transient calm — SPY x FAMILY)
[Tadano: I want to start that the school Yamai plans to transfer is going to be Shujin Acadamy.]
[Marsault: That poor excuse of a school that allowed a pervert to teach volleyball? How unsightly.]
[Najimi: Tell me about it. I was texting my friends there that they felt awful with him around and they lost most of their trust in their faculty due to potential conspiracies]
[Kishi: That would put our lady in more danger if the rumors are true. Speaking of which, have you decided we should raid that place now?]
[Komi: I have. We're going in today. I have been thinking that before I ran into Yamai. But since she revealed where to, I really want to finish this immediately. I won't leave the place that made me who I am.]
[Tadano: I feel you Komi. We'll all make sure that won't ever happen]
[Najimi: Yeah, time for Yamai to get her just desserts!]
Short and sweet. There's no need for more words are we all know what our mission is. I'm so glad to have friends to help me get through this.
(Music ends)
(After School: Alleyway Near Itan)
Things went as usual, but we have finally arrived at the moment, the moment we go in Yamai's Palace and take it down once and for all. Everyone who's been there once is present, some had to make up excuses that they have plans for today.
So, to review who we are, I am Lynx, Tadano is Spade, Najimi is Snipe, Nakanaka is Marsault (Les Primavera), and finally, Kishi is Noble. MechaNeko is also here as our supply organizer and navigator in the Metaverse.
"So, any final sayings before we go in?" Tadano asked.
"Indeed, we shall finally make the Queen of Lust repent for using Princess Komilla as a chew toy," declared Nakanaka.
"I shall fulfill my duty. Lady Yamai will be no longer terrorizing people for her benefit," said Kishi.
"Well, looks like we're all ready to rock!" cheered Najimi. "Komi, do the honors!" However, there's something I wished to say.
[There's one more thing I want to say before we go in] I wrote. [You know the full name of those thieves are "The Phantom Thieves of Hearts", right? Well, after some thinking, I've decided to give our group a name as well and I have the perfect one.]
"Well, don't just keep silent! Just tell us our new name!" demanded Najiimi.
Instead of writing the name, I smiled, leaned forward, and put my pointer figure over my mouth as if making a silence gesture. "We are... the Thieves of Communication. We steal the hearts of villains who hide themselves in silence." I said confidently.
"Oh yeah! That's definitely a name for a gang of thieves!" Najimi cheered.
"Accorporating your wish in our name. It's a name only you can come up with," Tadano said with a chuckle.
"A perfect name for those who can communicate in the shadows. Very much on point!" Nakanaka commented.
"It's perfect indeed," said Kishi. "Now, we shall be on our way then."
And so, I activated the Meta-Nav on my phone and so, we are at the Metaverse and at Yamai's mall. This is exciting, the Thieves of Communcation's first ever heist!
(Yamai's Grand Mall, Entrance)
And then we're back in the Warped Mall, with us back in our Phantom Thief outfits. Along with us, is Kishi in her Saber glory. Hard to believe we have a Phantom Thief who actually has a hair dye with their suit. Then again, blonde is Saber's hair color.
"No matter how much time has passed, you very much look the part of a noble, Noble," commented Marsault.
"Well, no matter how much I was seen as a rebel, I never let go of my honor as a knight. Especially one who serves Lady Lynx," said Noble.
I blushed lightly at her dedication. "Well, this seems like a perfect opportunity to fulfill that mission, Noble-San," I said. "Speaking of the mission, Mecha? Mind you hand out our weapons please?"
"Not a problem, Lynx! I have them all sorted out!" he said as her hand out our weapons. I'll never fight without my Nichirin Sword. It's like an extension of myself.
"So, since we still have the key to the 3rd floor, we should go straight to the elevator on the second floor," said Spade. "One more thing: who will act as team leader?"
“Oh yeah… now that we think about it, we never decided on who should lead us?” said Snipe sheepishly.
“I may be the dark lord, but I prefer serving my king,” Marsault replied.
“And I may be a knight, but I'm not the type to lead an army in the fray,” Noble admitted though I can see that she hated that she refused to lead.
Spade was next to talk. “I think I should lead the team. As I have a knack at reading the room, I should-“However, something in me was telling me that I should take the lead. I can tell Spade would be more than capable of leading, but if I don't face my demons, I might not reach a better version of myself
(Music stops)
I raise my hand as I have something to say. "Lynx? There's something you want to say.
(A Place to Relax - Komi Can't Communicate)
“I think I should lead the team,” I said. “I know I'm always scared when it comes to leading, but this is time for me to stand on my own two feet. As you know doubt saw, I have to most unique abilities out of all of us. I'm know this is too much for me, but if I don't do this, we may not have the best results.”
”Komi…” said Spade, though he forgot about the code names for a moment. “I think you’re right. When it comes to being friends, you always bring us together. Safe to say, you're the heart of this team.”
“Indeed, you may not realize it, but you have to be one of the wisest people I have ever met. Not matter how I see it, your tactics have fair surpass even my own.” Noble admitted.
"It's pretty obvious that prefer serving you. I knew you had this kind of potential since we formed our blood pact. Perfect for someone with nobility." spoke out Marsault.
"I hate to admit it, but now that I gotten to know the real you, you probably have better communicating than me!" Najimi admitted. "There's this spark that I feel whenever you talk, so I pretty much put my faith in you."
I started to get misty-eyed as I can't believe they would trust me in a near instant! "T-thank you, my friends. I promise you that I will do my best to lead us to victory."
"I know you will. We all do." said Spade as he took out a handkerchief and wiped my tears away. "Now what do you say, we move out to our treasure?"
"Already got that sorted out," I said as I used the Meta-Nav to transport us to the second floor in just a few seconds. The first heist of the Thieves of Communication has begun.
(Yamai's Grand Mall, Floor 2, Level 1)
(A Trip to Alivel Mall - Kirby and the Forgotten Land)
In a few seconds, we are back into the elevator shaft on the second floor. "Here we are again, hopefully this time, we have no interruptions." I inserted the key card in, and we wait for it to scan until we got our confirmation
[Congratulations! You are now permitted to access the 3rd floor! Enjoy the high-class life that floor has to offer!]
"Another victory for the gang!" cheered Snipe.
"I'm just glad we do not have any interlopers this time." said Noble.
Marsault however seemed to have something in mind. "I'm happy we are closer to dethroning the Queen, but I fear we don't have to face a being as powerful as that fiend boss in this establishment."
"Fiend boss? What are you talking about, Marsault?" asked Spade, but not before widening his eyes as if he awakened a traumatic memory. "Wait! You mean THAT Boss!? The boss that took me 3 days to complete!?"
This got me curious as I rarely play Video Game before I made friends. "What is so scary about this fiend boss?"
"That man is the bane of everyone's existence. If you dare to face him, he shall show no mercy! It took me 3 days as well to even beat him! And considering the monsters resembled the ones from the games I played, I fear there's a copy of him somewhere! Marsault said in a panic. (Kometani: To answer your question, yes, the Shin Megami Tensei game series does exist in this universe.)
"Well, I wouldn't worry," said Snipe. "We are level 5s in the place we are now. We wouldn't have to face someone like him anytime soon!"
"Let us hope so," said Marsault as she and Spade calmed down.
"Back on topic," said MechaNeko. "The top 2 floors are for the high-class customers. We can assume that we can find a new map for these two floors when we get there!"
"In any case is anyone ready?" I asked and everyone nodded. "Okay, get on board everyone! Next Stop, Floor 3!" Everyone stepped into the elevator in a orderly fashion as I got in and pushed the button to access the 3rd floor. One step closer to the treasure.
(Yamai's Grand Mall, Floor 3)
(Urban Area - Digital Devil Saga 2)
And here we are at the 3rd floor. This place looks far grander than the last two floors. Feels appropriate that this is for rich people. There are more traces if gold and the walls are a darker pink. Long with the decorations are giant flyers with me along Yamai. She's really loves me that she wants to hold a campaign for me.
"Sheesh, as if you weren't promoted enough in this place," Snipe grimaced.
“I fear the next floor will be as unsightly as this floor,” spoke Noble “We won’t know until we traverse this floor first.”
“Well, let's have the P.S.A. tell us what will happen next,” said Spade as we turned on the P.S.A. as Yamai's voice spoke through it.
[Well done! I never thought you would gain access to the 3rd floor. You're living in the rich life now! Good for you! But don't think this will be like the last two floors! There's only one single card this time! But It's in a hidden location in this floor. You'll never find it as you get no hints this time! But if Komi-Sama is listening to this, I know she can succeed! Good luck finding it, if you can! *Chuckling happens before transmission ended.*]
”Not gonna stop us, as that should be easier!” Said Snipe. “If this there's only one key, we don't have to walk all around!”
“Yeah, except for the part that the key is in a hidden location. And I doubt it will be in one of the shops this time.” said Spade as Snipe's expression turns sour.
Marsault, meanwhile, has spotted a kisok that has a bunch of maps to take for free. “On the plus side, we've obtained a map for these two top floors! We shall have an easier time traversing this domain of Lust!”
“That's nice to have!” I said beaming. “It looks like the escalator is at the end of this floor this time, so that's a good start.” However, Marsault seemed to be clutching her left eye upon finishing my sentence.
“I hate to ruin this moment of calm, but my Dragon Force has sensed something powerful patrolling this floor.” We all have concerned expressions upon hearing it. “I fear this is a Shadow that's this the strongest of the ones here. I fear facing him will be dangerous, so it's best we avoid contact.” And it's pretty easy to tell which one: a shadow guard patrolling is red with bright red flames around him. Safe to say we can't risk fighting him if Marsault is correct.
"I'll know what Shadow we can or not fight! My new powers can also sense the power these guards have." I assured them.
MechaNeko also seem to have something to add. "Before we can go any further, I detect a Safe Room near us! Better go in before moving on!"
"I'll take care of this, hang on for a second," I said, as I go in wait for the Nav to register the room and come back out. "Alright then, time to head to the escalators!" I declared as we get a move on.
Made our way to the end of the floor but Shadows have been patrolling on our way there. We fought many of them, but this one is special as we have discovered something new. Here's how it went.
"Reveal yourself!" I declared, as I leaped behind the Shadow and precisely sliced of his mask, revealing his true form!
(Normal Battle ~Town~ - Shin Megami Tensei: Nocturne)
They all have the same appearance (3 in total), They all are riding golden jars with a pentagram engraved on it. The demons themselves have blue gremlin like appearances with red eyes and catlike irises.
(Kometani: The Chariot Spirits: Agathion)
"New breeds, not a problem!" declared Marasault. "They will not last long against us! Especially against my Persona's great magic!" She declared as Marsault appeared and casts dark magic on one of them. Surprisingly, the Shadow didn't take much damage. in retaliation, Agathion fired a Zio bolt onto Marsault which she successfully dodges. "This can be! He doesn't have a weakness, and he still feels fine!?"
"They must've had a high defensive body if they didn't take much damage. But allow me to deal a stronger blow," Noble said resolutely as she summons King Arthur and tried to use Giant Slice on another Shadow, but while the attack is stronger, he didn't feel weakened. "This won't do. Unless we know they're weaknesses, we will have trouble proceeding."
"Allow me." I said as I activated the Spyglass and scanned for their weaknesses. "Got it! They weak to wind magic, but I'm afraid that none of us can use wind."
We all seemed to be conflicted until something happened: Spade's brace I gave him last item, was glowing green. "I don't know what's going on, but it seems this brace is reacting for some reason."
"Well, try to attack with your Persona! Maybe that's the message!" suggest Snipe as they ready the Kerberos for an attack. (Kometani: Komi forgot to mention Guns are ineffective against Agathion.)
"Here goes, nothing..." said Spade as he summoned his Persona. "Lupin III, Attack!" However, instead of lightning, Lupin took out his cigarette and blow a puff powerful smoke at the Shadow which knocked them down! "That was a wind elemental attack. The brace must've allowed me to use it in the first place."
"He's right, there are certain braces that will let you use certain moves that you normally never learn by yourselves. Collect as many as you can!" MechaNeko spoke.
However. I also seem to have something on my head. I closed my eyes an put a finger between them trying to grasp that feeling. Then it clicked. "I have the ability use wind too! I shall blow them away!" I tapped my mask and out came Izanami! "Winds of change, blow these stains of evil out of my sight! Garu!" Upon my declaration of the attack, a green wind symbol has appeared on her necklace.
Raising her hands, Izanami conjured up balls of wind and threw it into the shadows and like the last one, it knocks them down in one hit! "Perfect play! Time to take them down in one attack. We go all out everyone! "I declared as we all rush into the fallen shadows and successfully defeated them in one attack!
Silence is Golden!
(Kometani: Lynx learned Dormia!)
And that was another battle finished. "Well, now we know that I'm not the only one who can use different elements," I said.
"As long as we are equipped with the right charms that is," add Spade.
"Also, I think we need a formation for future battles," I suggested. "I think we need to have only 4 people in the front fighting. I'm thinking me, Spade, Marsault and Noble should be in that formation."
"Aw man, does that mean I'm not gonna be fighting at all?" Snipe said in disappointment.
However, I shook my head. "You're still coming along, Snipe. We need backup when we happen to face something you are effective against. When I give you a signal, then you can join the fight."
"Sounds fair! You know I hate to miss out on the action," Snipe spoke with relief.
"Enough planning and let's get back to exploring!" said Marsault. Soon, we reached the escalators, and we were shocked about what we found.
The escalator was destroyed!
"Oh, hell no!" shouted Snipe. "To think there would be a destroyed elevator in a shopping mall! How could this happen!?"
"I think this is her 'test' for the lower classes," said Noble. "She only sees her friends as high-class, or that anyone who can get over this damaged escalator is worthy of being her friend." she explained.
"For someone who just learned of the cognitive world, you pretty much hit the nail!" beamed Spade.
"Well, not gonna be a problem!" said Marsault "We'll just use our Personas to float up there!"
"Or use something Cooler!" said MechaNeko. "Lynx, you hear me?"
"You have my ears, Mecha-San," I told him as I bend down to him. "What's this 'cool' thing you want to show us?"
"Hold on, I have it on my back pocket!" He reached out to his back and tried to fish something out. "Let's see... I know put it here... Got it! Ta-da!" He took out what appears to be sliver rope with a hook attached to the end.
"Is that what I think this is!?" said Snipe enthusiastically.
"Indeed, it is! It is a grappling hook; they are the best tools for getting into impossible places!" commented Marsault.
"Quite different from hooks I seen on Zora. Those ones are machine made." spoke Noble. (Kometani: That's this universe's equivalent to The Legend of Zelda series without the Komi rename.)
"Is this for me to use?" I asked.
"You bet!" he quipped. "This is a hook that aims with great precision, and I think you're the best candidate for them. Here, give me your hand and I'll put it on." I gave him my hand and began to fasten it in my sleeve. The process kinda tickles as I tried not to laugh. The process was short as he finished fastening it and perfectly concealed. "There you go! All you need to touch your wrist, throw it on a hook, and WHOOSH! you're up there!"
I look at the damaged escalator and the is indeed a hook beyond it. "Stand back, I need room for this to work," I commanded. Like the Spectacular Spider-San, I press my waist and out comes the hook. I grabbed the base of the hook thrust my hand to the hook and with the force and inertia, I flew into the upper level with super speed! "This is amazing! Now I know that Spider-San felt!" I said as I landed on my feet.
"I'm kinda jealous that It's you that got it," said Spade. "But there's another problem, how are the rest of us gonna get up there?" He said as he's right, I'm the only one to made it up here.
"And that was the only hook I had. I should've asked my boss about resupplying." said Mecha sadly.
"Well, back to the original plan and use our Persona to float up," Marsault spoke again.
“Or something faster,” I said as removed my mask and threw it down as Izanami appears.
”How about a lift on Air Izanami?” My Persona spoke up as she grabbed all of my friends and jumped up to where I am. “This is more fun if you ask me,” she said as returns to me and my mask on my face.
“That was something fun, but I still say we use out Personas to follow you up” said Marsault.
“Sorry, I just wanted show her off,” I said apologetically.
“I suppose that makes traveling steep areas easier,” said Tadano. “Now to get a move on.” And we keep moving forward and find the place where the key is. However, I suddenly heard something.
"Hold on everyone," I said. "I think I heard her voice a moment."
"You heard Yamai's voice?" asked Snipe. "I don't hear her voiced."
"Well, I trust her with that," said Noble. "Because I heard the same. When you're a knight, you must sharpen your senses for anything unusual. Speaking of which, where did her voice come from?"
"It's faint but maybe if I hone my hearing, I can tell where the voice is," I explained. I placed my two fingers between my eyes and my cat ears pop up. I never thought they would work like actual cat ears. The voice was faint but with my cat ears, I can pinpoint where the voice came from.
"My dear Komi... Will you accept me? My dear sister..."
The voices are more solemn than what Yamai usually sounded, as if there are secrets even she's afraid of. "The voices are on the other side into the floor and into that alley." I pointed out.
MechaNeko seemed to have a clue about what is happening. "I think this is something that I have recorded in my data banks. If I'm right, there's something special in there."
"Well, if there's something good there, let's help ourselves to it!" Snipe demanded in excitement. So, we took a detour and fought a few shadows along the way. We made sure we don't use up our Spirit Power too much if we're going to make it in one trip. Soon, we arrived at the alleyway, at the end of it, it was a door that is covered in police tape.
"This looks like something Yamai's Shadow would try to hide," said Noble. "But this seem to light to secure it. Seem like it can be cut down." she said.
"Allow me, I'm the one who's responsible for everyone's safety if it is a trap," I told everyone as I draw my sword. As Noble said, the tape was easy to cut as my sword through them like butter. I then push the door open as I got a glimpse of what's inside: a skull shaped seed resting on a red plant.
"Aw man! All this for a skull!?" Snipe complained.
"Actually, this is very good for us!" spoke MechaNeko. "This little thing is called a Will Seed. As you know, Palaces are areas that were distorted due to their ruler's cognitions. This is what happens when the distortions coalesce into form. According to the data from previous palaces discovered."
"Is it really okay for us to take it? I'm worried that we may set of a trap if we do." said Spade with worry.
"I haven't seen one getting taken, but I sense there's no traps involved." Mecha ensured.
"Well. it's perfect for us to take them from the Queen!" spoke Marsault. "We are getting back at her after all!"
"I'm putting my vote in," spoke Noble. "But how can we be sure that there's no traps involved?"
"I got that covered," I said aimed my sword at the Will Seed, I carefully adjust my angle and swung my sword, and the Seed flew into my hands. "Will Seed successfully obtained." Suddenly we all feel rejuvinated after getting the Seed. "I never realized how tired we are getting. Just way was that wave we felt."
"Will Seeds actually restore SP when obtained, so it's another bonus," MechaNeko explained. "What's more, according to my data, there's 3 of them in each Palace, so there might be something special if we collect all 3 Seeds."
"In other word, if we get all 3 seeds, that special something will give us a huge boost in our quest," I answered
"Oh yeah, we're on the lookout for skull doors we pass up on!" Snipe spoke up as they finally see the point of collecting Will Seeds.
Soon, we went back to the other side. Before coming across the door, we opened a few chests and found protective clothing which we wore under our clothing for better protection in future battles. We also found plenty of treasures for us to make a profit for supplies. (And possibly for rare fun stuff.)
The next area to visit is the food court, but there's a problem. The Shadow with red flames is standing before the entrance prevent us from entering. "Oh no! This is the same Shadow that I was afraid of facing!" I spoke in fear.
"My Dragon Force is going wild right now! It's as if it's wishes me to face him!" Marsault spoke out.
"I took seek to face him. I need to improve my own fighting capabilities." said Noble.
"No sweat! I'm in need of a challenge here!" Snipe cheered.
"I don't want to fight him, but we are in need to improve ourselves." Spade added.
Since we all knew we have to beat him, I agree as well. "We'll push ourselves if he forces ourselves to. Let's take him on!" I took cover and ambushed him from above, "Reveal Yourself!" I shouted as I slashed of his mask and began the battle.
(Fate Stay Night - Gunyuu Shissou)
As she Shadow exploded into battle, the form it took was all but familiar as it's a Shadow that the 3 of us fought in our first time in this Palace. "It's him!" I said. "It's the horse-riding knight that nearly took us!"
"This is a knight serving her Shadow," spoke Noble. "Now, I am more than determined to fight this warrior of False Justice."
The knight, however, was not pleased at her comment. "You dare to speak of me with False Justice!? I am Berith! The greatest knight to ever existed!" He roared as he lunged his spear at Noble and while she didn't dodge it in time, it did hit her golden gauntlet which covered her entire left arm.
"UGH!" she grunted. "Even with my armor, this Shadow is definitely more powerful than the rest."
"Be careful when he attacks!" I shouted. "At least, use your Personas improve your strength!"
"I got it, but I'll take the lead!" She said as she summoned her Persona. "King Arthur, Kouha please!" With a thrust of his sword, King Arthur launches a ball of light at Berith, and he took some damage. "This Shadow is very powerful; I will charge up a powerful attack that will finish him in one hit!" she declares as she raises her sword up an begins to gather light at it. (Kometani: Fate fans will know what's coming!)
“You heard Noble! Buy her sometime to charge her attack!” I said as I summon Izanami to fire Bufu at him and knocked him down. But that's not the only thing I'm doing. “Looks like you need a nap. Izanami, Dormia on him please.” She made motions on her hand as a purple icon appears on her necklace.
Upon make those gestures, a field of bubbles appear under Berith. Five seconds later, he was knocked to sleep. “This should hold him long enough. Your turn, Spade!”
“I got this taken care of! Lunge now!” Spade commanded Lupin to charge against Berith and the damage was greater than it was normally. "That did more damage when he's asleep! Maybe when a Shadow is in a different state of mind, we can cause more damage to him!" Spade spoke out.
"Then, we shall fight with our minds as well!" yelled Marsault. "Arise, Morgan Le Fay! Cast that knight into darkness!" Her Persona raised her staff and fire dark magic at Berith, but he is still standing!
"You think you've won!? I will never be fallen!" Berith declared!
"Well then, eat missile, sucker!" Snipe said as they fire a missile but while the projectile collided, Berith sustained no damage. "Oh, crap! He has super armor against explosives!" They yelped in fear.
"Ye right you are! Gunfire will not pierce this divine armor! You are hopeless to me!" he declared as he attempted to ram us!
"Oh shit!" I swore as he's very out to kill us rather than capture us. (Komi Swear Count: 11) His spear jabbed at all of us and while some of us gotten hurt, we're still standing. "We can't afford to push ourselves. Better heal ourselves." I summoned Izanami and healed myself.
"Almost ready! Just a few more hits." Noble said as her Persona charges in and slices Berith effectively. Marsault then used an item we got from sparing some Shadows: a Sleep Vial S. Mecha stated they have the same effects as Dorrmia. The same bubbles appear when the vial exploded, thus he was back to sleep.
Upon that successful attack, Kishi's sword glows brighter and brighter. "It's ready! EVERYONE GET BEHIND ME!!" She yelled out as we came behind her as her next attack. "I'll admit to you are a worthy opponent, but as you're in the way of our quest, I must end you once and for all!" The light stopped shinning as that means that Noble's attack is ready. We all stare with awe. But this attack blew everyone present off our heads for one big reason!
(Music Ends)
"EX-"
Since Noble has taken on the appearance of Saber, she has also gained her greatest attack.
"-CALIBERRRRR!"
With one swing of her sword, the entire floor was engulfed in a flash of light! Everyone present, us, guards and potential visitors, all over their eyes from the brightness. As the flashed died down, the only sign left of Berith was his helmet, which slowly disappears. Noble herself was on her knees panting, now doubt that it was from the recoil from using that attack.
(Kometani: Lynx can now use Ice Breathing 2nd form and Noble learned Rakukaja)
"That was incredible!" praised Marsault, "Even without the actual Excalibur, you successfully did Saber's greatest move!"
Noble was still tried but she's able to speak. "To be fair, I wasn't sure if I was able to pull it off. This takes me 15 minutes to build up enough power to use the attack. After I did the action, my body will be temporally numb for the same amount of time, and I'll be unable to battle until that time is up. Believe me, that Shadow would take longer to kill if I didn't use my full power." (Kometani: Just to let you know, damage with Excalibur will be reduced by 50% in major story battles to prevent game-breaking scenarios)
"Well, thank you for taking a risk to save us," I said with a smile. "I would've done the same if I were in your shoes."
"Indeed, you're correct, my lady." said Noble. "I think I can move again. Let us move forward."
After a hard battle with that Savage Shadow, we finally made it to the food court. This place seemed the most normal out the places in this mall. It has the usual brands, seats, and people talking, like every other mall.
"This has to be where the key card is," I spoke. "This is the only place it can be hidden."
"Um, why would she hide a key in a food court when there are tons of to store here?" Snipe asked.
Spade seemed to have an answer. "It's because of Yamai's hint that this will not be like last time. When you think of it, most customers will search every store for the one key, but they would give up since it can't be found normally. Since the eye is not in any store, it's safe to assume the key is hidden in the last place anyone can suspect, this case being a food court." he explained.
"You read my mind, Spade-Kun," I said, though we blushed after I said that. Which Snipe and Marsault openly grinned though Noble lightly nudged them to get them to stop. "Anyways, since there are no Shadows in this area, I think we can afford to split up to find where the keycard is."
Soon, we split up to find the key. Snipe and Marsault cover the tables while Noble, Spade and I examined the mall restaurants. The most the table team got is some gossip, though there are times Snipe wanted to steal some fool from the customers; many times, Marsault stopped them, as Phantom Thieves don't steal food from others. Meanwhile, the 3 of us check out the stalls separately. I'm surprised these are the same brands as the real mall in Itan. At least, she isn't delusional to make up her unique brands. After we look them over once, we notice the one where the key might be. All of the stores have people working for them except for one: the sweets shop which has a sign that it's currently closed.
"Yamai is really that predictable," Snipe commented. "I knew she can be a little dim, but this is on a whole new level." (Kometani: This is beginning level difficulty at its finest.)
"Indeed, I feel this is getting too easy for us to pass," said Marsault. "It's as if she's inviting us into her base of operations." she added.
"We should still be cautious going forward," said Noble. "There might be a trap waiting for us."
We all leap over the counter and while there is nothing valuable, there is a door to probably the kitchen. We opened the door and was surprised that behind this door is a white hallway like you see in an office building. And pass this hall, is a room with a desk, that had the keycard on top of it.
"Well, what do you know? It really feels too easy," said Spade. "Yet, I feel we're walking into a trap."
(Music ends)
As I was about to grab the keycard, I notice a slip of paper on it, I decided to read it in case it has any secrets. "To my beloved Takara, I have found someone who shall continue your dream of being the greatest model to ever exist! Would you believe she reminds me so heavily of you? I couldn't talk about it right now as I'm currently trying to convince her to be my model. One day, the Yamai Sisters will return to our former glory! I hope you can see me succeed from heaven. From your beloved Sister, Ren."
Everyone had a shocked or saddened expression upon hearing about Yamai's sister. The one who is sad is Snipe and Noble who seemed to be her closest friends. "I can't believe this! I had no idea that the queen had a sister!" said Marsault. "She never told me about her, why she didn't?"
Snipe seemed to have her answer. "Of course, she wouldn't tell you because it's a touchy subject. To make a long story short, Takara is Yamai's older sister and actually attended Itan years before we did. She and Ren are one of the closest sisters I have met; I only met her a few times as a kid. She's really polite and often check in on Ren when she's about to do something crazy. I don't know where my pic with her is, by the way."
Noble share her side with the story. "While I haven't known Lady Yamai as long as Snipe, it feels like I known her since I was a lass myself. It's thanks to that type of connection that she was able to share what happened to her sister despite being a touchy subject. I know what you're think, so I'm letting you be ready before I speak my part." It took us a few seconds and yet the truth we dread has caught us yet the same. Noble took a deep breath and spoke her part. "Lady Takara... has died long ago." And that got us super shocked! I can't believe this! Yamai's older sister is dead...!
(Moonlight Shining Through the Window — Komi Can't Communicate)
"I know, very tragic. It's a story she would rather bury than confront," Noble solemnly said. "Back when she was alive, Takara was a student with a dream of taking the world of fashion by storm, which would be the basis for this warped mall. That was a dream she is very determined to reach. But one day, she was riding the bus to get to the try outs for Vouge the same magazine we often read, but the bus that she was in..." she paused as she prepares for what I assume to be the hardest part. "Apparently, someone had sniped the driver and the bus of the bridge and shank into river. All of the people in the bus drowned including Takara herself. When Yamai found out, her mind practically shut down, gone was he cheerful, kind self and was replace by a shell of despair and sorrow."
Oh god... That is one truth I wish we didn't have to hear. Most of us got sick upon hearing, me being hit the most. That incident reminds me too much of the recent mental shutdowns that happened as of late. What this incident got me, is that I've been in an accident myself. Although it wasn't fatal, it really felt like I was going to die from that Injury.
"Man, that was devastating. The girl that was yandere was a victim all along," spoke Spade. "I wonder why she keep threatening us for Komi if she's still in pain."
"Tell me about it," Marsault added. "Even a sibling's death is a weakness for the dark lord.
"When I heard news of Takara's death, it felt like I lost a part of myself," Snipe spoke up, "What's worse, there's practically nothing I could've done to prevent it. I had no way of finding it out if it was going to happen, so the most I can do is to move on with it, no matter how the pain may affect me. I just wish I didn't get reminded in a time like this." I can see some tears welling up in their eyes, no doubt that they felt like she failed to protect a friend of their friend.
As for me, I could barely talk as tear keep flowing through me, as I'm one who gets emotional easily. "Lady Lynx, you feel bad about what happen to Yamai in her past. Believe me, if I had known her personally in the past, I would've been personal per me. But all we can do is to prevent Yamai making people suffer any longer her for her sake. That is what you told me before we started this quest, did you not?"
I feel a bit better at Kishi's kind words. A person has to be gentle to be strong. I wiped my tears awat and nodded. "Yes, this didn't change my mind. In fact, I feel even more motivated to changing her heart. Let's get back to the elevator now."
(Music Ends)
It was a simple walk back to the elevator or at least it should be a simple walk if not for one thing: a battalion of Shadows where ambushing us in front of the sweets shop. "Hey, that's our private space when we aren't working, and now that's exposed Ms. Yamai will fire us for letting the key get stolen. But if we get you, maybe she'll spare us! So, come quietly and turn yourselves in!" They all changed forms, and they all are Bicorns. But there's something wrong...
(Madness - Digital Devil Saga 2)
One of the Bicorns seemed to be acting strange as it was surrounded by a purple aura. The aura also spreads throughout the battlefield giving an even bigger sense of dread to those around it.
"Um, I don't like the look of the horse," said Spade nervously. "Looks like he's ready for the kill!"
"No worries! I'm taking this creep out!" said Snipe as they charged in with their batons. While they successfully hit him, it wasn't enough to kill him. However, there's even more trouble. "Um, why does he look like he has beef with me?" No sooner did they say that the glowing Bicorn charged towards them fiercely. Thankfully Snipe managed to avoid it int time and the Shadow returns to the other side. "Oh jeez, what the hell is his problem!?"
"MechaNeko seem to know this. "Uh, Oh! This is a moment where a Shadow gets supercharged and goes berserk if you try to hit it! But if you use their weakness and when they're weakened, you'll get something good!"
"Then, I'll go on ahead!" said Spade as he summoned Lupin and fired Zio on the already damaged Bicorn. While the attack did kill him, his body began so shine brighter as it became unstable. We all brace ourselves as we knew what will happen. No sooner than 5 seconds...
BOOM!
The purple Shadow exploded, heavily damaged all the other Bicorns to the point of near defeat! "Woah! I didn't expect an explosion from a single Shadow. But I'm not complaining! You take the last shot Lynx-San!" he said as he passed the baton to me.
"I haven't used this in a while, so, good thing for target practice!" I said as I spun the barrel as the Gaburevolver quips. [VAMOLA!] As the energy builds up, I took aim of the gun to the Bicorns. "Bang!" I quipped as I fired it to the horses each shot finished them. Not a hard battle despite the purple Shadow.
(Music Ends)
"I cannot believe there are Shadows that are volatile as bombs." commented Noble. "Sir Neko, you seemed to be familiar in the concept of them."
Mecha is happy to explain. "Of course! Those Shadows with purple, unstable auras are known as Disaster Shadows. They can appear at any time whenever a Shadow goes into battle mode. As you say, if it was attacked, they can go on a rampage, but if you deal a good amount of Damage, it can explode and cause damage to the other Shadows as well."
If that were the case, I think we're the lucky ones in this case," Marsault spoke.
"Well, at least, I'm not doing that again," added Snipe.
"I'm just like we survived. We would be in trouble if we didn't know his weakness," said Spade as he took off his hat to rub his hair for a moment.
"Anyway, we should get to elevator fast. Yamai may do something at this moment," I spoke as we head to the elevator.
And I was right, at this moment Shadow Yamai had seen the entire fight by security camera. Let's see how she's doing now.
(With Shadow Yamai)
(I Love Fashion♡ — Komi Can't Communicate)
At the time of us getting a key card, Shadow Yamai was happily eating cakes in her room, with her Onigashima serving another one. "Oh, this is the best! Business is running as usual and I'm ranking in the profits! Sooner or later, I'll make my expansion sooner or later!" she says happily.
"Oh yes! Things have been busy ever since our show a few days ago," Onigashima said as she set the cake onto her desk. "Looks like it wasn't a total failure.
"Of course it wouldn't fail. Komi-Sama was there with that superpower of hers and made the event better!" said Shadow Yamai. "After that, nothing can go wrong!" No sooner that she said it, an alarm rang of in her room as it interrupted her snack time. As she sets her headphones. "What's the meaning of this? Why am I receiving an alarm at this time!?"
[I'm sorry about that Miss, but we received word that the invaders have gotten the hidden keycard and took out our ambush! It had some of our best trained men too! Forgive us, Miss Yamai]
"I'll get back to you in a minute. But it will not be pleasant news!" she angrily cuts off her feed before addressing her vice-manager. "Is this true, Oni-San?"
"I'll check the feed now," Onigashima assured her superior. She turned on the TV and on it was us wiping out the Shadows that ambushed us with ease. "Oh shit, they're right! They didn't break a sweat, especially with our former captain among them!"
"Grrrrrrrr! I will not let them enter my sacred floor with, only Komi-Sama! There's only one option open to me!" the Shadow-Self said as she activated her transmitter on her headset. "Power operator, this is Yamai, I have a new order for you!"
[Of course, my lady! What would this order be?]
"Shut down the power in the entire mall! I will not have intruders in my VIP floor! Don't question me, just do it!" she ordered.
[But wouldn't that include the fourth floor too? The VIPs would be frightened by the darkness.]
"You forgot that the fourth floor has its own generator. At least we'll try to prevent the panic before anyone gets on our case," she advised her operator.
[On it, my lady!]
Onigashimi looked at her with concern, showing that she has some will as opposed to the other cognitions. "Are you sure this is a good idea? Komi may not like the measures you take."
Shadow Yamai simply shrugs. "I'm doing my best to make her happy. I'll make her my model even if I have to take drastic measures." She said as she gets back to eating her cakes as Onigashima sighs.
(Music ends)
(Back with us)
We returned to the elevator where we would insert the card and make our way to the top of the mall. Hard to believe we'll be able to make it to the end.
"Just one more floor to go," I muttered to myself as I prepare to insert the card into the slot. But right as I was able to insert it...
"CLICK!"
The entire floor's power went off! One by one, the lights shut down and the floor was dark as night. The computer that controls the elevator also shuts down meaning we can use it to go up.
But there's another problem, I got scared by the sudden blackout! I was cowering in fear as I had a great fear of dark as unlike Demon Slayer, which has a boy filled with hope, I can't handle genuine horror.
"Hey Lynx, are you scared?" Spade as in concern, I nodded in response. "Stay strong. I know this is scary, but as a Phantom Thieves, you can put your fears aside. You did this when your able to talk the first time your here."
I was still shaken by darkness, but I won't let it get the better of me. "I can do this. I can do this." I muttered. At least I'm not alone in this.
"That aside, we can't get down now the elevator is out of power. I assume Yamai planned to block out the way with a blackout," Snipe commented. "How do we get down?"
"That's easy!" said MechaNeko. "Remember the Safe Rooms? We can simply transport back down using them."
"That is a plan for now," said Noble. "Something tells me we need to be on the first floor to fix the power outage."
"So, what are we waiting for?" demanded Marsault. "Let us delve deep into darkness to find our light!" she said as we returned to the safe room and went back into the entrance.
(Yamai's Grand Mall, Entrance)
We are once again at the entrance to the mall. The place looks different with the light off. It looks like it was abandoned for a few years. It's almost kinda eerie with the only evidence of business is the customers in front of it.
"Feels weird that people are still hanging around after the blackout," Snipe said.
"I second that," said Spade. "I'm not liking the look of this. Makes me want to turn the power back on soon."
I simple nodded in agreement. "I'm in the same boat. I want to see the light faster too." And we all went inside the mall one more time.
But little did we know is that a group of six individuals have secretly infiltrated the mall in a different manner. (Kometani: In case you're wondering, these are not the Phantom Thieves or any Persona team. You'll see who they are eventually.)
(Yamai's Grand Mall, Floor 1)
The floor was as dark as nighttime as there are not many bright spots except for glass lights. The only sources of light are the flashlights from the guards who are making sure the guests are safe. But at least, we know where to avoid the Shadows. We made to the end of the floor as we haven't been to there yet.
"Now that we arrived, we need to find out where the generator is," said Spade. "Any guesses where it is?"
Noble is the first answer. "I would assume it would be in the basement area for this mall. Every generator is underground to safely send power to the mall."
"That is the optimal answer," Spade confirmed. "The one only question is where can we go to the basement.
With little light in the floor, we had a hard time seeing clearly until Marsault pointed it out the place. "I have found it! The only place darker than a blackout is a place where no light shines." We turned to where she points and sure enough, there's a dark tunnel there with graffiti on the walls.
Oh dear. I am so not ready to enter this dark hole even if the generator is inside. Spade put his hand on my shoulder. "I promise you we're going to keep you safe, no matter how scary the dangers in there can be."
Upon his words of encouragement, I took a deep breath though my mouth and relaxed. All I can do is put up my bravest smile. "I'll be okay. Let's get the power back on." And soon, we entered the darkest depths of her basement. (Kometani: Good news! No jump scares will happen. In this chapter at least.)
(Yamai's Grand Mall, Basement)
(Point 136 - Digital Devil Saga)
Oh god this place gives me the creeps. There's almost no lighting in these hallways making it harder to traverse. Thankfully, there happened to be a crate that contained fresh lanterns ahead, supposedly for the workers who need to find the generator to reboot it.
"Don't mind that we do," said Snipe, though they began to feel the creepiness of this place. And she's right, the graffiti is everywhere. Some of them are feature Yamai taking pleasures with me, no doubt she does come here to have her pleasures privately. No doubt this represents the darkest depths of her mind.
Spade seemed to start feeling a bit sick, which I understand. This reminded him too much of the time he was kidnapped by Yamai. Hopefully, none of that will happen again after this.
But when we reached the first corner, we realized something. "This will take longer than we thought. Not only is this place dark as an eclipse, but there's also no map to guide us here," said Marsualt.
"I know that will be the case," said Noble. "This is a restricted area to visitors. But as long as we turn on the power again, we should have an easy way out." Soon, we entered an intersection where there are two paths. One is ahead and seems to go further down the into the basement. The other side to the left is another path and it has-
"BOO! I got you, didn't I?" We were completely not expecting to run into a Shadow standing in the entrance, I was shaking badly until Spade comforted me. "Looks like have found few ghosts in our mists! Trying to turn the lights back on so you can get to the fourth floor huh?"
This earned Noble a scowl underneath her mask. "We knew it! This blackout was an intentional plot by your boss. It's a shame we are on our way to turn it back on to move on to our final destionation!"
"Maybe so, but you still aren't gonna make it there! Not until I scare your life out of you!" And thus, the Shadow transformed into something new. Instead of the previous types, this Shadow is small and golden, with only black circles as his eyes and mouth. For some reason, he is also holding a classic looking chair as if he is a ghost.
(Kometani: The Trickster Ghosts of Aeon: Poltergeist)
I found him to be cute. I was expecting something more terrifying like in the movies, but it's dangerous all the same. "I'll admit you're cute, but you won't scare us that easily. We'll through this all the same."
There are two ghosts we're facing in the dark. Though we can see them well enough, it's hard to fight them in an enclosed space like this. Masault commands Morgan to use dark magic onto ghost but it didn't work, "Curses! Of course, dark magic has little effect on specters!" In retaliation. the ghost did his own attack which happens to be Tera as the ground begins to crack open; she successfully dodges the attack just before ground bursts open.
"If he is a ghost, then his weakness is light! Onward, King Arthur!" Noble belted out as her Persona rises and fires Kouha from his sword knocking the first ghost down. "A pretty obvious weakness in this case. You know what you have to do, Lady Lynx!" she said as she passed the baton to me.
"If I'm Itan's beacon of hope, I shall shine brightly!" I declared as I summoned Izanami. "Time to light it up! Kouha, please!" Izanami has a ball of light ready and threw it into the other ghost and knocked it down. "Now we go for the finish! All-out attack!" And once again, we all rushed in and beat them up. They aren't as strong as we beat them with ease.
Silence is Golden.
(Point 136 - Digital Devil Saga)
"Damn, that almost gave me a heart attack!" said Snipe. "I would've shoot in the dark had it been scarier than a Shadow."
"Thankfully you didn't," added Marsault. "But how are we going to get deeper into the darkness to find the light?"
"As simple read of the room," said Spade. "The Shadow in that hallway is our clue to where we are going. If we fought more in those corridors. we may be able to reach the generator room."
"However, it's only a matter of time before the fuel in our lanterns will run out," said Noble. "We need move as fast as possible!" she recommended.
However, I was reminded of the power separate from my persona, one of them improves my eyesight. I wonder... "Maybe we don't need to worry about our lanterns. I think I already have a solution. Just let me focus on my eyes." I close my eyes for a few seconds and opened them up again as they glow purple.
I don't believe this! It's a miracle! "I can see the floor clearly like it was day! The floor looks like it was glowing below us!" This got everyone shocked; Spade seemed to get what I am feeling.
"It must be like how a cat sees. Since you have the senses like a cat, it also includes their benefits that normal people don't have, like seeing clearly in the dark." he explained.
"This is nice to have, we can even look at potential Shadows ambushing us. And since this gives me a cat's eyesight, I'll call this new power: Cat Eyes" I decalred. (Kometani: It's obvious, but Komi doesn't know her power is actually called Third Eye.) "Now to get to the generator."
With this new power, we were able to easily slip pass by any wandering Shadows and find the correct pathways to the generator. Most of the Shadow we faced aren't that hard to deal with. Though there is one new Shadow we came across.
(Hunting - Compulsion - Digital Devil Saga)
We have come across a Shadow with a woman's head and an animal's body. The body itself is blue with lion legs with one looking like it belongs to a mule. Judging by the golden eyes, this Shadow looks like it's on a hunt.
(Kometani: The Greek Vampires of Fortune: Empusa)
There were 3 of them but not too difficult to fight. They all spit water out meaning they have the same elemental spells as Snipe. But they fired back with their Persona, and they endured well.
Meanwhile, Noble fired arrows at their legs to keep them still. Spade also fired Zio on one of them and it was effective.
That leaves only me and it's time to use my new form of Ice Breathing. I ran to them as ice began to emitting form my sword. Soon a circled around the Empusas, moving faster and faster until they cannot escape me. I began to close the gap as they are shivering in fear. Then I swung my sword...
"Ice Breathing: 2nd form: Winter Wrath!" I whispered as my attack created an explosion of snow that gotten them. All I see left are their head, which no sooner vanished from my sight.
After that, I breath out. What feels weird is that my breath felt cold as if it's winter. I assume is because ice is cold and my style imitates ice, my body temperature as to decrease in order actually imitated it. I wonder if Tanjiro-San's body gets hotter when he uses Hinokami Kagura.
Soon, we all arrived at a pair of doors that had a sign saying "Generator room" on top of it. "Nice! This nightmare is about to end!" cheered Snipe.
"Indeed, it is, now that we are about to dispel the darkness, all that's left to defend the Queen of Lust is her sacred 4th floor!" Marsault declared.
"Then, what are we waiting for? I'm more than ready to blackout to be over with," spoke out Spade.
We opened the doors to the generator, and it seems no one is present which mean we should turn it on easily. Using my Cat Eyes, I can see that all I need to turn the power back on is pulling the lever down. "The generator is easy to switch on. I'll just pull the lever and we're good to go." I step forward and put my hand on the level. With all my strength, I pull the lever as hard as I could, and the lever went all the way down!
(Amaravati - Digital Devil Saga 2)
The generator was humming as the lights in this room began shine back on. One by one, the lights in this floor have lit back up and no sooner the entire mall is back in its shiny sight!
"Man, so glad the power is back on!" exclaimed Spade. "That bring me bad memories when I spend my time in darkness."
"Indeed, it feel too much like a horror movie, unfitting for a knight of honor," said Noble.
"Well, now that it's over, time to hit the V.I.P. floor, if I say so better myself," said Snipe, stretching her arms.
Before we head out, I heard Yamai's voice again. "Hang on for a moment. I can hear her voice here too. I think another Will Seed is here."
"I think the darkness had concealed her voice like it didn't exist when it is dark," Noble coined in. "With the lights back on, nothing hides it anymore."
"Then, what are we waiting? Let's grab it and any other treasure before we leave this floor!" Marsault demanded.
Thus, we went left of the generator room and found another Will Seed. It was green this time, but I cut it off, grabbed it, and all of us got a nice refresh from grabbing it. On our way out, we decided deck out the corridors for any treasure we missed, and we did find some. There's one chest that had a lock in it, so I decided to try the Miracle Key, and it worked! Spade stands next to me as I opened them; he was pumping his fist has the treasure is surely. Three medicine packs called Beads and a defense pack for females are inside it. I'll hand it over Noble in the next level as she's the only one without extra defensive clothing.
This has been an interesting experience, but it wasn't a negative one. I'm actually having fun with it! Never that I mission that I have to do offers some enjoyment to me. Especially, that I have my friends with me. And the best part is yet to come, reaching the end and get to the treasure. And that is something to look forward to when we finally access the fourth and final floor of her lustful mall.
(Kometani: To be Continued...)
(Omake: Phantom Facts!)
Lynx: Welcome to this episode's entry of Phantom Facts! Today is a special case as we will have two guests today,
Marsault: Which is me...
Noble: And me as well.
Lynx: And the reason why this is a special day is.
Noble: The fact that my and Marsault's Persona both originated from Arthurian Legend. Mine is King Arthur himself.
Marsault: Mine is Morgan Le Fay, the witch that had a grudge against him.
(Fate Stay Night - Eien no Toga)
Noble: I'm afraid she one of the major characters responsible for Arthur's downfall and eventual death.
Marsault: You see, in an act of jealously, she caused trouble for him and her queen, causing a rift in between them.
Noble: In addition, she tricked his son, Mordred, to rebel against him to try to take the throne form him. Unfortunately, he succeeded in defeating his father.
Marsault: To think one of the most historic rebels had one of the darkest stories ever told. Fitting for a dark lord.
Lynx: That is so sad! Poor King Arthur didn't deserve this!
Noble: Indeed, he does not. But there is a bright spot for today!
(Fate Stay Night - Kagayake Shounen Shoujo)
Marsault: Indeed, our good friend King G. Ruler has already made our appearance known to the world. My appearance shall strike fear into my mortal enemies! Now Feast your eyes!
Lynx: Wow! You are a dark lord alright! No surprise your rebellious image would be one.
Marsault: You are indeed correct, my princess. The basis of my clothing is a black version of Emila's outfit in Re:Zero. The additions are Zero's cape from Code Geass, and my mask is instead a Megumin's eyepatch with the Kanji for Death instead of a cross.
Morgan: And don't forget me, my lord!
Morgan: A perfect design for a wield or dark magic. The dragon designs are perfect for me. Also, there's a shadow underneath as I have no legs and can only float.
Noble: But you can't forget me! I am the one who has King Arthur. I even have the best design for me right here.
Lynx: Wow, Noble! I knew you look good in Saber's armor, but you really are beautiful when I see you for myself!
Noble: Glad you love it, my lady. Obviously, Saber is my favorite version of King Arthur, so of course my inner rebel will be her dress. Her steel has changed to gold like Nero's in Extra, and I obtain Eraser Heads google to fit the knight theme. You also noticed something remained the same before and after my awakening. And you're right, the metal arm I wore every day, has remained though turned gold like the armor; I can't be a knight without it. You also know I wield Excalibur in this art. In-universe, I don't wield it, at least not yet. It's because the weapon is so powerful, it will break the game if I wield it now. But I will get it eventually, so it's not completely a false art. Before I forget, my hair is usually platinum blonde. In this form, my hair has changed to golden blonde like Saber, and also has her ribbon.
King Arthur: I also get a full appearance too. Like the real version of myself.
King Arthur: What you see is a near perfect remake of the male Saber from Fate. As you can see, I am wearing Kamen Rider Brave's helmet to give me some taste. Also, you can't see my eye here as the purpose to hide my real identity. You can tell what Green19 is going for in my future versions.
Noble: Indeed, I am more than proud to have the King of Knights as my guardian spirit. Fits like a glove.
Lynx: Indeed, I can't wait to see what the future will hold. But it looks like that's it for this chapter. See you for the end of Yamai's Palace!
Noble: Don't forget to check for updates!
Marsault: And see us finished the Queen of Lust for real! Do not miss it!
(End of Chapter!)
Notes:
All done! Finally, this took longer than I thought, but I managed to make it before one month at least. I will try to write the next faster, but not everything will go according to plan. Also, at the time of me posting this chapter, it's just one day before the first anniversary of my fic! However, the next chapter will be the proper monument for it.
To Start, Yamai has selected Shujin as the school to move which greatly upsets Komi. Since she knew the school's reputation went downhill after Kamoshida, of course she wouldn't go there even if means meeting Akira full time.
I made the 3rd floor simpler as I don't want to repeat the puzzles in the first two floors. Also, I was request Kishi to face of Berith and I hope I delivered it well. If you don't like it, don't worry, it not the only one. Also, the introduction to Disaster Shadow is as basic as it gets, but I did change the theme to "Madness" at it plays when the battlefield take a different meaning.
Also, I gave a modified backstory for Yamai for why she is obsessed with Komi. (Some of her canon backstory is still in) in this canon, she had an older sister who died due to circumstances out of her control. The name, "Takara", is actually used in another Komi fanfic that I read, but the name itself wasn't copyrighted. In case anyone is familiar with it, just know it's not the same "Takara Yamai" as her death is different from the other one. The name just clicks with me.
You may notice the cognitions act differently than in Kamoshida's Palace. Unlike them, these ones have more free will than them. Yamai's cognition of Onigashima is actually more intelligent than the slaves and actually acts closer to her real self. This shows despite her lust for Komi, she still sees her closest friends as actual friends albeit with them as employees in her mall.
I also made a blackout segment in this chapter. There is only one segment like this in the original P5, and I feel there wasn't enough of them. I also put fitting music as it certainly fits a creepy place like a basement in a blackout. The pic for the entrance is actually from the pic for "Nothing is Scarer" page in TV Tropes.
Before I close it, you notice a group of six individuals who infiltrated the mall during the blackout. As Kometani said, these are not Persona users, rather it relates to one of the additions I planned to put in here. I gave clues on who they could be. Heck, I put a ton a music from the series they came from. Just to let you know that these are not the actual characters, since this is the Metaverse and the Shadows are based on Demons, after to summon they would be here as Shadows. They even have human shapes, so they have a true form too. There is one word that they hold dear to them: "Comrades".
To close it out, thank you King G. Ruler for the Fanart for this series! Soon, I will edit my previous chapters so I can feature them as they awakened. I also made posters for them, to promote him. Link to him here: https://x.com/K1ngGameRu1er
Now the preview!
Komi's POV: We reached the final floor, and we had the shock of a lifetime as one of the posters reveal a truth! To get to the treasure, we have to beat 4 of Yamai's friends including Onigashima. It will be tough as I hate fighting my friends even if they are not the real ones. After that, I went to get something to read to decompress myself to better prepare for the final step of our plan. Next time, "It's Just Yamai's Mall of Lust (part 2)!" We're almost there! Just have to endure it a little longer! See you next time and be with your friends always!
(Bonus!: Since SMT is a real thing in this universe (especially with the demon merchandise around): you can guess who the “fiend boss” is judging from Nakanaka's reaction to it.)
Chapter 12: It's Just Yamai's Mall of Lust (Part 2)
Summary:
Komi POV: The end is near! We have one more floor to get through before reaching Yamai's treasure! When we arrived, we discover the reason why Yamai is lustful for me. Not only that, we also have to fight all of Yamai's 4 remaining friends, including Onigashima. But there's also one last will seed we need to grab, and it's guarded by a high-ranking Shadow. After that, I just want to rest up and just borrow a book to read. Feeling nervous about what will happen next.
Notes:
Hey guys, before we start things of with today's chapter, I'm happy to announce that Thieves of Communication is officially one year old starting with this chapter! This series has been a great way to pass time. I often watch series as I work on it. This is my love letter to Persona 5, Komi-San (manga ended this year), as well as the late Billy Kametz, the voice actor for Dr Maruki. I have worked on it for so long and I won't stop anytime soon.
I will also say, the Mall of Lust arc will eventually end soon. I estimate 4 more chapters the minimum: 2 for the last of the mall, 2 for the aftermath. I will say it will be a while until both group of Phantom Thieves will meet. but the meeting will indeed happen later down the line.
This chapter will probably be a bit shorter as it's the rest of the Palace and some stuff in the real world. Since Komi doesn't have the ability to go in night after a Palace, that part will be short. Next chapter will be a bit longer as "that" will happen.
Now the disclaimer: I don't own Persona 5 or Komi-San as well any fanart made by someone else. All series featured are owned by their respective creators and companies. (Katsura Hashino, Tomohito Oda, Atlus and OLM) If a chapter includes fanart, I will include the link to their original posts and creators. Please support the creators and official material.
After that short info dump. time to finish shopping in a twisted mall! Let us start the game!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
(Komi's POV)
(5/28, Saturday)
(After School: Yamai's Grand Mall, Floor 1)
(Days until Yamai moves out with Komi: 5)
(A Trip to Alivel Mall - Kirby and the Forgotten Land)
It didn't take long to get out, but finally we were out, and the mall is lively again! I hope it takes Yamai a while before we get to the fourth floor.
"Man, feels good to be back in the spotlight!" said Snipe as they stretched her arms. "I hate firing in dark places."
"I concur," said Noble. "I wouldn't want my swordsmanship to be ruined by darkness."
I look to see that the elevator is unguarded. "But the most important part is that with the power back on, we can make it to the top floor. Nothing else beyond there, so the treasure is nearly there," I said.
"Then, let's get movin'. We're burning daylight here, even in nighttime!" Spade spoke out. Thus, we head to the central elevator shaft and thankfully it's already operational. With no time to waste, I inserted the final keycard and like before, a message plays when I inserted it.
[Congratulations! You have found the key to the 4th card! Now you have access to all of the floors in my mall! However, you still have long ways from witnessing my greatest possession in my mall! Only those who are brave enough to take my final challenge will get permission to see it! As for buying off me, may as well be an entire bank's worth of yen to get me to pawn it off! And don't think off stealing it from me! I will be the first to know if an attempt will be made! Got it!? All right, you can come up to the greatest shopping experience you'll ever witness!]
"Just one more challenge, huh?" Marsault said with crossed arms and a smirk. "It's just another hurdle for us to jump! I say we take it head on!
Snipe snickers at the comment. "Couldn't said that any better, Marsault! Her days of management are numbered!" And so, we board the elevator to take us back to 4th and final floor of this mall, I'm more than ready to shut this place down for good.
(Music Ends)
(Yamai's Grand Mall, Floor 4)
At long last, we made it to the final floor of Yamai's Mall! We all stepped out and see what it has to offer. Surprisingly, contrary to the basement, this floor looks beautiful. There's a lot of gold on the pink walls and columns in the mall, there are many flowers that smell good and there are many nicely dressed people here too. I just hope we don't bring a fight around these parts.
However, on the posters that we saw, it's quite a shocking truth as while Yamai's poster remained the same, my poster is vastly different.
(Lack of Power for Wisdom - Code Geass)
Instead of my usual black hair and dark purple eyes, the posters of me have bright purple hair and magenta eyes like Yamai. Not only that the eye lashes are shorter than mine. Despite the differences, those who haven't known Yamai personally have pieced together about the poster: It's Yamai's elder sister!
This revelation has started to make me nauseous. "I can't believe it! Takara-San has a resemblance to me?" I struggle to hold my lunch as I covered my mouth.
"No wonder I didn't make a connection!" Sniped realize. "I was trying to cope so hard, my memories of her have been buried. Now they have slowly come back to haunt me."
All Noble can do is sigh. "I knew you would react like this. Believe me, I didn't connect the dots until now. But I think we should talk in private. I saw a new save room over there; we can settle down with no interruptions," she said as this time a safe room in a lounge is next to us.
Spade seemed to agree. "I'm with you, we should be emotionally ready before we go in further." Thus, we all head to the safe room before I force myself to throw up. I haven't felt sick like this in a long time.
(Music Ends)
(Safe Room, Mall Floor 4)
We all sat down at the center table to decompress as much as we can. Noble, the only one still standing, magically dissipated her armor, aside from her usual armored arm, to make it easier for her to settle in. "You feel better, my lady?" Noble asks me. I nodded despite the anxiety still shaking me. "I may not be the best in mental anxiety but just breathe slowly if you still feel off." I nodded "Well then, I suppose I should sum up the reason why Lady Yamai acts the way she did." As she brings up her story with Yamai, I brought my hands together in a prayer like position, closed my eyes and breathe steadily. This always helped me in my most stressful moments and now is no different.
(Pessimistic Time - Code Geass)
Noble began to tell her account about Takara-San. "As you all saw, Yamai's very sister has as strong resemblance to Lady Komi. I only seen her from hidden photos back in Ren's room long before we attended Itan, but she instantly hid them again as it's a topic she would rather not share in picture. The fact that despite the hair and eye color being different, she and Komi have as similar appearance means that her lust is no longer a coincidence." she starts off.
"I hate to ask but how did Ren's first seeing Komi when if this is true?" asked Spade.
Noble answered him in a solemn tone. "Allow me to start with something, Sir Spade. Back before we three attended Itan, Lady was barely smiling. The only times that we saw her smiling are when she still plays the piano and Christmas parties. It doesn't help her own family was involved in her life that much even after Takara's death. It's like happiness was all but a dream to her." She paused for a moment as if an exposition is incoming. "However, things took a sharp turn when we attended Itan. As you may already know, everyone has been hot over heels over Komi when she made herself known. While I do have being caught in the hype, Yamai's case was a whole different level. All of a sudden is as if her feelings of happiness and love have been resurfaced after a decade. All of a sudden, she began to making plans to making Komi, hers and will not stop until she does."
Noble sighs as if she felt guilty of something. "Unfortunately, she took advantage of my chivalry, and I ended up being the bodyguard of Lady Komi for Yamai. That wasn't my proudest moment. I did open my eyes to the truth ever since I and the rest of her group got to know the real Komi in the pool last year, but it wasn't until now that I see how far Lady Ren has been twisted due to her lingering feeling for her fallen sister." she finished with a sigh as well as removing the goggles on her face.
We all took a minute to process as Snipe drops their two cents. "As for me, it was a huge age gap. I couldn't tell if you are related or not. Doesn't help you have different hair and eye colors. I still can't believe I didn't think of Takara until now." They said look a bit glum for them. "To think the past has come back in a dire situation like this."
Spade is also saddened, thinking about the times Yamai went after him due to her lust for Komi. "I hate the fact what Yamai did was horrible due to her feelings with her sister. I was almost a sacrifice for her, and it was awful," he shuddered when he was talking about that dreadful day.
It was them Marsault decided to move this conversation to a more present situation. "For once, I felt remorse for the Queen of Lust, but what she is doing is muddying her sister's memory! My mind has not been changed since then! If the Queen needs to see the ugliness in her heart, we shall open it to her!"
Noble shares the same opinion. "Indeed. If we leave as she is, no doubt her ambitions will continue after their move. And that is something we will stop," she said as she puts her mask back on. "I assume you have the same resolve?" she asked. Snipe and Spade nodded. That only leaves one person: Me. Know that I need support the most, she sits down in puts her hand on my shoulder. "What is your word, my lady? No doubt you feel the most personal about this. Especially, that you will have to take down Yamai while she still sees her sister in you. Will you still face her even when she will feel very betrayed?"
As I still feel the stress of uncovering the truth, a part of me want to run from this. And yet, I feel that I must go through with this. Walking away from this would not only betray my friends, but also the entire reason to make friends. Didn't I make my dream of making 100 friends not just to make my life better, but to change me into a strong and happy girl? I have made this vow ever since elementary school and not ever will a change or break it. It wasn't easy, but I knew what my answer is now. I stopped breathing a look at my friends, now with a calm and cool expression along with my mask off.
"I have been thinking it over and... I'm still sure of changing Yamai-San's heart." Everyone had brighter expressions after hearing my answer. "After seeing her sister with my two eyes, I got me thinking that I'm partly responsible for Yamai being this way. I didn't do anything, but Yamai did what she did because of my appearance. It makes me sick to my stomach. However, I also know she's suffering from her trauma too. She has been bottling up her emotions related to her sister. I couldn't stand one of my friends suffering from the inside. That's why I'm going through with this. Not only to stop Yamai, but to see her true self: the girl she was before she lost her way." That was all I said before I wait for their answers.
Instead of saying anything, my friend all placed their hands to mine, all of them smiling at me. There is no need for words to be said as I can hear what they would say: 'We're feeling the same. You're not alone in this. We'll bring Yamai back to reality no matter what.' I couldn't help but sniffle at my friends' kindness. "T-Thank you..." After I recompose myself, the only thing I said is, "Time to go, not much farther into her treasure now."
The rest of the Thieves of Communication all nodded, and Noble rematerialized her armor as we head out. Just one final push to the end...
(Yamai's Grand Mall, Floor 4)
(Urban Area - Digital Devil Saga 2)
This floor seemed be as secure as the lower floors. A bunch of guards are patrolling the area as usual. These are the most powerful Shadows in this Palace, so the treasure must be here. "So, where do we go now?" asked Spade.
"I still have the map, give me a few seconds to read it," said Marsault as she goes over the map of the fourth floor. "It appears, to get to the treasure chamber, we have to go through square spots all on the second floor and beat their challenges. We each earn a keycard from beating the challenges and we use the cards in the large door opposite from the elevator door is facing." We turned past the elevator and sure enough, a large door with Yamai's face on the arc is there. No doubt this where the treasure is in.
"Then we go up and face these challenges," said Spade, "We have to reach the chamber anyways, so let's make it to the end." And so, we went to the end of floor to take the escalator up to the second level of this floor.
[Kometani: Just a heads up: some of the Thieves of Communicaton has learned new moves. In Lynx's second set, she gained enough Fire Orbs to learn a new fire move: Maragi! She also has enough Water and Earth Orbs to learn Aqua and Terra. She also learned Sukukaja as well. Meanwhile, Snipe learned Rakunda, while Marsault learns Patra. Noble and Spade didn't learn any new moves this time, however.]
[Also, Noble's Persona, King Arthur's ability is Damage Barrier. When at attacked, it has a 50]
When we came the second level, it seems the path to the left is locked up. "Looks like we can only go the other way for now. At least the first challenge room is up ahead," I commented. "I wonder what they are for us?"
"Well, if she wants us to challenge her, let us show her highness we are worthy of her treasure," Noble declared and we nodded in unison. We all went to the first room, but we encounter patrolling Shadows before us. We feel like getting a warmup, so we ambushed it, and it was just a Succubus and two Angels. But with Marsault's dark magic and Noble's light orbs, these two are made short work for us. Soon we arrive at the first challenge room, at first, it looked like a normal lounge, people sitting on the seats with a bare center.
Snipe seemed to laugh at the unimpressive sight. "Really? Did Yamai ran out of ideas that she only has an empty room here?" But then...
(Music Ends)
"Oh, please. Call it empty is a petty insult!"
(What Are You Up To? - Komi Can't Communicate)
And then, seemingly falling from the ceiling, came down Sonoda, greeting us with crossed arms and a smirk. "You think getting past this challenge is child's play. No, no, it's far from easy if you ask me."
As I approached him, Noble placed her armored hand on my shoulder. "Let me negotiate, I'm still his comrade no matter what form I take." As her tone signifies an absolute certainty, I decided to let her talk to Sonoda for us. "Sir Sonoda, if I were still among your ranks, would you allow me to gain access to Lady Yamai's treasure? Even if I'm fighting against her, know that this is for her own good." she reasons with Sonoda.
Sonoda thinks for a few seconds. But... "I would do that, but considering Yamai branded you as a traitor at this point, I'm remaining unbiased. Sorry, but I'll only let you pass if you can beat my bodyguards! Eligor, come forth!" He called and two high-ranking Shadows which both turned into Eligor!
Sonoda smirks again. "Don't like them? These are my greatest bodyguards that have served me. I would back down if I were you, these guys eat thieves for breakfast."
"Well, so much for negotiating. But at the same time, I want a good challenge from this!" Snipe smirked back.
"Well ask and you shall receive! Time for the game to begin!" Sonoda declares as the battle began.
(Insert: Take Over by Lyn)
The first Eligor tried to skewer Spade with his spear, but he guarded against the spear attack and was only minorly injured. "Damn, these guys are stronger than last time! Time to shock them back!" When he summoned Lupin III, he fired Zio onto him. However, unlike last time, the electric attacks didn't knock him down. "Something's wrong, he's not down!"
Marsault noticed that as well. "Sonoda was not kidding about them being his greatest bodyguards!" she said as she narrowly avoided the other Eligor's spear. She and her Persona fired their own magical attacks but was ineffective. "My dark magic is not working for them either!"
"And I'm afraid my attacks aren't as effective either," Noble informed. "And it takes a long time to charge up Excalibur."
"Plus, with that armor, I don't think my super gun can pierce them," admitted Snipe. "Got any other Ideas?" They suggested.
I've been thinking about what my powers could do against them. I could try to fire ice and freeze them but freezing them has a small chance of happening. All I have are my Gaburevolver and extra Zyudenchi. Wait... That's it!
"Everyone, out of the way! There's gonna be love in the air!" I called out as I took out Stymero. Everyone knew what this battery does, so they make room for me and them. "Brave In!" Then I inserted it. [Gaburincho! Dricera! Stymero!] I spun the barrel and said the magic word. "Bang!" I quipped as the shots were fired at the Eligors
[Vamola Mucho! DRRDRRIL, SWOOOON!!]
When the shots hit the Eligors, they both seemed to act despondent as if they lost the will to fight. Upon raising their head, their vision was filled with a pink filter and when they got me in their sights, I pushed out of my comfort zone and posed. I put one hand on my hips, flipped my hair, a smile so sweet it would make anyone pass out. "Hey, knights in shining armor, would you want to go out with me?" I said trying to be seductive my own way.
Hearts appear in the Eligors' eyes meaning Stymero worked! They have fallen in love with me! "Sadly, I only have room for one to go with me. But if one of you beats the other, I'm going out with you. Sounds good?" Immediately after I said that the two demon knights began brawling with each for that date. It was a brutal beatdown as bruises appear on their horses, and dents were on their armor.
Everyone else watching it was either laughing or had wide eyes. "You know what they say: Love makes you crazy," Spade commented.
"These things are always gold to watch!" Snipe said as they laugh it out.
Noble however, is currently charging up her sword strike. "Whatever the case, I bought me time to charge up my most powerful attack. Brace yourself!" She said as the raised her sword toward the Eligors still fighting. "EXCALIBUR!!!" She swung her sword and in a near instant the two Shadows are obliterated with the horse heads remaining until they vanished. "I guess love can bring them to their fates..." she said as the fight ends.
(Urban Area - Digital Devil Saga 2)
Sonoda looked at the disappearing remains of his bodyguards with a scared face before recomposing himself. "Well, I never thought that Love is used as a weapon, but congrats! You passed my challenge! You have earned the first of the keycards. It's yours." he said as he took it out and threw it to us and I caught it with my two fingers.
"Nice thinking, Lynx! I never thought your natural beauty can be used like this," Spade congratulated me.
I then took out Stymero. The dinosaur in it is gone and has a blue screen "As I thought, I can only use it once per visit, The only way to recharge them is to leave the Palace for today."
"Well, I should be a man and get out of here," said Cognitive Sonoda.
This raised Noble's eyebrows. "You would go against Lady Yamai after one failure?" she asked him.
"This was my biggest failure, and I know I'll be fired by this; I would rather quit than getting straight up fired," Sonoda admitted. "I actually see Komi-San higher than Miss Yamai, so I have no regrets. Just to let you know, my other friends will be tougher than me, so be careful going forward." That was the last thing he said before he walked out and the door further in has been opened.
(Kometani: Challenges left: 3)
We all process the events that happened, "So, even the Queen's subjects are not that loyal to her," Commented Marsault. "They moment they fail she either fires them, or they abandon her entirely."
"Well, given Yamai's history of trust, may not be a surprise to some," said Snipe. "I just hope they are alright in the real world. They've been on her thumb since last year."
"That won't be much longer," I said. "Once we changer her heart, maybe they could act like actual friends and not as a means. Let's head for the second challenge room now."
It's a straightforward lane into the next room. We simply chose to avoid any Shadows that may be trouble to take down. We did however find a new chest, and I opened it. They're a pair of new batons that Snipe can use. They gladly take them, and these silver batons do make them feel stronger. Also, we found a ring that has a lightning motiff; and gave it to Snipe to cover their weakness. I have to find a way to sell the treasure from the pedestals we broke.
We soon arrived at the next challenge room. It's more of the same but this one is a bit decorate with Japanese ornaments. I know who is in charge here. Snipe seem to agree with me. "Hey, you think this is the work of-"
(Music Ends)
"No need to ask. I'm already here!"
(Zenitsu’s Rehab Training | Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba)
In a puff a smoke, Shinobino has made his appearance true to his name. Though he wears black clothing like a ninja does unlike his real version. "I heard that you beat one of my comrades, but I shall be a different story." He said in his usual "ninja" tone.
Marsault meanwhile is impressed. "You are able to use actual ninjitsu compared to the real article. However, I plan on perfecting a teleporting spell to surpass even you." she challenges him.
"Oh, you think magic will surpass ninjitsu one day, right? But that will not come as I shall summon my beast!" Shinobino made some hand gestures as he prepares his attack. "Come forth my sacred beast! Arise, Genbu!"
Appearing in a puff of smoke, a blue shell with purple lines appears. Coming out of the shell was a tortoise with golden skin. However, it's tail was bizarre: it resembles a Chinese snake. This is a creature I'm familiar with as I was into Chinese mythology when I was younger.
(Kometani: The Snake Tortoise of Temperance: Genbu)
"Like him? He's the most adorable creature you'll ever seen!" Shinobino said affectionally. Hope you can survive his playtime. Play fetch, Genbu!" Genbu roared as he charged in, and the second challenge began.
(Brother Spider Appears | Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba)
In this battle, I allowed Noble to go first. "I'll slice this turtle into two shells! Giant Slice!" she shouted as King Arthur appeared and sliced it! Not much damage so far.
"Let me go next," I said in a cool confident voice. I snapped my finger as Izanami rises up. "Bufu, please." I asked her and she threw an ice shard at Genbu. But something is wrong, it looked like that ice attack didn't damage him. I wonder why. I equipped my Spyglass to analyze it but...
"I'm not waiting for this! Aqua away!" Snipe yelled as Lone Ranger began firing. However, the analysis showed that Genbu blocks Ice and drains Water.
"SNIPE STOP! IT WILL-" but it was too late: Lone Ranger fired his attack at it healed back to full health. I faced palmed at this. "Damn it Snipe! You should've waited for my signal!" I said in shame. (Kometani: Komi swear count: 12)
"Sorry, I got trigger happy," they apologized. "On the brighter side, does this toritise have a weakness?"
I nodded. "It does: it's weak to electric magic. And three of us know how to use them."
"Then allow me to start things of!" Spade declared, as he summoned Lupin and summons lightning with a snap of his fingers. Genbu was knocked down, but he still was looking strong. "I pass it to you, Marsault!"
"Happy to oblige, my gentleman," she said as she opens her book of spells and lighting sparked out. "You shall not live pass your mortal life! Feel the element of the heavens!" she shouted as lightning was casted down and shocked Genbu. But it wasn't down yet as the snake head fired multiple ice attacks at once. I took the hit and didn't hurt me as I'm also resistant to ice. Spade got hit and he got frozen from that attack!
"Oh no you don't!" I screamed as I commanded Izanami to cast Zio on the tortoise! I decided to pass the baton to Snipe as I go to thaw Spade. "Don't make the same mistake as last time!" I advise with a bit of authority.
The cowboy thief just saluted. "Aye aye, Captain! I'm planning on something new!" Suddenly, their new bracelet glows yellow as their Persona's guns began sparking with lightning. "I've gettin' a spark of inspiration from this! Zio!" From his guns, Lone Ranger fired bullets of lightning and struck Genbu, fully knocking it down. The bracelets to have powers we don't know. "Allow me to lead the all out attack!" They said as we bomb rush Genbu and Snipe rush forward and poses.
No one escapes my line of sight!
(Urban Area - Digital Devil Saga 2)
Like with Sonoda, Shinobino was wide eye upon the defeat of his pet. "My dear Genbu, gone..." he said as he looked down. In a few minutes, he got back up and face us. “You may have defeated my Genbu and broke my pride, but as this is an official battle, I have to give you the reward. This is yours to claim.”
As he said that, true to his name, he threw the card like a shuriken and Snipe caught it in time. “Well, that's sweet. It's just a shame we have to kill his pet tortoise to get this.” They said solemnly.
“I don't mind it. I'm not the same Shinobino you knew. Speaking of which, our leader, Chiarai hosts the next one. I wouldn’t underestimate him, he's the head of the Normies for a reason. I shall depart from this establishment at once. There's no more reason to work for Yamai-Sama any longer,” Shinobino said as he threw a smoke bomb and vanished without a trace.
(Kometani: Challenges left: 2)
We all stared at the spot he vanished the path to the next challenge opens in the bottom right corner.
“Can't believe I would feel bad about beating something to pass,” I said struggling to not leak tears.
“Indeed. I was already feeling pain from fighting my fellow comrades; this just adds to it more,” Noble said setting down her sword as if she is praying for the fallen Genbu.
“Well, that's what being a hero is,” MechaNeko said. “Pain is often felt no matter which side is involved.” And that’s a fact we didn’t acknowledge before now. It’s true heroes often saved people, but they will eventually feel pain if it means doing the right thing.
Spade seem to be first to be mentally stable enough say something. “Well, we should move on to the next challenge room. No use lamenting until after we reached the end”
I gather my bearings and felt more relaxed than before. “Yes, we should hold back on tears until the end. Time to move forward.” I called as we move to the next challenge room. It was a diagonal wall way to the bottom right of the room. The shadows we fought are the same ones in the basement; but they're not as scary in the light. Soon, we arrived that the third challenge room. It was orange all around it.
"I knew it, Chiarai is the host for this," said Spade. "Where is he anyway?
(Music Ends)
"I'm already here! No need to ask!"
(You Lose! - Komi Can't Communicate)
A spotlight lit up and in the center of the light was Chiarai, wearing a fancy suit as opposed to his normal uniform. "So, you've beaten my fellow comrades," he said with a smirk. "I assume you're facing mine as well?"
I stepped forward. "That right, we are!" I shouted. "Chiarai, why are you are you working with someone like Yamai-Chan? You would've not work for her if you knew what she has done."
"Why? Because we would no longer be seen as nobodies!" Chiarai sneered. "Even though me, Sonoda and Shinobino were friends before attending Itan, no one else would listen to us! Even Shinobino's quirk doesn't make him special. But when Lady Yamai offered us a job, we realized we would make a name for ourselves. When she finally has Komi as her model, she would give us one of her own in her group for one of us. If it wasn't obvious, I have been offered Yamai herself! I'll finally no longer be seen as a normie!"
Noble tried to negotiate with him. "Please, Sir Chiarai. Don't you see that Lady Yamai is only after Lady Komi only? Last I checked, she was seen as Bisexual; she is more into girls than in boys. It means you have little chance of her being your girlfriend." Even though this wasn't the real Chiarai, she still hopes she would talk some sense into him.
Chiarai simply scoffs at the argument. "Even if that were true, I will still have a chance to be make a name for myself! I will not be a guy who is working with a fan site! (Kometani: A certain blue haired boy from Shujin sneezed as he worked on his Phan Site)
"Or a guy who dies and revives an infinite number of times!"
Meanwhile a young man in a tracksuit in a medieval world sneezed for no reason. "Sabaru! Are you alright?" said a white-haired elf wearing an outfit that heavily resembled Marsault's
"I'm okay Emilia. It's just I feel like someone's talking about me behind my back," said Sabaru as he wiped his nose. 'I hope I don't die from a simple cold.'
"Or spirit who is a mascot of a Demon hunting team!'
Also meanwhile, a small green spirit in a post-apocalyptic city sneezed. "Are you feeling sick, Naravree?" said a blond girl in red with a green winged-shaped visor on her face.
"Oh, please Nozomi! I'm already dead! I can't get sick!" said the spirit called Naravree. 'Someone better not be talking about me!'
"I'll be none of that and be someone not normal! So, it would be in my best interest if you would fail for me!" Chiarai demanded.
Noble sighs as if she knew he wouldn't change his mind. "It appears words alone couldn't convince you. We'll just have to show you that you're following the wrong person."
"Well, I hoped this would be the case, so I'm bringing out the big guns!" Chiarai snapped his fingers. "Descend, Archangels!"
From the light two heavily armored Archangels descended, both looking hungry for battle.
"Bringing 2 angel knights that we beaten in my debut fight. Poor choice!" Marsault spoke out before the 3rd battle begins.
(Boss Battle - Kirby Star Allies)
Both the Archangels tried to combo us with two Giant Slices, but we were able to move out of the way. "Nothing's changed from last time!" Marsault declared as her Persona cased Eiha on one of them and knock them down.
"I'll take the next shot!" Spade shouted as Lupin III casts Zio with a snap of his finger. While it didn't knock him down, he was shocked still for a moment. "He didn't fall, but he looks vulnerable still."
"Allow me for a shot!" Noble declared as she charges in with her sword ready. There was no need for Excalibur as just a simple swing and an arrow from her bowgun was enough to knock him down. But... "UURRRKKKHH"
We all gasped as Noble seem to be electrocuted after slashing the Archangel. "Sir Noble, are you alright? Are you hurt?" Marsault asked in concerned.
Struggling to stand, Noble try to answer. "I'll be fine, but when I slashed the angel, it felt like the excess shock was transferred to me upon contact." she explained.
"It's probably because the shock can only transfer by physical contact," Mecha informed. "Don't worry, as long as you attack from a distance, you won't receive a shock."
"Forget a shock! This is revenge for knocking down my comrade! MAKOUGA!" the recovered Archangel shouted and charged up a giant ball of light. It soon divided into 4 balls and light and launched them with a swing of his sword.
While the balls of light are easily avoidable, Noble is unable to dodge in time. Marsault usually acts impulsively, but this time she is worried about the damage form the light combined with the shock would be high despite Noble's resistance to light. 'I'm not acting for my own sake! I am part of a team, and I have to save her!' She rushes in front of Noble and spreads her arms to brace for impact, Noble having a shocked expression in the process. The light orb collided with Marsault knocking her down and injuring her a lot.
"LORD MARSAULT!! ARE YOU OKAY!? SPEAK TO ME!!" Noble said in a panic. She could hear Marsault faintly grunting in pain, much to her relief. "Thank goodness. Lady Lynx, Marsault needs to receive healing immediately!"
I nodded at her request. "Got it! Coming right up!" I summoned Izanami in an instant. "Dia, please," I said softly, as green light enveloped Marsault and in an instant, her wounds are totally healed up.
Almost instantly, Marsault go up like she's brand new. "You see that!? I figured I would be okay as long as my leader has my back." She turned to Noble still in literal shock. "Sorry to make you panic, it was the only way to safe you as I feel that would hurt you tenfold."
Noble simply nodded. "You did well in protecting me. I would've done the same if our roles are swapped. But that aside, I'm still stuck in place."
Marsault stands and thinks for what to do until Morgan spoke up. "You know you have the item to remove this curse. We got this from when a Shadow dropped it."
"Then there's no time to waste!" Marsault declared as took out a medicine bottle. "Take it now!" She threw the bottle to Noble and the powder from it was enough to cure her from her shock and stand proud again.
"Thank you for your kindness, my lord." Noble thanked Marsault. "I will make it up to you someday."
Marsault just shook her head. "Just changing the Queen of Lust's heart is enough for me. Just one more push with these angels."
Chiarai knew his plan wasn't going as planned and was boiling inside. "I will not lose to them! Luckily, I have my insurance policy with me!" he said before snapping his fingers.
Behind me, a Succubus appeared, catching me of guard! "What the-" She simply giggle as she used Dorimia and I was... fast... asleep... "Zzz..."
Everyone else gasped at the sight of me falling asleep, while that Succubus laughs, "Never though you would expect an ambush huh? Time for you to sleep forever!"
"Komi, Wake up!" Spade shouted, but it failed to wake me.
"Let me wake her," said Marsault seriously. "Patra, my new spell, can wake one from their slumber." She charged in hoping to rescue me before the Succubus kills me. But when she's about to strike, I felt my hand twitching as if electricity is coursing through it.
“Don't worry, the nightmare will be over soon. I shall give you the rudest awakening ever!” The Succubus raised her hand. When she was about to, I took a deep breath and-
(Music Ends)
SLASH!
In a literal shocking twist, I swung my sword and decapitated the Succubus. It was swift as lightning as that swing was faster than usual.
“Did you see that!?” said a shock Spade. “Lynx attacked while she's asleep!”
(Nezuko ~Run~ Long Version - Demon Slayer (Kimetsu no Yaiba))
Snipe is grinning wildly. “Of course! She's seen the entire series! So of course, he's got his style!”
Marsault and Noble also recognized this! “This was the style the mimic the swiftness of lighting!” Marsault says.
“The quick and swift Thunder Breathing,” Noble finished as the Archangels began to quiver in fear as my body began to move again. It feels refreshing that my body is protecting me. The body protects the soul.
My hands took hold of my sword and as I draw it, I said this.
“Thunder Breathing: First Form… Thunderclap and Flash!”
FLASH!
All the others can see was a bolt of lightning when in reality I was moving to fast, it’s just like lightning. By the time they can clearly see me again, the heads of the Archangels have been successfully decapitated as I sheathed my sword. “Incredible,” everyone said before Marsault remembered something. “Oh right, Lynx is still asleep. Better awake her up.
(Music ends)
Once she's near me, she called out her Persona and used Patra for the first time. When the light shone, my eyes slowly fluttered open. “What happened? Did we win?”
“My lady, you took us to victory!” claimed Marsault. “You successfully used Thunder Breathing and took down the Archangels in one swift strike!”
“I did it while I was asleep?” Then it hit me. “Wait, like Zenitsu? I did it like him?”
Snipe answered my question. “Well, I see some similarities with you and him, not surprising you would have the same abilities as him.”
“You mean I have the potential to wield all of the breathing styles as my own?” I asked. (Kometani: The only Breathing styles Komi can't use are those involving special swords. So, Love Breathing and Sound Breathing are out of the picture.)
"You are correct, my princess," answered Marsault. "Not even Tanjiro can wield them all as he wishes."
But we seem to be missing something, except for Noble. "Hate to interrupt the Demon Slayer talk but we need to talk to him," she said keeping an eye on Chiarai.
"Oh right, we beat his challenge. Guess we need to get something from him," I said before going over to him. "Tell us, Yanai has plans for me in her franchise. I can tell she's using her money for dirty stuff. Is the more that she's not telling the public?"
Chiarai seemed hesitant, but considering he's in deep water, he had nothing to lose. "I know that Ms. Yamai is planning to expand her services in all of Japan, but there's all another purpose for the money earned from her brands."
"What is this purpose you spoke of Sir Chiarai?" asked Kishi.
He seemed to be thinking of whether to lie or tell the truth until he gave his answer, "A powerful weapon."
Upon his reveal, we all have wide eyes in shock. Even Noble is shocked despite her eyes covered in shadow. "A p-powerful weapon?" said Spade nervously. "Why would a successful entrepreneur make something like that?"
Chiarai answered him honestly. "I know what you're feeling. There was literally no reason for Ms. Yamai to build something like that. But she always thought there should be no one to ever oppose her and thus want to make sure that only she and her "Komi-Sama" are the only ones in the business. And those who would take Komi-Sama from her will be granted swift punishment buy her new weapon."
This sounds extreme yet, felt so familiar. This reminds us of the many schemes Yamai has done to get me only for her. In those attempts, she always tried to get other people out of her way just to get to me. This would mean something like this would happen in the real world. It means Akira and his friends would be Yamai's next victims and even if I only met them once, I can't allow that move to happen!
"If you knew about it, why you stick with her?" Noble interrogated. "I would oppose her if something like that happens."
"I was blind by my quest for attention," Chiarai said shamefully. "I thought aiding Ms. Yamai to get Komi would make me noticeable. But I should've seen that Yamai see us as her pawns. Even her friends mean nothing compared to her lust for Komi."
It was at this point that Marsault decided to pipe in. "Since you had your last failure for the Queen, what will you do from here on?" she asked him.
"Considering that I have failed, I must open the way to the final challenge. But be warned, that will be hardest one yet," Chiari explained himself. "But the is another path that will take you back down if you need a rest, as well as something special with a left turn. If you are going for it, I hope you have those other two before you try that one. That's all I have to say. I'm rejoining my other normies in retiring. Good luck, dethroning Yamai for us." That's all Chiarai said as two doors opened, one in the north, and one on the west which he walked into.
(Kometani: Challenges left: 1)
(Urban Area - Digital Devil Saga 2)
With that, that's leaves us with one more challenge. "If we already beaten all the normies," Snipe reviewed. "There is only one person left to host the final challenge."
"Onigashima," Noble answered. "Besides me, she's Yamai's closest friend. And I am not looking forward to facing her." It's obvious that Noble is already hurt by this revelation, especially since the three went to middle school together.
"We'll deal with it after finish our job here," Spade tried to comfort her with the best of his ability.
"But before that," Marsault said as she looks at the west door. "Why don't we check out the "Special thing" that the knight of the Queen of Lust mention. If my foresight is correct, it's the last Will Seed she has!"
I agree with her. "Why not check it out? If anything, it will help us in the final challenge." And so, we went to the left and we're at the other side of the wall when we came up the first time. It seemed to have a button to release the lock which we pressed it, and the doors are opened up, giving us a shorter way back to the safe room.
However, there was a passage to the left of us. At the end, it was another door that contained a Will Seed, but there was a Strong Shadow guard in front of it. "Figures, after stealing the other two, she would guard the last one," Snipe commented.
"But like the rest of the Shadows, they have a weakness," said Noble. "We shall slay this Shadow and claim our final reward."
"Then, let's get it," I said to all my friends, and we approached the Shadow who took a defensive position.
"Ho, no you don't, Ho! I was promised a big paycheck for guarding this, Ho!" the Shadow warned us, saying in an unusual high-pitched tone despite his body type.
Snipe had a smug smirk on their face as they pushed their hat up. "What makes you think we'd lose to you? All of your peers have fell to us minutes ago!"
The Shadow seemed confidant. "That may be true, Ho! But I'm the best of the best, Ho! Prepare to be frozen in fear, Hee-Ho!" The shadow melted down and bursts out. I don't what for he will take but it better not be-
(Funsu! — Komi Can't Communicate)
Most of us squeed upon his transformation as we knew who he is. It's Jack Frost!
(Kometani: The Magician Snowman and the Mascot of Atlus: Jack Frost. Hee-Ho!)
Most of us can't stop but gush at this adorable creature! The blue boots, blue hat with a yellow circle, snow white skin, and a black mouth, this is one cutie hard to hate!
"It's too cute! I don't want to fight him!" I said affectionally.
"I second that! I would gladly miss him on purpose for his sake!" said Snipe clearly with hearts in their eyes.
Marsault also seem to be enthralled by the snowman. "This creature... Has to be a part of my magic force! He is the perfect minion for the dark sorceress!"
Snipe and Noble are the only ones to remain cool (Kometani: Pun intended) though the latter seemed to struggle to keep herself composed with the most being blushing. "Sorry, but this, but I'm afraid we're going to make you leave to get the last Seed. Don't take this personally."
"I second that," said Spade. "I know he very popular, but reminder that he's working with Yamai in this case."
The three of us turn to him with rather disappointed faces. "Do we really have to?" We all said in unison.
It was then Jack Frost ran out of patience. "Of course, you have to fight me, Ho! I'm not as soft as you think, Ho! Like this: Ice Break, Ho!
(Quest Battle - Persona 2 Innocent Sin)
Out of nowhere a bunch of blue barriers appear and break seconds later. Nothing feels different but I have a bad feeling about this. "What does this do?" Snipe asked.
"Ho! I'm glad you asked, Ho! How about a freeze, Ho! Mabufu, Ho!" True to what he said, multiple ice blasts were fired towards us. Most of us got hit, but there's a new development: I got damaged when the ice hit me; I know that because my left cheek is bleeding and there's leftover ice on my sleeve. That can't be! I am supposed to resist ice blasts!
"How can this be? I can be that hurt me..." I was still feeling cold from that last attack despite not being frozen,
Izanami however figure out the problem. "That attack he called. He said it's "Ice Break", am I right? I think any move with "Break" can nullify any move corresponding with that element in its name. This effect should not last long, but don't get cocky."
Since all of us are Persona users, we all heard the information she spoke. "But that doesn't mean he isn't immune to flames! Cute or not, he is another obstacle to face!" Marsualt proclaimed as she threw a fireball from her hands. That was the right element as Jack Frost was yelping in pain as the attack hits him. "Now, All-out Attack, on the double!"
We all bombarded Jack Frost, and he was taking a heavy amount of damage. He's still standing but we made good progress. "Time to steal this guy's thunder!" Spade said as Lupin III fired Zio at Jack Frost, but no shocks remained.
"I shall cut this abominable snowman into snow cones 'as it pains me to slay a cute creature as you'," Noble declared she slashed Jack Frost with her sword and then took out her bowgun, and fired a piercing blow as Jack Frost was sent flying after that.
"Alright! That's it, Ho! Time to face my special attack, Ho! Bufula, Ho!" Jack Frost screamed as a larger ball of ice begins to form. That looks like it will hurt a plenty!
"I don't like the look of this!" said Snipe nervously.
"That's gonna hit at ton, especially since Ice Break is still in effect," Spade said cautiously.
However, I braced myself for that attack. "There's no need to run. There is only one thing to melt ice." As the large ice blast is launched, I summoned Izanami, and she casts a ball of fire to counter the ice blast and it's holding it back. "Not matter how cold the ice, fire will always melt it." However, the ice is pushing the fire back as it's stronger than a Bufu attack.
"No, you don't!" Marsault yelled. "You can take one, but how about two flames!?' she declared as she fired her own Agi to combine with mine. The combined flames are strong enough to destory the Ice blast, and then hits Jack Frost on the spot, knocking him down. "He's nearly down! It pains us to do this, but we shall end it with one thing!"
"All-out attack, right now!" I declared as we charged in and beat him up. This time did the trick as I landed, posed, and made the silence gesture before Jack Frost explodes.
Silence is Golden.
(Urban Area - Digital Devil Saga 2)
Although we are victorious, it came at the cost of defeating Jack Frost, one of the cutest mascots ever made. We couldn't help but feel pity for him.
"I can believe we have to kill Jack Frost for a seed..." I said somberly
"If only we could convince him to move aside with money," Snipe added.
"But he was a high-ranking Shadow. They wouldn't budge when we tried to convince them, so that was our only option," Marsault finished.
It was the Spade decided to cheer us up. "Well, look on the bright side, at least it wasn't the real one. There's plenty of plushies of him in the real world. We could get one for each of us to honor that one. Sounds good?" As much as it hurts, he's right, that was only a cognitive version in the Metaverse. At least, it wouldn't hurt to get ourselves plushies of him especially with the money we earned here.
"Jack Frost aside, we should open the final door and get the final Will Seed. I'm sure the reward is worth it," Noble informed us. With the other 2 seed collected, time to collect the final one. I slashed the tape blocking the door and opened it. In there was the final Will Seed: it's blue this time.
"This is it, the final one," I said as I draw my sword and slashed the Seed off its roots before I catch it. "Finally got them all," as I said that the seed I have started glowing. "This is strange, this didn't happen to the other seeds..."
"Speaking of the other Seeds, look here!" Snipe called as the green Seed they're holding is also glowing. By extension, Spade is holding the red Seed which also began to glow. "I don't know about this, but I think something would happen if we brought the 3 seeds together."
"Bring the seeds together..." I pondered until decided. "Okay let's do it." I brought the blue seed right in front on other 2 seeds. When I did, the glow increased to the point of us closing our eyes. It only lasted a few seconds as we opened them again. While the seeds in Spade and Snipe's hands are gone, I still have something on my hands however... "Wait. How did this get here?"
It looks like all three Will Seeds have fused together into one fused skull. Unlike their original brown, this one is deep ocean blue and shined like new. "This feels weird, even by Metaverse standards," I said. "Did you know anything about this, MechaNeko?" I asked him as he seemed to be gathering data on it.
"Oh, this is actually new to me," Mecha said. "It's true that I know about the Will Seeds, but this is the first time I seen all of the brought together. I detect this works a lot like the rings you use, an ability you normally can use. This one can allow you to use Diarama, the next level of healing magic." he informed us. (Kometani: Crystal of Lust: Get!)
"Another healer," Marsault noted. "That's another advantage we have gained! But, since Lynx and I already possessed healing magic, it's best to give it to who hasn't or can't learn healing magic."
"Good idea!" Snipe agreed. "Only Me, Spade and Noble can't use heal magic. So, which one of us gets it, leader?"
It took me a few minutes, but I decided who will hold it. "You should use it," I said as I hand it over to the person I choose: Noble.
"Are you sure I should have this?" she said.
I smiled. "I don't make decisions like this lightly. You are our best fighter, so I trust you know when to heal as well."
Knowing that I'm not the type to say no, she gladly accepts. "Thank you, Lady Lynx," she said as I gave the Crystal to her. "I shall put this to good use."
"Well, that's enough preparation, time to face Yamai's final challenge!" I declared and we soon head to the final room to the top right corner.
The path to the final floor wasn't as challenging as more of the same Shadows from this floor appeared and defeated in record time. We finally reached the final room. It was deep red, reminds us of a certain someone's hair. "I know who's coming," I warned my team.
Noble was just as cautious. "Indeed. Onigashima is very dangerous when angered. I sure hope she's in a good mood." No sooner as she said that...
(Music Ends)
"Why Thank you Sir Kishi! Glad you still see me as a friend."
(Disquieting - Kingdom Hearts Re:Chain of Memories)
In front of us, Onigashima walked to the center of the room. She still wears the yellow dress and yellow heeled sandals on her feet; she put a hand on her hip with a smile showing her trademark fang. "I didn't expect you to reach this far. Usually, they fail the first challenge."
Noble begin the closest to her decides to confront her head on. "Oni-San please, you know as well as I do that Lady Yamai is hurting herself with her lust of Komi. Remember our plan to stop her obsession once and for all. You were concern about her as much as I do." she tried to reason with her.
Unlike the others, Onigashima seemed to be more composed despite her temper. "Oh, that. Yeah, I see no way to take out Ms. Yamai of her power. No way a trouble girl like me can do anything about it.
Snipe also tried to reason with her. "Don't be easily tempted! I've known you since our childhoods! I want to help Yamai from her pain as much as you! Please let us pass! "
However, Oni-San was beginning to get angry, much like her real self. "And so, we stop being friends? I was a victim of my own temper! I get angry too easily to the point people call me a demon! Yamai and Kishi are the first ones to accept me for who I am!"
"Then trust me!" Noble tried to reason with her, even knowing this isn't the real Oni-San. "We can still stop Yamai together! We can bring peace back to Itan if get her to change her ways."
Onigashima was still not convinced all a while... wait... Is that blue flames bursting from her hands? "I would but I trust Ms. Yamai even more. I've known her longer than you, and she always stuck by me! I'm gonna do what she wants me to do..." she said as threw off her sandals. She then raises her hand and more blue flames burst out from it. "Beating you and earning my Promotion!" She yelled as she threw the flames.
(Fate/Kaleid Liner Prisma Illya OST - Bazett Battle Theme)
The flames missed us but hit the ground and quickly spreads around us forming a barrier around us. "I haven't vented my anger in a while, so this is a good opprotunity!" she said with a smile that belongs to a predator ready to eat her prey. "So be a good one and let me cook you!"
(Kometani:
The Short-Tempered Demon Girl
Akako Onigashima)
All Noble did is shook her head. "You would fight as yourself than summon a soldier. I rather not fight you but since you forced our hand, we shall knock you down if we must!" she declared as we all draw our weapons.
Onigashima began her assault. "You really think you would take me out? Not gonna happen! Frei!" She shouted as she threw another blue ball of flames which we dodged.
"That will not make us fall!" Noble shouted back as she summoned King Arthur, and he used Giant Slice to knock Oni-San back. As a follow up, I summoned Izanami and fired Bufu on her. However, she wasn't she knocked down as she brushes of the cold.
"Ice doesn't have much effect! Perhaps lightning will do the trick!" Spade declared as Lupin III and fired Zio onto her and she got shocked. "A beast like you are destined to be tamed!" Marsault said with pride as Morgana casts Eiha onto Oni and knocks her further back.
However, Oni's rage keeps increasing by the minute. "You think this is fun and games here. Let's see when I go on a little RAMPAGE!!" she yelled out as she rushed in and tried to punch us to the ground. We're mostly unscathed, but Snipe and Marsault took a few hits.
"I never seen Onigashima this powerful!" said Snipe, fighting off the pain. "Even when she's angry she usually still is a normal girl.
"This is the Queen cognitive version!" informed Marsault. "She sees the Oni going Nuclear when she's in her breaking point!" she said as she healed herself.
"I'll heal you Snipe," said Noble as she summons her Persona and the Crystal glows again. "I command you to use Diarama on Snipe, immediately," she ordered and then King Arthur raised his sword, and a green pulse was emitted. The pulse went to Snipe, and they're fully healed which would two to Dias to accomplish a heal like that.
"Thanks!" said Snipe. "I never realized this type of healing is that powerful."
"Indeed, you're correct," Noble agreed. "I wonder if there's more to this Crystal's power?" (Kometani: Foreshadowing in its finest)
"We still have to beat Oni-San," I told them. "She's very powerful, we need to hit back."
"Leave it to me!" declared Snipe as she prepared the Kerberos. "I won't use the gatling gun, but one missile shot should be enough to take her down."
"Then, here's the plan," I told them. "The four of us that's not Snipe will keep Oni distracted so they can get close enough to fire the shoot."
"Then, let us buy Snipe time to fire," Noble said confidently and Me, Spade, Marsault and Noble engage Onigashima while Snipe hide from a sofa still inside the blue flames.
"Who cares of one of you escapes! You'll all will fall before Ms. Yamai!" Onigashima roared as she threw another Frei attack onto us. We all dodged her attack, and I asked Izanami to use Cleve on Oni. Spade followed up with Lupin's Lunge attack, and it effectively stagger her.
Marsault fired an electric attack onto her, and she was immobilized for a few seconds. "Don't take this personally, Lady Oni. When this is over you won't endure this pain any longer." she said apologetically as King Arthur sends a ball of light to Oni, blinding her.
Then Snipe has a clear shot. "Take this, Oni Girl!" they shouted as the missile fired from the launcher and made a direct hit to Onigashima! She was hurt so badly that the blue flames surrounding us began to be put out, marking this fight to be over.
(Music Ends)
"In the end, we still prevail!" Marsault declared. "Though it happened to be one our trusted friend. I barely had any satisfaction in this." She had a point, Oni-San was beaten and bruised in the process. She had blood leaking from her mouth and a bruised left cheek.
"Man. kinda overdone it a little," said Snipe all guilty. "But at least she's still alive."
(Confession/Secret -piano version- Persona 5)
Noble seem to be set on something. "Allow me to talk to her. I feel she is now ready for me to be convinced with words." The rest of us simply nodded, we all know this is the way. Noble went to Onigashima and picked her up. She's still breathing as she slowly opens her eyes. "You can hear me, can you Oni-San?"
Although she is struggling to breathe, Oni-San nodded. "Y-yes..." though she struggles to talk due to the injures.
"I was afraid of that," Noble said. She knew it could be a mistake, but she uses her new healing skill to restore Onigashima into full health. Soon, all damage is undone safe for the blood spilled. "Now that it's all settled, you understand Lady Yamai's lust for Kom would cause everyone in Itan pain than salvation. If you knew this, why keep supporting her?" she then asked.
Onigashima nodded solemnly. "It's that I thought she would want her most trusted friend to rule along her and Komi if she succeeded. I don't want her to abandon me. I don't want to be alone again."
"You are not alone, Lady Oni," Noble countered. "You were my first friend that I made. I was finally able to find someone that I was half-British. And you cannot forget Komi and her own friends. They all would help you with your temper."
All of a sudden, Onigashima was shredding tears, no doubt that her pain was eased. "Thank you, Kishi. I would've been worse if you didn't come to play." She then hugged Noble as a way to comfort herself. After a good 4 minutes of silence, Onigashima let go and took out her keycard. "I have to do my last job, so you have earned this card." she said as Noble took it. "The big door to her treasure is on the left of the room. But I would like to have a rest; there's a rest area pass the doors in the north, you can take me in there." From the sound of it, it seems like we have one last Safe Room before the big door.
"I shall fulfill that duty. Let us take one final rest first," Noble said to all of us as we all walked to the Safe Room with a tried Onigashima in Noble's arms.
(Safe Room 2, Floor 4)
This Safe Room is like the other safe room we used. There's a couch with pillows on it. Noble placed Onigashima on the bed with a pillow under her head. She's resting peacefully even after beating her. At this point I asked Noble about something. “Are you still shaken about what we have done?”
Noble replied back, “A little bit, but I'm ready enough for the final push.” she said as she looked back at her. “Even if she's not the real Onigashima, she acted like the real one despite being a creation of Yamai.”
“If I could put in my two cents,” MechaNeko spoke up. “Yamai's Lust is only for Komi. She doesn’t extend it to her friends. That's why all of her cognitions almost act like the ones in the real world.”
“Which means she doesn't trust her friends enough for them to stick,” said Spade. “The moment her plan goes nowhere, they gave up on her.”
“That's terrible! Something like this could happen in the real world if she succeeds." said Snipe.
"Even a dark mage, like me, would want my subjects to get along with each other." said Marsault. "They would trust each other for their sakes"
After a while, I spoke up again. "Well, we are going to steal Yamai's treasure soon. If we steal her heart, maybe she and friends can trust each other more."
"Oh yeah, we're finally finishing this place," said Snipe. "We'll show Yamai not to mess with us!"
As everyone got up, I asked Noble one more time, "Are you ready to finish it?"
Noble looked at the sleeping Onigashima before answering, "I am. Time to finish this quest." she said before heading out.
(Music ends)
(Yamai's Grand Mall, Floor 4)
Soon, we are all at the big door and on it were 4 slots per card. "This is it; we beat the challenges and got all 4 cards. Care to do the honors, Lynx?" Spade said and I nodded. I carefully put the ley cards into the slots, and they glow with each card inserted. Soon all four cards are inserted, and announcement is heard.
[I don't believe it! You beat all my challenges and earned all my cards! I knew my dear Komi would succeed! As promised, I will open the door to my treasure. And remember, No stealing my treasure from me? Okay, in you go!] And when the doors open, there was a light and in the other side, we were all amazed!
(Tiny Love — Komi Can't Communicate)
The room was structured like a garden. There're roses, tulips, sunflowers, too many flowers to count. Watering them were Angel statures of Yamai, pouring water onto them. At the center of the room, was a pedestal and above it was a bright orb with a rainbow around it.
Snipe seemed to recognize what it is. "Oh yes! I knew this has to be something special! Time to take ourselves!" they cheered as they tried to grab it. However, their treasure went through the treasure like it's a ghost. "Hang on, this has to be the treasure, why can't I grab it?"
"I can sense this the core of her desires," I said. "Marsualt is sure this is it, how why we can get it."
"You're right. Yamai's desires are her treasure," MechaNeko spoke up. "But desires are an abstract concept. They don't have physical forms hence why the treasure is an intangible object now.
"So, what we need to do is to make the treasure into a physical object," Spade deduced. "But how can we force the treasure into a solid form?"
We took time to think about how to do it. It took a few minutes until I know how. "Tell me, how did the Phantom Thieves, the Lupinrangers, did to their targets before they confess their crimes?" I asked my friends.
Spade seemed to be thinking about my question until something clicked. "They would send a calling card to their targets that they would make them confess their crimes with their own mouths!"
Snipe got excited about this. "OH YEAH! Now we're getting to real Phantom Thief stuff!" they cheered.
"A warning to make the Queen fear for her desires. So, fitting for the dark lord!" Marsault declared.
"With a calling card, we can make her believe her desires are her treasure," Noble explained. "When it does, the treasure will take solid form.:
"That's a good plan! But we need to prepare the card first," said Spade. "We have to leave the Palace to write it, let alone send it."
"Then, let's get back to the real world to prepare it," I told my friends.
Snipe seemed have another suggestion. "There is one thing we can do before we leave: We train to build up our powers! That way we can be sure to be ready in case Yamai plans for us strealing it."
"I'm in this plan," said Noble. "I need to hone my skills more."
"Then, let's go fight some Shadows to build up our powers and get treasure that we missed as well." I told my friends, and we all nodded. We are almost there to stop Yamai, we just need one final push. I was the last person in the room when-
(Music ends)
*Clink *Clink
I heard a sound that's like a cat's bell. I looked up to a beam on the well and saw what it was.
It's a black cat with two sets of whiskers, silver eyes, a collar with strangely designed bells and his right ear is silver. This cat seems different from the Shadows we faced. I can sense that he doesn't have the essence of a Shadow or cognitions. He seemed to be Something else entirely. The cat ran away upon me seeing him. I seemed to have sacred him like he didn't expect me to see him.
"Um, Lynx? Is something bugging you?" Spade said in concern.
I shook my head. "It's nothing. I thought I saw something, but it's gone. Let's go," I said as I joined my friends. What a strange cat I just saw.
However, what I didn't sense I that we were being watched. There are six people looking through the glass window on the roof.
(Operation - Source Classified)
"So, they're the ones that took out the Shadows," said a man with a voice of a teenager. "And we came here to fuel up our powers too."
"To think a group of humans can kill Shadows," said a man who appears to be wearing a hood. "And they are new to this power. I do not comprehend."
"Well, it doesn't matter who did it," said the tallest (and muscular) man of the group. "We would crush them if we came face to face."
"We just woken up and already came across something strange," said a woman in buns wielding a sniper rifle. "They're not mean to be taken lightly."
"Come on, fellas! Dey are an interestin' group we across!" said a man with dreadlocks and a Caribbean accent. "I never thought of a power comin' from dem!"
"We can't remember before we awakened," said the supposed leader. "But we know our purpose. They might be part of the reason for why we awakened."
"I'm not too sure about this, said a younger female who sports a normal hairstyle. "For some reason, I can never get used to this method of building power."
"Don't worry about it. ja?" said the man with dreadlocks. "I'm still not use to dis form of building our powers. Dey are still growing in deir powers too."
"No matter what, we will take them down!" said the tallest man. "We will wipe the floor with them!"
"But we don't know how strong they are," said the hooded man. "We need to oversee them more and see if they are worth it."
"I agree. We will prepare in the meantime before we meet again," said the leader. "No matter the reason, our belief is the same: One and another is the predator and prey."
While we didn't see them, they will constant obstacles in the future.
(Kometani: Before we return to the real world, the Thieves of Communication learned new skills during training. Lynx has learned Mabufu, and her Second Set now has Mazio and Sukukaja. Spade has learned Tarukaja and Headbutt. Snipe learned Shoot All, light gun damage to all foes. Marsault learned Media, which heals all for small amount of HP. Noble learned Makouha.)
(Music Ends)
(After School: Itan Alleyway)
After a good half hour of training, we made it back to the real world. We were tired from all that. Some of us head to sit down to catch our breath.
"Man, I never worked out this much," said Tadano sitting down. "Even P.E. class was this brutal..."
"Well, I liked it!" said Najimi all happy. "I love testing my powers!"
"I'm in the same boat," said Nakanaka. "I never been this excited now that I can cast real magic!"
"This is nothing to me," said Kishi. "I have been training in swordplay since I was a lass"
"Now that's all settled, who's in charge of the calling card?" said Tadano. We all thought who would it be, but my answer was immediate.
[I'll prepare the calling card. It's her lust for me that's she's doing it. I want to make this one a bit personal for me] I wrote to my friends.
They all know that my choices often are the right ones. "You're right, it feels right that you would make the card," said Tadano.
"I was planning on traditional thief stuff but making it personal is your style!" said Najimi.
"Scaring your rival with your true feeling is definitely something I would approve!" said Nakanaka.
"I approve as well," said Noble. "It is fitting you tell her she's wrong." I'm happy they are all board.
[Let's talk about how we send the card later. I plan to borrow a book from the library.] I wrote, the only other time I can clearly talk is when I read by myself.
"Let's meet at the park tomorrow," Kishi suggested. "It's a Sunday off from school and Lady Yamai has plans tomorrow as well."
"Oh, and you're all thinking about our money problem. Luckily, I have made a solution for that!" MechaNeko said as he took out some strange wallets. "These wallets are made to store excess money, so you won't have to worry about hiding the money we made in the Metaverse!" That solves one issue. The only other problem is to sell the treasure we found.
[Thank you, Mecha-San. This will make carrying our money easier. Well, see you tomorrow!] I wrote.
"Same here, see you tomorrow," said Tadano as we all left to our plans for today. Can't believe in a few more days, we'll be able to stop Yamai.
Little that we know, a certain red-haired girl was saw us coming out from the window closest to the alley. She's starting to put the pieces together about us.
(Itan High School, Library)
(A High School Life Without Struggles — Komi Can't Communicate)
I walked to the library like I planned. This place has a wide variety of books in its shelves. I rang the bell to call someone working here to me. I always relay on Agari as she's the assistant librarian here. But- "If you're expecting Agari to be here, bad luck," said the muscular and fan whacking girl of the library, Gorimi. "She happened to have personal business, so only I am here today."
She looked around for a bit. "Najimi is not here, good," she says with relief. "I was worried that they would appear to disrupt the peace of this place whenever you came in. If you are here to borrow books, we're trying a new system via the computers. Just simply select the books available right now. The most popular books by readers are a bit strange, but I assume it's partly due to outside circumstances."
I access one of the computers and looked at the selection of books. They are The Fallen Goddess (Izanami), Lupin III, The Lone Ranger, The Witch of Arthur (Morgan La Fay), and The Kindness of the King (King Arthur).
These are all books based on the figures that became our Personas! What a twist of fate if you can ask me. Heard about how scary Morgan's stories are, people who read them where brave enough to pass them. So, I decided to borrow The Witch of Arthur.
"You're choosing this book. That's an interesting choice," said Gorimi as I took the book. "Something to let you know, there's special book which upon reading it, allow people to read faster, even being able to read some books one sitting. It's currently unavailable due to its popularity."
[Thank you for letting me borrow this book] I wrote to Gorimi.
"Just doing my job. Next time you come with Najimi, make sure you restrain them. This will be last year in Itan, so make sure they don't cause trouble here," she said as bowed as I head home. Right before I exited, she said one more thing, "Just to let you know, Kometani is my best reader as he is the definition of library behavior. Nothing against you, but you often come here with that Najimi." As I exited, she thought of one thing: 'I really need to commission a security drone when I do leave Itan.'
(Music Ends)
Right as I exited the library, I bumped into Onigashima. "Hey Komi, how are you doing today?" she asked me. She had an unusual expression like she knows I'm hiding something. I feel bad about hiding our true plan, but I can't let anyone involved our business.
[I'm just borrowing a book from the library. What are your plans for today?] I wrote my question to her. She seemed to be thinking about her answer before saying anything back to me.
"Oh, I was planning to study in the library. The exams are coming up, so gotta be prepared." she said. "I heard about the little robo cat you have. It's so cute! You gotta let me get to know him someday." I simply nodded as I went home, while Onigashima looks at me like she knows what I'm really up to.
'Komi, you and the others are planning something very unsual. I saw you enter the alley one moment and in the next, you came out like you never left. I don't want to sneak around but I have to know what you're really up to.'
(Evening: Komi's Home)
(A Place to Relax — Komi Can't Communicate)
When I arrived home, I was I bit exhausted. While I wasn't that tried, I was feeling sweat on my head and was breathing heavily. My mother came to greet meet as I entered. "You're back Shouko!" she said as she checked me out. "Looks like you had a long day with your friends. Why don't you sit down for a bit? I'm cooking dinner before Dad and Shousuke gets back."
I decided to sit down and read the new book I borrowed today. The story of Morrgan La Fay was very not for the faint of heart, especially mine, I was able to read half the book before dinner, but I know I can't read it fast enough in a single sitting.
Dinner wasn't that big. It's just good old pork miso soup. Mom's definitely improving than when the first time she tried to cook. Just before I when in to take a bath, Mom talked to me first, "Hey Shouko? I was wonder if you've been enjoying the Phan-Site so far. Was it any fun?" I actually did check it out a few times and it was interesting. I wonder who the first admin and creator is?
"I'm glad you like it! Just make sure to choose who needs a change of heart. Hopefully, not one of your friends." That line kinda make me sad. While I didn't request the Phantom Thieves to steal Yamai's heart, I'm doing it myself. It was a half-truth and half-lie at best.
(Night: Komi's Home)
That night I began drafting possible lines for the calling card. It has to be personal and that Yamai doesn't know it's me that wrote it. I decided on how to write it. I decide to mix my writing styles a bit. Since Yamai know my basic style, if I mix the styles up, she won't recognize who wrote it. I even mad sure the sentences are vague enough to hide my feelings from her.
"So, how did the words for the calling card go?" MechaNeko asked. I showed him the results of my work. "This is great! This would totally get Yamai's attention. Best to discuss this tomorrow with the group."
I smiled as I petted him. Any words of encourage fills me with confidence. I can only hope that we're ready for the day we change Yamai's heart. I know the first step: Getting some sleep after a long day at the distorted mall. Zzz...
(Kometani: Days until Yamai moves out with Komi: 5 > 4)
(Omake: Phantom Facts)
Komi: Hello everyone. As you know we're almost to the end of Yamai's palace. But I want to share something special today. You see today's guest is a bit special as he's in the chapter. In fact, he's in my hands. Ready?
(Funsu! — Komi Can't Communicate)
Jack Frost: Hee-Ho! The guest is me, Ho! The name's Jack Frost, a snow elf from England and the official mascot of Atlus, Ho!
Komi: Of course! You bring cold weather in winter, and responsible for all the frost in windows of bows and buildings.
Jack Frost: What can I say, Ho? I'm just doing what my name says! And I've been very popular ever since my debut in Megami Tensei II, Ho! Eventually, everyone is in love with me, Ho! I've being in almost every game and even in merchandise, ho!
Komi: I know that. You even have plushies of you that we plan on getting later in honor of the Jack Frost we had to kill for a Will Seed. I wonder which store has,,, Wait what's that static.
(A Lively Way Back Home — Komi Can't Communicate)
Yamai: Need something you want to get but can't find it?
Yamai: Then come to my grand mall! We have everything that you can find in an instant. I'll even give anything for free on one condition: Bring Komi-Sama to me! I swear this time she'll be my partner for life! You hear that Komi-Sama!?
(Scene changes back to Komi and Jack Frost)
Komi: Whoa! Yamai really is going for all the stops! She'll be stopped at all costs!
Jack Frost" I have faith in you Ho!
Komi: I know I can do it. We will end this next chapter! I will see you there, but first, since this mark Thieves of Communication's 1st year anniversary, the creator want to drop a little something for you. A post to celebrate 1 year of this series. Until next time, take care.
(Kometani: That top left shadow will be involved in the future.)
(End of Chapter)
Notes:
Finally, complete it before one month. (Delayed a few times due to unforeseen circumstances) I'm still happy for how this chapter turns out. The edit of Komi and Jack Frost is made recently.
Shadow Yamai done by King G. Ruler (The posters were mine) Link: https://x.com/K1ngGameRu1er/status/1892596801099776232
To start things off, the challenges are all made to test their strength against strong foes. Heck, some gained resistances to their weaknesses. The cognitive Normies act similar to their real selves as unlike Kamoshida, Yamai still sees them as people, but also see them ditching her upon failure.
Also, I changed the Shadows in this case. Instead of Belphegor and Mara Slime, her palace as Genbu and Jack Frost. Consider that unlike Kamoshida, Yamai doesn't have the same desires as him, and I fell the former group fits a male pervert more. Plus, I can see Yamai loving Jack Frost.
Speaking of which, Komi is basically the Tanjiro type of Demon Slayer that she can wield more than one Breathing style. The only ones she can preform is ones that require a special sword. So love breathing, sound breathing and earth breathing is out. Also the way to learn them will be different from Ice Brathing.
The biggest challenge is the battle with Cognitive Onigashima. She uses Frei and physical skills to fight. I feel this is to match her explosive temper, similar to Bakugo in MHA. Of course, we get some moments where Kishi hate to fight Oni because of Yamai's influence. At least things will get better soon.
The second biggest reval: is that Yamai's deceased sister is practically a palette swap of Komi. I tried to make her different from other versions, including her cause of death. No doubt this make it even more persona for Komi.
The biggest reveal is the strange cat and the six figures watching from above. They apparently have business there but due to the ToC killing the Shadow the barely got any power. As for who these Shadow are based off, note I didn't reveal the name of the source to avoid spoilers. Aside from the silhouette, there are two hints. One said a very popular catchphrase and other has dreadlocks and an Carribean accent. (Note that I didn't reveal which country in the Carribean)
Back in the real world, it seems the real Onigashima is starting to piece together Komi's plan to deal with Yamai. Can she confirm if it's true? That will be saved for next time. As next chapter is special: I will shake of the preview a little bit.
???: It's almost time! The great showdown of the Thieves of Communication and Shadow Yamai is dawning near! After figuring out how to send the calling card, it's a mad dash to the treasure but Yamai's Shadow is there to stop them. How will this play out? One thing for certain: a big event needs an announcer! Next time: Thieves of Communication vs The Owner of Lust! (Mall of Lust: Out of Business) Get your tickets as this is one show you don't want to miss! See you there!
Chapter 13: Thieves of Communication vs The Owner of Lust! (Mall of Lust: Out of Business)
Summary:
Komi's POV: It's finally time! The day Yamai will finally stop being a Yandere for me. Things will have to be precise as we had help to send the calling card. Also, I went to Shibuya again to reflect on myself when I meet a girl who seemed to be as beautiful as me. (I happen to get a blurry vision involving her) But afterwards, we are to steal her treasure to change her heart. but Shadow Yamai won't let us without a fight. This will be interesting as not only is she has her secret weapon, but someone decided to turn our fight into official match! I can say only one thing: It's Showtime!
Notes:
This is it! The calling card and boss chapter of the first act of Thieves of Communication! After over of year of typing out this story, this is the moment you've been waiting for! I'm more than happy to showcase how I plan this chapter out. The only question is will this be the end of this fic? No, of course not! I still have more to flesh out of this world, including the new figures I revealed last chapter.
Plus, I still plan on expanding Komi's world with Persona's world. There're not many crossovers that involved these two franchises and I'm glad these are one of the first ones to go big. You'll see what's in store for this chapter.
But know that after the Komi-San manga ended its run, to pass time to wait for the anime's 3rd season, this is one of the best ways to wait, along with watching new anime. (Currently watching Fate/Zero) I still need to get Persona 3 Reload and by the time this is posted we got a reveal for the Persona 4 Remake. Still plan on getting Golden.
Just note, that after this, only 2 more chapters before this act comes to a close. I'm hoping to work faster with these as I feel the need to increase my speed starting with this. At least, to decrease the wait time and with consistent quality.
Also, there may be slight sexual scenery in this chapter. Note: this is in a wholesome moment I have planned here, and it doesn't involve actual sexual activity. I'll give you an in-story warning when that time comes but it shouldn't be uncomfortable. Another minor warning: A dark moment from Persona 5's first arc will be mentioned. Please keep it in mind.
Now the disclaimer: I don't own Persona 5 or Komi-San as well any fanart made by someone else. All series featured are owned by their respective creators and companies. (Katsura Hashino, Tomohito Oda, Atlus and OLM) If a chapter includes fanart, I will include the link to their original posts and creators. Please support the creators and official material.
Since this is the boss chapter, as Joker would say, Showtime!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
(Komi's POV)
(5/29, Sunday)
(Morning: Komi's Home)
(Days until Yamai moves out with Komi: 4)
(Defendant Lobby ~ Beginning Prelude (English Court Suite) - Professor Layton vs. Phoenix Wright)
I woke up this morning surprisingly filled with energy. I decided to have breakfast before heading to the park to meet my friends. Of course, it's Sunday which means no school today. It's often a day for relaxation, and to be frank, the five of us kinda need to relax after the infiltration yesterday. At least, I could recollect myself before the heist tomorrow.
As I got into the living room, I see Mom is already cooking. Shousuke is here, watching a rerun of the recent Featherman series, who he is a fan of while I slightly lost interest until now. My Dad seemed to have work today as he's not here right now.
"Oh, good morning Shouko! Good that you up at this time. Sorry, Dad had to leave for an early shift, he's silent but busy," she said as she was cooking. "At least Shousuke's here this time! It's my turn to give him some mom's love!"
I went to sit at the table as Mom talks to me. "If I'm remembering correctly, you plan on hanging out with your friends at the park. How cute! I still can't believe that just last year, you made friends. I'm just as happy as you are when I heard you made friends." I remember that faithful first day where after I got back home after befriending Tadano, when I told my family about him, my mom embraced me tightly and had a torrent of happy tears. She was beyond happy that I finally made a friend in my life. "By the way, if you're gonna go out, why not try one the new clothes we bought last Sunday?" she suggested.
I actually never when out wearing it before, so this should be a perfect time. I only need to say one word, "Yes."
"Prefect! All that's left is to fill your little tummy with my special food and it's off to the park outdoors!" she quipped. She knows how to make it a good time. After breakfast, I took a shower, went back to my room, changed and head to the park. I made sure to hide the phrase for the calling card to prevent my family from discovering my secret, as much does it hurts me. But I have to do this. If this is the only way to stop Yamai, then I would take it.
(Music ends)
(Later: Itan, Local Park)
(Blossoming Arcadia - Pikmin 4)
The park of Itan was another place I had found memories in. Since I didn't have any friends since my childhood, I always want to see how the other kids to do. As I came home from the library last summer, I decided to stop by there for a little bit and play there for a bit, Needless to say, I had fun with it. (Kometani: she's unaware that Tadano passed by her twice that day. Both times, he forgot to return his book to the public library, which he eventually did before the day ends)
Everyone who arrived before me is wearing the same clothing they wore for Christmas, Kishi only wore one gauntlet on her left arm in most cases. Nakanaka, given her love for Code Geass, wore her Lelouch cosplay. "If only I had my cape, it would've been perfect," She muttered. Najimi is the only one present to wear a different clothing from the party last year, them being a purple jacket, white shirt, a black skirt, and black shoe and socks.
"Komi is taking a bit longer to get here," said Tadano as he looked around for me coming in. The park was mostly clear with only a few people visiting, strange for a Sunday, though more will come in the afternoon. The are leaves falling down as there are only a few flowers as summer draws near. Finally, Tadano finally saw me, "Hey, look Komi is here!" he called out. He also noticed the new clothes I chose to wear for today.
(Green19: Art by Twitter User, Mi. This is one of his arts. Check the end note for the link to his original post.)
I am wearing a simple pink dress similar to my summer clothing from last year. It waves gracefully as the wind blows it and leaves fall on the ground. I also have a blue jacket over my shoulders as if it were a cape. Both complement my rosy cheeks and kind smile as I waved to them. As for foot ware, I simply wore white knee socks and black slip-on shoes. MechaNeko, this time, decides to roll on the ground to not mess up my look.
"Woah! I didn't think you'd get even more beautiful with all the outfits we seen you wear," Najimi said with slight mischief.
"You read my soul, Knight of Guns!" said Nakanaka. "You look as if it's a princess hiding in public! A perfect match in this case."
Kishi nodded in agreement. "I may not be the best in fashion, but that is a perfect outfit for a day like this." she complimented. Tadano seemed to be one who took the longest to respond as like before he stares in content when I wore a beautiful outfit. Despite my poker face, I could feel my heartbeat increasing by the minute; my nerves feeling hot and cold at the same time. Thankfully, both our Personas gave us a little encouragement.
"Why hesitate? Don't keep the girl waiting," Lupin III said to Tadano. "You felt this ever since the two of you meet. Don't let your feelings delay you," Izanami said kindly to me. Even if they're ourselves, that did the trick.
"N-nice look you have there, Komi..." Tadano said all shy. I simply tilted my head down as if to hide the embarrassment everyone sees.
"Heh, this never gets old!" said Najimi grinning. "I love these moments of Love." they said only to get a flick by Kishi in her armored arm.
"Please don't ruin the moment. I had to stop Yamai from doing that for a long while," advised Kishi though she has her own 2 cents to deliver to me. Specifically, my arms. "But I must say, with your arms exposed in this outfit, I can see your arms have increased in muscle mass." she told me, and I titled my head in confusion. "It's not that easy to say but I can see that you've been training in perparation. Not to mention, your skill with the Breathing Techniques is almost natural for you."
I took another look at my arms and she's right; my arms are getting bigger! I never really noticed how bigger my arms have gotten since becoming a Persona user. Seems like fighting in the Palace has changed me more than I thought. "Sorry to ruin the moment again, but we can't forget the main part of us gathering here today, MechaNeko stepped up.
Tadano snapped out his trance upon hearing that. "O-oh yeah..." he said rubbing the back of his head. "Less looking at muscles and more talking about the calling card. We can sit at the nearby bench and discuss our move." And so, we went to sit down at the nearby table. Me, Tadano, and Najimi sat on one side while Kishi and Nakanaka sat on the other side. I set Mecha on the top of the table in front of me.
"Allow me to start things off," said Nakanaka. "To remind ourselves, the treasure is there but thanks to Snipe, we can grab it as desires are an abstract concept." She explains. "If we are to bring it to our hands, we shall give the Queen of Lust a calling card and she'll see her desires as a treasure thus it becomes real!"
"Couldn't say it better myself!" Najimi said with a chuckle. "Not to mention, we have just 4 more days until Yamai tries to convince her rich father to have her and Komi to move. I say we send it tomorrow to get it off our shoulders!"
"That's a good plan," Tadano complimented. "We also decided that Komi here will personally write and create the calling card to show her true feeling to her. Considering her Lust for Komi, that will give her an extra shock." I, in turn, wrote my say in this.
[I'm okay with this. I will not let Yamai decide my future. The only thing left is how to send the calling card.]
"Then, the Knight of Justice shall do it!" said Nakanaka, pointing to Kishi. "She doesn't know that you're a Phantom Thief! Easy choice!"
However, Kishi shook her head. "I admit that's a logical plan, but there is one problem," she stated. "My position as Komi's bodyguard will lead to people tracing the card back to us, especially Lady Yamai. And considering she knows the rest of you well, she'll be suspicious anyway, so the calling card would fail in those scenarios too."
This is something that has caught our attention. The scenarios where the calling card would be discovered and disposed of or that we would be caught if one of us tried to deliver the card. This made that part harder than we thought. Tadano seemed to have something in mind. “How about-“
(Music Ends)
“How about I send the calling card to her?” said a new but familiar voice. We were shocked and turned to see who said it.
It was Onigashima, who also wore the same clothes in the Christmas party last year, indicated by the yellow hairband she wears on her head. She has a serious expression but not her usual angry one. "Don't bother lying to me. I put the pieces since yesterday."
(Fate Stay Night - Kumo wa Somari Yuku)
"About what?" said Kishi trying to get Oni from discovering our secret. "What makes you think that we're up to some illegal dealings?"
Onigashima seemed to process Kishi's question before answering. "It's all connected with what's happening lately. Starting from last Tuesday, I noticed Komi and the other two friends went into that alleyway that just so happened to be in sight in my classroom." We all were super shocked that we failed to check that our hideout is in sight of Oni's classroom.
"Hang on, if you can see our hideout in your classroom since the first time," Nakanaka realized, "Then that means, you know that...
Oni nodded. "Yes, I know you are involved with them, Nakanaka. And in addition," she turned to Kishi as it felt like the hardest thing for her in this case. "I know you were involved too Kishi-San. Right after we talked about strategy, I saw you walking across but the second I look away, it seemed you disappeared. It's as if you were teleported on sight. Add on that, I only took 30 minutes to go in and out yet you looked like you're there for hours."
This was unbelievable. We can't believe that our hideout was compromised since day 1. The only thing left is to confirm what Oni is talking about. "If you gather so much information, then what's your conclusion?" Kishi asked her,
"You know that everyone is into the Phantom Thieves as of late?" Onigashima asked; we nodded. "I too followed their Phan-Site and even looked into their rumors. Including the part of them being supernatural in nature." she explained as she showed her phone, and we all realized what she meant. "So, I'm right: you are Phantom Thieves. But not the same ones who originated from Shujin; rather, you became new ones to change Yamai's heart.
She's right. She knew we became Phantom Thieves to stop Yamai. I never thought she would be a great detective despite her temper. "So, whadya want from us?" said Najimi nervously, trying to pacify the situation. "As long as it doesn't involve turning us in to Yamai."
However, Onigashima shook her head in denial. "Would I do that after I said I want to help with the calling card you're making? Of course, I won't turn you in. I also invited you to help us stop her. Along with Kishi who's now a Phantom Thief it seems.
"But Yamai knows you well too," Kishi tried to reason with her. "Sure, you're not as famous in terms of involving Komi, but this is a plan where anything might go wrong. Worst case scenario, you may be punished by her family for no reason."
"TCH!" is what all Onigashima said as she feels anger building up as a vein and sweat appears on her face.
"You don't get the entire point," she said trying to keep her anger in check as a red aura starts to emit from her. "I have a stake in this too. I'm not asking to join you there as I'm sure it too late for me, but I don't want to be left out in this. I was the one who decided Yamai needs to be stopped and yet I feel like I have a minor role in this entire thing," she starts to pour tears of anger. "Don't get me wrong, I'm a big fan of the Phantom Thieves but I feel like they make us think they are the only ones capable of change. Normal people can change the world just as much as them! I want to set an example of that. I want to play a part of stopping Yamai. And if it means being an accomplice to a new team of Phantom Thieves, so be it!"
We all stayed back to avoid the Oni's wrath. All except for Kishi who stayed her ground. "You're right. I should've told you the day I joined them. The only reason I didn't tell you is I was worried you would be put in harm's way. Yet, I failed to protect you from your inner demon? As such, my apologies." she said to Oni.
"It's fine. I would've done the same if I were in your shoes," Oni said back. "But Yamai is one of oldest friends and I can't just stand back and do nothing about it. I can't stand that I was in on the "Komi is perfect" trend that happened last year. If only my heart isn't weak I wouldn't- URK!" she grasped her heart as she didn't realize she is getting very angry to the point of passing out. "Oh no. I'm getting over angry again. There's one thing to do before all else." And that's to listen to music to calm herself. She took out her earphones but there's a problem...
(Music Ends)
"Grr, Damnit, not again! Why do they tie up at the worst possible time!?" Onigashima said as her earphones are tangled again and for a moment her demon horns appeared in a similar vein to my cat ears. I know this can get out of hand, so like last time I offer to untie her earphones for her. "You'll to it again for me?" she asked, and I nodded. "Thank you," she sighs in relief. In only one minute, I untied her earphones and returned them to her. "Thanks, I would've ripped them like this," she said as she took out her phone and plugged them in. "Now, that song I just downloaded should be here somewhere... There. Found it."
That got us all curious about what song Onigashima is talking about. "A song you just downloaded?" asked Tadano. "I know that songs calm people down but what's special about this one?"
"Oh, I actually downloaded this song last month. My friends suggested me this one as they said it can calm the fiercest rage," Onigashima said as she gave me one of her earphones. "You're probably curious what it sounds like. I'm happy you asked, not too often I get to share listening music with my friends, so go on, take it." We gladly accept her offer. "Get ready to be totally calm. Play."
(|>)
We waited in anticipation until we hear a beautiful woman's voice coming from the speakers.
"Light shines on the heaven
The earth the spirit
Light brings glory and grace"
At the first verse, Onigashima's anger subsided. Her horns are dropped, red aura disappeared and was smiling like an innocent girl.
"May it open your eyes to the truth
Shanti
Shanti"
Then, Kishi felt in peace as the song calmed her nerves down. Nakanaka felt a similar feeling, but they are more akin to nostalgia as if she heard this song before. Najimi, who's usually the hyper one, suddenly felt at ease, like they're a different person all together. Tadano was feeling the music as if he was reading the feelings of woman who sang this song.
"Divine light our heart
Cries out to you
Deliver us from the dark and give us hope"
As for me, I closed my eyes and felt the serene sounds from the songs. I was smiling as if all of my anxiety left me for the very moment. It's refreshing really, as if this song was like the cure for my social anxiety. I never felt so at peace like before.
"May you feel as with your undying love
Shanti
Shanti"
(Song ends)
After the song ends, we were all at peace. All of us felt calmer than usual. This especially goes for Najimi, who's normally overactive. But most importantly, Onigashima was calmed down, smiling like the nice girl she is.
"I feel so good," Onigashima said contently. "I never felt so much emotion from any song I've heard."
"Indeed, it is," commented Kishi. "I never heard of a song that has so much emotion. Speaking of which, you haven't told us the name of this song."
"Oh yeah, I forgot about that," Oni confessed, rubbing her head. "I believe the song's name is "Pray". The singer's name I believe is Houko Kuwashima. There are many reasons behind her song. I checked out her interviews in terms of this songs. She stated that one of her inspirations is from a trip she took in India, the home of Hinduism. She's so fascinated about the peaceful practices of the Hindu religion, that she based her new song from her understanding of the religion."
While most of us follow Shintoism, we have some knowledge of other religions thanks to mythology. Me and my family are traditional followers of Shintoism, often referred to as the "way of the Gods." It is a practice that emphasize on staying pure and avoiding contact with negative aspects like death or uncleanliness. I bring this up as I read that there's a lot of similarities with Shinto and Hinduism, one of them being they both have gods who represent their own concepts.
"Fascinating," Kishi complimented. "I knew of finding inspirations, but this is one of the most interesting stories I ever heard. Oh, Nakanaka? You have something to add?" she asked the Otaku.
"I do. That was the theme song to one of the oldest games I owned," Nakanaka said, as she explained what she meant. "I believe the game was called, "Computer Demon Story", a game made by the JRPG company, Atlus. It's a spin off series of the ever so famous Shin Megami Tensei series."
"Oh yeah, that incredibly difficult RPG series," Tadano recognized what she meant. "Najimi? Did you recognize what they meant?" The lavender-haired gender mystery friend was still in bliss after hearing the song. Tadano simply poke them, and they snapped out of it.
"Oh, sorry about that. I didn't realize that song was that peaceful. And for the record, I did hear you mention SMT a few moments ago," they said before explaining what the series is for those of us unaware. "To make a long story short, remember Sukemon?" we all nodded. "Well, SMT is the great grandad of it. Only that, you recruit the Mons, Demons in that case, as fellow party members. To gain stronger demons, you have to sacrifice two of your demons to fuse into it." That sounded pretty morbid, despite fighting demons ourselves for a few days.
Nakanaka took over. "That's how it works for most games, but CDS (Kometani: Abbreviation for Computer Demon Story) you don't fuse demons at all. Instead, the party members become demons themselves!" Most of us were wide eyed upon hearing such an interesting concept. "I won't spoil the game for those who haven't witnessed it, but the game was heavily military themed as the characters originally have fight a war in a ruined world filled with rain. Said world has a lot of Hindu influences due to the theme of most of the demons that are the party's form. But most famously..." she said it in dark tone as if it's a heavy manner.
"It holds the infamous 'fiend' boss that we talked about earlier," Tadano said with a chill in his spine. "Seriously, I've only beaten him once and it took me days to beat him." Woah, I can't believe that there's a boss that took them days just to beat it. "But that's a topic for another day," he said, shaking becaue of the chills.
"That's right," said Onigashima. "I almost forgot about letting me send the calling card."
"And we have decided that you will send it," said Kishi to Oni's surprise.
"You will?" said Onigashima, who couldn't believe what she's hearing.
"How can we turn down a friend who wants to help?" Najimi replied pointing to themselves. "Especially someone who is friends with everyone."
"Even the Dark Lord has compassion for her allies," Nakanaka declared. "You are welcome to join us!"
As I faced Onigashima, just before I took out my notebook, I decided to talk to Oni-San with my own mouth. "We trust... you. Help us... stop... Yamai... for... us..." I struggled to get out and was blushing in the meantime. But that's enough for Onigashima to tear up a storm.
"You guys..." she spoke as she struggled to keep her tears in check. "You're the best friends this girl could ask for." she continued as Kishi went to comfort her.
"Of course, we are," said Tadano. "After all, me and Komi help you before, so it's far you get to return the favor.
As she finished pouring her heart out, Onigashima nodded. "Trust me, I was waiting for a moment to pay you back, and luck has called for me."
"Well, now that we have our game plan, any ideas on how to pass time?" Najimi suggested to us all.
"I know what I got in store for us!" said Nakanaka in her 'Marsault' tone. "I am craving for some Combat Swamp Bros. Ultra as of late! I would like to have actual warriors to face me!" (Kometani: For those unaware, it's this world's version of Super Smash Bros. at least one of the versions)
In a rare moment, Kishi had a smirk on her face. "I would be happy to take you on, Marsault. It is a knight's duty to take down the dark lord!"
"I'll play too!" said Onigashima. "I need to get my mind in the game anyway."
Tadano then asked me. "What about you Komi? Feel like playing Swamp Bros. again?"
I was actually looking up to the sky, thinking about Yamai before she is out for me. To think that when she just made friends with Najimi, she's just like any other girl. But I was a little off guard when Tadano asked me. "Anything on your mind Komi?" he asked me again.
I feel bad that I have to deny them, but I have to deal with it my own way. [Sorry, I already have plans for today. There's someplace I want to be I want to go today, and I rather go alone.]
"Oh, that's a bummer," said Tadano sadly. "In that case-"
"Sorry, but Me and Tadano also have plans!" Najimi interrupted as they grabbed Tadano by the arm. "We just happened to have something in mind for today."
"Najimi! Just what are you-"
"Well, that's a shame," said Nakanaka before brightening her mood. "But if you ever feel like the need for combat. you know where my lair is."
Soon, we all went our separate ways. Nakanaka, Kishi and Onigashima went to the former's house, while I went in another direction with MechaNeko on my back again. Tadano and Najimi were going tin the opposite direction of the trio but not before Najimi pulls Tadano into a bush.
"Najimi! What is your plan this time?" he asked them.
"You know how Komi looked kinda worried when she looked up?" she answered. "I feel it's something related to Yamai and that we're about to change her heart. She said she's gonna go somewhere, right? Well, I say we follow her there!"
"You mean you want to spy on her!?" said Tadano in a Panic. "You don't have any boundaries for private matters!?"
"Please, we're just checking on her well-being, not being creeps. If she happened to notice us, just say we happen to be in the area," said Najimi defensively. "Besides, didn't you trail Komi many times in the first year? Kinda hypocritical if you ask me."
Tadano was about to retort but realized because he did the same, he has no way to contradict them. "I suppose I am already guilty for sneaking. All right but just make sure we're at a distance so Komi doesn't see just trailing her." he said defeated.
And thus, they began following me to where I was going. It's actually to a place we went almost a week ago after our first Palace encounter. The place I went to is...
(Afternoon: Shibuya, Station Square)
None other than Shibuya. As this is where the original Phantom Thieves originated, I thought I gather my feelings here. I decided to tour Shibuya for a little bit before I feel ready to send the calling card.
(Beneath the Mask -instrumental version- Persona 5)
"I didn't get many chances to see Shibuya up close, but I'm loving the look of this place up close," said MechaNeko. Indeed, it's only my second time here, but I love this city already. However, there are rumors of a crime ring that is exploiting students. Just the mere though is enough to give me fear and anxiety. Luckily, it's still daytime, so I should be a bit safer now.
However, I didn't notice that Tadano and Najimi were following me. Upon noticing where I'm going, they ordered the tickets for the same train. (To make sure I didn't see them, they rode a different car than the one I took.) "So far, so good," said Najimi as they slowly trail me. "Better not go too far."
"I still think this is risky," said Tadano. "I rather not invade her privacy, even if it's for a good cause."
"True, but a friend must do their part to help their friends," Najimi countered. "Trust me, don't want Komi to suffer more than she is already."
Tadano seemed unsure but as longtime friends, he knows Najimi means well. "I feel the same. I sure hope this doesn't go downhill."
After a half-hour of walking, I found some benches close to the station square. Feeling the need to sit, I set MechaNeko down on one side while I sit down on the other side of the bench while there's space for one more person. As there happened to be a bush near the bench I'm sitting on, Najimi and Tadano decide to hide behind it to ensure I don't notice them.
"Okay, she stopped. Now we just have to wait before we go in," said Tadano in a low voice.
"I know that," said Najimi. "Say the master of following Komi around." Though Tadano winced at the nickname Najimi gave them.
(Music ends)
Back with me, I was looking at the sky, recollecting the truth about Yamai's ambitions. To think her sister and I have striking resemblances to each other. I never knew her before now, but I feel she was similar to me in many ways. She's the type of person who wants to make other people happy. She cares for Ren's well-being just as much as I do. She wanted Yamai to be happy like a normal girl. But would changing Yamai's heart mean she won't be happy anymore? I want Yamai to stop obsessing over me, but would it cost her the inability to smile again? I couldn't imagine what it's like to be unable to smile.
"Komi? I don't want to state the obvious but, you seem to be... crying." Mecha said. As my bangs covered my eyes, I touched my cheeks and sure enough, I felt tears running down my cheeks. It wasn't surprising that I am crying. This will be one of the hardest decisions I'll make, and there's a good chance it will end horribly for all of us.
As they watched me, Tadano and Najimi saw my crying and knew something is wrong. "Okay, I think we should go-" Tadano was about to leave the hiding spot before Najimi grabbed his shoulder. "Hey, what's the deal?"
"I think someone I know has gotten the same idea," the lavender-haired friend said as they pointed ahead. Tadano looked to that direction and there's another person coming to my direction. Knowing that it's one of Najimi's old friends, he decided to let it play out.
I am still in tears as I'm not sure if changing her heart is the right thing to do. Is this what the Phantom Thieves go through when they make a decision? I couldn't believe what they do, but actually doing it is the hard part as there's no going back when it's made. I wonder how they handle this?
As I raised my head, I saw something that caught my eye: A hand that's offering me a napkin, along with a familiar sounding voice. "You alright? I thought you need to wipe those tears off. You can trust me on this."
I took her advice and wiped my tears off my face. It appears I stopped crying the moment she appears. There's only one thing I can say. "T-Thank you... O-Onigshima," However, the response wasn't what I was expecting.
"Onigashima? Sorry, I think you mistook me for someone else," the girl with Oni's voice said. Now that I think of it, Oni's voice is a bit rougher and deeper, while this voice sounds calmer and more professional as if she's a model. She walked over to the front to face me, and I gasped and covered my mouth. I heard there are only a few girls my age who are as beautiful as me. Now, I know it's true, as one of them is standing in front of me.
It's a beautiful girl with pure pale skin, ash-blond hair (similar to Kishi's hair), styled into pigtails (accessorized by a yellow hair clip), and her most beautiful feature: a pair of sky-blue eyes that made it as she where a goddess. (Now I know how my fellow students felt when they fell for me.) As for what she's currently wearing, she's wearing a red and grey jacket, with a "S" on the left, with a blue shirt underneath. She had black tights, similar to my usual ones, and her feet we in a popular brand of red and white shoes. The only thing she has on her is a white bag slung on her shoulders. (I have a brown bag with me.) The only thing about her is that I felt I seen her before.
I then realize we are both staring at each other, no doubt she too noticed my natural beauty. It was then she said, "Are you okay? You've been staring at me for a while."
With a soft blush, I replied back with a drawn message. [I'm okay. I noticed you're staring at me too.] The girl also blushed upon reading what I wrote before shaking her head.
"Sorry about that," said the girl. "By the way, you wrote your answer instead of talking. I assume that you are socially anxious, so you have trouble with people." Just like Akira-San, she immediately knew about my communication disorder! People in Shibuya are different from Itan indeed.
[You guessed right, but how did you immediately figure it out?] I asked.
"If it were anyone else, they would've spoken to me," she giggled. "The fact you even wrote a message is a clear indicator you have social anxiety. That, and I'm pretty much an expert on seeing people's true natures"
That's impressive. To think she has a similar ability to Tadano who can read the room. [I'm amazed you can do that. What's your name, by the way?] I wrote.
She blushed in embarrassment. "Sorry, I almost forgot. My name is Ann Takamaki. I'm a second-year student at Shujin Acadamy." She replied. My eyes shot wide open when she said her name. Ann Takamaki!? As in THAT Ann Takamaki?
In a rush, I opened the bag and reveal to her what I was thinking. It's a Vouge magazine that has a girl with shoulder length hair, black eyes, which ticked Ann a bit. But that changed when I turned to the page that featured her in a modeling shoot. [You're the same one in these magazines. You THE Ann Takamaki, the high school model!] I wrote back.]
Ann giggled again, "You got me! I'm a model, but I'm currently finding my way to the top of the modeling industry!" she declared. I was never planning to be a model, but her charm works on me as well as mine. "I had the help of my friends to find my spark."
That brings me to about the school she attends. She said she attends Shujin, right? That's the same school that Akira-San and Ryuji-Kun attends. I wonder... [Are your friends happened to be Akira and Ryuji by chance?]
Now it's Ann's turn to be wide-eyed. "Wait, you meet them!?" she said shocked. I nodded. "What a turn of fate, they're my friends in that school! Who would've guessed I would meet you after them." I could hardly agree with her, not long after meeting Akira-San that meet on of his friends.
Back in the bush, Tadano and Najimi also have wide eyes, for different reasons. "That girl was Ann Takamaki!? Who would've thought she would help Komi? You said you know her Najimi?"
Najimi recomposed before answering him. "Of course! I just remembered. While we don't go to the same schools, Ann did go together with Ryuji in middle school. They had a solid relationship even if it's like brother and sister and not a couple." (Kometani: Since Najimi haven't kept in touch with Ann or Ryuji, they didn't know they are slowly forming a bond after the Kamoshida Arc.)
"Alright, but anything else about her you know?" asked Tadano.
(Confession/Secret -piano version- Persona 5)
"There is, but it may be a bit tough at a certain point," Naiimi forewarned before continuing. "She made a friend in middle school. Her name is Shiho Suzui and while I have seen her much as Ann, I can tell she and Ann are great friends, even if she thinks Ann's paintings are a bit messy. At the last year of middle school, that's when we barely kept in contact. And we're at the tough part, and it's gonna bring back a news report a month ago." They cleared their throat is if to prepare for the worst. "You're aware of what happened in Shujin last month?"
"Oh, that incident with Kamoshida, right? The fact that he sexual abused female Students." Tadano said, a bit hesitantly.
"Yep, the same one," said Najimi solemnly. "You probably pieced it together, but Shiho was one of his victims. In fact, she had the worst end of the deal as, due to that news report, she attempted suicide by jumping of the roof."
"Yikes, that bad!?" Tadano yelped, only getting a single nod from Najimi. "You think she recovered?"
"Yeah, the more recent news confirmed that she recovered and undergoing rehabilitation. But she and her family will have to move to another school as, regardless of her being a sex victim, just the attempted suicide will raise some red flags," Najimi said as professional as they can.
"Do you think Komi knows about it?" Tadano asked them.
"I'm pretty sure she knows if she's keeping up with the news as much as us," Najimi replied. "But, back to the point: I think Ann is checking on Komi because she doesn't want anyone to walk the same path as Shiho. For now, we should still let things play out if she does aims for that." They remain hidden to see how my conversation with Ann goes.
(Music Ends)
Back to me and Ann, I was wondering why she would want to talk to me. [Why would you want to talk to me? This is your first time talking to me.] I wrote to her.
"Well, Ryuji came to me saying that in your first meeting, he said you might be more beautiful than me. And I can see why, you certainly have a natural looking body, one good enough to be a model," she explained. "Oh, and another one of my friends had the same opinion about you, and he has a crush on me despite how eccentric he is." she also said. (Kometani: The friend Ann is referring to is Morgana, Akira's not-cat. She left the part of him being a cat to avoid drawing attention.)
[But do you have any personal reason why you want to help me? We only just met each other.] I wrote to her.
(Alright -elp version- Persona 5)
There was a moment of silence before Ann had a smaller smile on her face. "Well, if I had to have a reason, it's that you remind me of my best friend," she answered.
This got me curious. [Who is your best friend?] I asked in paper.
"You don't mind if I sit, cause it's a matter I don't want to talk often?" Ann asked. I shook my head, giving her the okay signal. As she's about to sit in the center, she finally noticed MechaNeko on the other side. "Oh! Is this your robot cat?" I nodded. "AWWWW!! He's so cute!" 'Yet. his head shape reminds me of him for some reason.'
"Yep, I'm the best friend a girl can ask for!" Mecha said back.
'Even his voice sounds similar to him...' Ann thought before sitting in the center of bench. "To make things quick, my best friend's name was Shiho Suzui." I widen my eyes as that's the same girl who nearly killed herself due to the Sexual Abuses. "Judging for your reaction, looks like you know what I'm talking about. Albeit something I wish that never happened," she said with a sadden expression. She's likely the student the most hurt from that ordeal. "I can tell something is hurting you just like Shiho did. Though, I can tell you're not as hurt as she was."
She is catching on to my issue with Yamai. But I shouldn't reveal my real plan with her. I better not mention her name if she gets suspicious. I'll just tell my issues in a way that doesn't involve changing her heart. [There's a friend of mine that is hurting other people to get what she wants. I'm especially hurt that it's for a student she's wished to have for herself.] I can see Ann's brows furrow, no doubt reminding her of the incident from her school, months ago.
[Me and my other friends are working on a way to stop her for real. But what worries me is that Yamai is still one of my friends. I don't want to take way her ability to smile at the cost of the smiles of everyone else. She's a victim of her antics as much as everyone else.] Ann's expression softens as she knows it's a different case from her ordeal.
[If she doesn't smile again after this, I'll feel sad too. I don't want to be seen as bad person. I want to make 100 friends in high school. But I don't want anyone of them to be sad; they deserve to be happy!] Once again, I was crying as this is the second time I let out my feelings about my situation.
In just a second, Ann put a hand onto my shoulder as if she were comforting me. "I can imagine what you're going through. Believe me, I was in your shoes in one time," she said from experience. "I was so busy trying to get Kamoshida off my back that I didn't realize Shiho suffered as much as I did, to the point of that happening." She paused before continuing. "I failed to check on her before that day. It hurts me so much that I feel like a failure of a best friend." That's a feeling I hope to never feel, especially to a suffering friend.
"But I can tell that it's not too late for you," she said to me. "From what you said, there's still time to take action before something drastic happens. If you don't do it, your friend may go to the point of no return. Don't be afraid, you can do what I've failed to do months ago."
That gave me a bit of hope. Just doing soon is better in the long run. [You think I can do it.]
"I'm sure. In my case, by the time I noticed it, it was already too late for me save her. I only I had seen it a few days soon her..." Ann said with a little regret in her voice. "But I can tell that there's still time in your case. If you need to act, now's the time. No matter what consequences await, it's worth doing the right thing." she encourages me.
Normally, I would be afraid of doing something that would change my life forever. But with Ann's words of wisdom, she's right. I'm afraid of the consequences that would happen if did the right thing. It's not just the right thing, but the ONLY thing we can to stop Yamai. Most of my doubt is gone but I'm not backing down from this fight!
[I'll do it. If I don't stop her then everyone will suffer in the end.] I wrote.
"That's good to hear," said Ann as she patted my head; I felt some satisfaction from it. "I sure you and your friends can stop her from doing any harm." I nodded before I realized something. I was sure I was alone, so why did she mention my friends. "Oh, you didn't notice? I can tell someone is listening to us this whole time. And they're hiding in there!" she said, pointing to the bush that Tadano and Najimi were hiding.
"Huh, she spotted us?" he said as softly possible.
"Don't worry, we'll slowly find a way to get out before she sees us," said Najimi, but that hope didn't last long.
"Don't even try to hide and walk away. I can just follow you easily, so just come out," Ann warned them.
"Well, looks we have to come clean about this," said Najimi as they and Tadano come out and came to the bench Ann, MechaNeko, and I were sitting. "How did you know we were hiding? I thought we're not that noticeable."
Ann giggled a bit mischievously. "You're not that hard to read; the bush was small enough to hide you, but I can see some movement. That and I gotten better at spotting stalkers, thanks to a certain artist wanting me to become his model." (Kometani: Referring to Yusuke Kitagawa, the Lupinrangers' most recent member at this point.) "That said, didn't think we meet again like this, Najimi-Chan."
"You're quick at remembering long time memories," Najimi said nervously. "And we didn't come to stalk, we were just worried about Komi, so we follow her here."
"And normally, I wouldn't do these kinds of without a reason," said Tadano. "We knew Komi wasn't 100% sure about what we're doing, and we want to make sure she's alright." I was not upset in the slightest, especially if they came to check on me.
"I'm not angry or anything, but if you need to help her, you could just say so," said Ann.
"That's true, but we want Komi to sort this out on her own. Sometimes friends have to be harsh to their friends to help them," Najimi explained.
"Well, I'm glad the two of you are good friends with her, otherwise I would've called you creeps," Ann said as my two friends sweat nervously. "If anything, you have very noble heats. Reminds me of two of my other friends." Could she mean Akira-San and Ryuji?
[Thanks for taking time to talk to me. I feel sure of myself now.] I thanked her.
"Not a problem. I'm just doing what anyone would do," said Ann. "Well, I gotta get going. I was going to meet someone somewhere, so I'll have to cut this chat short. If we get another chance to meet up, hope I'll get to know your other friends too as you did with mine. Sounds like a deal?" she said as she reaches her hand toward me.
As we both got up, I notice something that surprised the both of us: I'm taller than Ann! All this time, I tough she would be taller than me, but I'm actually taller than Ann!" (Kometani: Komi is 169 cm while Ann is 165 cm.)"Wow, I never thought someone like you would be taller than me," she said. "Let's not stand around for too long be on our ways."
I nodded and took her hand and shake it. But then...
(Music Ends)
*FLASH!
Just like Akira, I felt a flash upon contact with Ann. My eyes when wide as I saw a blurry image of someone in red.
The only detail I can make is this image has Ann's pigtails a red bodysuit, pink gloves and crimson boots. I also see a mask on her face. This one appears to be a cat mask, but unlike mine, this one covers her entire forehead. However, this is not the only thing I saw as another image flashed before me.
Now this image is even more strange as this felt even more mysterious. This appears to wear a red ball dress, with two objects with hearts and black hair. She also has a presence that's similar to my Persona. I don't understand, how am I receiving these images? Is she like us? Another Persona user? That feels wrong. I can't see her being the fighting type.
"You okay there?" Ann said worried. "You looked like you've seen a ghost." I snapped out as the images vanished. Strange that Ann didn't see me as a Phantom Thief and Izanami. Could only I have this ability to see these images? But I don't want Ann to get me suspicious of me, so I nod one time. "Thank god. I was worried that you might be sick or something. But make sure to take care of yourself. And Najimi, next time, just ask to come. Hope to see you again. Bye!" And then she's off.
Tadano and Najimi walked closer to me. "She seems like a nice girl," Tadano spoke up. "Though, it doesn't entirely explain your reaction. I'm guessing that there's something deeper going on with you two."
I knew that I would need to explain to them about my visions, so without any further ado, I wrote what I saw. [You're not going to believe this, but when I shook hands with Ann, I saw that appears to be her in a red bodysuit. But also, I saw a being that has a similar presence to Izanami. Something similar happen when we meet Akira-San for the first time.]
"You mean your Persona?" Najimi said. "I'll be honest. I didn't sense that she has a Persona." they admitted.
"I didn't as well?" Tadano said. "Could that only you can sense Persona-users that we haven't met in person?" That's a good point. My Persona is a very unique case. Not only I can wield multiple elements, but I can somehow sense a possible that someone is a Persona user. This begs the question: why can I sense potential Persona users by contact?"
Needing for an answer, I mentally called my Persona. 'Izanami, do you know I have this kind of power within me?'
My Persona meanwhile was rubbing her head as if she's confused too. "I'm sorry my friend. This is new to me too. I know it's possible for us to wield elements besides ice, but like Cat Senses, this ability is new to my knowledge. It's as if I never knew I have this power." This is a strange case indeed especially for the case of Persona users. I wonder what other secrets does Izanami hold.
However, a bullet barely missed her, a sign that another Persona appeared. "You worry too much, Pardner!" Lone Ranger quipped. "These news powers don't make you a stranger! Just another special one!"
And appearing in a spotlight, Lupin III appears. "He's right, you know. Real selves or not, you're our friend. We'll always accept you no matter what form you take."
Within the mental space, Izanami began a flood of emotions, taking the form of a blizzard. "You guys..." she sniffled as chilly wind blow all over.
"Not to ruin the tears, but we're getting a b-b-bit chilly here pardner..." spoke Ranger as he and Lupin are currently cuddling to keep themselves warm.
"Oh, my bad," said Izanami with an innocent giggle despite not having a mouth. "I'll wipe up something warm for us." She then summons a giant blanket and soon all three Personas all cuddle in the blizzard of emotion.
Back with us, due to what's happening in my mind, I couldn't help but tear up from that exchange. Suddenly both my friends hugged me like our Personas.
"It's okay to cry," said Tadano. "You're not alone in this. We all got your back, Komi-San," said Tadano with a soft smile.
"Don't forget, you can get friends to help you, but the best one to ever help out," Najimi assured me. I've never felt so warm in my life. I would've never felt this way years ago, so this is a pleasant feeling.
"T-thank Y-you..." I whispered out as the hugs continued. Though it has been 10 minutes. it felt like an hour for us before we let ourselves go.
"Now that we know you're sure, anything you want to do?" Tadano asked me.
I was thinking before I decided my next move. [It's Sunday, so I want to take another drink from that stand underground.]
"Oh, that place where you find it tasty?" he asked. "I doubt it'll be as good as last time."
"Oh, and you still feel like for some Swamp Bros?" asked Najimi. "It's not too late to join the fight!"
Considering we still have plenty of hours before I prepare to calling card, I can only say two words: "Game on." I said in a rare form of conidence.
The day went as follows: we stopped by the juice stand, and I used the money from the Mall of Lust to pay for it. The drink was a bit yucky for my tastes this time, but I gained a bit of Guts from drinking it. Soon, we went back to Itan and dropped by Nakanaka's "lair" for some competition before the big day tomorrow. I have been getting better since last time as I got second place, sometimes first, in most matches, Though, Onigashima is one of those sore players that we have to let her win one match for her to be at least satisfied. Before I went home., I stopped by Toku Gallery to buy extra gear. What they are, I'll keep that a surprise for now. Neither less, now I feel ready to prepare the calling card for Yamai tomorrow. Here's how it went.
(Night: Komi's Home)
I got back home later in the evening. I was still able to make it to dinner, even with a big thing in my mind. Just when I was heading to my room to train again, my mother came to me about something.
"Hey Shouko?" she asked. "Have things been a bit 'troubling' at school recently? You seemed a bit more serious than usual." That part can't lie about as even without the Metaverse, it's a srious problem. So, I nodded yes that it is true. "Well, I may not have much trouble in my school days, but I eventually found friends of my own, including your soon to be father." she said as she points to him in question. "Speaking from experience, my friends helped me out of my darkest struggles, and I hope yours can do the same for you." It was only a few words, but they were enough to comfort me. Even I don't know how my mom can comfort me with ease, but I'm happy for it.
I soon enter my room where MechaNeko sits on my bed. He looks at me as I took out my training clothes. "Going to train again?" he asked. I nodded back "Then leave the recording to me! You get that body in fighting shape in no time!"
(A New Semester, A Turbulent Beginning — Komi Can't Communicate)
I did my first activity: Push-ups. My arms slowly pushed my body up, then down and up again. All the while sweat begins to build up and run down on my face. I did my sit-ups and ball stretches after that. I decided to change my routine a bit. I want to add more time to regimen as well as to speed up my process. I did more than the last time as yesterday.
As I finished, before going to wash myself, I decided to finish the calling card I'm making. Luckily, I have prepared a design for it. I go to my desk and take out the materials for the card: A magenta card, with the same shade as Itan's skirt and tie, a pair of scissors and black, white, and red markers. "You're have an idea on how our logo would be?" Mecha asked me. I took out my phone and showed him the Phantom Thieves' logo. "Woah! I have this in my data blanks, but this looks cooler in person."
I wrote him a message. [I don't want to copy their logo for us. I'm making a logo for our team to differentiate from them. This will be the birth of a new group of Phantom Thieves.]
Mecha nodded. "Sounds good! Gotta show them that a new group has arisen. I know that you can to it!" he encourages me.
I nodded as I start crafting. I cut the magenta paper to the size of what calling card would look like. Then I took a pencil and began to sketch a few lines. I then began to draw an oval shape and then a cat ear and top hat similar to the Lupinrangers' logo but smaller. I then draw triangular eyes, some whiskers and cat's nose and smile. I then make 8 squares, all in different positions, and to tell us apart from the first Phantom Thieves, I wrote them in Japanese, fitting as I'm embracing my Japanese heritage with my style.
Now it's time to paint it. I took out the black marker and be painting my card. For the black marker, I carefully paint on the lines I drew. The lines with a small gap are just the right size for my marker. I then paint over the squares while avoiding the Kanji. I then paint the cat face making sure to live some room for the white marker. I then capped the marker and then use the white marker. I paint over most of the Kanji and then painted the eyes, parts of the ear and top hat. Finally, I took out the red marker and it didn't take long as only spots I painted are the first square and second Kanji.
"Can I see it?" said MechaNeko. However, I put up a finger (Thankfully not THE finger) as there's still one more thing to do. I took out the message I wrote yesterday. Once again, I took out my scissors and out them out Kanji by Kanji. I took out a glue stick and one by one, I apply it to the pieces and put them on the back of the card the same order as when I wrote it. "Now can I see?" Mecha said excitingly. I could only chuckle as the card is ready, and I showed him the finished product.
I couldn't help but smile for my work. To think I was able to make a calling card so neatly on my first try. I wonder if the Lupinrangers' own card maker would be proud of me. "This is so your style! Gotta let the others know right!" Indeed, that my friends have to see my new calling card. I took a pic of it and send it though the ToC's group chat.
"Hold on! I heard you made your calling card. Mind showing it to me?" said Izanamai in my heart. I moved my card to my shoulder as if she were there in real time. "You truly are a natural of making a calling card. “Silence is Injustice”That is a perfect slogan for a group like the Thieves of Communication. The Queen will have to fear that her desires will be stolen." And I couldn't agree more, this will scare Yamai for real.
Now the finishing touch: I put the card into a small envelope to make sure it wasn't me who sent it and in case anyone comes in. Then, I lick the cover and closed it, then putting it in my desk to take out for tomorrow. Since I'm still in my training attire, I still need to shower, so I took my sleepwear and went to the bathroom to wash myself, all while mom sees me go in.
'Shouko, it's not often you stay in your room even if you're not good at communicating. Are you working on a special project or something?"
(Kometani: Technically it was a secret project. Plus, it took Komi 40 minutes to make the calling card.)
(Days until Yamai moves out with Komi: 4 > 3)
(5/30, Monday)
(Morning: Itan High School, Entrance)
(Days until Yamai moves out with Komi: 3)
At long last, The Day Has Come. (Kometani: Komi happened to be a My Hero Academia fan. In fact, she has a surprising love for superhero series.) This will be the final day where Yamai will torment people for her lust for me. For too long, she's had her way. But we're putting her on her place, and I have no reservations to hold my back. My friends are catching up to me for a while, but they did get my message about my calling card.
[Tadano: That's some skill you have Komi! To think you would craft a calling card like theirs. ]
[Najiimi: This time with you own style, 100% Komi! I couldn't make more personal myself]
[Komi: Thanks. the slogan, "Silence is Injustice" is special. The meaning is that even silence can hide sins of bad people. Thus, we break their silence by making them confess their sins with their own mouth.]
[Nakanaka: You have masterfully done your part, my liege. The message you wrote make her fear for her desires!]
[Kishi: All that's left is to deliver it. Onigashima will be at the front gate so you can give it to her, and she'll sneak it to Yamai's bag.]
[Komi: I'm ready. Yamai won't be terrorizing people for much longer]
And won't be much longer as I saw Onigashima standing the near the gate of the school. She spotted me and waves at me as I approach her.
"Happy you made it. Got the special present you made for her?" she said like a passcode. I nodded and from my bag, I took out the envelope that has the calling card I made for Yamai. "Perfect! Now Yamai won't be the Lustful demon much longer. I'll need to wait for when Yamai isn't around her bag so I can put it in. She won't see it coming!" (Kometani: A Last Surprise, right?)) I nodded back as the plan is set. "Well, I got my class to attend, just take your time, right?" (Kometani: The second time Oni broke the fourth wall with meta stuff.)
As I walked into the school, I was greeted by Rumiko-Chan and her fellow Gyarus: Yukapoyo, silver hair with a headband, Mutan, another tanned girl but with black hair, and Gonzales, though don't mention what she sounds like if you've seen her debut. "Oh, hey there, Komi! Keeping up with the Phan-site, have you?" She asked. I nodded. In the time I was free, I've been searching the site for some information about the Lupinrangers. They most I can find are requests for them to take down smaller suspects, those who are not big shots.
"You really got to make a request on them!" said Yukapoyo. "You need a change a heart of a bad guy, they're your pals!"
"I second that," Mutan replied. "I even sent requests to change people who have been bugging me recently."
"I like it!" said Gonzales. "I can finally teach people not to make fun of my voice!" We all sweatdropped at that line.
Rumiko decides to change the subject. "Anyways, I ever got them invitations for my page, making it easier to receive requests to change hearts! If they hear my requests that is. Anyway, would you like to join it? You have them change the heart of person you hate." I nodded as I do want in. While it's true it was too late for the Lupinrangers to steal Yamai's heart, since we are doing this ourselves. It's nice to request a change of heart we want in the future. Hopefully. "That's great! I'll send you the invite tonight, got it memorized?"
I gave her the thumbs up as we all head to my classroom to discuss more of the Phantom Thieves. It was an interesting conversation as I was engaged every second of it, talking about how cool that group was. Especially in their debut heist where they steal that perverted teacher's heart. He's one of the few people on my "I don't wanna be friends" list. Whatever reason for what he did must be even worse. As there's still a bit of time before my two best friends came, I read the rest of The Witch of Arthur. That story at times scared me due to how manipulative and scary Morgan was, especially when it came to her plan to overthrow King Arthur. But in the end, I read it to the end, and I manage to gain guts as well.
All that's left is to get the Calling Card to Yamai.
(Music Ends)
(Later in Classroom 2-3)
(Blossoming Arcadia - Pikmin 4)
In class 2-3, Yamai was standing on the balcony of her classroom with Nakanaka nearby. She was keeping an eye on Yamai to make sure she doesn't do anything drastic as well as to find an opening for the calling card. 'This feels tense. The Queen's relaxing like this was a normal day. There's only 3 days left before her plot is executed. I wonder what's she thinking?'
Yamai sighed as the wind blew on her hair. Her thoughts: 'I wanna see Komi's underpants.' Of course she's thinking about that stuff about me. 'How can I do a panzer vor inside her black tights without being a crime?" This lasted about 5 minutes before an idea sparked in her mind. "AH_HA!!"
Nakanaka saw that reaction meaning: 'I bet she's up to no good again...' she mentally deadpanned as it's obvious at this point. Before she can ask, Yamai sprinted to my classroom. 'Superhuman feats thanks to lust. But I can at least hide and listen in to what she's up to.' And she followed suit with the intent of eavesdropping.
(Back in Classroom 2-1)
Things have been quit for a little bit. Tadano came and kept me company while Rumiko discusses the Phantom Thieves in another corner. Things were peaceful until she came in.
(A Lively Way Back Home — Komi Can't Communicate)
Oh God... Another invitation from Yamai. Since I can't use my Persona here, I could stop shaking in fear due to what she usually does. But at the same time, I can't refuse a friend's favor, so I accepted.
"YAY! Meet me on the playground after school!" she cheered as she went back to her class. Nakanaka who hear the entire conversation, smirked in satisfaction.
"Nice work, you just provided us with our opening move. Time to set it up." she whispered as she opens a new chat.
[Nakanaka: You heard that the Queen invited you on the horizontal bar, correct? Well, she just gave us our opening for the calling card!]
[Tadano: That's fortunate for us. Helps that the horizontal bar is near here so there's no need for her to taker her bag with her]
[Onigashima: There will be no problems since her class will be almost empty which means no witnesses.]
[Komi: That's good but Yamai still plans on seeing under my skirt. It doesn't get any easier.]
[Tadano: Relax, she just said to come. She never made any additional conditions.]
[Komi: Oh right! I feel a bit reassured.]
[Nakanaka]: I'll make sure the Oni does deliver the card. You won't have to wait long!]
Only one more school day and it's over. I just need to get by her schemes one more time.
(Music ends)
(After School: Itan High School, Campus)
(Aiming for the Madonna Next Door — Komi Can't Communicate)
"Oh yes! Time to get that under shot!" Yamai exclaimed. "No way for her avoid my sight any longer! Oh! There she comes now!" she cheered as she sees me come out with my friends. As we got out...
Me and Rumiko-Chan came out wearing sweatpants. Yamai's reaction?
Yamai goes into a breakdown upon seeing me prepared for the worst. She complained about it as Najimi spins around like a rolling ball.
(A Growing Circle of Classmates — Komi Can't Communicate)
I really don't want to do it even with my bottom covered, but if it's for Yamai, I'll just pleasure her one more time, I took a deep breath and grabbed the bar and then flipped.
Everyone cheered for my successful attempt at it, Yamai, however, was still processing. To her eye, she couldn't believe that I did it, but the fact she saw my covered butt when I flipped. In the end...
'That's good enough!' Huh... Yamai was surprisingly chill from this, but technically she saw under my skit. Tadano had no words to say. For the rest of the time, we all tried our best to flip.
Meanwhile, three of my friends were executing the most critical part of our plan.
(Meanwhile at Classroom 2-3)
As Nakanaka predicted, the classroom is mostly empty with only a handful of students talking or studying. (Which happened to be Yamai and Nakanaka's new friends) Coming in was Nakanaka in front, Onigashima in the middle, and Kishi in the back. They approached the door to the room as Oni get ready to enter it.
"Just be quick, it won't be long until the Queen makes her return," Nakanaka informed.
"Got it, be back in a flash," Oni replied as she entered the classroom. Yamai's bag is still on the desk and no one else was looking at the bag. In a simple case of sneaking around, she reached Yamai's desk in just a few seconds and put the card in her bag. "Mission successful." she whispered.
"That takes care of the hard part," said Kishi. "We are glad you are a part of it." she said as Oni exited the room.
"Thanks. Happy I'm able to do something," she replied. "It's too late for me to go to that world, but happy I still helped."
"You will have your chance someday, my friend." Kishi assured. "I know that you have the potential to be one of us."
"If you say so. But until the time the day comes, I will cheer you guys on!" Onigashima cheered.
"Before we can celebrate, I received a message from the Princess herself!" Nakanaka informed. "They just finished playing and are heading their separate ways."
"Tell the rest to come here. It's best they see if the calling card works." Kishi suggested and Nakanaka nodded and complied. "We'll hide and make sure things goes as planned," she said to Onigashima.
Oni nodded back, "I wouldn't do any other way." she said with a hopeful smile.
Not a moment later, Yamai and us were walking back to her classroom, talking about what happened outside. We entered her classroom as she finished up. "I can never get over how good you were in backwards flip." However, she finally saw the key item of our plan. "An envelope? I wonder who would want to send me a letter? 'I hope it's from my Komi-Sama" She took it out and opened it. There comes our calling card. "A c-c-calling card-d-d-d? This isn't from the Lupinrangers, so who's responsible for this one?" For the first time, Yamai was in actual fear as she knows the Phantom Thieves steals the hearts of the wicked. She thought she wouldn't get targeted as she wasn't as know at the other targets, but she was targeted.
"Oh yeah, I never thought we would have a Phantom Thief around here, heh heh..." Najimi feigned ignorance as we all try to act that we have no involvement.
This got Rumiko excited. "A calling card from a new team of Phantom Thieves!?" she said as she took out her phone. "This I have to record!" Soon her 3 friends as well as the Normies came in to see the commotion.
(What Are You Up To? — Komi Can't Communicate)
"Hang on, this has a message on the back," Yamai said as she flipped the card to the side with the message. "It reads: 'Dear Mistress Yamai, the Queen of Lust, we have heard that you have committed so many lustful acts to gain possession of a girl who just want to be friends with you. We can't allow these acts of Lust to continue. We hate to do this to a young girl like you but the only way to stop this is to take your desires and change your heart for good. Don't take this personally, we want everyone to have a bright future ahead, including yours. Sincerely, the Thieves of Communication.'"
For the first time since we meet, Yamai felt fear. And not the comedic type of fear, it's real pure fear she's feeling now. 'They want to steal MY heart!? They don't want me to love Komi-Sama anymore!?' she though while she processed the card.
Meanwhile, Rumiko-Chan was recording this event. I knew this would involve online rumors, but I hope this doesn't give our school a bad reputation. "You heard it right folks! A new group of Phantom Thieves have decided to reveal their calling card! They have picked their first prey! But we will withhold their name in case the other Phantom Thieves are listening in. Stay tuned for more updates!" she reported.
Yamai's other friends saw her reaction to the calling card and was just as shocked as her. "Yamai-Chan was a bad person? How could she do that for just Komi?" Mako Ojosa said in confusion.
I took a total of 7 minutes before Yamai slowly become angry. "Those nobodies think they can take my heart for Komi!?" then she went into full on rage. "NOT GONNA HAPPEN!! MY LOVE FOR KOMI IS FOREVER AND EVER!!"
Upon screaming that out, we felt a sensation similar to entering the Metaverse, but instead was a flash of light and all we see was a black void. But for some reason only me, Tadano and Najimi were there. "Woah! I didn't think the card would work this well!" they said in surprise.
"I think you're right, cause it's right in front of us," informed Tadano as we see what's in front of us.
In the place Yamai was standing, was her Shadow looking away from while still holding the card. "So, those little thieves dared to steal my most prized Treasure? Well, I'm happy to give them a chance," She turned her head over holder with only her left side looking at us. "For one night, my Treasure will be shown to the public for only tonight. Good luck stealing it, 'cuz you're not getting it from me!" Upon finishing that declaration, the vision ended and we're back in the classroom and the real Yamai is back standing in front of us.
(Kometani:
Since the calling card is sent,
Security Level: 30% > 100%)
"Huh, Komi? You saw it?" she said. Looks like she didn't know her heart is open to steal. Moreover, none of the other student saw her Shadow, meaning only Persona-Users can see the Shadows appearing. "Please, I'm not a bad person, am I?"
For once, I looked away from Yamai. I didn't plan this because she's a bad person, but to stop her from becoming one. I hate to make her change against her free will, but since she keeps refusing, it's my only option.
"You can't say it? Oh god, I need to sit down..." Yamai did exactly that as sat down while her other friends came to comfort her.
"This is the point of no return," Tadano said as we head to the alley. "I'm still shaking with unease."
"Heh. That part is getting mw excited," Najimi claimed with a grin. "We're about to close a key chapter of our lives."
Closing a chapter of our lives... I can see what they meant. After today, Yamai will be a better person. Not just for her, but for her deceased sister. The only thing I can say is I can't wait to meet the real Yamai after this.
(Music Ends)
(After School: Yamai's Grand Mall, Entrance)
It took us a few days and some big endeavors, the finale has come. In just a simple text message, we all gathered in the alley and then entered Yamai's twisted mall for the final time. Here we are in Phantom Thief clothing,
"Oh Yeah! Finally, we are the climax of this farce!" cheered Snipe. "That girl won't know what hit her!"
"Indeed, the final showdown is upon us!" Marsault road. "The day of the Queen being dethroned is here!"
"I've been looking forward to peace of Itan like the end of a long war," Noble added.
"Got anything to say before it's showtime, Lynx?" Spade said.
I started at the mall which has increased security significantly. Not only guards are patrolling out, but there are also spotlights shining from the roofs ahead. But that will be rendered moot since we can teleport to the top floor with a press of a button. "I just want to say, that we may not be able to succeed, and we may not make it out, but I won't see you less if you decided to stay out. If you still wish to tag along, raise your hand." In an instant, they all raised their hands. I realized that if they had not entered the Metaverse, they wouldn't join in.
"Well, that's settled and now..." I said as I prepare the warp to the 4th floor. "It's Showtime..." I called out as I press "Enter" and warped us to the 4th floor.
(Yamai's Grand Mall. Floor 4)
(Insert: TBD by (K)noW_NAME)
We all arrived at the fourth floor with ease, proving that the extra security was meaningless. However, the inside still fortified as a ton of normal Shadows appeared, which instead of batons are now armed with guns. Given that the treasure is close by, they are authorized to use any means necessary.
"They thought to use bullets to stop us?" Marsault said. "To hell with that! Firearms are worthless!"
And so, begins the rush to the treasure. The shadows began firing on us, but we're too fast to be shot. Snipe begins to counterattack as they used their Persona to fire back and hit them precisely. Marsault add to their attack by casting fireballs at them as well as conquering up a barrier to block sniper attacks.
Noble, with her expert swordsmanship, blocks the bullets swiftly and more her blocked by her Persona's own sword. Spade with lightning-fast reflexes as well as his Persona zapping lightning all over.
As for me, to preserve my strength for a bigger event, I only used Water Breathing 1st Form as it allows me to flow pass the bullets as if I was water. My Persona, meanwhile, had her fans out, no doubt flapping them as fast as bird wing to create winds that will throw the bullets back at the Shadows.
Soon we all made it to the treasure room again, but when we open it, the glowing orb has turned Solid! The treasure on the pedestal was a decorated pot with art of me and Yami on it; makes for her lust for me.
Of course, Snipe and Marsault being the money lovers rush to it first with Yen signs on their eyes. "YES!! IT WORKED!! WE HAVE A TREASURE AND WE'RE GONNA BE RICH!!" Snipe yelled.
"Indeed! I have never thought the Queen has great art herself!" Marsault said in a very excited tone.
"Okay! Okay! We know that the treasure is solid," Spade said to calm them down. "We don't want to stray from what this treasure means.
Spade and Marsault snapped out before rubbing their heads. "Oh, got carried away there," they both said.
I decided to start the next step. "Treasure admiration aside, I wonder who we can change her heart since we can move it?"
MechNeko answers. "Well, because the treasure is the core of the Palace, I bet taking it out of it will cause a change of heart!"
Noble nodded with a thumbs up. "Which means that since the pot is medium sized, we can have two people carry it back to safe room while the rest of us defend them from enemy fire."
I nodded back. "Then I think Snipe and Spade will carry it. Me, Marsault and Noble will protect you both," I informed my team.
"Well, if that's your word, we won't go against it. Let Operation: 'Steal Yamai's Heart' begin!" Spade declared as he and Snipe took hold of the pot and carefully moved it out of the room and to the safe room.
(20 minutes later)
This pot is surprisingly light. It's just it's so fragile that we can't afford to drop it. We just made it the 1st level and nearing the safe room. We were almost here until...
"Oh, you shouldn't leave without paying first!" said a too familiar voice. Suddenly a shadowy figure came in and kick the pot of the duo's hands. That same figure caught the pot and went to the opposite side of the room to its owner: Shadow Yamai. "Then again, this art would cost you the entire economy of you had to pay for this."
(Class Meeting Heats Up — Komi Can't Communicate)
"Lady Yamai!" Noble called out in anger, even with her eyes hidden behind her mask. "I should've known you would anticipate the attempted theft of your heart. So, you planned a sneak attack when we did!"
"I expected nothing less from my traitorous bodyguard." her Shadow said in an expectant tone. "I figured you will steal since my treasure especially that you've been my elite guard. I'm not as dumb as you all think."
"I would've expected nothing less from the Queen of Lust!" Marsault exclaimed. "You are a worthy opponent for our debut!"
"You said it pardner!" Snipe agreed. "It's high time that we end this saga!" they said they imitate firing guns.
"I wouldn't count on it, dumbasses!" Shadow Yamai fired back. "I've been doing this for Komi and her alone! I don't need any more of these damn complications!"
"But it's not for Komi, isn't it?" Spade countered. "We found out about your secret. The one where you had a sister with a similar appearance to Komi, and the latter is like you're coping mechanism. But this is still wrong in the end."
That got Shadow Yamai's eyes wide as dishes as she knew what he meant. "You read my dairy. I thought I buried it deep in my memory. I never wanted anyone else to read about Takara-Nee. Especially the part of her untimely demise..."
"I admit I wasn't as close to her as you, Yamai," said Snipe remorsefully. "But I know she wouldn't want you to do this in her memory!"
"How would you know, little rats?" The Shadow fired back. "She was the best sister a girl can ever ask her! She was like a mother when my real mother is always out! Why the hell is she a victim of a sniper attack! She didn't hold any secrets; she is not an accomplice!"
It was here that I decided to put my words into her. "Yamai..." I started I tried to take the gentle approach. "I can't imagine who much pain you've been going through for more than a decade, but you're dealing with it the wrong way. She wouldn't you to do this for her memory. If I were to lose my brother, I would cry almost forever." My friends notice the sudden pain in my voice. "But my friends would always be there to help me. And I know that we can to the same for you."
The Shadow didn't share my view. "Why would I need friends to help me with my pain when I can have just you as my puppet! That's enough for me!"
In a sudden callback, I shook my head in defiance. "You're not seeing the big picture Yamai and it's thanks to this place created with your desires. But, if you can let us take the treasure, we can solve this peacefully."
(Music Ends)
That happen to be the trigger button as Shadow Yamai was disponed for a moment before breaking out in laughter. But then the laughter beginto get louder and louder. Suddenly it became crazier and crazier, as it echos all over the mall before it stopped stone cold.
(Blood of a Villian - Persona 5)
"Missing the bigger picture? It's YOU rats who are missing it!" she said with a crazed expression. "Komi is my prize forever and ever and if you won't surrender, I'll use force to make you!"
"And how do you plan on doing that?" Snipe said with an overconfident tone. "We can just beat you up and call it a day!"
What we saw was even more worrying: Yamai grinned. "I'm glad you asked, cowboy. I always have saved my secret weapon for special occasions, and this is one of them. Allow me you show you..." she said as she activated her headphones. "Operators, it's time. I authorize the activation of the 'K.O.M.I.' unit: Siren." Not soon that she gave the order, the floor opened up under her taking her and her treasure down.
As if things couldn't get any worse, the elevator retracted, preventing us from following her. "I knew it," Noble said. "She won't allow us to leave now that we've seen her treasure. The only way to get out alive is to beat this secret weapon and take the treasure back."
No sooner that she says that a lager hole open in the same place and steam blow out of it. From the steam in the smoke, it looks gigantic! Almost twice as tall as Shadow Kishi's true form. The steam was blown away and we saw Yamai's weapon: It's a robot that has a great resemblance to me! The notable details are that she is a chibi version of me, is wearing a maid costume like the one I wore in last year's school festival and has magenta eyes like Yamai usually does.
(Kometani:
The Owner of Lust!
Ren "SIREN" Yamai!)
(Also, the design of the robot's hair in this pic would resemble Komi's hairstyle more)
"HAHAHAHAHAHA!!" Shadow Yamai laughed from the speakers. "Love this cutie? I call her, the K.O.M.I. Siren! I modeled this after my dear Komi-Sama! I only use this in special occasions like this! Hope you said your prayers cuz it's the last thing you'll ever see!"
However, we stayed our ground. "Please, a giant mechanical duplicate of the princess I swore to serve? That does not put fear to me!" Marsault declared.
"I must agree with you Lord Marsault," Noble proclaimed. "You may be decided to Lady Komi, but my own dedication is far more genuine than what you've done!"
"Heh, looks like the party's gettin started!" Snipe said with a grin.
(Music ends)
But before we started to fight...
"HOLD IT JUST A MOMENT!! The match doesn't start until the bell rings!"
(Blooming Villain - Persona 5)
In an instant, the second level is filled with spectators who are watching the fight! The left side are all the V.I.P's and Shadows cheering for Yamai. On the right side, it was filled by our fellow students of Itan (Technically, their cognitions). All of them have banners of us and our logo and party poppers ready to be released. Among them are Rumiko-Chan with a megaphone, the normies who defected form Yamai, Katai who was shirtless and holding up a sign saying" "Beat her up", and Onigashima, who changed back into her normal outfit after defecting from Yamai. All of them saying, "Get her, Win! Win!, and take her Heart!" as they cheered.
However, who made that announcement was sitting on a desk with a microphone setup. "Apologies for the hold up, but when there's a match for the history books, I will be there! The Shade wearing commentator of Itan: Tsukasa Aizawa!" More cheering erupted after that announcement.
"That Aizawa, no matter the danger, he always makes a show of it," Snipe said cheekily.
"I think it's refreshing to have crowd cheering for us," added Spade. "We're not the only ones to fight Yamai, we all are fighting her."
"I think an audience will make this victory all the sweeter," Marsault declared.
"Normally, I would reject this in real life, but since they're our cognitions of the students, I think we can allow this to be on," Noble informed.
"I'll try to find a weakness in the design while you try to damage it as much as possible!" Mecha suggested. "There's always a way to beat it."
"That sounds like a wonderful plan. And now..." I spoke as we prepare our weapons one by one. "Time to put on a show of the ages!" I declared as we rushed to her robot!"
"And the match has begun! Better keep an eye on things!" Aizawa commentated.
(Also, the structure for the boss battles will be different as it will be like an official sports event)
(Italic dialogue means Aizawa is commentating)
(Normal dialogue: This means other characters are talking)
(Thieves of Communication vs Shadow Yamai!)
(Commentary by Tsukasa Aizawa)
And the Thieves of Communication take their first move! The lovely Lynx has call forth her beautiful guardian Izanami from her heart! The goddess has summoned a slew of ice blasts, and they struct the mech coldly! How cool was that!? Looks like Spade has called forth the grandson of the legendary thief, Lupin! It appears he summoned as column of red light! It appears that Spade has gotten stronger from that light! What will happen on his next turn!? Now Snipe has called forth on the legendary Lone Ranger and he has fired on all possible targets! The great witch Marsault has called forth her guardian familiar Morgan Le Fay on the field! She used her staff to conjure up dark magic and blast the mech with magic! Magic beats tech! Last but not least, the chivalrous knight Noble has called forth her own knight, the great King Arthur himself! He has raised his sword and struck the mech! Never doubt the king!
"I won't lie, you guys are super tough! But I'm even tougher than you damn rats will be!" Shadow Yamai roared! "Engage Missile Party!"
Oh, looks like the Siren has been locked with missiles and is ready to go ballistic! *BOOM!* Woah! The missiles have struck the lower level and set it on fire! It seems that the ToC have sustained some damage, only cuts and bruises! Makes you wish you to have super defenses like them! And she's not done as she goes for a punch attack. However, Snipe just narrowly avoided the attack leaving a crater!
"Missiles!? How much artillery does this thing has!?" said Spade in a panic.
"I doubt not that much," Noble replied. "Every weapon need to be reloaded before firing again. I think we can find a way to take the missiles down permanently before they are ready to fire again."
"I already got a partial scan of mech!" MechaNeko said. "The pink orb on the head is like a control unit for the missiles. If we took it out of commission, bye, bye missiles!" (Kometani: Thankfully, it wasn't the cockpit for Yamai, unlike the basis for her mech)
"We also need to attack the body as much as we can. Thankfully some of us can attack more than once. Like this: Mabufu!" Lynx has summoned Izanami again and this time she summoned multiple ice blast and shot them at the mech's body and orb! Crack are beginning to form on the crystal already!"
"HEY!! That's my favorite orb! Don't you dare destroy it! Final Warning!" Shadow Yamai yelled from the loudspeaker.
"You shouldn't have said that!" quipped Snipe as Lone Ranger appeared. "Not to mention, it was an obvious weak spot! Mind if I Shoot All!" Lone Ranger fired multiple bullets at both targets and boom goes the crystal!
"You haven't completely wounded us! My healing magic has doubled since our last encounter!" Marsault let out before Morgan casted Media for the first time. Oh! That healing move is a huge upgrade from the last one! This new move allows the user to heal everyone at once as you can see, the wounds caused by the missile barrage was fully healed!
"I shall go next," Noble said calmly as she summoned King Arthur to the field! The King of Knights have appeared once more! He's charging a ball of light, but it keeps growing! Woah! The ball split into smaller balls and he swings his sword as all the balls were flung into the mecha and orb! *BOOM! You saw it right folks, the orb is destroyed! No more missiles for good!
"NOOOOOOOOOO!!!" screamed the Shadow. "THIS COSTED 1O MILLION YEN!! YOU WILL ALL PAY FOR THIS!!!"
"Funny, we should be saying the same for you," quipped Spade. "But I think this speaks for myself," He snapped his fingers, and Lupin III has risen from the shadows. He makes a mad dash for the mech and POW hits it with his head! Even more that it has been powered up!
(Boss Battle - Mario & Luigi Brothership)
"You fucking bastards haven't seen my all! my tricks! Witness my REAL ultimate weapon!" What's this!? The chest has opened up and looks like a flash of light has appeared on his chest! It keeep getting brighter and brighter as time goes on! "EVERYONE GUARD AGAINST IT!" And the ToC have chosen to block the incoming attack to prevent an instant KO! "Finishing Move: Great Love Cannon!!" *BOOM!* And a huge beam of pink light has blast to them! What a devastating blow! Good thing, the TOC still stands. Although Lynx lost her snow tie from the blast, thus her long hair is down like a goddess! "You still standing!? No matter, this baby will recharge in 5 minutes! May as well play with you until round 2!
"URRK! I didn't expect another super attack!" Snipe said with new wounds.
"Inconceivable! To think she would have a backup plan for this moment!" Marsault exclaimed.
"We need to find a way to shut off the beam!" Spade suggested. "It's got to have a power source too!"
There was a beep, and the source came from MechaNeko! "I got it! The source of the beam is the Treasure! It has to be stored in the mech's chest to harness its power to fire a beam of light!"
"So, what you're saying is that we need to hit that center spot which in turn will eject the Treasure and the beam will be inoperable. Did I guess right?" asked Noble.
"That's sound like a perfect plan," said MechaNeko.
"So, we need someone who is good at sniping while no one see what we're planning," Lynx stated. "Who is the best person for the job?"
In an instant, Snipe raised their hand. "I'm already the best person for the job! It's literally in my name!"
Lynx was thinking for a moment before she made her decision. "You're in the job, Snipe! Just fire your shot from a distance and stay hidden."
"Got it, but won't Yamai notice I'm not there?" Snipe asked.
"The four of us will hold Yamai off while you can get a clear opening. You'll have to be fast enough before she gets smart with us." Lynx explained.
Snipe saluted. "I will not fail you, Lynx-Dono!" And off they go to one of the pillars.
"You pests will not get my treasure that easily!" Oh! It seemed she took out her weapons! Two giant knives! Where have I seen this part before? (Kometnai: Referencing to her debut in episode 4/chapters 23 to 26) No matter, the Siren slash all of the ToC and some have gotten a few cuts from the slashes!
"Knives... It had to be knives..." Spade grimaced as that brings back memories of Yamai's first scheme.
"Don't like them? I have more where its coming from!" The Shadow declared as the knives shine in intimation.
"If you have more, so are we!" Lynx declared as she charged to the Mech. Lynx is charging in for an attack, but the Siren is trying to stab the Phantom Cat. But the Cat is fast as a Cheetah as she dodges them with ease! The Cat summons her goddess and it strikes it cold!
Next, Marsault attempted to summon a dark spell to fall this mechanical golem! The mech has fire its lasers but Marsault was wise and using her book, she has created a magical barrier to knock the lasers back! Marsaut summoned her familiar again and fired a dark magic onto its chest! Super effective!
Spade is dodging left and right from those razor-sharp knives like a true phantom thief! With lightning-fast reflexes, he swifty dodge any stab and bullet fire in his way! With a flick of his wrist, Lupin III has casted lightning storms on to the mech and shorted out its circuits!
The next one to go is Noble, but her plan is a bit different. "Lady Lynx! I have a strategy that requires time. I entrust this power to you." As she summons her Persona, Lynx was bather in a purple light.
"You just increased my defense," she said as she saw Nobles sword begin to glow. "You're telling me..."
"I will unleash Excalibur to the Queen. Like with Snipe, I need time to get my chance, so you're covering for me as well." she informed.
Lynx nodded. "I won't let you down or all of us!" She declared as she dashed to the mech. "My turn," as she said that she closed her eyes as if she was mediating.
"What's your game!? How can you fight when you can see me!?" Yamai tries to stab Lynx, but she dodged it easily! It's as if she's developed a sixth sense! "Alright, time for some bullet fire!" This time, bullets go shootin' but Lynx, with her icy blue blade, deflect them with no damage to herself! Hang on, she's standing still. What's going to happen next?
"This is my power..."
Woah! Her eyes just changed to blue like ice! Her Persona begins to charge up a ball of ice! But this time the ice is getting bigger and bigger! And it's getting bigger and bigger! And it's getting colder and colder too! Looks like the ice ball has stopped growing! Looks like freeze is coming! Brace for impact!
"Bufula!"
*BANG!*
OOOOOOHHHH! The Giant Ice Shard has struck the mech and has frozen solid! Only the head is unfrozen! (Kometani: Aizawa purposely left out Snipe climbing up to the second floor and setting up their Vulcan's Launcher Mode to fire to the chest.) 'This power... I don't recall knowing to use that move. Did I experience a sudden burst of power?'
"BRRRRRRR!! Why didn't I install seat warmers into this thing!? But that will not stop the cannon from charging up!"
"We still have to distract her! Snipe is getting ready to fire! Make sure Noble doesn't get attacked!"
And the struggle continues! Lynx has used her Ice Breathing to keep Yamai down! Yamai still has access to laser fire to she's not completely defenseless! Most of them avoided it, but they still hurt a ton! Spade bashes the mech again over and over! And Marsault has created a full-on assault of magic onto the mech! Thing are looking grim for Yamai now!
"Oh? Is there one of you missing? Don't bother lying! I know there's 5 of you against me, so where's the last one!?" The head of the mech looks around for a while before seeing Snipe aiming their missile on the second floor! "OH NO YOU DON'T!!!" The mech aims to shoot the sniper down!
"You will not ruin our victory!" Noble has a fully charged sword in her hands! She raises it over her head! Is she going what I think she's gonna do!? Everyone, brace for impact for a second time!
"EX-CALIBUR!!!!"
*BOOM!!!!*
There it is! The Legendary Excalibur has been unleashed! It has struck the robot head on! But the robot has not been out as it has some sort of resistance to Noble Phantasms! Noble has lost her armor after exhausting her magic, with only her dress remaining! "Thank God! I knew Excalibur would've taken me out, so I reinforce my baby so resist any one shot moves! You can't get rid of me easily!"
"Maybe not me, but certainly someone you were trying to sneak attack on" said Noble all confident. Yamai turned her mech and...
Snipe was the finally getting their clear shot on it. "Bomb voyage, Queen of Lust!" And the sniper has fired the missile, heading straight for the mecha's chest as the cannon is preparing to fire and-
*BOOM!!!!*
The cannon has been blown to bits! The treasure has ejected and no longer powering it! Without the source, the Siren is nothing more than a giant action figure! "NOOOO! MY precious treasure is taken! I will not lose my last piece of my sister's memory!"
"Would be kind to stop this?" Spade spoke out. "You know you'll lose anyway in this state."
"And I haven't even used this baby's bullets yet! So, just give this up!" proclaimed Snipe.
"Fate is not yet set in stone! I haven't been going all out yet! If I can't win now, I might as well win dying! I'm not winning at my Shining Time!"
The host has not given up. She's that defiant to the end! But wait! Lynx has something she want to say! "I don't want to beat you to snap you out of this, but we both know this will keep bring pain to you and ourselves. You especially felt this pain since those years. Now you're at the limit of your power and you still think you can win. We're at the same boat, but if you want to end this with a bang, may as well end this in style! In the way of the Demon Slayers and the honor of the Samurai..." She holds her sword in front of her as if she prepares a badass boast, which is...!
"Let's Bushido!"
(Insert: Samurai Sentai Shinkenger by Psychic Lover)
There it is! She just quipped a line from that famous Sentai show! In fact, we're playing it now! It's time for the Climax! "Honor!? The only honor that matters here is mine and mine alone! If you think your honor is better, you're DEAD wrong!" The threw her knives like boomerangs, but the ToC have swiftly dodged them. Spade charges in with his cane combined with lightning from his Persona and shocked her from the impact! Snipe pulls out a double move! They used the Vulcan mode of the GX-05, and the Shoot move from Lone Ranger to shower the mecha with bullets!
Noble, who's still tired from the super move, is still standing! She and her loyal knight have charged in and slashed the Siren multiple times! It's thanks to that Sukukaja Lynx applied just now!
"No, you don't! I won't let you take another hit!" The shadow roared as recalls her weapons.
"You never say that out loud! Otherwise, you let the opposite happen! Such as this: BIND!" Marsault has summoned forth a slew of magical chains to hold the mech still. This can only mean one thing! "My lord, I've have given you the finishing blow! End the Queen's riegn of Lust once and for all!"
There she goes! Coming in for the final blow! Rushing from the end of the to the other side where the robot is chained up, Ice Breathing in tow! "I won't concede yet! I have on last trick up my sleeve!" Oh! She had a reserve of missiles that no one even knew about!
'Missiles again!? You were playing us until we are caught off guard! You thought I would be unable to fight at this point. But you forgot one thing: when a tiger gets cornered it will fight back with all its strength it has left! I have realized how to beat you. To dispel the darkness as dark as knight, my light has to be as bright as the Sun!'
What's this!? Lynx's Ice Breathing has changed to flaming red! Not only that, but she's also slashing through the missiles like they're butter! Could this be!?
"Those flames from her sword, it can't be!" said Spade in surprise.
"Well, it is! Those are that same flames in that episode!" said Snipe all giddy.
"The dancing flames of the Goddess of the Sun," said Noble in amazement.
"The flames wielded by the greatest Demon Slayer!" proclaimed Marsault before Lynx said the name of the style.
"Hinokami Kagura!"
The Legendary Dance of the Sun God! I would've never expected her to wield that power! Then again, she has a lot of Tanjiro in her. As she slices the last of the missiles, she closes in onto the siren.
"Well played Yamai. You certainly kept us on our toes for not just this battle but since our first day in Itan. But I can say for certain that I finally got a true victory in my hands. Now, it's time we end this period of pain, with the flames of the sun lighting our Darkest Hour!" Lynx jumped in a raised her sword and...
*SLASH!*
Oh, it's so beautiful! The flames of the sun of spread into the mech and burning it from the inside!
"NO! NO! NO! NO! NO! NO! This can't be! My greatest creation! My image of Komi-Sama! My sis. Was no match for the real Komi?"
*BOOOOOMMMMM!!!!*
(Theme Ends)
IT'S OVERRRRRRRRRR!!!! THE THIEVES OF COMMUNICATION HAVE FINALLY BEATEN THE MALL OWNER OF LUST!! THEY HAVE WON THE RIGHT TO TAKE THE TREASURE AND A CHANGE OF HEART CUE THE CONFFETTI!!
BOOOOOOOOMMM!!!
HERE CHEERS THE THIEVES OF COMMUINICATION AS YAMAI'S REIGN OF TERROR AT ITAN IS AT ITS END! Sorry, any more yelling and my throat. Anyway, thank you for watching the battle of the century! I'll see you on the next big event! Stay tuned!
(Back to Komi's POV)
We've done it. We actually won. We have defeated Yamai. The nightmares that she caused for all of us for the sake of me have come to an end. The crowd was cheering for our victory as they blow party poppers. She's now lying near the destroyed ruins of her mech, with her clothing burnt, crown damaged, and her headphones destroyed, thus can't call for more backup anymore.
However, she slowly gets up despite the pain she's in now. "Why? Why can't I have my way? It's the only way I can honor my late sister. Now she'll be sad beyond the grave now that my business is Kaput!"
I stared at her, not with hate but with sympathy. She's had feeling for her sister for so long that she can think right. "I'll talk with for a bit," I said as I put my sword to the ground and place my mask in my uniform's pocket as the threat has been passed.
"But... Komi," said Spade saying my real name as this is the last time we'll enter this Palace. "wouldn't Yamai still have a trump card in her sleeve?"
Yamai raised her head as I approached her. "Komi-Sama? Why don't you accept the business that I made in your name? I spent my savings creating this!"
I shook my hand in turn. "This isn't the kind of thing I wanted. I just wanted to be like everyone else: A normal girl making friends in school, not the Goddess everyone sees. You remember when I visited your home for the first time when you kidnapped Tadano?
"You would choose your friends yourself. But why would you be my friend after kidnaping the boy who would steal you from me!" the Shadow asked.
I, in turn, answered, "It wasn't an easy choice considering Najimi's part in this, but I was the one who decided to make you my friend. I made friends with you because I don't want you to make the same mistakes you did for my sake. I know the alternative would make you feel worse, so It's my burden to bear. I'll admit I too feel weak before I came to Itan. But it's thanks to you that I became stronger, it's how I was able to get here in the first place."
"Are you saying I'm weak? That I never had a chance to beat you?" she asked me.
"I'm not saying you're weak. You were giving us the fight of our lives just now. You had a reason to be strong for. I think you know what that is?" I told her.
She looked down before she realized what I meant. "Takara-Chan... The fact you had a resemblance to her makes me good for some reason. I don't know if I was holding to a phantom of my past or she's reincarnated, but the fact is I can't never get her out of my mind. She's the only member of my family that loves me genuinely. She didn't deserve to leave this world!" She began to cry but not before I hugged her. "Komi-"
"Just call me 'Komi' and nothing else." I say as I shed tears of my own. "I may not be her reincarnation, but I'm still your friend. The problem is you know nothing about the real me. You're just judging a book by its cover."
"Then what should I do Komi?" she said, finally not using "Sama" in my name.
"Easy, put yourself back to your senses. Let us take your treasure and turn you back to normal," I giggled in between phrases. "And I hope to get to know the real Yamai-Chan. The you that has been hiding in this darkness."
"You can trust her word, milady." said Noble in a pleading act. "I know you for as long as I remembered, but the real you is what our world needs. You know need to pretend something that you're not to escape grief. Me, Oni, and the rest will be ready for your return.
The Shadow of Yamai looked at her closest friend and sighs in defeat. "Okay, I'll stop this and you can bet I really mean it!" The jar that is her treasure shrunk down. "Take the treasure outside my mall and you'll change my heart." she said as she begins to... fade away in light...? "Don't worry, I'm going back to the real me and I'll cancel the offer I made about the transfer. I'll finally be the person I once was. Hope we can really be friends when this is over..." Those are Shadow Yamai's last words before she completely fades away, leaving us with only her treasure to steal.
"Finally, it's over..." Spade spoke as Yamai's consent victim. "Now I won't have to be reminded of that day when I see her. So, what's next?"
"Time to go home," I said as I picked up the treasure. "MechaNeko, do know how long until the Palace disappears?"
MechaNeko seemed to be processing for an answer. "That part is not yet been discovered as I wasn't involved in the Lupinranger's first heist in person. For all we know, the collapse could happen soon."
"Please, it's not like it's gonna happen now!" said Snipe confidently. But-
We heard a loud explosion from a distance! "Ok, maybe that was just an accident-" Snipe didn't finish her sentence when the entire mall began to rumble and part of the ceiling almost fell on top of us!
(Collapse of Lust - Persona 5)
"This place is about to collapse! Shadow Yamai leaving has caused this place to break apart! Everyone to the exit!" Aizawa announced in a panic!
"WHAAAAAAT!? This place is gonna go down now!!?" said Snipe in a panic!
"This can't be happening!" said Tadano in the same tone!
"We can't stay much longer! Let's head out fast!" I belted out as I looked for a way out.
It was around this time that Noble spotted something. "Over there! The elevator is back in service!" Noble called out pointed to the risen shaft!
"Time to bolt!" Snipe yelled out as we rushed to the elevator as I picked up my sword, carry the treasure and Mecha strapped on my back. We selected the 1st floor and the elevator raced down! Along the way, we see the mall keeps getting torn apart with people running to safety. I feel bad that these look like real people. Even if they are not real, they act way too real.
Soon we made it to the first floor where the damage was extensive. It looked like it's going to collapse at any second!
"There! The light to freedom is straight ahead!" Marsault pointed to the exit.
"Finally! Freedom!" cheered Snipe, but Mecha bore bad news.
"I'm afraid we may not make it! Even if we rush in, the amount of falling debris will be hard to avoid in addition to the distance to the exit. With the size of this place, we have 3 minutes to escape."
"God Damn it!" groaned Spade. "Is there anything to we can do to save us!?"
We all think hard on a way to save us until I found the solution! "I just remembered the stuff I bought yesterday!" I searched my haori for something and I got them! I took my hand out and presented with the ticket out: 5 yellow Zyudenchis and they serve one purpose.
"Those are the Zyudenchi for the Deinochaser! You had the foresight for a situation like this!?" Marsault said with a ray of hope.
Spade has some second thoughts. "Are you sure this will work? I mean this is a world where our imagination is made real, but will summoning them works?"
I just hand them a battery each. "It will work. We have a few moments before the entire building falls on us. On my mark, active your Zyudenchi!" I ordered once. "On the count of 3, click on it at once! 3! 2! 1!"
"BRAVE IN!!"
We all clicked our batteries at the same time and at first nothing happens. "I don't believe it! was it all a failure?" That question was answered when we hear a roar.
RAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!
There was a giant crack in front of us. It grew bigger and bigger until 10 figures burst out of the cracked ground! There are 5 yellow and 5 black dinosaurs with wheels like unicycles. "The rumors are true!" Marsualt proclaimed. "The prehistoric steeds: Deinos and Chases and their siblings have heard our call!"
"Simply badass!" agreed Snipe. "I can believe we summoned these things from our imaginations! I would never believe they would come if this world doesn't work on imagination!"
"No time for admiration! Just throw the Zyudenchi and let it do the rest!" I ordered! We all threw the batteries to the dinos and the one that are yellow and black are each take one battery and then bite on each end.
[GABURINCHO! DEINOCHASER!]
The 10 dinos have turned into 5 bikes! "This is incredible!" Noble praised. "The legendary steeds that predate King Arthur have come to our need!"
"I can't believe these guys are real!" Snipe praised still beaming. "I can't believe we have our own rides!"
"Well, let's not keep them waiting and get out of this place!" I called out. Soon, we all mount on a bike of our own. I tied the treasure tightly on the back off my bike with MechaNeko as extra security.
No sooner that we rev up the engines and speed towards the exit! Woah! These things looked fast in the show but driving them ourselves felt like our souls are even more free! It's a miracle that Spade and Snipe's hats didn't get blown away from the speed.
We all carefully avoided the falling debris as we speed along. We nearly got crushed in some instances, from the ceiling and the pillars. Finally, in almost no time at all. We all successfully escaped the mall, and the embodiment of Yamai's lust is no more. It's truly an adventure of a lifetime.
(Music End)
(After School: Itan Alleyway)
When we came out, we are back in our normal attire and were exhausted. The ones who are the most athletic, such Kishi and I, are leaning against the wall, while the rest of us are sitting on the ground all tired.
"UGGGGHH! I never thought I would be this spent since awakening to Lupin III," said Tadano on the floor. "Let alone having another near-death experience."
"Well, our quest was a success," said Nakanaka. "We have finally put an end of the Queen's lustful campaign!"
"Oh, speaking of which, where's the treasure?" said Najimi, eyes practically turning into Yen signs again. "I can't wait to see it!"
Kishi seems to be looking for it too, "Now did you mention it, Lady Komi was the last one to hold the treasure before we get of the bikes and returned here." Then there was buzzing, and we took out all of our phones. There seems to be a notification on the Meta Nav.
[The destination has been deleted. Thank you for your hard work.]
"Well, that's settled; we changed Yamai's heart," said Tadano. "But if we took the treasure with us, where is it?"
As I was the only one who didn't speak (thanks to my disorder), I searched my person to find it, when I checked my coat pocket, I feel something that wasn't there. As I am feeling I took it out to see what it is: a photo of Yamai as a child and Takara attending Itan with peace signs.
"Really!? That's her treasure!?" said Najimi disappointedly. "Not some rich Komi statue?"
"Actually, you're missing the point what her treasure is," Tadano said.
(Break it Down -elp version- Persona 5)
"He's right!" MechaNeko said. "To remind you, the treasure is the embodiment of her desires. The desires are what led them to be distorted in the first place. Her memory of her late sister is what cause her lust for Komi due to her resemblance.
Once again, I feel a bit of guilt in my heart for partly cause her lust in her first place for being a phantom of her dead sister.
"Don't feel bad about it, milady," said Kishi putting her armored hand on my shoulder. "You couldn't have known about her before. Besides, you succeeded in your promise: saving Yamai from herself."
"Indeed, if we didn't discover our powers, Yamai would still be terrorizing us to this day," Marsault said, giving that we stole her heart, her reign as queen is over.
I feel a lot better about it. At least, I stopped Yamai from her lust for me. And yet I still feel that things aren't over yet.
"The only question is will she still pull though her plan?" asked Tadano.
"I wouldn't worry about that part. If she said she'll cancel the deal, we can assume the real her will cancel it too." said Najimi.
"Agreed," Kishi spoke out. "We have 2 more days starting tomorrow. I shall keep an eye on her to make sure she has changed."
"Sounds like a perfect plan," said Nakanaka. "Well, this lord shall retire to her secret lair." (Kometani: her house)
"Agreed, I think I filled my 'having fun' quota for the week," said Najimi.
"Well, that's settled. Komi, I think you give the photo to Yamai. I think she's the only person who need it." Tadano asked me. I agree. She needs to be reminded I'm not her sister. "Well, see you in tomorrow, everyone."
And so, we head home after a long battle, I can't wait to see how our efforts will go. But what's Yamai's doing when it happened?
(Music Ends)
(Itan Classroom 2-3)
Yamai is currently talking to her friends about the calling card but quickly changes to one about current trends.
"You see that anime about that guy renting a girl just date her? How pathetic that guy is?" The girls laughed as they know what she's referring to.
"Seriously! That anime is the prime example on how not to write a romance anime!" she continued. "Even an anime about me and Komi is better."
Things were going as normal until...
GASP!
Something has washed over Yamai like something in her mind has snapped. When she opened her eyes, the same effect happens when she received a calling card.
The bespectacled girl Tonatsu was the first to notice this episode. "Uh, Yamai-Chan? What's with the sudden gasp?"
What Yamai said next was unlike anything she ever said. "Why can't love Komi anymore? Why do I feel guilt? And why do I feel I need to make apologies to everyone?"
This caught everyone of guard as this was out of Yamai's character. Onigashima tried to act oblivious to not give away her role in it. 'This is a change of heart? I'm surprised that it's this effective up close.'
It was here that Yamai said. "I'm sorry but I'm not feel well today. I'll,,, see you tomorrow still. Sorry for sudden update." she said, her voice lacking the energy she had.
Everyone was puzzled about what happened expect for a certain fanfic girl who watched the whole thing. "She had a change of mind after getting a calling card?" she before running to her home. "THEY'RE REAL!! I'M SO MAKING A FANFIC ABOUT THIS!!
(Night: Komi's Home)
(Going to School — Komi Can't Communicate)
I returned Home with MechaNeko in tow. I was more exhausted that the last few days including when I awakened my Persona. My face became pale as a ghost. My mom came in to greet me again.
"Back from a long day Shouko?" she asked me and I nodded. "I have a feeling you would since you look more tired than usual. I've prepared so special curry with my own tastes!" I was shocked as mom isn't a great cook. "With daddy's help of course. Trying to make sure I don't make a mistake before I did. Silly me~" she said with a goofy pose.
To be honest, curry sounds good for me, and I really need flavors after nearly getting killed in the now dead mall. So, I helped myself to the table and had a family dinner as usual.
The curry was definitely one of a kind. as I can feel it's spicier than normal. I wonder if she added more ingredients for this one.
After eating dinner, I decided to take an early shower and go to bed early. As I put on my nightclothes, MechaNeko decided to have a chat. "I know we said it before, but great job on changing Yamai's heart!" I couldn't help but smile at the compliment. Itan will surely become a safer place to be in. "Since Mitsuru is curious about the Metaverse, want to report to her now?" he asked.
While we did steal her treasure, we still have to see if she kept her word for calling of her deal. [I want to, but we need to ensure that her change of heart was successful. I don't want Mitsuru-San to have a faulty report.]
"Fair enough!" said MechaNeko. "She probably wants a full report on the situation to be sure if the Lupinrangers are genuine Persona users if her theory is correct."
Needless to say, we have to wait two more days before we report to her. Needless to say, I can't wait to hear an expert's opinion on my quest in there. Just when I was ready to tuck in for the night...
*KNOCK, KNOCK*
"Shouko! Are you still awake?" It's just my mom on the other side of the door. Since she was one of the greatest people I can trust I reply with a normal "Yes". She opened my door and she's wearing a grey tank top and shorts. I blushed as that's what she's wears to sleep. She also has a pillow in her arm. Don't tell me...
"Surprise to see me like this outside my room?" she asked and I nodded. "I noticed that you have been feeling different ever since last week. Like something is making you sad or angry. I know something like this makes you hard to sleep, at least by yourself. So," she had a cheerful expression as she giggles. "I'm sleeping with you tonight!"
I knew it! Whenever I feel upset to the point I couldn't sleep well, mom would sleep with me. I find it awkward as she did it throughout my life so far, but at the same time- " Don't act like it never works. If I didn't want to sleep with you, I wouldn't want to come here to sleep. Dad knows this works and is ok with me to do this for tonight. I know you think you're too old for this, but it's always worked. It doesn't matter the reason, as long as my Shouko gets some nice comfy sleep, I feel good too! So, want to cuddle up with me tonight?" I still feel awkward when this happens, but I can't deny it always calm me down when she sleeps with me. So, in the end, I nodded. "Great! Just let me set up the bed and snuggle together."
(Music Ends)
Soon, both of us are sharing one bed for tonight. Since we're almost the same size, we both fit on my bed. I got the side with the giant cat plus I got for Christmas and my mom got the side close to the floor, both our heads resting on our own pillows.
"You know, we haven't had this for a year. You know since you made friends to help you," She asked me. I nodded back. "I have a feeling that would be the case, but I feel l that something big is bugging you and yet you are worried I would be mad about it, right?" I nodded again.
(Tomorrow is a Better Day — Komi Can't Communicate)
"I knew it's something like that," she said. "You know I have a knack of telling that something wrong is up with you, ever since that day a few years ago." I immediately know what she's talking about. "Ever since you didn't go to Kyoto back in middle school, I knew that without any real friends you don't have people you can trust outside of me and dad."
I still feel sad when that moment was brought up. I can never forget the faces of my supposed group that I thought were ones that have shady motives behind them. Seeing me sad, mom pats my hair affectionately. "There, there. You didn't that special someone at that time, yes?" she said referring to Tadano. "I have a feeling you were broken when that happened. That was the most needed time we did this and it worked. Is it working now?"
Not gonna lie, I feel calmer now my mother is her with me. Every time she pats with my head, I feel like a ripple of water splashing in the lake. She really is the best mother anyone can have.
"You don't have to worry about this. I'll to my best do make you happy as always!" she said. I could help but blush at her statement. At the same time, we both feel our bodies getting warm thanks to our bodies getting close contact underneath the blanket.
"Well, I'm happy you're feeling better, and so do I! Time to get some beauty sleep. Goodnight Shoko!" my mom said before closing her eyes before I did the same soon. MechaNeko saw all this and decided to keep it private, as knowing me, I would rather not share it with everyone else.
Needless to say, this has been the most eventful day of my life so far. I stood up to Yamai, face her off, and succeeded in changing her heart. There are only 2 days left before the deal date, but I still feel nervous about the change not working in the end. However, my mom is right about one thing, the me in the past wouldn't be able to this. I have friends now, people i can trust to help me. No matter what these next few days have in store for me, I know there will be a happy ending in the end.
(Days until Yamai Moves out with Komi: 3 > 2)
(Omake: Phantom Facts)
Komi: Finally! We did it! We Changed Yamai's Heart! We only have to wait two more days for the results but it's mission accomplished!
Komi: But man, I'm glad to finally has some time to relax. I really needed it after those near-death experiences.
Komi: By the way, Today's Phantom Fact will be simpler than the last few times due to how long this chapter is and how long it took to write but this one is about my new girl I meet Ann Takamaki. In English in this case, she's voiced by Erika Harlacher, who's also Onigashima from my show. Her Japanese Voice is Nana Mizuki, who voiced a rebel like character before Ann, but the role the author like second to her is Tsubasa Kanzari from Symphogear a show that kept me going. You'll see how deep my love for it is later.
Komi: Also, Yamai's Mech is called 'Siren', most known for luring their prey by voices that sound so beautiful they can't resist. Fits Yamai's image for me it seems.
Komi: But there one more thing I'm sharing today! You noticed the most of my friends in the Thieves of Communication have shown you what they look like, except for me. Well, that problem will soon be rectified as since Yamai is finally defeated, it's finally time to show what I look like! Hold on to your seats, it's gonna be cool!
Komi: Love it? You definitely should! Your eyes don't deceive you, I'm a Demon Slayer! In this story, I was a huge fan of it, especially for the Insect Hashira, Shinobu. The outfit you see is based on her outfit. Rather than the butterfly theme, mine is themed on Cats and Snow, my element. It's also blue like the Ice icon in the original game. I also am in a ponytail tied by a snowflake shaped haired, though it can be destroyed like in this chapter. The biggest part is my weapon, a real Niichrin Sword. Like my outfit, it's blue with a snow theme. The kanji engraved on it translates to "Snow of Hope" which perfectly describes my view of a hero.
Komi: Oh, can't forget my cat mask. Unlike, a certain Panther, mine is black and my bangs are still visible. It fits me too.
Izanami: You wouldn't forget me, would you? The beautiful defender that has been with you since you were born,
Komi: I wouldn't forget about you even if I wanted to Izanami. In any case, who would've thought that the goddess from Japanese mythology let alone the final boss of a previous Persona game would be my Persona! (Kometani: You're not the first one to have that honor. That honor goes to a certain white, fluffy A.I. girl who will appear in the future)
Izanami: She's right about that. My design is to resemble her than the one from that game. Originally, the author pitched the design from Yu-Gi-Oh before the artist found a better design. He doesn't know where that design is. The key features are that I have red eyes, purple hair, fans, and the most obvious sign: no mouth. The author though having no mouth on my design is fitting consideriing my dear friend does the name at times.
Komi: Got me there, and while this boss chapter, it's not the end of Act 1. There's two more chapters within this Act before moving on to Act 2. But these next 2 chapters will be more relaxing after this. So, stay tuned.
Izanami: And don't worry, I'll still be around. The next Metaverse run won't be long in terms of chapters.
Komi: Noted until next time, see you!
Izanami: And stay true to yourselves!
(End of Chapter)
Notes:
Finally! I can't believe it took me a month and a half to get this chapter done. I'm sorry for the delay but many factors happened again. But this is officially the longest chapter of the series so fact if the number of words is any indication. The next two chapters will not take long as it's easier for me to write daily life segments as opposed to action.
Before I talk about this chapter: a shout-out to some fan artists. The first one is that of Komi's Spring outfit is from Twitter user: Mi. They're a fantastic artist that produces some amazing Komi art as well as other anime. You can find the link to that pic here: https://x.com/9431116/status/1902135290774593733
The second one is from my good friend King G. Ruler. This one is the official calling card for this series. They did a good job to differentate from the Phantoms canon Calling Card as Komi was the artist for it. Plus. 'Silence is Injustice' definitely fits the theme as well. Link to it here: https://x.com/K1ngGameRu1er/status/1893308465235534145
King G. also the third and final fan art of Komi as Lynx and Izanami. This is definitely the best of the character designs so far and I can't wait for more. Link to both here: https://x.com/K1ngGameRu1er/status/1896929111333011501
On to the story part of this discussion: Onigashima has found out about the ToC, but decided to keep it a secret to not cause trouble for them. Also, the song is indeed the main theme of Digital Devil Saga (goes by a different game name) as well as sung by the same singer. I also mentioned both are influenced by Hindu Mythology like the real DDS game was.
Speaking of which, I also should mention is in Persona, most characters (to my knowledge) aren't much as religious in story. I checked that most Japanese practiced Shintoism to some degree. Komi in this case is deep into Shintoism as in her first year, her family has practiced traditional Japanese customs more often than some. (Sorry if my research is inaccurate.)
What came after is another meeting from the other side in the form of the beautiful Ann Takamaki. It's been a while since someone from P5 appeared so I though Ann would be a perfect one for this considering the Komi reminded her of Shiho in some ways. (Also, Komi saw a glimpse of who Ann really is upon contact)
Next is the boss mode against Shadow Yamai. Some of you are probably disappointed that it's not something like Kamoshida but I have my reasons. It's true that I made her a parallel to him, but it doesn't mean they're identical in nature. 1. The lustful acts Yamai committed are far more innocent than Kamoshida's The only outright crime she committed was Kidnapping Tadano to get to Komi. 2. Yamai has a past trauma that made her this way. Kamoshida did it because of his glory. 3. Because of that, it can be assumed Shadow Yamai isn't distorted enought to transform similar to the 4th Palace ruler in the canon Game.
What I did during the boss however is turning it into a live event! This will be the structure I will use for future major bosses going forward. Hosted by the great Tsukasa Aizawa, he's gonna deliver Present Mic levels of Hype Commentary! (Ironic as the Aizawa in MHA is bored as hell) Also, Lynx did Hinokami Kagura! But like Tanjiro, it's only a burst of Power can only use it until she's ready. (She also did Bufula despite not at the level, but Power Bursts are a thing in Persona) Also, her Mech is clearly inspired by Rosa from Xenoblade Chronicles 2. Just pretend it has Komi's hairstyle and there you go.
The scene of Shuuko and Shouko sleeping together may be a bit controversial, but I feel it's okay in the end. I try to write Shuuko as a goofy and caring mother in which despite her antics, she ends up comforting her daughter in the end. It's never stated in canon, but I feel this is something she would do if something serious and sad happened to Shouko, the day where she skips her school trip being one of those times. Plus, I feel it's funny that they are share a bed that barely fits them if the pics are any indication. (P.S. The two piece Shuuko wears is based on the original pick for Shouko's training outfit which ironically fits Shuuko's type more. Just think the shorts are longer.)
I think that covers most of the stuff I want to share, time for next chapter's Preview! (Also, despite the boss defeated, this is still Act 1. Like the game, it ends with the confirmation of a change of heart.)
Komi: With Yamai's Palace destroyed and 2 days to spare, we decided to relax for the time being. As I get closer to my friends and family, I also got the chance to meet with a certain councilor who lives around my town. Maybe it's time I get some counseling for myself. Next time, "It's Just a Counseling Session and R&R". Stay tuned for it and make sure you read it along with friends!
Chapter 14: It's Just a Counseling Session and Summer Fashion with a New Friend
Summary:
Komi's POV: With Yamai's Palace taken out and Summer is coming soon, time to take some time to lay low. That being, back to bonding with my friends. I decided to check out the Shujin therapist who offered me free counselling, with a few snacks. As June approached, we changed our uniforms for summer; we all held a fashion show to see who wore it best. This eventually ends in meeting with someone who always break a sweat. All and all, just two normal days.
Notes:
Hey guys, welcome to the next chapter of ToC! Since summer is on, I should be able to produce more chapters faster than on Spring and Fall where I am busy. Hopefully, Fate has been lucky for me.
This chapter will cover 3 canon Komi chapters. You can guess which two of them are due to the dates in this chapter and both happen on the same day.
Also, there will be more confidants leveling up as well as a new confidant starting, and it will be the first one from the original Royal Game. Keep in mind Tadano is automatic like Morgana's; I plan for his Rank 2 in the next chapter.
Also, something I forgot to mention, I ran out of room in the end notes to mention it: the day where the ToC changed Yamai's heart is the same day as the canon Shujin clean up at Inokshira Park in Royal and also where Akira forms a deal with Kasumi as the Faith confidant. If anyone wants me to insert a brief clip of that scene in the last chapter, I'll be happy to oblige.
Just a little update, due to the new copyright rules, I'm probably going to reduce the number of Manga pages to at least 2-4 for each chapter. I am putting disclaimers, but I don't want to cause any issues that would cause problems with this fic. But here's hoping this gets to stay for a long time.
Content Warning: This chapter may contain slight nudity near the end. A reminder will be placed before that scene is displayed.
Now the disclaimer: I don't own Persona 5 or Komi-San as well any fanart made by someone else. All series featured are owned by their respective creators and companies. (Katsura Hashino, Tomohito Oda, Atlus and OLM) I make no money or profit from this series and made this only for fun. If a chapter includes fanart, I will include the link to their original posts and creators. Please support the creators and official material.
With that said, time to witness the last few free days of Act 1.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
(Komi's POV)
(5/31, Tuesday)
(Early Morning: Komi's Home)
(Days until Yamai moves out with Komi: 2)
*BEEP! BEEP! BEEP!*
Once I heard my cat alarm clock going off, I immediately turn it off and got up. I gotta say sleeping with my mother in the same bed gave me a comfortable night's rest. Speaking of her, she's not on my bed with me. That means she got up earlier than me to prepare breakfast for me. As I got up, I feel very relived. Could this be the result of changing Yamai's Heart?
"You're looking pretty good this morning," MechaNeko said to me. "Must've been relieved after changing Yamai's heart, right?"
I don't need to write an answer as I'm sure he knows the answer already. "I'll take silence as a 'yes'. And as far as reporting to Mitsuru-San, I've set for the meeting on June 2nd at nighttime, just before you go to sleep. Sound good?" I nodded in response.
(A High School Life Without Struggles — Komi Can't Communicate)
As I finished dressing, I walked to the table where mom is up. She's already changed into her normal clothing, her apron already on, and this time she's making soup. "Oh Shouko! Already feeling better thanks to our little sleepover?" she asks me. I nodded in reply. "Great! Since the soup is still cooling, mind we have a little chat?" She asked me, and while I sill struggle to speak I agreed.
We sat at the table and wait for the soup to cool off. "You're feeling better than last night, I'm guessing I did the trick, right?" I nodded. "That's great! But I know anxiety doesn't go away so easily, but I have an idea that will work like a charm. You remember that you told me that you met with a therapist a little while back." I nodded again. "Well, how about we go there together to see if he's that good. I'll even let you go on your own if I can see that he's a good man."
I'm happy she'll let me see Maruki-San as long she sees him as safe. I really need a therapist after the years of unable to speak. I wonder how it will go. That will have to wait after school.
After I eat the delicious soup, my mom made for me.
(Morning: Itan High School, Entrance)
Things have been going normally so far. There's still talk about the calling card we sent for Yamai yesterday. Suffice to say, this topic will not be dying down for a long time.
(Music ends)
As I was changing shoes, I felt someone putting their hand on me. I got spooked and turned around to see who did it.
I was Yamai.
She looked at me, but her face lacked her usual expression of joy. It looked like she hasn't sleep well for a few days and the light in her eyes was dimmed. It felt like half an hour before she tried to speak to me.
"Hey Komi...? Um..." she said. Her voice also lacks the enthusiasm that she usual has. Could this because her heart has changed? "Urm, sorry, but I don't think I'm ready to talk about it. See you later, right?" And with that, she just walked to her classroom leaving me to wonder about what I just saw.
"Heh, I knew that would work," I turned back to see Najimi and Tadano walked behind me as they saw all of it. "Looks like Yamai is a threat no more?"
"But that doesn't mean it's all clear," Tadano explained. "We still don't know if this Yamai won't go through with the plan like her Shadow said."
"Nah! I doubt that's gonna happen," said Najimi in their usual peppiness. "No way she's gonna rat us out with that attitude."
"I suppose you're right, but let's not get ahead of ourselves. There's still the worst-case scenario in play," Tadano informed. I know he meant. There's a good chance a change of heart can backfire. I just hope it sticks long enough.
(Itan Classroom 2-1)
As there's still plenty of time before class starts, I decided to finish the book about Morgan Le Fay. Regardless, after finishing that scary tale, I felt like I built up some Guts after reading it to the end. (Kometani: Komi has gained points enough to level up her Guts! Her Guts level is now 3: Staunch!)
A little later, Rumiko-Chan came in! "Heya, Komi! You've seen the card yesterday? It's been the talk of the school and the Phan-site as of yesterday!" I nodded as that wasn't a question that reveals my hidden identity. "I know right? Glad I was accepted as a new admin!"
We were talking about the calling card, before Rumiko changed to a new topic. "Say, speaking of changes you remember the fitness test? The one where you got that meal ticket?" I know what she meant: that same one where I earned ticked for all my good stats. I still haven't turn it in for that chicken cutlet but maybe I should soon as I learned food has incredible power in the Metaverse. "I can't get over that you are way taller than me, almost 5'7"."
Oh yeah, it happened weeks before I discovered the Metaverse, but we had a fitness test a while back and I had complex about my height. Basically, I was worried I could be too tall for myself to the point I feel even more out of place. In fact, why don't I share the whole story.
(And so, we commence the flashback, or more accurately the entire Height chapter was a flashback since it was released long after the fitness test chapters in year 2)
(Itan High School, Fitness Test)
(Going to School — Komi Can't Communicate)
It was a fair normal physical. Most people have to be tested on their stretches, running and much more. There are also tests that involve involuntary measurements like our height which we were about to take.
Rumiko was a bit curious about my current height, so she politely asks me. "You're so tall Komi! How tall are you?" That's what she said.
I quickly wrote my answer but felt a bit of gloom due to my complex. Nonetheless, I have to tell her about it one way or the other.
Rumiko chuckled at my answered. "Huh? Why?! You look great!" I blushed in satisfaction and embarrassment; I wanted to tell her the exact reason for my complex. but maybe for another day. "I wish I was taller!" she said as she was measured. Her height was 5'2"
Unfortunately, I was a bit envious as that puts me even more like a fashion model. I just want to be like anyone else. [I hope I'm not 5'7"] I wrote much to Rumiko's confusion.
"Okay you're next," said the nurse. It was finally my turn. I felt even more nervous now. Only for Rumiko to comfort me.
"It doesn't matter if you're too tall or short. You're still you. Just get on and see what fate has rolled!" she encourages me.
She's right. I can 't back down, not like this. I took off my shoes and stepped up to the scale. "Place your heels back." said the nurse. (AN: By the way, the nurse's line was misspelled in the manga) I did so, my bare feet feeling the cool touch of the scale as I get comfortable.
Okay, here it goes... The nurse sets the scale on my head to check my current height. The results:
Indeed, I'm happy I wasn't 5'7"! (Kometani: 169cm in metric units. Also, that makes Komi even taller than all of the canon female Phantom Thieves.) We both cheered so much that most of the other students took notice, and we toned it down. If there is one thing I was concerned about: my weight increased a bit. I might need to consider adding more physical activity to my schedule.
(After the tests)
After the physical, I was back in the classroom in uniform but my hair still in a ponytail. I was both proud and excited that I won the Legendary Ticket, even my cat eats popped up. "What's with the excitement, Komi?" said Tadano as he walked in until he saw the ticket. "You got the Legendary Ticket, huh? Congratulations!" he praised me.
"There's something I'm a bit curious about." Tadano spoke up. "We were the same height last year, right?" That was true as we were both 5'6" last year. "So, to check, how tall were you this year?" he asked. Now that's a question I don't have the guts to say. I don't want him to think less of me if I tell him about my complex. But he knows he hit a sore spot, so he stopped me there. "Um, you don't have to say if you don't want to. I just wondered. But there's a reason why I asked:" he said as he took out his results.
To Tadano, he thought I was jealous that I thought I was shorter than him, but I feel quite the opposite in fact. I was glad I'm shorted than Tadano. Meanwhile, Yadano was spying upon seeing her own result. She "lost" to me at every subject except for sitting height.
"We tied again!!" That's all she said.
(Flashback over!)
(Back to the present)
"That's one physical for the ages!" said Rumiko. "I don't know what can top that next year!"
"Hey, you two, talking about something interesting?" It was Tadano who just arrived. Seeing as I'm still not ready to talk about my height to him, we went back to the first topic.
"You know things like the first calling card. Safe to say that's the main topic of gossip here for a while!" said Rumiko while I nodded.
Tadano rubbed his head for a moment before answering back. "Oh yeah. None will forget it, especially Yamai's reaction to it."
"Don't worry about it going public, I made sure that her real identity doesn't go public. At most, it's just a group pretending to like the real ones." Rumiko assured.
"Well, let's hope that stays that way." said Tadano as we get back to talking. At least with Yamai no bothering us, things feel safer for me.
(Music Ends)
(Afternoon: Itan Classroom 2-1)
The lecture is going on as usual, but we decided to do a sneaky chat to discuss the current situation in private before the teachers noticed us.
[Nakanaka: As the one near the former Queen of Lust, I shall share first!]
[Nakanaka: Her friends and I tried to speak with her, but she can only speak a few words before ignoring us]
[Kishi: It was the same in my end. She could only say a word to me and Oni before leaving us.]
[Najimi: Heh. That's definitely proof that she changed thanks to us.]
[Komi: But what about the confession? She has to let the pain out eventually.]
[Tadano: She's right. It's not official unless she tells her misdeeds to someone.]
[Nakanaka: Then which of her victims will she apologize to?]
[Kishi: I'm betting to Komi and her closest friends, Possibly the students in our first year too.]
[Komi: I think that's the best-case scenario. She's rallied them to join the "get Komi" train, at least they'll see the errors of their ways without the need to change their hearts.]
[Komi: We just have to wait 2 more days.]
That was the last message before returning to listening to the lecture.
(Music ends)
(After School: Itan Classroom 2-1)
After the lectures are done for today, we all are free to do club activities or outside school. I was about to return the book I finished and turned it in for another book until I felt my pone buzzing. I opened it up and see who texted me. It was Najimi. I wonder what they want to do?
[Najimi: Hey Komi! I have a proposition today! Want to go to Protein Lovers in Shibuya? We don't know if the ToC will have another opportunity, so want to train our muscles? I'll pay for both rides, so you don't have to pay from your pocket.]
That Najimi. They always come up with plans to aim for their benefits. This time, they did it for someone other than themselves. I feel training with a friend is even better. I could help but smile when I accepted their invitation.
(What Are You Doing After School? — Komi Can't Communicate)
[Komi: Sure, I want to train too. Especially with a close friend.]
[Najimi: Great! I'll be waiting at the train station for you! Don't let a fellow communication master waiting!]
As soon as they invited me, I grabbed my bag and walked my way to Najimi at the station...
But not before heading to the library to exchange finished book with a new one. (Kometani: Komi has switched The Witch of Arthur for Lupin III, which will give her more knowledge when finished)
(Shibuya Central Street, Outside Protein Lovers)
After a short train trip, me and Najimi have arrived at Protein Lovers at Shibuya. One benefit to this place is that no monthly contracts are required, and they are more expensive that this place. (Kometani: only 2,000 yen per visit.)
"Man, this is a fine place! I heard it so much from my pals! By, the way, did you bring your training clothes? I rather not use the school's gym clothes here." Najimi asked me.
What you didn't know is that we both went home to get a second bag for our gym gear. Both our bags are big and black with silver straps. I showed mine to Najimi. "Perfect! Also, you brought... spare underwear? It's not pleasant to wear sweaty clothing public." There was a bit of hesitation in their voice as even they have their standards.
I knew they would say something like this, so I showed them a note that I prepared... while also blushing. [I know about what you meant, so I did bring some spares. Just don't say anything in front of people. Don't want a repeat of our first meeting.]
Najimi blushed at what they said too. "Right. I don't want that to happen again. Well, what are we waiting for? Let's get ourselves tougher!" And so, we both enter the gym for today.
(Inside Protein Lovers)
Soon we all changed into our gym clothes. I'm wearing the set that my mom gave me; since it didn't come with shoes, I wore the white sneakers from my P.E outfit. Najimi, meanwhile, was wearing a simple white shirt with blue shorts, grey sneakers and a red headband around their head.
"Dang. I knew you look good with a sports bra, but you look like a Goddess with that! Sorry for saying that! I know you're sick of this 'Goddess' talk," said Najimi.
I shook my head as I wrote my message. [It's okay. I like this look anyway. I look stronger in this too.]
"I can see that. I can see your abs are coming too." I didn't get a good look at myself, but they're right: I'm being to develop female abs in my tummy. To think fighting in the Metaverse improved me more than I realized. "But that's enough with sports fashion, why don't we go running on the treadmills!" they said enthusiastically. I nodded so much my cat ears popped up.
Soon, we are running on the treadmills at a decent speed. We are keeping up with the speed of the treadmill set. Sweat began to form in a few minutes as they began to spread throughout our bodies; I felt the sweat running down on my tummy, such a nice feeling when you're exercising.
"You know, I never was an exercise nut," said Najimi while still running as I listen. "You know that my results in the physical this year? It wasn't that great. I got higher score than Tadano, but I was slightly above average. I never felt the need to work out even with my friends who are exercise nuts."
The conversation continued as we kept running in place. "My body doesn't change that much whether I eat or work out. I must've had a fast metabolism if my body shape doesn't change. But that's the reason I didn't exercise much. Not only that, but my body type is also slim. You already saw that when we went to the pool last year."
I remember that Najimi wore a two-piece swimsuit made for females and they do look like slim yet it's still hard to determine their exact gender.
Soon, we all finished running and we sat down to rest. We were all sweat and our legs felt tired from running for 30 minutes. Good thing we packed bottled water for this. "But I have you and Tadano for it." they said.
I was curious about what they said, so I wrote them a message. [What is it that you thank me and Tadano for?]
"Well, it's because of both of you that I'm not as strong a person as I thought, let alone a friend." They said as they rubbed the back of their sweaty head. "Meeting you two realized I haven't gotten the concept on how friends can support each other. But, with our new powers, it's time to find that out for myself!"
[Good luck! I'm helping out a friend too.] I wrote to Najimi.
"That's the idea! If you need help, that I'll be 100% sure that I'll help!" Najimi said proudly as I feel I understand them more.
(Kometani:
Aeon Arcana: Rank 2>3
Bonus: Follow Up: If Komi fails to down the enemy, Najimi will have a chance to do follow up attack.)
"Well, we still got time before we catch our train home, let's try some weights," they suggested. but just before we go...
"Look do we have here, two of my rivals training for another big competition. That's 100 degrees!"
(You Lose! — Komi Can't Communicate)
I know who would say that. The hot-blooded girl who is passionate in all of sports. I turned to see who said it, but no one's there. Until I feel something on my shoulder.
"Long time no see, Komi! Remember, last year's competition? You can never forget the one that surpassed you: Chika Netsuno!"
Indeed, it is Chika Netsuno! The passionate sports girl with tanned skin, fiery red hair with equally fiery red eyes, and wearing a custom-made P.E. uniform with a blue band around her. She's the biggest competition of last year's sports festival. I almost caught up to her, just barely missed my mark when crossing the finish line.
"Funny thing about this. The friends that I mentioned who told me about this place..." said Najimi rubbing their back.
"Yours truly was one of them!" Netsuno proclaimed. "This is where I improve myself; it's better than the gyms back at Itan, besides having no monthly fees."
She then takes a good look at my new outfit, observing it from top to bottom. "A black sports bra, black sweatpants, and forming abs. Perfect outfit! Almost reminds me of when I was first building muscle. 250 degrees!"
"I knew that you would say that!" say Najimi. "What a coincidence that you're here pf all places."
"I just wanted to get some extra training in preparation for this year's sports festival. Which gives me an idea," she said before whispering to me. "See me near the school gym when you have some time. I'd rather do this between the two of us." said offered. "Well, I like to chat, but I have to get back to training. See you at the next competition." And she ran off in style.
"She wants to do special training and invited you!" I was a little surprised that Najimi heard that. "Never question the one who's everyone's childhood friend! Well, if she can train you, it must be better than with me! Speaking of which, we can't forget the weights!"
And we spend the rest of our time lifting weights, improving our arm strength, before stoping, taking a shower (with the soap we also got in advance), and took the next train home. (Kometani: Komi's max HP increased by 5, SP by 1)
(Music End)
(Evening: Komi's House)
(What’s Going On? - Persona 5)
I got back home after a good workout. I put my bags away and place MechaNeko on my table as I rested on my bed. "It's nice to train your body. Even when there's no Palace, you still got to keep your body in check." I agree with him.
A few minutes later, my mom came into my room. "Shouko. You're back!" she said all cheery. She was dress more for going outside. "Good that you're back. I'm thinking that we'll go see that councilor you mentioned. It's not that far of a walk, so you feel ready?" she asked.
I made a promise to Maruki-San that I would receive counseling from them to help me, especially with my communication disorder. I couldn't say no to him since he's so gentle to me. I nodded in response.
"That's great! Just be ready in 5 minutes." she told me as I changed clothing before heading out with Mom and Mecha in tow.
(Itan Ward, Maruki's House)
Turns out Mom was right: Maruki's house was not that far. It's only a 30-minute walk, but it's still close. It's almost as far as the walk to Itan every morning.
"Well, here we are!" said my mom, all cheery as usual. "Well, you go call him over. This is an offer he made to you after all."
(Music ends)
The house he lives in isn't as big as my own, but it's still an impressive sight. The house has a doorbell and an intercom so he can know that I am here. I just to need to let him know I'm here. So, I pushed the doorbell.
*BUZZZZZ*
It was only one minute before his voice spoke through: [Hello! This is Maruki speaking. What business do have here?]
"I am... here," I only said three words but that was enough for him to recognize me.
[Oh, you're that girl I met a few days ago! I suppose you want to ask for my counseling, am I right?] He asked me. I responded with a "yes". [I knew that would be the case, Can I speak with you in person? I need to discuss how we'll go with this before we start.]
I have a feeling want to confirm something with me before I get counseling, and I know counseling won't be as easy as it sounds, but it has to be done. I said "Yes" again. [Perfect! I'll be there in a moment. I just got back from my job today]
A few minutes later Maruki-San arrived in the same outfit when he first met. "Nice to see you again, Komi-San."
(Ideal and the Real - Persona 5 The Royal)
"Now, as I said before, I want to let you get an idea on what to expect with my lessons," He began.
My mom decided to butt in. "Oh! So, you're that Maruki-San that my Shouko told me about?" she asked innocently.
That took Maruki-San by surprise, "Woah! I didn't see you coming! And you looked like her with shorter hair. Are you for sister by any chance."
Mom just laughed at that. "Oh that? Everyone says that the first time they seen us in one place. But to answer you, I'm Shuuko, and I'm her dear mother. Why do I look like her sister?" Then she does he famous, "I'm eternally 17!"
Maruki-San just laughs softly. "I can see that. If you came instead of Shouko here I would've mistaken her having a haircut before now," he admitted. "But back to the point, my sessions have been positively received. One of my regulars was glad to have chosen me. (Kometani: How she got that regular better involved a dark secret that we'll withhold due to spoilers for the Royal content.) I can ensure you that I'm as clean as water. But I do have something else involved my sessions," he revealed.
This got Mom interested. "What is this 'something else' you're workng on?"
"Well, it's a bit of a research paper, you see," Maruki-San revealed. "Another one of my regulars in the school I'm working at has volunteered to help me in addition to our regular sessions." That got me curious to who his regular is. I feel I have met him a few days ago. "As for its contents, I more of less on how to heal deeper emotional wounds, which I feel that is something that you had, Shouko-Chan." (Kometani: He chose to use her first name to ease her into trusting him"
My mom connected the dots. "So, if she were to help you..."
"I'm sure that my research can be push along further," he finished. "I can ensure you that I can help you overcome your communication disorder with the best of my abilities thanks to my studies. Of course, I won't let you do this for free," he then took out a few pieces of candy. "I'm all handing out free snacks for my patients. It's a win-win for both of us."
That got mom even more pumped. "Free Snacks!? That's a good offer to take! All from free counseling! What's your say, Shouko!?" she asked me all excited.
Now this is something I could have a huge benefit from. Not just in my personal life, but in My missions as a Phantom Thief. Since my Persona is the manifestation of my heart, getting mental training wouldn't be a bad Idea."
"O...Okay," I said, pretty much accepting his offer.
"Perfect! I make sure you don't regret this! This is the start of our friendship, if that's what you prefer," he declared, while at the same time that same voice spoke from my heart.
(Kometani: Cue The Spirit)
I am Thou, Thou art I...
Thou hast acquired a new vow.
It shall become the wings of freedom
that breaketh thy limits of speech.
With the birth of the Councillor Persona,
I have obtained the means that
leads to the path of true communication...
(Kometani: Councillor Rank 1)
I knew it. Another new bond formed, but something seemed off. This card, the Councillor, is not in the standard deck of Tarot cards. The cards from The Fool to the World are the standard set of cards. Others like The Aeon and Councillor just now, came from alternate versions of the deck. This one is the replacement for the Fool in certain decks. I even heard that there's some decks with a rare card called the 'Happy Squirrel'. I thought it was a made-up card from that popular American Cartoon, but it was real all along. But that's a story for another time.
(Back to regular music)
As the speech was finished, Maruki was reminded of something. "Oh right, I need to let you know about when I'm available! Mind you share your phone number? By your approval of your mother of course."
I turned to my mother, who gave her opinion in the matter. "I know there are some difficulties with his offer and it's my first meeting, but I think he's okay to share your number, Plus, he's willing to be your friend if you help him out. So don't hold back!"
That's all the encouragement I needed. I gave him my phone and her inputted his number in my contacts and did the same with his. "That's all I needed. Remember, I will be available when I'm able to contact you via a message. Just pick the right time. Okay, see you soon."
And with that, me, mom, and MechaNeko (who stayed with mom) head home. Now that she seen who Maruki is, she can trust me to go see him myself from now on. Can't wait for my first counseling session.
(Music Ends)
(Night: Komi's Home)
(A High School Life Without Struggles — Komi Can't Communicate)
It was nighttime when we got home. Mom wants to treat me to some pastries before coming back and brought some back for home.
"I always enjoy freshly baked pastries!" she said. "They are some of the best ones I have ever tasted; I have to save some for later! By the way, since we have to before bedtime, can you help your mother a little? I need a little help for this specific day." she then asked me.
I agreed and we both went to working on cleaning the house again. But this time Mom has a something to say.
"Hey, you remember that my job is to help out fellow neighbors with their problems should I had time?" she asked me. I remember that part well. "The thing is: there's this troublesome neighbor that's been bothering around since the beginning of this year,"
(https://youtu.be/oVnqedexroQ?si=ydbgja4wf0P8phx9)
My eyes widened. A bad neighbor that's been lurking around near here. "I know right? This one seemed to have come out of nowhere and pander to everyone. Even our home was a victim of her annoying banter." she said, her smile replaced with a sad expression.
"I don't know why she was doing it. It could be that she had an unhappy life or that she's borded, I can't see the reasons why take it out on us," she continued, "By the way, in case you ever encounter her, her name is Karen Okina. (Tanslation: In Japanese order, Okina Karn translates to Big Karen, thanks to Google Translate.)
I tilled my head un confusion. "I know what you mean: She literally has the infamous term from America often describes out of control women. I was hoping to be a coincidence." Yeah, I heard of that word before. To think there are problematic women that argue all the time to get what they want. To think Japan would have some people like that...
A little bit later, my mom's mood brightens again. "But that doesn't mean I not going to do something about it! I'm going to find a way to stop her from complaining and I'm not working alone!" she said as I pointed to myself as if I knew who I am. "Of course, you'll help me Shouko! Even if you still can speak confidently, I know you are one of the most capable people I've seen! If she can't stop, the Komi Brigade shall stop her in her tracks! And I can hope that you'll grow closer to me as we stop her!" she smiles know we will get through this puzzle.
(Music returns to this)
(Kometani: Temperance Rank 1>2)
(No Bonuses today)
Once we finish out conversation, we get back to work. In no time, the living room is all clean. "Nice work! How about you take a bath while I prepare your clothes for tomorrow. It'll be the start of the summer months like last year, don't want to take the wrong clothes by mistake!"
That's right! Summer is almost here and thus it will be hotter. Once again, everyone will wear the summer uniform. At least, I won't feel as hot in full sleeves. (Kometani: Shujin has a different schedule than Itan. Canonically, they change uniforms a few days after Itan.)
(Days until Yamai moves out with Komi: 2>1)
(6/1, Wednesday)
(Early Morning: Komi's Home)
(Days until Yamai moves out with Komi: 1)
The Summer months have begun. I began changing into my summer uniform. The differences are that there's no blue jacket and a shorter white shirt. I'm definitely going to get crowded once again.
"I've seen some impressive sights before I met you, and you kept surprising me by the minute," said MechNeko. "You may be more of beauty than Ms. Mitsuru back in her days,"he admitted.
Just as I finished dressing, my mom can in to see me off, "What a beauty! I never thought I would see this uniform again! Oh, I'm getting ahead of myself. Mustn't keep school waiting! See you later!" she said before me and Mecha head to Itan.
(Morning: Itan High School Entrance)
I was at the entrance and various students were taking pictures again. But this time I heard something of interest.
"My Komi takes the storm! She'll win for sure! Literally no contest at all!"
A contest? Where did this come from?
(Narriator: To answer her questions, let's go back a few minutes. And it's been a while since I get to host the narration. I'll take over for this next part.)
(Third POV)
(Itan Classroom 2-1)
(O Wise Leafling Sage - Pikmin 4)
Tadano was coming to his classroom as early as he can be. As the class president, he makes sure his classroom is ready before the lessons start. As he entered, he was entering in front a gathering, hosted by the student sharing the face of the Great Buddha, Son Totoi. What comes next was a bit of a surprise. What is it? Take a look below.
(Aiming for the Madonna Next Door — Komi Can't Communicate)
Totoi loves hosting these various contests. As long everyone is smiling, it's a success. Now for the first contestant!
Najimi was got a great score with doubles from the judges. How could the next contestant top them? As Totoi would say. He said, "Next is..."
"Rumiko Manbagi, the bare-faced beauty!"
As Mangabi was unaware of the contest she could only say, "Uh, whah?" she did a double take to see if it was a dream only that it was real. "HUH?! WHAH?!"
What's Totoi's say in this? "I know Summer's just started, but she hasn't worn a Jacket since spring! But look closely." The key difference is that the sleeves are shorter, almost to her elbows. "What's her score?!" he asked the two judges.
Ohai: Big is good. (10 points)
Fukusuki: Revealing her arms creates an appealing effect!" (9 points)
"With a total of 19 points, Manbagi Seizes the lead!" Totoi announced. This led to more cheering as the next contestant comes in. "Now for Naruse! His shirt isn't buttoned at all! Just like Najimi, he's posing even though no one told him about the grand Prix!! What's Naruse's score?!"
Ohai: There's nothing there for me. (4 points)
Fukusuki: He defies good taste. (1 point)
Naruse got 5 points. Totoi though it was a biased result. "That's harsh! Don't they like the boys' uniform. *looks to the door* But here comes trouble!" It was Katai, who once again was to nervious to not look like a delinquent. Totoi thought they should stop this grand prix but...
Ohai: He's got some good pecs. (8 points)
Fukusuki: Indeed, I'm impressed. (10 points)
Katai earned 18 points, one point less than Manbagi still in first place! "The show goes on! Katai scores high!!" However, the leaderboard all changed with the one who stole the show. It's pretty obvious what happen as show down here.
It was no contest. Komi, who has max charm, stole the show fair and square. And it was in a last-minute contest too. All in all, everyone had a blast.
But it's not the only big event happening today. Let's move somewhere else a few minutes ago.
(A few minutes ago)
There was a girl who arrived a bit later when the grand prix was set up. This girl has a problem that get even worse in the summer. She has orange hair in a side ponytail and sweats a lot. To accommodate it, she wears a brown vest to hide the sweat stains. This girl's name is Shibuki Ase.
'This is awful! No boy likes a sweaty girl!' she mentally said as she avoided two boys. 'I avoided touching them with my damp body, but the effort sweat more!'
Ase eventually made to the classroom. 'At least the classroom has air conditioning...' But as she opened the door. 'Hot air?!' She happened to enter the classroom right as the grand prix is underway. And depending on the mood, the temperature adjusts. "What's going on here?! It's too hot! I can't bear to go in!"
However, when Naruse came in, the temperature was cold, much to the relief of Ase. But when Katai entered another heat wave spread, thus making Ase sweat again. Ase was just about retreat to the restroom to take her coolness spray...
Until Najimi sneaked behind her. "Good morning, Ase!" they tried to greet her, but it caught Ase of guard and sprayed her deodorant at them in a panic. (Kometani: May cause frostbite. Do not try at home)
"YOU DON'T UNDERSTAND!!" Ase yelled as she ran into the girl's restroom, much to Najimi's confusion. There, she was frantically trying to cooler herself. 'I gotta do something about this sweat!' she though as she appiled her deodorant...
Only to find out she ran out. 'I used it all on Najimi!" She grabbed her smaller bag that contained her sweat wipes, but... 'And I forgot my swear wipes! How could I do that?!' This puts Ase in a dilemma. Her one option now is to strip, but she's completely against that idea. Worse, she's assigned to pass back the handouts, but her excess sweat will make them wet and ruin them.
As she frantically thinks of a solution, Komi and Manbagi came in before class starts. "What a weird contest, huh?" Manbagi asked Komi. The latter agreed. "It's so not today!" But then...
"Liar! You're barely sweating at all!"
The two friends looked around to see the only other person present. "Oh, it's Ase. Ran out of deodorant, judging from your ration. I got you covered," Manbagi said as she took out one of her own deodorants and offered it to Ase.
And then, the occasional "Komi Panic" happened before Ase was comforted.
(A Place to Relax — Komi Can't Communicate)
"There, there!" Manbagi said gently. "There'd nothing wrong you've done; sweating's not a bad thing."
This brightened Ase's mood. "D-Don't... you mind that I'm.. so sweaty??" she said.
Manbagi chuckled at the response. "Hah, everybody sweats!" she replied with Komi nodding in agreement.
This made Ase much better, "You don't feel sick, do you?" Manbagi asked again. "N-No... I'm not sick!" Ase said back. "Then try this," Manbagi told Ase as she hands over her deordorant. "I've got plenty of spares with me, so use as much as you like.
For the first time, Ase has found people that doesn't mind that she's so sweaty. With her new friends, she'll try to be better than she was. Thus ends another tale of Komi make another friend to her list. But not before Ase sprays a lot, seconds later.
That ends my current session of narrations. Back to Komi.
(Music end)
(Komi's friend count: 32/100)
Meanwhile, Yamai has witnessed the entire contest. She was still despondent as she saw it. "Would the old me be happy of Komi would win? I would probably would before now," she said before going to her classroom.
(Komi's POV)
(After School: Itan Classroom 2-1)
After an unexpected contest and making a new friend, classes went about as normal. There wasn't a Text session becuase there wasn't anything major going on expect that Yamia's deadline is tomorrow.
I was getting my things ready for this afternoon until my phone beeped. I opened it and saw that Nakanaka texted me. I wonder what she wants?
[MarsaultLP: Princess Komila? Do you have time in your hands? I want to expand the terms of our blood pact.]
[Komi: You changed your chat ID to your Code Name.]
[MarsaultLP: Correct. I thought we should embrace our other selves in this world too. I added a few extras to my name in case someone hacks into our chat. Back to I was saying, I want to discuss on expanding the terms of our blood pact.]
[MarsaultLP: I will await you in the same alley we used in our raid against the Queen of Lust. If you have other plans, I won't hold against you.]
This could be a great opportunity. I know my bonds will give me various bonuses like when I did with Najimi. I know what to do next.
[Komi: I'll be on my way. Also, please tell the others to do the same with their chat IDs. I'm thinking of using my Code Name in mine too.]
[MarsaultLP: Perfect! I shall spread the word to our comrades. I shall await you in our secret base.]
(Itan Alleyway)
(Suspicion (Arranged) - Ghost Trick: Phantom Detective)
We soon meet up in the same alley in our Metaverse voyages. Nakanaka was there learning against the wall. [What do you want to talk to me about?] I wrote to her.
She fiddled with her bang, before telling her deal. "I'll be honest: back before this ordeal, I wasn't very close to anyone, thanks to my usual attitude. I'm sure that by now, you know I've always act like this even at a young age. They always seen me as a freak; thus want nothing to do me until Miss-Mr-whatever Najimi came to me."
"But now, I have gained several allies, both in my secret and real lives!" she proclaimed. "But I know I barely know them on a personal level, and my lifestyle won't help me to get closer to them."
That gave me an idea of what she's proposing. [So, you're suggesting,,,]
She nodded as if she knew what I'm saying. "Correct, I seek to expand my horizons. For too long I have dwelled into my lair, so I seek what my followers are interested in!"
Now that's something Nakanaka can experience. Not just for us, but with Yamai's new friends too. [That's an admirable goal. I'm doing the same here.]
"Already we have something in common, so this will go well. Of course, doing this for free is unacceptable," Nakanaka stated. "I also see to repay you for helping me out in my quest. This includes teaching you some of my secret spells. You accept them as payment?" she asks.
Given that I learned to recover my spirit power from her when we formed our confidant, I don't see the need to decline. [I accept. Marsault shall not be in the shadows forever!]
Within our mental spaces, Morgan and Izanami were pretty much having the same conversation as us. "Now the world shall know the true fear of Morgan Le Fay!"
"Um, you realize you can't appear outside here expect for the Metaverse..." said Izanami with a sweatdrop.
Nakanaka once again does her "evil laugh". "Yeeeeeesssss! Time for the reign of Marsault to expand to the light!" And thus, my friendship with Nakanaka has grown.
(Kometani:
Death Rank: 1 > 2
Bonus: Marsault Talk: If Komi fails to negotiate a Magic-based Shadow, she can try it again)
"I'm afraid that we will wait for another time to start, but you can look forward to fulfilling our contract!" Nakanaka said. "Until our next contact, fare thee well!"
I'm glad Nakanaka is expanding on her horizons, something I'm familiar with before. I'll make sure to keep hanging out with her at every available day.
As we parted our ways for today, I got another text from someone and it's from Sasaki. I wonder what she wants to say.
[Sasaki: Hey, Komi! I just invited Sasaki to witness my secret training. Are you interested on coming to? ]
Like Katou, I barely know about Sasaki's yo-yo skills, and I thought it may be a benefit for me to learn new techniques.
[Komi: I would like to see it]
[Sasaki: Awesome! I sent you the address but don't tell anyone okay?]
With that rather forced favor, I head to Sasaki's location.
(Evening: Sasaki's Training Area)
(Autumn Mountain - Paper Mario: The Origami King)
Me and Katou-chan arrived at the same time, but this place is no doubt Sasaki's training area. This entire place was filled with sakura trees, neatly placed rocks, and a waterfall. There also some boxes in the area filled with who knows what.
"This is the place Sasaki-chan told us, but she's nowhere in sight," Katou told me as we look at this secretive spot. Until we hear that voice.
"Hey, sorry to keep you waiting!" Sasaki called out, as she came in. She was garbed in a white shirt, and black shorts, with a headband with the oni mask she wore last year attached on it.
"What's with that getup?" Asked Katou.
"Oh, this is my training uniform," Sasaki answered. "As for this place, this is where I go training with my yo-yos for any upcoming competitions. My grandpa is a fan of these competitions, and he helps me train during these sessions."
[Where's your grandfather now?] I asked her.
"Oh, he has personal business to attend to, but he wishes me good luck!" she proclaimed.
"So, what do you want us to do?" asked Katou.
"Heh, heh, heh. I'm glad you asked," said Sasaki in her 'Sasaki' face. "She those boxes there? Those contain fruit in them. When Grandpa is here, he uses them for target practice."
"So, we're throwing fruits to hit with your yo-yo... sounds a lot like Fruit Ninja to me." Katou sweat dropped.
"This will be better than Fruit Ninja. I'm smashing fruits not cutting them in half! Now, get to throwing!" Sasaki demanded.
As she asked, he grabbed the fruit and threw them into the air. Just like the western rangers with their guns, Sasaki drew her yo-yos and like gunfire, she threw them at the fruits. She hit the fruits so hard that they are splattered as if they were blown up from within. All were on the ground, a mess of fruit and juices.
"Ha! Still got it!" cheered Sasaki. "I still have perfect aim. I'm gonna ace the next tournament!"
"Oh yeah, you said about competing in official tournaments (as I deduced last year), which one are you competing?" Katou asked.
"Oh, it's the National Youth Yo-yo Tourney! Coming this Summer! And I'll make sure that I'll make my name known there!"
At the same time, me and Katou gave Sasaki a thumbs up! "Oh, you'll do! You're Y.Y. Hannya after all!
"Heh, Heh! You got that right!"
(Now, the Battle's On! — Komi Can't Communicate)
After she said that, Sasaki put on her Oni mask and then laugh wholeheartedly. She then swung her yo-yo like a painter to a canvas before she formed the strings into a tower, (Kometani: Not knowing she'll meet a certain artist soon) "I am Y.Y. Hannya the rookie devil! One day, soon I shall take the yo-yo world by storm!"
"That's all I want from you!" Katou said as we both clapped. I feel satisfied as I know my bonds with them grow stronger.
(Kometani:
Star Rank: 1 > 2)
As we kept cheering, an unknown voice echo in the field. "My, My. Started without your old man? Patience isn't as easy as it seems to the people of youth." There, at the entrance was a elderly man with a long beard. (Kometani: A classic trope)
(Strange People - Ace Attorney 6: Spirit of Justice)
"G-grandpa!? Back so soon!?" exlaimed Sasaki
"This is your grandpa?" asked Katou.
He just chuckles. "You guess correctly, young one. Don't you worry, I'm not one of those perverted types. Those are the insult of us elders."
"By the way, I didn't mention where exactly this place is," said Sasaki.
"This is my backyard!" said her grandfather. "No many people will come here if it belongs to somewhere else. It's an easy spot for training. Just last year's Obon, my pupil came here for my tutilage. You should've seen the look on her face when the week passed. She almost had her strings snapped."
"Grandpa! What did I say about talking about that part!" Sasaki said in a deep blush.
"Of course. I didn't mean it in a bad way. I'm just happy you found friends to trust you with real calling. I can't wait to see you win that upcoming youth's tourney," And we all just laugh it out all evening. I got to say Sasaki's grandfather wasn't that bad. No one is wiser than my own grandmother, but I can see he wants Sasaki to pursuit her dreams.
Speaking of dreams, that brings us to tonight. The last few hours before Yamai's deadline.
(Music Ends)
(Night: Komi's Home)
(The City at Night - Professor Layton vs Ace Attorney)
I was tired when I got back, and I feel that dinner won't help this time. As I got in, my phone buzz again. I opened it and the group chat was lively complete with new names.
[AceSpade: Well, this is it. Tomorrow, would be the same as any other day, or it's Komi and Yamai's last day with us.]
[OneShotSnipe: I feel you. It sucks that my bestest friends could be gone. P.S. I like your name.]
[AceSpade: Much better than yours. Yours was too basic.]
[OneShotSnipe: Coming from you, feels wrong.]
[MarsaultLP: Too bad your names can surpass mine!]
[ShadowNoble: Enough about talking about names. Something major will happen tomorrow and we shouldn't argue over it.]
[AceSpade: You're right. It all comes done to what will happen tomorrow,]
[SnowyLynx: I know things will go right tomorrow. If I came to Itan tomorrow, it means it's a success.]
[OneShotSnipe: I guess you're right. You're not the type of person I can doubt.]
[ShadowNoble: I know Lady Yamai is a changed woman. She won't be a nuisance anymore.]
[MarsaultLP: All I care is the fall of the Queen! That's victory enough for me!]
[AceSpade: I never doubt you before and I won't doubt you this time. Good night, Komi-San]
[SnowyLynx: Good night, Tadano.]
(Kometani: For those confused, AceSpade: Tadno, OneShotSnipe: Najimi, MarsaultLP: Nakanaka, ShadowNoble: Kishi, and SnowyLynx: Komi)
As I felt like needing something to pass time, I decided to pass time to read The Kindness of the King. It's truly an amazing book. To think this book captures the side of King Arthur that the original stories didn't capture.
After dinner and a quick bath, I'm ready to tuck in for the night, but not before MechaNeko speaks to me first. "Feeling nervous?" he asked me. I nodded in respose. "If I had actual feelings, I would be too. But that's why my primary function is to comfort. Let me be your plushie for tonight. Let the gift that Mitsuru-San lend you comfort you."
I was hesitant on doing it, but I know this is a stressful time for me and I want to sleep go tonight. In spite of my stress, I gave him the kindest smile I can muster and answered him. "Ok" I whispered as I took him onto my bed and fell asleep. Despite his metal body, Mecha felt very warm indeed. At least, it feels more comfortable than when mom sleeps with me.
Tomorrow is the moment of truth, but as long as my friends are with me, I'm not too afraid. As long Yamai, stick to her changed heart, there's no worry.
And my future will be brighter than ever.
(Music Ends)
(Kometani:
Days until Yamai moves out with Komi: 1>0
Tomorrow, the deadline will pass)
(Green19: Also, to remind you from my author notes, that nudity scene I mentioned will happen in the following segment. If you aren't comfortable with the incoming image you can skip to the omake or end notes.)
(Meanwhile)
(Kanagawa Hills Luxury Apartments, Yamai's Home)
"La, la, la, la~! Never wrong with a clean beautiful body~!" Despite her losing eternal lust for me, Yamai somehow retained her cheerful peppy self. Thus, why she's sing when she's taking a nice hot shower.
However, Yamai still felt the guilt of tormenting her fellow students, including Tadano, to obtain me for herself. Her plan to for the move; she realized that it would be terrible for me as if she no longer had any delusions about me.
She got out of her shower once she's finished and took a towel to dry herself. I can't deny that Yamai has a good body despite her impulsive attitude.
As she got out to change, she notices an old photo that dates 7 years ago. It was a photo of her late sister on her first day at Itan. And it's an exact copy of the photo that was the treasure embodied. (Kometani: OR to be more accurate: This photo is the original article and the one from the treasure was the copy)
As she looked at it, she suddenly had a face of determination, but why? "Takara-nii, I'm sorry for disgracing your name. Hang on to someone who has your shape on it. But now, I will put an end to my schemes. I have to tell Komi and everyone who is used to get her, including a certain boy that I was wrong. This is for you my dear sis..."
Thus, she went to change as she sets the photo into a frame. Things will certainly change forever, aren't they?
(Kometani:
Next Chapter: The finale of Act 1 of Theives of Communication!)
(Omake: Phantom Facts)
(A High School Life Without Struggles — Komi Can't Communicate)
Komi: Finally, we're done! The last regular chapter is done. Next time is final chapter of the first act!
Tadano: You said that right! That was a roller coaster of a saga!
Najimi: And I love roller coasters! They're they best rides anyone can as for! By the way, what's today's fun fact!?
Komi: This is embarrassing, but we don't have a fun fact today.
Najimi: WHAT!? Why!? They need knowledge to know about our show.
Komi: No, no. It's not completely empty.
Najimi: Huh?
Tadano: What Komi said is that there's something special here today in place of a fact.
Komi: You see, the author, Green19, has been writing this series since last year. He feels that it's time to write a new series.
Tadano: You see, this next one is also a crossover. For this one, he'll combine his favorite childhood show with one of his most recent favorites.
Komi: You see his old show was celebrating a major milestone and he wants to contribute to it. The other was a series that he saw a few years ago. In fact, he saw it before watching my own series/
NajimiL That sounds cool! Is there a trailer for it?
Tadano: Indeed, he did make a trailer for it. The teaser one anyway.
Komi: He actually wants us to ask you readers about it. He wants you to give your honest opinion about it. When you have the opportunity, click on this to see the trailer. And feel free to comment here if you want to give feedback here.
Najimi: Neat! I'm so gonna watch this!
Tadano: Go on then. Also, in the spirit of being technically a season finale, there won't be an omake. But there will be more in the next act.
Komi: I'm already looking forward to that! But until then we'll see you in the next corner.
All: Take care!
Notes:
At last done! At least this was faster than the last chapter. I swore I wasn't trying to delay it on purpose. At least next chapter is mostly story based, so no (normal) confidants involved next chapter.
Also, I like to check out my trailer for my second fanfic and comment here on what do you feel about it. To the main part of the chapter.
Just like Kamoshida, Yamai is feeling the weight of her sins she commited from her pre-changed self. Most certainly she will confess after refusing to make amends.
As for confidants, Najimi has reached rank 3 while Nakanaka went to rank 2, both yielding bonuses. Also, a quick cameo from Netsuno, I wonder where this will go?
Katou and Sasaki have no bonus, but I instead want to focus on Sasaki side for this. I also decided to includer her grandfather from the Obon chapter like a foil to Katou's mother in term of their kids' interests. I was originally planning Kishi in their place, but I feel she would be better utilized after act 1.
The biggest addition is Maruki is now Komi's confidant in addition to Akira's. This is something to keep in mind as Maruki will be important in Komi's story. He's one of the few P5 characters that Komi will have a bond with. You can guess who will be one of her confidants in the future from the arcanas I yet to fill in.
P.S. if anyone want to asks why I included the part of Yamai taking a shower aside from the obvious fanservice, I want to convey about Yamai's “rebirth”. In the original manga panel the image originated, it's stated that her showering is her purifying her body. Here, it's purifying her soul as once she finish she decides to start making amends for her sins which she refused to do so in canon. Hope this is a satisfying explanation to you.
And yes, I know I'm sticking to the canon with the 3 chapters covered. But to be fair, one of the common issues with P5 fics is doing the same story with some characters from the other series. I did make original content like the Mall of Lust on this act. I know people may not like it when I start adapting the canon Palaces, but I'll try to put in some original flavor in them when we get there.
As a reminder, I make no money from this fic. I only make this series for fun only. I only make this to so newcomers can check out the source material themselves. That's all I have to say regarding it. (P.S. I might go back to previous chapters to edit somethings that need improvement)
As for the preview for this chapter: I'll keep the details minimal as it's obvious Yamai will repent for her sins. But what you won't know is how will this chapter play out. You'll see soon enough. Thanks for reading, make sure you share this with friends!
Chapter 15: The Reborn Yamai (End of Act 1)
Summary:
Komi's POV: This is it. Today is the deadline Yamai told us back then. If she doesn't go through her plan, I get to stay. The only questions are: What will Yamai do and how can we celebrate our success? All will be revealed in today's story.
Notes:
Here we are! The final chapter of Act 1 of Thieves of Communcation. Of course, it's not the actual final chapter of this story, but it will wrap up the loose ends going on with this first act. All starting with the staple of a change of heart.
I will say is like with the original game, there will be breather arc before I officially start on Act 2, which will have also have an original palace. As for confidants, I have some in mind for the next act, but that's currently classified. The same goes for the Komi characters who will join the ToC, aside from possible teasers.
After this, I may take a two-week break, not just to prevent burnout, but also to work on my new story which will run the same time as this. I will say it won't be as long as this story (as I easily predict this story going over 100 chapters), but it will be as equally engaging.
Now the disclaimer: I don't own Persona 5 or Komi-San as well any fanart made by someone else. All series featured are owned by their respective creators and companies. (Katsura Hashino, Tomohito Oda, Atlus and OLM) I make no money or profit from this series and made this only for fun. If a chapter includes fanart, I will include the link to their original posts and creators. Please support the creators and official material.
With that said, time to start the show!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
(Komi's POV)
(6/2, Thursday)
(Early Morning: Komi's Home)
I woke up with what's perhaps the longest yawn I had ever let out. You know that feeling that you feel tired when you had a long day and you are unable to sleep in? That's what's I'm feeling right now. After what I've gone through, I want to simply skip school and sleep all day. But I know that's not an option, especially that I need to keep up my grades.
MechaNeko seemed to be up, sitting on my table. "Hey, you slept good?" he asked. I don't know if I feel truly good, but I don't want to show any weakness at the most important day of this saga, so I just nodded. "I know this is a bit scary for you, but I know her change of heart is enough. Don't forget, there's that meeting with Mitsuru-San tonight, so we will give her the good news if we still attend Itan."
Well, it's as good as a start as any. "Shoukooooo! Are you up!? Breakfast is almost done!" my mom calls from downstairs. I shouldn't make her feel sad or disappointed, so I get dressed, got my bags and went down to the living room where mom awaits me. "Feeling good this morning?" she asks me. I nodded. But a part of me feels guilty of not coming clean on why I was worried as of late. I don't want to leave her not knowing about Yamai's plan to have her move away from me. "You want to tell me something?" she asked.
I know this is late, but she has to know. So, I told (wrote) her about Yamai's plan, without mentioning me and my friends are Phantom Thieves. "Oh, that sound serious, and I can barely make a case as she's from a rich family." she said seriously, which rarely happens. However, she hugs me soon after. "But thank you for sharing. But you should know by know your mother always find a way to help. I know it may not make a difference, but I could've rallied our neighbors to help prevent the move." (Kometani: Technically, she's right that it wouldn't make a difference due to the person Yamai's father is)
I couldn't help but shed a single tear from her comforting me. "I know I may not help in bigger troubles, but you shouldn't underestimate the best mom in the world!" And that I can agree with. "Speaking of which, breakfast is ready! Mustn't let it be too cool for summer!"
I'm happy that I let my mom know even if it wasn't the complete story. Now all that's left is if Yamai really does have a change of heart.
(Morning: Itan High School, Entrance)
Walking to school feels harder than usual. While it's the same as usual, the uncertainty I feel makes the air feel heavy. Nonetheless, I still need to attend school daily. (Kometani: She's not aiming for a perfect record for attendance.) I walked in and after changing shoes, I felt someone poking me from behind. I was so tensed up from my stress, I jerked forward and turned back to see you know who.
"Heh, got you double, Komi!" said Najimi proudly. I was looking like I was sneaked attacked. "Oh, I guessed I picked the wrong time. I was trying to have some levity in this time of crisis."
"That's nice and all, but jokes don't have to involve sneak attacks all the time. especially in an important time like this," MechaNeko advised.
That left Najimi in a blush. "Yeah, I guess I got a bit carried away. Sorry for that Komi." they apologized. I gave them a head pat in return.
Tadano cam in soon after. "Morning, how are you two feeling?" We just nodded. "At least, you're holding up. Why does it seem like the most stressful parts is the results?"
"You spoke my mind. I hate waiting for the results of our labor." Najimi spoke out.
"But Komi is still here, so we have some relief today," Tadano revealed. "Speaking of which, you feel nervous?" he asked me.
I decided to write him a few messages. [To be honest, I scared as hell right about now. I fear that we may fail even after we stile Yamai's heart. And after I said I'm sure she wouldn't go through with her plan.] (Kometani: Komi swear count: 13)
"Hey, hey, no one's blaming you," assured Tadano. "Even the rest of us don't know we're successful. We just have to wait for the end result."
As we go to our classroom, we got a text from the others. I wonder what they got to report.
[ShadowNoble: I have some news regarding Lady Yamai. She has asked me and Onigashimi to locate all of our first-year classmates and meet up at our old classroom after school.]
[MarsaultLP: So, it begins. The Queen has made preparations.]
[AceSpade: But what will the announcement be?]
[SnowyLynx: It shouldn't be about her original plans.]
[OneShotSnipe: Hell no! Not after we worked our asses to change her heart!]
Thus, we know when and where our fruits of labor come to fruition. It better be what I hoped it would be.
(Music Ends)
(After School: Itan Classroom 1-1)
The classes seemed to pass by very fast. I assumed my mind was scrambled while waiting for them to end. As classed ended, it was already when the sun was about to set, as indicated by the sky turning orange.
As we arrived it seemed that all of the students from last year all arrived. These include Onemine and Otori, Katou and Sasaki, Naruse and Kometani, the Normies that included Chiarai, Sonoda, and Shinobino, Katai, Nakanaka, as well as Kishi and Onigashima. Among the students in the first year, Manbagi and her friends are there as witnesses and 3 new student that might be Yamai's new friends that Nakanaka spoke of. There's a lot of commotion as we all wait for Yamai.
"Yamai holding a meeting? Sounds concerning," said Onemine to Otori. "Oh, maybe she lost her sheeeeeep," replied Otori.
"What an interesting move from her," said Katou. "It better not be a stunt!" said Sasaki.
"Trying to show she's better than me. Impossible!" said Naruse. [Once again, Naruse is a narcissist even in a time like this.] said Kometani with a speech bubble
Next was the Normies which was the first time they been seen in the real world. They all are talking about what was Yamai's idea for this meeting. Katai was as silent as ever due to his social anxiety. 'She better not report me for being like a delinquent.'
As the conversations continued, Nakanaka, Kishi, and Onigashima came over to us. "I am feeling a bit nervous, and it is out of character for a knight such as myself..."
"As for me, my Dragon Force has been overflowing. I can't seem to rest at all!" said Nakanaka.
"You spoke my language. It almost made me want to skip school and vent my frustration in the batting cages," Oni admitted.
"Well, I'm not too worried. I'm getting excited to see Yamai acting nice for once!" said Najimi
"Well, Yamai is almost here. Looks like the moment has arrived. Tadano finished. As for me, I couldn't find the words to say anything, but they know I was hoping Yamai did change.
Indeed, Yamai did enter the room with her usual cheery expression. (At first.) I seemed every has their cameras ready to record this meeting for the rest of their lives.
"She's gonna confess to Komi! Is it true that the two will be moving out today? No fair, I wanted to go with them. She's not getting her from me that easily!"
Things seemed to die down as Yamai began to speak. "Everyone, thank you for coming in such a short notice. There's something that I wish to confess to you all and it's something I want to get out immediately. The truth is..."
Suddenly she began to leak tears as her face turned sad. Not fake sad, mind you, but she's genuinely sad as more tears run from her eyes. Does that mean... "I'm a horrible friend to Komi. T-that's no lie. First off, I kept playing with her like she was my property. Not only that I ignored the feelings of others just to get to her. The worst who I treated was the wellbeing of Hitohito Tadano who no doubt is here," as she said that. everyone has their eyes on to him. "To make a long story short, back in the previous year, I kidnapped him just so I get him out of my way to Komi. And when she and Najimi got smart on me, I tried to off him to the Sea or Mountains just to clear my tracks. Obviously, as he's still here, I've failed."
Everyone was gossiping about how a sweet girl like Yamai could commit such horrible acts. Kishi and Oni tried calm them down as Yamai continued. "As for why I treated Komi as such, my personal life wasn't as happy as you thought. My family doesn't appreciate a lot of my talents except for piano playing. All except my late sister Takara, whom has a resemblance to Komi there." Like with Tadano before, everyone has their eyes on me this time, not too new at this point. "She's the only person in my life that I consider her to be family. She and I used to be like duo of sorts. Sadly, some idiot criminal took her life as well as many others years ago. I only shared this story with a few people in my life, but I must share it with you. Why? If she wasn't dead, I would still be the nice girl I was! I know you won't forgive me right now, but I promise to be a better person at this point. The only request is to not share this story with the rest of the school. They aren't involved in this..."
So, it worked. We really did cause a change of heart in her. Though, we have heard of it from the news, it still feels unbelievable seeing it ourselves.
Once again, the students were gossiping about Yamai's confession. To think that not only Yamai acted like a delinquent, even a thug, she did all that as a way of coping with the loss of her dear sister. However, not all of the students (mainly those not named) sympathize with her for her actions, as in the end of the day, she caused harm to a student, and they have been against him since the first day.
"What was she thinking? Bulling others to get Komi!"
"I had my doubts about her from the start."
"Why did we follow her on her 'Komi' wagon?"
"Did she have a change of heart?"
"I'm so gonna unfriend her after this!"
Those who knew Yamai's story from her heart watch as Yamai was bombarded by insults. While Yamai had it coming, we felt the fallout was a bit too extreme for our tastes. "I may be up for rebellions, but I think they are clouded by hate!" Nakanaka spoke.
"Indeed, I agree. No one wants to sympathize after hearing her dark deeds. This is the unintended consequences of our actions," said Kishi with a low tone.
Most of us are conflicted on how to quell the anger that we unintentionally caused. All except for me. I would normally shake in a moment like this but this time my eyes are hidden in my hair. All those last few times, I was too afraid to speak up for myself. But this time, my friend is suffering due to slander. I'm not sure if this is right, but I-
(Music Stops)
"I forgive you, Yamai..."
Everyone stopped as they turned to who said that: me. At the moment, I felt no fear as if there's nothing here to hinder me, much less my anxiety. I certain wasn't hesitating as I walk to Yamai. I wonder if my experience her Palace changed me.
"K-komi?" said Yamai weakly. Her eyes are certainly a mix of red and pink after all that crying. "You would forgive me for something like this? Even after all I've done to you?"
(To My First Friend — Komi Can't Communicate)
Rather than saying words, I hugged her. tightly. Everyone was shocked including those who are with me in the Palace, upon hugging her. As I hugged her, I began to well up tears as well. I must've been so relieved that my hardships with Yamai have come to an end.
"I'm going to be honest, a part of me doesn't want to forgive you.," I admitted to Yamai. "After all, you have all the time before now to stop. You could've stopped after the kidnapping, and yet you still see to make me your own and yet I can't bring myself to hate you even if I wanted."
"But I've known you since we came here that very day," Yamai answered back with tears. "How could I know that you didn't like what I do for you."
All I did in repose is shake my head. "You didn't really. In truth, you don't know anything about me. That real me that you kept ignoring. But I did get to know the real you, that you've secretly suffered the pain of losing your dear sibling. I couldn't imagine that feeling if I lose my brother."
"But... I want to be the friend you deserve. A friend who will help you get through your pain. I won't fail you as a friend like you failed me."
Yamai gasped. "Are you saying...?"
I just nodded. "Yes, I do forgive you. Let's put all this behind and start our friendship anew. No more stalking, no more kidnappings. Just an honest life and a genuine friendship. "That's all I want from you."
"K-k-komi..." That's all Yamai said as she broke into tears once more. Everyone who saw it could help but cry along too. They took the words I said at heart and decided not to share our meeting outside the room. Even Manbagi chose to not share the story to the public out of respect of her wishes.
Needless to say, those in the ToC have a lot to talk about later.
(Music Ends)
(Itan High School: Rooftops)
As the school is going through changes after her confession, we decided to find a place that not many staff or students go. Thankfully, there's a rooftop that we can uses as a small hideout. (Not the same rooftop that we used in the culture festival. We all sat down in the benches accompanied by vents and a fence to prevent anyone from doing that. (Green19: Which one from that infamous school failed to protect a girl who's suffering from abuse. I'm sorry I had to mention it.)
"I can't believe we did it," said Tadano unbelievably. "We did change Yamai's heart."
"Well, I'm very proud of that attempt," said Najimi with nearly the opposite expression. "It means no more drama between friends."
"It's not just her we have changed," added Nakanaka. "Many of her followers have dropped their attachment to Princess Komila there. It means most of their desires were fueled by her wanting the same."
"Thanks to us changing her heart, things at Itan will become more peaceful," Kishi informed. "No more lies. trust will be rebuilt and finally friends finally making amends. Though I suspect some people still want to go for Komi regardless of if Yamai was the direct cause."
"That said," said Tadano. "To think we were able to convince Yamai's Shadow to surrender and returned to her real self."
That's MechaNeko's cue for another explanation. "I haven't received all the information on how the real Phantom Thieves changed their hearts but considering there are no mental shutdowns from their previous targets, we can assume they did the exact same thing we did. Thus, I don't think they're bad guys."
Tadano was still unsure about all this. "The only thing I'm still unsure is: was this the right thing to do in the end. We have to hide this from a lot of people and there could've been another way to resolve this."
Everyone was thinking for a few minutes about that question until someone answered.
"There is always another answer, but if we tried that instead of, we had done, it would've been too late to stop her." That voice only belonged to one person: me. I was current facing away from everyone, looking at the sunset.
"K-komi!" Tadano said in surprise. "You're talking for real, and we're not even in the Metaverse! What's with the change?"
(Break it Down - elp version - Persona 5)
I just looked back in blush. "To be honest, I don't really know when I can speak freely. I might've talked after we left the Metaverse for the first time, maybe when I gain more allies. But, when confronting Yamai, I knew I can speak again." I told them.
"You were afraid from being used." Kishi said. "Fear is often why people don't speak up or fend for themselves. By standing up to her, you overtook your fear and have grown as a person."
"Y-you really think that I have,"
"It's not just now, you have been getter better and better since day 1!" added Najimi with a thumbs up. "Something that I knew you can do."
"Keep this up and you shall be my queen! Nothing's greater than the queen!" Nakanaka proclaimed. (Kometani: A reference that the Queen is the best piece in chess.)
Once again, I was teary eyed of my friends' support for me. "T-thank you, everyone..." I said as they all apporached me for a group hug,
Inside our mental spaces, our Personas are doing something similar as Izanami was the center of it like me.
"You really have stolen everyone's hearts," Said Lupin III.
"I never seen someone taking better shots than me!" said Lone Ranger.
"You're turly a goddess," said Morgan.
"You carry the heart of a king, like a lion," said King Arthur.
Izanami also blushed at the praise, "I thank you, my friends." said her.
After that fuzzy moment, we are ready for what the future is at store. "But before doing anything else, who's up for a celebration?" Najimi proposed. "Gotta mark the day that we took out the Queen of Lust, once and for all!"
"That's my line to call her!" Nakanaka fired back. "But as for my actual answer-"
"Sorry Najimi, but I feel too tired," I said, answering for Naka-Chan. "Talking for real in something like this wore me down fast for some reason."
"I'm tired too," said Tadano. "I think most of us were emotionally drained after that confession."
Najimi felt disappointed but understands. "Well, ok. Let's do it tomorrow!" That we all agree. "Perfect! As for what to do, I'll leave it to you, Snowy Lynx!" I pointed to myself as I knew they're referring to me. "Yes, you! You're the one who brought us together. May as well do it your way!"
I was a bit hesitant, but I mustn't show more weakness, not after the trial I've endured. "Alright. Give me tonight and I'll tell you tomorrow after school."
"If that's the case, I'll let Onigashima know about the party," proposed Kishi. "We owe her for helping us with the calling card"
"Marvelous idea, King of Knights!" roared Nakanaka. "A banquet is not complete with the full set."
"Ok. I guess it... see you all tomorrow then.," I said. With that, we all started to go back home. Me and Tadano were the last ones on the roof but...
(Music Ends)
"Um Komi? May I spare you a few minutes? I promised that I won't take up much of your time," Tadano asked me.
As I trusted Tadano ever since we met, I know only one answer. This time, it came out of my mouth. "Yes, you can."
(A Place to Relax — Komi Can't Communicate)
"You see, we've been dealing with Yamai since the beginning and to be fair, I honestly don't know the day when Yamai stops," he confessed.
I shook my head. "That day has already came. We brought it with our own hands," I told him.
"Yeah, I can't deny it but," Tadano paused a bit before continuing. "All before that, Yamai has been secret tormenting me to break of with you. Yet, my heart forbids me to knell before her. I was hoping that she would give up, but her efforts got worse. It eventuall got to the point where she stabbed me in the hand and resulted in the scar I had on my hand you saw earlier. I wanted to tell you but while she didn't tell me, I fear that she'll go after me again if I decided to tell you behind her back. I'm sorry to keep you in the dark for so long." he finishes as he hung his head low.
I can hear the remorse from his voice, and I don't blame him. As if he's expecting me to say something, I came closer to him. He was worried that I may slap him due to my newfound confidence, but I just headpat him instead. "I understand why you didn't tell me. If I were in your shoes, I would be too sacred to tell you without getting hurt."
"You really mean it?" he asked.
"Of course I do," I said back. "It's all in the past now. We can't change the past, so all we gotta do is be ready for the future. Besides," When Tadano raided his head I was smiling beautifully. "I couldn't as for a better friend in my life."
He chuckled back, "You what, you said what's on my mind. I'm glad to have met you and I wouldn't want it any other way." Soon, we got ourselves into a hug. He feels warmer than I thought, maybe because this is our first time? What's for certain, he and I are even closer than before.
(Kometani:
Magician Rank up: 1 > 2
Bonus: Atmosphere Reading: If Lynx fails to negotiate with any type of Shadow, she can try again)
This feels good. It felt like I don't want to let go. Soon our faces are getting closer to each other, It's almost as if-
(Music Stops)
"Hey guys, I forgot- wait a minute. You were about to do that thing, didn't you."
Oh dear. Najimi just came at the worst possible time. Again. Opening the door upon just doing, that.
"You got the wrong idea! We weren't about to do that!" said Tadano in a deep blush. I, meanwhile, was unable to talk back, as I was back to my old self.
"You don't say. Oh well, that will happen eventually. You can be I'll there to catch it on camera!" Najimi declared. In defense of our privacy, we stretched Najimi's face a few times until they agreed not to take a pic of us kissing each other. Speaking of pics, MechaNeko is still on the bench and unlike them, he knows when to keep a secret.
"I better put this under private. No one but us need to see it."
Nonetheless, we are finally having peaceful times again at Itan High, with a touch of comedy. I'm looking forward to the victory party, but there's one more thing I have to do tonight.
(Night: Komi's House.)
All and all, I was feeling better waling home tonight. I stopped by at the local park to have a bit more alone time but nothing eventful happened. As I went inside the door to my home, my mom was there to greet me.
"Oh, welcome back Shouko!" she said in her usual cheering tone. "Oh, you seemed to be better than usual. Did something... great happened today at school?"
I took a moment to think about speaking or acting like my old self. The most I've spoken to my own family was only one brief sentence. But after confronting Yamai. I know what's my next action.
In a few seconds, I opened my mouth. "Yes, mom. Something did happen in school."
That caused mom to cover her mouth, and tears began leaking from her eyes. "Y-you said more than one sentence... I can't believe it. You can talk like me! Wait, what about the thing that happened at school?"
That next sentence I said, was with a smile. "It's Yamai. She called off her deal. Not only that, but she was also sorry about going after me since the beginning of our high school, and she'll treat me like a regular girl."
In that moment, my mother hugged me in an instant. Due do our similar heights, we really could do the falling to the floor thing, but she doesn't mind. "I'm so happy that you'll stay at Itan! My baby girl is growing up to a fine young woman! I'm so proud that you faced her head on. Just don't forget to invite her someday. I want to see the new Yamai myself."
That's a sudden request, but mom enjoyed Yamai's presence in last year's Christmas (and my birthday) party. I'll consider her other, so I nodded. "I'm glad you've grown up. I always knew you'll be a better woman than me. When you get to my age that is. Oh, I just finished dinner. I bet daddy and Sho-Chan will be surprised. Come in!"
Of course, there wasn't much reaction from Dad and Shousuke, but I can see Dad shed a single tear. As for Shousuke, while he went to his room in his usual stoic expression, we can hear him laughing, as if he's feeling like his old self. (Kometani: That's something we'll talk about later.) I'm happy my family accepted the new me already. Within the next few hours, I took my bath, change into my night clothes and waited until my family when to sleep before I make my call.
"It's a good thing Mitsuru-San often works at night shifts, With the kind of job she has, night shifts are inevitable." MechaNeko said as he sat on my table. "Oh, make sure the lights are off. Don't want them to see lights on if they woke up all of a sudden."
"I was about to," I told him as I flicked off the lights. "There, all set. Make the call."
"Got it! Patching to Mitsuru-San, she's set up her end, just now." Soon, he activated his projector and at first there's no one on the other end until we hear a voice.
"Sorry, I was late. I had to finish arrangements in my current project." The voice no doubt belongs to Mitsuru-San. Who walked in, while wearing sunglasses. "Oh, you're probably wondering about why I'm wearing sunglasses. I often wore this to prevent myself from being recognized in public. I rather not get swarmed by fans." Oh, if you're wondering who Mitsuru-San looked like:
Yeah, her name wasn't a lie. She really is beautiful, possible the only one more beautiful than me. Just her magenta-colored hair, the black bodysuit and that white fur coat, she definitely embodies the meaning of a rich girl.
(This Mysterious Feeling - Persona 3 Reload)
"But that's enough about that," said Mitsuru. "That fact you are calling me means something major has happened."
"Yes, something did happen." I said.
"Oh, you're speaking normally. You've grown since the last time we've talked. But enough of the pleasantries, tell about it from the beginning.
"Ok. Here's how it goes," And so, I told her about my adventures in Yamai's Palace. I told her about our battles in there, about finding our Yamai has an older sister, and most of all, but battle against her Shadow and winning the treasure from her and caused in her change of heart today. "So, you see, Yamai has become a better person because of us and won't bother me anymore."
"I see. I still need to see the footage captured by Mecha, but it's a huge relief her heart's changed. You see, Masatomo, her father was a friend a met a few years back. He's a bit... greedy, which is odd considering I'm practically the opposite if him, but he's not as bad in terms of his social life. He often seeks perfections while I merely do what's best for my company. Before he was CEO, I was his closest friend. Not close enough to be like that, but no one likes to be his friend despite his average personality. As you probably guessed, I was partly why he wish to be head of his company.
Mitsuru continuted. "With his only daughter's change of heart, that's a huge weight of his shoulders. At least, she be able to move on and hopefully one day, they'll bond like a proper family. Something I wished I had done with my own family." She seemed down when she said that. It must've been a personal matter that I feel I mustn't push.
I decided to move on to what she wants to say next. "Now that it's settled, is there anything else you wish for me to do in the Metaverse?"
"Oh right, I was getting to that. With your successful heist, I can confirm the Phantom Thieves are indeed Persona users like us. Locating them is our next step. There's someplace I'd like you and your group to check out. But I'm sure there's one question you want to ask me, isn't that right?"
I nodded. "I do. How to you know about the Metaverse before we did?"
Mitsuru-San to a moment to gather her thoughts. "I will answer that, but before I do, I may as well refresh you on my past experiences. As you know, the Metaverse isn't the first place where Shadows and Personas inhabit. It's one of the many forms of the collective unconscious. Think of it as a parallel world where humanity's desires take form thus giving birth of Shadows." It's a lot to take in, but good thing I'm taking notes. "A decade ago, my group, the Specialized Extracurricular Execution Squad, S.E.E.S. for short, investigated the form of the unconscious at the time. It was a tall gloomy tower called Tartarus, like the one in Greek mythology, and it was a symbol of humanity's desire for death." Oh, that's sounds so scary. I would hate being lost in a place like that.
"But after we took care of it, it's not the last of the Shadows; you can't completely get rid of the collective unconscious. Light cannot exist without shadow," Mitsuru continued. "Two years after Tartarus, there was a fog in the country town of Inaba. Surely, you've heard of it right?" I nodded again. "You also must've heard there was a series of murders happening there in tandem. This one I didn't know about until I meet the group investigating these incidents fittingly known as the Investigation Team. Basically, that group event to the origin of the fog, which originated from a world inside a TV. Yeah, it sounds sillier on paper, but it really exists. This originated from a world called the Midnight Channel and they eventually went and neutral the threat and everyone accepted the truth. Our two groups meet up after that but that's another story for another time."
As she finished, I asked her about the current situation. "If those two instances happened, how do you know about this one? And how were you able to send MechaNeko into the Matraverse?"
Mitsuru-San once again collects her thoughts before answering back. "This is a bit of long story, but I'll give the out the key details. First, the mental shutdowns as of late, they started a few years ago in small amounts. Apparently, there was something bad happening in the collective unconscious again. There was once researcher in our group who dedicates her time to into researching this phenomenon. It to at least two years of research, but she found evidence of a cognitive world where a person's true self dwells. I was hesitant at first cause research like this would cause great harm if in the wrong hands. But since we need to find evidence on who's behind them, I have to go ahead and began developing a way to enter the Metaverse. It was an experimental process mind you, but we have created a program that allows one to enter that world as long as conditions are met. I assume your app is similar to the one we created."
That reminds me, I took out my phone and showed her the MetaNav to it. "Is this the one?"
"It is, but my program is more electronic while yours came from another source. I assume someone else had the same idea as us," Mitsuru answered. "To test the program, we used mechanical beings to test our program and enter it. MechaNeko was one of them as you can tell. However, the research the helped us enter the Metaverse, she suddenly died from unknown causes. We were out of contact at the time, to continue her research but all we know is that she died in the middle of the road. I'm sorry I have to disclose this part to you."
I was saddened but I shook her head. I understand why she wouldn't want to share it, but I understand it. "There was nothing you can do. You'll do anything to protect her."
Mitsuru agreed. "I know, but that's also the reason why my company couldn't investigate further. It was around the time her research was stolen, and we are warned not to investigate, or we will be threatened. The only way we can get investigate without suspicion is to find a new group of Persona users to investigate the Metaverse. As you can tell, I'm not fond of sending a group of teenagers to fight in another world, especially what I've gone through in my time. But I know this is the only way to stop this new threat. If you understand, will you still go on with this?"
Truth be told I have been quite unsure whether to continue or not since we formed the group to stop Yamai. But at the same time, how can I refuse someone when needs help. "I 'm not sure. Even if I'm good to continue, I don't know if the other would want to. I know Najimi would." I told her.
"Oh, well it's their choice if they want to go or not, but I know you'll try to convince them," Mitsuru said. "In any case, I learned one thing before the research was stolen, that may be your next location. Just like Tartarus and the Midnight Channel, there is a central location for this confect. The "source" of the mystery surrounding the mental shutdowns. "When you get the chance, enter the word: "Mementos" into your MetaNav. It won't be a long trip, just a small exploration to get a feel the situation."
It a reflex, I saluted to my Senpai. "I'll try it soon. Oh, one more thing. Can I introduce you to my friends on our next meeting. I think you'll like them."
Mitsuru-San chuckled at my passion for my friends. "Of course, you can. It's best you find somewhere that no one can find you. I can't reach you in the Metaverse, so keep that in mind. Well, that's all I wanted to share with you. Feel free to contact me when you find another breakthrough. Don't forget: make sure to find the Lupinrangers and see if they're formed for a just cause as much as you are. Thanks for taking your time to talk with me. Have a good night." And the transmission ended, and the darkness of my room returned.
(Music Ends)
"Well, looks like Mitrusu asks you to be a Phantom Thief again. But the question is, will you go through with it."
I was thinking about what she said. "People are suffering due to what's happening in that other world. I wonder what my friends would say. "I took a look at my clock and it's 10:30pm. "Well, it's already late. I still have school tomorrow and Saturday." And I went to sleep for tonight, and MechaNeko chose to act like a plushie again, like last night.
(3rd POV)
(Meanwhile: Mitsuru's Office, Korijo Group Tokyo HQ)
As the transmission ended, Mitsuru sat down in her desk and look out to the window to the city below. The building itself is not as talk as Tokyo Tower or even the Skytree, but's still an impressive sight to behold.
When she asked Komi to help her in solving the mental shutdowns, she thinks back to her own group that has long since disbanded after the "Midnight Arena" incident. She gotten a message about them returning to Japan after years, True that they can't do anything due to the government's influence, but it's nice to see everyone again after so long. However... 'Everyone will be here, but things won't be the same without you here, Makoto-San.'
That was the name of her deceased lover. He was the field leader of S.E.E.S. as well as the man he fell in love with. in her final year in high school. She had a few mementos to remember him by. His old MP3 player, and the object that allow them to summon Personas in the Dark Hour.
That wasn't the only thing she had in mind as she peppered a fresh cup of tea. 'I had to mention you just now. Still, I knew what the risks are but I wished I could've protected you before it happened. W****.' (Green19: Name censored to prevent potential spoilers for those who haven't play the original P5 game yet.)
However, that wasn't the only event happening tonight.
(That Same Night: A room between dream and reality, mind in matter)
A certain man was groaning as he got up. He was wearing a prison uniform and was currently behind bars. However, the cell is in has many shades of blue and has more chains than a normal jail cell would. Believe it or not, this man is Akira Kurusu, who Komi met back in chapter 5. (That's 10 chapters ago!)
"Yo, inmate! We had something important to tell you! Get up fast!" Said a voice belonging to a child.
"No need to rush him. All we need from him is to listen to our master." said another child-like voice. These came from the two girls that work uniforms fitting for wardens. These are the twin sisters Caroline and Justine.
"I'm doing as you asked," said Akira. "What I need to know is what so important to summon me at this time."
(The Poem of Everyone’s Souls - Persona 5)
The chuckling in a deep voice echoed. "Worry not, if it is not important, we wouldn't summoned you. That being said, welcome back to my Velvet Room." That was the name of the keeper of the realm known as the Velvet Room. The long-nosed man sitting in his desk, Igor.
"So why am I being summoned now?" asked Akira. "We already stolen Madarame's heart, his change of heart hasn't been confirmed."
"I know of that," said Igor. "But there's been an unexpected development in regards of your rehabilitation. You see, there was a change of heart that happened while you were laying low and I doubt you have knowledge of it."
"A change of heart that we didn't cause?" Akira said in surprise. "How could this happen I thought you only provide the Meta Nav to those I know."
"And I still stand by that statement, and I doubt it was caused by accident since I control who gets the Nav." said Igor. "What I can tell you is that I wasn't the one who created it. The has been previous versions of it before you became our guest. My theory is that the one who created it reached out to another person who had the potential like you."
That shocked Akira. To think another Persona user somehow has the Nav and changes hearts. "Are they a guest of the Velvet Room like me?" he asked Igor.
Igor simply shook his head. "They're not, nor they're the true culprit of the shutdowns. What I know is that they have a unique power like your Wild Card but it's even more rare. In response to this development, I gave the Nav to a person they know as a way to keep an eye on them. Once one enters the Metaverse, the Nav is installed automatically so it is not unlikely that them own allies joined them."
"Heh, who care what this imposter inmate is? No one beats them more than our inmate!" shouted Caroline.
"I have no doubt our inmate will teach this imposter not to steal his spotlight," Justine agreed.
"Indeed, should you encounter them, either eliminate them or convince them to join your cause, either solution is fine by me."
"You have my word, I will solve this mystery," said Akira
*Riiiiiiiinnngggg!*
"And it seemed to have run out of time, until we met again, trickster."
Thus, plans have been set in motion for the future. Where they will go, that is up to the Fate.
(Komi's POV)
(6/3, Friday)
(Morning: Itan High School)
(A High School Life Without Struggles — Komi Can't Communicate)
I can't believe I'm feeling this right now, but this is the first time in a while that I feel good about coming to school. Don't get me wrong, I like going to Itan, but with Yamai a better person, things at school feel a bit better. I saw Tadano no doubt feeling good too.
"Morning, Komi-San!" said Tadano politely. "Feeling good this morning?"
Normally I used my notebook to answer but after yesterday, I feel that need to practice talking more. "Yes, I am. Thanks for asking, Tadano-Kun."
"I gotta say this is the first time I come to Itan without any fear. I guess Changing Yamai's heart have something to do it." he said.
"Yeah, it was!" Najimi said behind us. (Again) "Feels nice to have peace and quiet for once! And it's something coming from me."
"Oh, speaking of peace, ever thought of how to celebrate our victory." Tadano asked me.
In a response, I held my finger in front of my mouth, "That's a secret. Wait until after school when everyone is gathered." Things went well, especially with fewer students wanting me. Though I excpect some will come for me due to my new confidence.
(After School: Itan Classroom 2-1)
As classes came to an end for today, we decided to meet in the halls to account all the people who will come to the party.
"Hey Komi," Rumiko called to me. "I know you have something planned and I want to come, but I need to be home early. Apparently, my friends have found an update that need to be displayed! I hope the Lupinrangers go for him next! Oh, and keep talking, I love to hear more from you. Literally."
"I gotcha," I said holding a peace sign before leaving. Me, Tadano, and Najimi went to the nearby intersection and met up with Nakanaka. "Hmm, we're missing one (two actually). Where's Kishi-San? I thought, she be here already."
"The knight went and get the Oni. But apparently, it is taking her longer than expected," Nakanaka confirmed. "But she's coming back at his moment."
Sure enough, Kishi came back but Onigashima wasn't with her. "I apologize for my delay, but Oni-San is coming thia way. But you may want to brace for what will happen." she warned us.
"Sure, but what's so important that we need to brace ourselves?" said Najimi in disbelief.
That question was answered when Onigashima came in-
-with Yamai walking beside her!
"WHAAAAAAT!? You invited Yamai to come along with us!?" shouted Najimi.
"Aren't we having this party to celebrate our victory against her?" said Tadano who's also off guard.
"Woah! Woah! This wasn't my idea or Kishi's that we bring her along!" Oni defended herself.
"It wasn't?" said Tadano.
Yamai sighed before answering. "It was mine, alright. After causing so much pain to you all for the sake of Komi, I want to find my fresh start. Sorry if I acted like the old me, but I overheard something about a party. Oni was surprised, but she agrees if it's to fix our bonds with each other."
There was a lot of debate among us, but if Yamai starts hanging out as a normal, well-behaved girl, she may be more trusted. "Let's gave her in, After all, it's the celebration of the Reborn Yamai after all. (Kometani: Title Drop there)
"Yamai's expression brighten after hearing that. "Thank you, Komi. You won't regret this!"
While still doubts, they know my choices are certain. "Back to case, what's the party's about?" asked Najimi
"It's actually simple," I said before speaking one word. "Curry."
"Curry? That's very simple for party." said Tadano.
"It's more special than you think," I told them. "My mother said there's a curry place in Yongen that she and dad used to go. I want to try that place myself."
"That's fine with me. But, where in Yongen is it?" said Najimi. We were about to ask but.
"So, you're going to the famous Cafe Leblanc. You have a better time with a veteran like me." We all knew who said that. Itan's food connoisseur: Himiko Agari.
(Step by Step, Step by Step — Komi Can't Communicate)
"Agari-Chan? You know about this 'Cafe Leblanc' that Komi want to go to?" asked Najimi.
"Yes, I lived in Yongen before I moved to Itan," Agari said seriously. Then, she changed to her happy tone. "So, when you mention it, I thought I would relive my old days as a child. I know where it is, so let me take you there!"
"Well, we have no clue where it is, so a guide is essential," said Kishi "Let her take us there. I haven't known her as much as the rest our group."
"Plus, I want to if she can eat more than a demon like me!" added Oni. "Count her in!"
"Well, if she wants in, then by all means you can join," said Tadano kindly.
I don't want more people to find out about us as Phantom Thieves. But as long we don't reveal it to Agari, we should be fine. "Agari, you're in. Please take us to Leblanc right away."
Upon hearing my voice, Agrai blushed hard like ketchup. "R-r-right! Yongen-Jaya everyone!" 'Komi's voice! It's more beautiful that I imagined!'
(Music Ends)
(Komi's Home)
Before we take the train to Yongen-Jaya, we all went home to let our family know about our lunch to Yongen and we may be late today. As I entered, my mom was still here as Dad is still at work and Shousuke is out with his friends at his school. (Also I heard he gets will with Tadano's sister, Hitomi)
"Oh Shouko!" said my mom. "You're home early. What brings you back soon?"
I answered with, "Oh nothing big. I'm just telling you that my friends and I are going to Yongen-Jaya to have curry at Leblanc. We may be late, so I may not be in time for dinner tonight."
But then, I got a gasp from mom as if she realized something. "Cafe Leblanc!? That's the same place where your father and I got sometimes to eat! I can't believe my baby is going there."
"I can go?" I asked.
"Of course you can!" My mom confirmed. "In fact, I was planning to not cook today. I figured these arms need the rest. I asked Dad to take your brother somewhere. As for me, I figure I can get my special drink today." Special drink? Uh oh! That can only mean on thing... "But that's nothing to do with you. Go and have fun with friends! Better be back before the sun is down!" And so, I went to meet up with my friends at the train station. This is gonna be fun indeed!
(Yongen-Jaya, Backtreets)
(Beneath the Mask -instrumental version- Persona 5)
After a short train trip, we made Yongen-Jaya. Unlike Itan, this city is more on the rural part of life. Yet, it strangely feels like home when we stepped in. Must be the air and the style of stores here.
(Green19: Ignore Joker here. Pretend this is aesthetic shot for the Komi cast.)
For a small town, this place has a tone of shops in the area. There's an antique shop, an old movie theater, a clinic in which a blue haired woman in a lab coat, green dress, and black sandaled heels entered (which I assume she runs the clinic), and-
"ARE THOSE BATTING CAGES!?" Onigashima shouted, "I MUST SWING MY HARDEST."
"Oni-San, stop!" Kishi shouted as they grabbed Oni by their arm. "We'll have plenty of time for batting after the celebration."
"Anyways, show us the way to Leblanc!" demanded Najimi.
"Well, it's not much of a walk to it, It's right this way!" Agari led us to an alley in the right we walked for a few second until. "Here we are! The ever so delicious Cafe Leblanc!"
Just like the rest of the town, Leblanc is very basic in design. You have the signs, the billboards for special deals and the door with the bell. We also note that next to it was a bathhouse and a laundromat. Probably to clean themselves after a long day.
"I gotta say, this cafe looks like home already," said Tadano.
"Feel more like heaven to me," said Yamai.
"Well, time to see what this cafe has to offer," said Agari before turning to me. "Komi? W-would you do the honors?"
I nodded. "Ok," is all I said before approaching the door. My hand was shaking as I opening it, but I just want to have a nice good meal. Soon, I opened it and we're in Leblanc.
(Inside Cafe Leblanc)
The inside of the cafe is just as classic as on the outside. It's all blown with a ton of coffee beans in the back of the counter table. On the table itself, there are books, a yellow phone, and bunch of coffee makers. There's a two people in one of the booths, probably regulars of this place. It looks like they're about ready to leave after having their cups after talking a lot.
"Thank you for the service again, Sakura-San" said the elderly man.
"I look forward to our next visit," said the elderly woman. Then they left as we came in. "Pardon us, dear children, we need space to leave." So we respectfully make room to let them pass.
The owner of the cafe, which we can assume his name is Sakura-San, got up and stretched. "Four hours for a cup of joe again. I should really set a 2 hour limit if they want to talk for a while." He said that as he laid eyes on us. "Oh, new customers! I assume this group is here to have lunch?"
At once we all said, "Oh yes please, sir!"
He chuckled as if he was reminded of something nostalgic. "It's been a while since I had a group of youths eating in my cafe. Pardon my rudeness, but it's my custom to introduce myself. I'm Sojiro Sakura, but I prefer to be called Boss."
"T-thank you Boss for letting us eat here," said Tadano. The way he said it is like he was respecting someone, and I feel him. This man is definitely one who has that aura.
"Not a problem. Just find a place to sit. It's gonna take a while since there's a lot of customers and without my part-timer, the food's gonna take a while to prepare, so make yourselves comfortable." Boss said.
We soon took our seats on the booths. In one booth, there's me, Tadano, Najimi, and Agari. Since Tadano is sitting next to me, we were blushing, to Najimi's amusement. I put MechaNeko on the countertop. In another booth was Nakanaka, Onigashima, Yamai. and Kishi. As Nakanaka and Yamai were facing each other, they were starting at each other. At one point we see the two slightly blushing. Could they be harbouring secret feelings for each other?
As the food was being cooked, Boss decided to have a chat with some of us. "I was actually thinking I saw one of you before," he said looking at Agari. "I believe it's been years since we last met, am I right, Agari-Chan?"
That got her surprised. "Oh yes, it has been. I was feeling the need of curry so I thought I show them to your cafe!"
"Indeed you made a good choice, bring back memories," said Boss before he turned his head to me. "Oh, you bought such a beautiful girl to cafe like this. I can tell she's a woman of promise." I blushed as he said those words. "You sort of remind me of someone I know. Two people in fact."
The two people he was reminded was different from each other. The first person he was reminded was when he was reminded of when he first opened his cafe. I have the face of the person, the bangs of the person, but her hair is shorter. (You can guess who she is.) The other person he knows is more recent in comparison. She almost has a similar appeance to me, but change my hair to orange, a fur coat, and black glasses to see who. The one thing we share is we both have purple eyes.
As the we engage in conversation, in the other table, the Nakanaka is also engaging in conversation with Yamai. "The others may accepted you into this party, but I have not! I will let not you strike back when you have the chance!"
Yamai just shook her head nonchalantly. "I told you, I've left behind my old self. I just want to hang out with my friend at this point."
"You say that, but even the dead comes back to life. I will not take that chance and lower my guard." Nakanaka told her back.
"Let's not doubt ourselves," said Kishi. "We want to celebrate, not argue. It's as easy as that."
"Ditto! I want my fill in peace!" said Ongashima.
"Well. I shall try my best to trust you, but I still have my eye on you, former queen," said Nakanaka hesitantly.
10 minutes later, someone came in and it was someone the 3 of us have meet more than a week ago. "Sorry, I'm a bit late Boss. I had some things to do in school."
It's Akira-San!
"Ha. ha. Not a problem, you came just in time. We have a bunch of young customers here, so I appreciate the helping hand," said Boss.
"Will do," said Akira-San, walking to the other side before spotting me, "Oh, Komi-San, it's been a while since we met."
In spite of my newfound confidence, I struggle to reply to him due to his natural charm. "H-hi, A-akira-San." I manged to speak out.
"Oh you remembered me," he said. "You seemed a lot more confident than in our last encounter. You also brought more friends, almost as many as mine."
"Oh yeah, we meet one of your friends the other day," said Tadano. "I think her name is Ann."
"Right, Ann was one of my first friends since I came here," Akira-San told us. "She had a rough time, but thankfully, me and Ryuji came in and helped. It was a hard time for all of us."
"I haven't met the girl himself, but from the way he describe her, she must be nice girl," Boss said. "But enough of that, I still need help with the food"
"On it, Boss," Akira-San answered. Within 15 minutes, our food and drinks are ready. True to the cafe's name, this was curry and coffee. We all got the same type of coffee, but we got different curry. Me, Tadano, Agari and Kishi all ordered normal curry while Najimi, Nakanaka, Yamai and Onigashima ordered spicy curry. (Kometani: Things will end well won't it?)
"Well, it's time to dig in, but first, Komi? Can you give the word?" asked Agari.
"Okay," I agreed. "3,2,1..."
"Thanks for the food!"
And we all dig into our food. This curry is way different from the one made by mother. The sauce is sweeter, the rice is warmer and even the veggies are better prepare. This almost feels like heaven. My friends who are eating the same curry is me shares the same opinion.
It was so tasty my cat ears popped! Akira and Sojiro just chuckled at that.
But those who are eating the spicy curry was a different story. Najimi was starting to heat up within a few seconds. "Oh yeah! Gotta... burn my mind... with this." They are struggling to speak as the spices burned their tongue.
Nakanaka and Yamai were having a battle to see who can finish their curry first. It seems that their rivalry still is present despite Yamai's change of heart. "You fool!. You cannot finish this curry made from the flames of hell!" Nakanaka said as fight through the spicy taste.
"I may have given up on Komi, but I still seek to dominate you!" Yamai said under the same conditions.
"This makes me wonder if I'm the mature one here...," said Kishi in disbelief as she ate her curry.
Onigashimi is the only one not burning as like an Oni, she is immune to the heat. "I second that. Makes me wonder how we made friends with them."
As we ate, MechaNeko was look curious and when upstairs to the attic. There he saw, was a cat. But not just any cat, but Akira's cat Morgana. "Hey, there! Fancy seeing a fellow organic cat around here."
But apparently, Morgana hissed upon Mecha calling him a cat. He went up and scratched Mecha in response. "Hey, Hey! I was being friendly! No need to get all pussy!" But that got Morgana angry some more as he still scratches him.
We were soon done with our curry and are currently drinking our coffee. Those who are spicy curry (except Oni-Chan) had to order ice-cold water to cool off. (Kometani: Thankfully, they're on the house)
As we hang out for a bit longer, there's something I want to ask Akira-San while we're here. "Um, Akira-San? There's something I'm curious about you since you came. How long have you've been working here?"
Akira seemed to be heistant as if I've rubbed salt on the roof. "It's... a long story, but I've only came here a few months ago. I moved here because I had to transfer to a new school."
Boss continued for him. "As for why he's working here, the attic is where he lives." We all gasped at the bombshell. "Yeah, I was the only person willing to take him in and I agreed so. As long he behaves and does my favors, I don't have a problem." In his mind he thought, 'Still it's unbelievable they didn't defended him after being accused for something he was innocent. I'll apologize to him about what his parents think of him later. I just met him at the time, so I didn't personally know him much.'
"Oh... I'm sorry you had to move, especially without your parents," I said sorrowfully thinking he doesn't have as good of a relationship with his parents unlike mine.
He just shrugs it off. "It's fine. You have no idea about it. The only thing that matters is to just be myself. If I'm lucky, I may return to my old home by next year." We all felt better about it. I couldn't imagine moving and living by yourself in another city. The only question I have is: Why Akira moved to Tokyo in the first place?"
Suddenly, the TV began broadcasting the news. I wonder what it says. [In recent news, the great artist Madarame's art exhibition is soon to be closed. While the artist himself still hasn't been on the site, there's still time to purchase a ticket before the closure tomorrow. In other news, there's been a recent rise of various scams in the southern reigns of Tokyo, most cases happening in the Itan ward. Some people especially high schoolers are being deprived of their money and tricked them into buying bootleg copies of the items they claim to want. The police manage to arrest key suspects but refuse to reveal the one behind the schemes. As of now, they're currently returning the stolen money, but at this point the scams may grow again.]
All of us gasped at the revelation in Itan. A bunch of people there are being tricked into buying phony products as a way to get rich. But apparently this was an organized crime meaning unless whoever behind it is caught, the scams may never end. In that moment, I feel like a need of Justice needs to be done.
Soon after, MechaNeko rolled down the stairs as fast as lightning. "Man! That cat doesn't have any manners. What does he have against me!?"
Akira got a shocking look as he saw MechaNeko for the first time. "That's... a..."
"Oh that's MechaNeko, my robot buddy. "It's thanks to him I was able to talk better. Plus, he's a cat," I explained.
"I... see," he said, but he stared at it as if he knew something is up. 'This robot cat. Almost has the same head shape as his real form. Could this be a coincidence?"
It was around this time the we decided head back. "Well, that was good curry. Still the best I had," said Agari. "We'll be heading out, Boss. Thanks for the hospitality!"
Boss chuckled, "Of course, I'll be happy if any of you came back for lunch. Just don't be strangers."
In a signal line, we all head out with me being the last one to leave, just as I was to leave Akira-San called to me. "Oh, Komi-San, I know this is odd of me to say it, but where did you get the robot cat?"
I looked at MechaNeko who recently attached himself to me back again. I better not reveal who sent him here as it would raise suspicion. "It was a lottery prize. I won and asked to ship him to home." I was calm but inside I was worried it may not be strong as I hate lying.
"Well then, I guess I was being too careful," but he changed his expression to a more positive one. "But, I'll be happy when see you again."
"Oh, see you again soon," I said as I head out. With two alone, they decided to have a small conversation.
"So, you met that girl and her friends more than a week ago right," said Boss. Akira-San nodded in confirmation. "Well, make sure you keep up that good impression. She doesn't go to your school after all."
"Right, I better check on Morgana to see what's gotten him upset. I 'll be back with the dishes later," he said as he went up to his room a.k.a. the attic.
(Music Ends)
(Evening: Itan Ward: Neighborhood)
Soon, we all arrived back from Yongen. We all have satisfying faces as we all walked back home.
"Oh, Agari, Omigshima, and I live in that direction, so see you tomorrow at school" said Yamai as she, Oni and Agari took a different path to home and the rest of us walked straight to the intersection where we all go our separate ways.
"Man, that was the best curry I ever tasted! Never had a more satisfying taste until now," said Najimi contently.
"Yeah, after almost getting your tongue burned," said Tadano teasingly causing Najimi to blush in embarrassment.
"Indeed, the curry was properly prepared. I can see why Agari recommended it," said Kishi respectfully.
"The curry was very divine," said Nakanaka. "I have never tasted something go exquisite!"
The only one who has said anything was me. Tadano took notes as I looked up to the orange sky. "Komi-San? Are you feeling unwell?" he asked me.
I snapped out my trance and looked back. "No, it's not like that. I was just thinking about the news back in Leblanc."
"You mean about the scams that are happening here at Itan?" asked Tadano.
I nodded. "That's the one. When I heard about it, I was thinking about how much in common our team has with the Phantom Thieves in Shibuya. How they help people that are suffering because bad people and the police aren't doing anything about it. I can't turn my back on people who are suffering."
Najimi was getting excited as if they know what's I'm about to say. "Are you saying!?"
I took a deep breath to prepare for what I'm about to say. When I'm ready, I wore a rather serious face, as if I was in costume and was donning my Lynx Persona.
(To My First Friend — Komi Can't Communicate)
"Yes, I want the Thieves of Communication to continue. Not to be opponents to the Lupinrangers, but to help the people around here," I proposed. "We're not the only ones who suffered from threats we have no power to oppose, except in that other world. I don't want to live in ignorance while people out there are suffering!"
My friends knew what we're getting into if we go through it. Most wanted more than to leave it behind after doing it once. Yet, a sense of awakened Justice has gotten them changing their mind. That made them realize, they share the same feelings as me. They won't ignore people suffering because of another.
"Komi-San, if I'm being honest, I rather not put myself in harm's way, even if it's to help others. But after seeing the news at the cafe, I realized that being normal wouldn't help in the long run if it's to help people suffering. So, it'll give this full time Phantom Thief duty a try. If it's to prevent me from feeling guilty of doing nothing."
"I'm glad you suggested this, my lord," said Nakanaka contently. "I have been itching to do battle again. I seek to punish the ones who are a threat to my kindgom! They will regret crossing us!"
Najimi was cheering when more people agree with me. "I knew our career isn't over. I wanted to do more with our power! I dream to make friends with everyone, as I have equal desire to protect them! Bring. It. On!"
"I may not fight, but you can leave all the data collection to me," said MechaNeko.
Kishi was the last person to make her decision. She was unsure but eventually reveal her opinion. "To be fair, I agreed to it to save Lady Yamai from herself. I was only going to retire after that, but after witnessing the news, I came to a realization. If the toxic influence continue, Lady Yamai may return to being the tyrant she used to be. A knight of Justice defends people from harm, both physical and mental." She then drew her sword and held it in her face. "And I do not intend to brake that code no matter what. I seek to protect you, now it's the same for everyone, Yamai included."
I started crying when everyone agreed to me. I knew that making the city a better place is a hard task, but I know we can pull it off. "T-thank you... all of you..." I said as my tears keep running and my two closest friends hugged it out.
"So, what's our first job," Najimi asked as I settled down.
There was one answer I can think of, "We find the leader of the scam ring and change his heart. It's unfair people lose their money to false hope."
"That I can accept," said Kishi
"We fight darkness with darkness. That's the perfect description of a Phantom Thief!" roared Nakanaka.
"But how can we find someone even the police can't even find," said Tadano.
"Leave that to me!" Najimi declared. "I have friends everywhere! No doubt, one of them has some evidence leading to him!"
"I'll entrust you with that," I told them. "Well, I hope thing go well. I'll see you tomorrow."
With that, The Thieves of Communication has officially been established.
(Music ends)
(Night: Komi's Home)
I came home feeling pretty good in all honesty. I never realize we'd be in world like an anime, but it's all real. (Kometani: She's slowly realizing her world is fiction. But she doesn't mind as long as her friends are real.) As I head in, I saw my mom walking but something's wrong...
(Fuji nee no Theme - Fate/Stay Night)
"Shukoooooo...! Where are you now!?" My mom's face is red which means one thing. Remember what I said before we head for Leblanc? This is what it is. My mom loves drinking alcohol despite her eternally 17 mindset. Simply put one drink of alcohol and she easily gets drunk. My dad and brother went up and hold her to prevent her from falling.
"Hey, Shouko, how was that curry you had todaaaaay?" Unlike most drunks, my mom can at least hold a normal conversation before hangover.
I was being cautious about what I say need that might make her more drunk. "Y-Yes, it was a very good. Way better curry than you make."
"Awwww! I knew you would like it more..." she said more but she took hold of my face to look at me. "But I'm glad you went there at with your *hic* friends. You learn a lot from your *hic* parents." She smiles before giving me a kiss on my forehead. "Take me back to when I was in Leblanc... *yawn* Man, that booze is something else. Need some shut... eye..."
(Music Ends)
And she went to sleep as a result of being drunk. My dad and brother took my sleeping mom to her and dad's bedroom just as I went to get ready to sleep.
Before I turn in for the night, Mecha decided to talk to me briefly. "So, you decided to take on Mitsuru-San's task. Are you having doubts?"
I just shook my head. "If I had any doubts, I wouldn't ask them to join me full time." I told them. "I'll introduce them to her later."
"Sounds wise. I feel there's more they need to see before confirming it," he said. "But something tells me that things will be alright in the end."
I paused for a moment, before turning myself in for tonight all contently. "Yeah, I know it will be alright for all of us."
As I went asleep, that mark the beginning of the greatest chapters of my life. My life as stronger person. My life as a hero in the shadows. And most importantly...
My life as a Phantom Thief.
(Kometani: Thieves of Commnication Act 1: End)
(But before we move to the end notes, there a few things left in this chapter.)
In the tops of Tokyo, stood the same group of individuals in military uniform from Yamai's Palace. However, the area they're at has a red sky, unlike the starry sky currently display. This means they're at the Metaverse equivalent of that location.
"So, it has begun. Said the teenage sounding leader of the group. "Things will start to get interesting."
"I'll admit, it doesn't feel right to drag teenagers into our conflict," said the older female.
"Um, you know that I'm also a teenager by body shape," said the younger female.
"I'm gonna look forward to dis," said the Jamaican sounding man. "No way dey are a pushover. I'm lookin' forward to seein' dem!"
"For once, I agree with you," said the largest man.
"But still, we need to analyze about what they are capable of. Even little information is a weakness," said the intelligent man.
"Leave that to me," said the leader. "We just need to find a place where our paths intersect. And since rumors spread around Mementos, we can find where they'll be next.
(Rumiko's House)
As Rumiko Manbagi was a new admin, there are times where she ends up staying up late at night. But she does make a habit to go to bed in 11pm at most just to get enough sleep. However, like with Komi's group, she had heard about the recent organized scams. Apparently, her fellow gyaru's feel victim to it once and wants to get their money back.
"I'm already posting this on the Phan-Site, yet I feel it won't be enough to find the leader," she said. From what she heard, the police are having hard time uncovering the true identity of the head of the scam ring. There aren't many potential witnesses who seen his real identity.
This got her thinking, would a hard-boiled detective back down on helping people in need? No, they won't leave people to the wolves. They will solve the case that the police are unable to solve.
"At the very least, I may send a message to the Phantom Thieves, or better yet, the official debut of the Thieves of Communication!" She knows her next move. Now's the matter of finding the evidence of the leader's identity. But is she biting bigger than she could chew?
(But wait! There's one more thing to take care of. We go back to the future to check on the current interrogation.)
(The future: Interrogation Room)
(Interrogation Room - Persona 5)
Akira Kurusu has just finished recalling the ToC's first heist before their first heist known to the public. While Sae would be confused and angered like with his last two targets, she had a more sympathetic look this time due to what was said.
"So, unlike your first two targets, their first heist was to change a heart of former stalker who seemed to be suffering from her past trauma and is coping by claiming a girl looking like her late sister." she confirmed. "Furthermore, their school turned into a mall unlike yours which turned into a castle. The former sounds more believable of the two to be honest. Normally, I would make that as nonsense, like the last two, but considering they're trying to do it help a friend in need and not to punish, I'll overlook this one. After all, she committed no crimes and even then, she's making up for her misdeeds. I just hope she doesn't turn back to the stalker type.
"So, are you believing me now?" Akira asked while fighting though the drugs.
Sae thought it through but shook. "It's... took early to say. After all, I'm interrogating a thief stealing treasures from another world. But I feel there is a spark of truth in way you say. Speaking of that, I was about to tell you of the Thieves of Communications first public target that they know about." She took some pictures from her court record and presented them to him. The man in the photo was average looking and has black hair and a normal shirt. "You know of the infamous Itan scam ring, right? Well, this is the man who organized them in the first place. His name is (RETRACTED). He used to own a beauty product brand until it's revealed his product were poorly crafted. Since I'm telling you this, it means I know you made a partnership with that other group of Phantoms Thieves. If you care for them as much as your own, then tell me about their first mission. As cleanly as possible.
This is it, there's no going back. He knows that he would tell them about it no matter how much he doesn't, especially for that girl. But if he were to gain the prosecutor's trust, he has to tell the whole story.
"You asked for it, here how their journey began." Thus, the second chapter has begun.
(Music Ends)
(End of Chapter)
(Bonus)
Hey everyone, this is GreenRangerFan1993 or Green19 for short! Before I go over the end notes, I want to take this time thank everyone for reading my fanfic so far. I started this last year as one of my favorite fan creators saw potential when I comment. I decided to take a crack at it and it went better than I expected! I'm proud to contribute to my favorite JRPG series and favorite slice of life anime/manga. But I'm not ending the series here, I will see to it to the end! Even if it takes me a decade to do so!
So, to commemorate this special event, my good friend on Twitter has volunteered to draw a poster for act 1. I proudly present it you and thank you for reading!
(See you next time for Act 2!)
Notes:
Once again, thank you all for reading my fanfic. Your support means a lot to me and this series. I worked on this almost every opportunity and I made it count. I'll return to write this series in two weeks. I want to work on my new fanfic before it expired.
My fan on Twitter has volunteered to make a poster to celebrate this act. Link here: https://x.com/K1ngGameRu1er/status/1960888641980387344
Facts about this chapter, I said this before this specific act was inspired by Turnabout Communication, another Komi crossover fanfic. With it about Yamai's struggles and a sister not in canon. That said, I made my own version of her story to defer from most versions. At least, it has some connections to the bigger plot.
I realize I wrote Yamai similar to the Jail Monarchs in P5 Strikers in which they are evil because they're victims of evil. I know some want Yamai arrested, but in this case, she's given a fresh start as long she treats everyone, including Komi as genuine friends. I hope you understand.
That brings us to the first major change: Komi can speak confidently in the real world! I was thinking about I should I do this now or later, but I pick the former for this: When you awaken to your Persona you break the shell that prevents you from being the person you want to be. This is the case for Komi. For standing against her greatest obstacle in her life, she is able to talk with no fear. That being said, she's still a shy girl, similar to the aftermath of the 4th chapter.
There will be changes going forward. While I still gonna feature manga clips, I can't put ones with Komi writing in her Notebook as its redundant past this point. I can still put Komi in as long she's not using the notebook or writes for a different reason.
Also, she revealed to her mom about Yamai. I feel some of you didn't like I have Shouko reveal it to her mom or that I didn't write Shuuko the mother she should've been. I have been writing her confidant well so far, but since she's a major supporting character in the main story, I need to fix that. I hope you see it here.
Also, Mitsuru giving the exposition of her time in the cognitive world her direct successors and what's happening now. In which, she reveals what's next on the ToC's journey. If you didn't get the hint, for me, she and Makoto Yuki are my favorite couple from P3. They shared a lot of similarities that they would get together for. You may also know her company was able to know the Metaverse because they had someone who is an expert on cognitive psiense. (Which I censor to not give away to much info at this point)
Speaking, of canon P5, we finally are introduced to the Velvet Room and its residents, Igor, Caroline and Justine. It seems they're already aware of the ToC's presence in the Metaverse and the fact is Igor wasn't the creator of the Nav, rather he provides the Nav to his or would be allies. Still, Akira will be cautious should his group and the ToC ever meet.
To celebrate, what better way than to eat at Leblanc, owned by Sojiro Sakura. He's both voiced by Jameson Price and Joji Nakata. Their famous roles before him are Dietard Ried from Code Geass and Kotomine Kirei from Fate/Stay Night, but Sojiro is nothing like them. Instead, he's more like Iskander, the Rider from Fate/Zero as both are the father figures to the ones associated with them.
In the omake, instead of Phantom Facts, I gave a teaser for what will happned. First, the group of Shadows is starting to enter the ToC game as opponents. The leader of said group will be the first to face them off. But all in good time. The other is Manbagi will be investigating the scam rings. (Also, I censored the name as I feel in the game, revealing the name of the target before meeting them ruins the surprise a bit especially in the 5th palace.) What will it take her, is also in due time.
All in all, that a wrap for Thieves of Communication Act 1! As I said, I will take a short break from this fic to work on my new fic and to do things outside of writing. As this is the end of the fic, I'll skip the omake here as well. But you have a good idea what will happen in the next chapter. Until then, this is GreenRangerFan1993, and make sure you get along well with your friends.
Go, Go, Power Rangers!
Chapter 16: It's Just a Twisted Underground Subway Line
Summary:
Komi's POV: With Yamai done and about and set for the Phantom Thief life, we need to find our starting point. (After a game by Najimi of course) Thankfully, I decided to propose to take on bad people online to see if we can put a name for ourselves. It was there that I decided to try the place that Mitsuru-San mentioned and it took the underground to a whole other meaning. (Also meet up with someone new along the way)
Notes:
Welcome back to a new chapter of ToC, everyone! While this isn't the direct start of Act 2, this and the following chapter are a bit of a breather stretch as we take things more simply for pacing purposes. This chapter takes the smaller stuff on both the Persona and Komi events.
There's not much to cover aside that in addition to this story, I will also make a stats series where I show off the stats of the ToC members active with more add when a new character joins.
That said, I'm happy that this fic is slowly getting praised, and I hope the same with Spy x Thomas.
Now the disclaimer: I don't own Persona 5 or Komi-San as well any fanart made by someone else. All series featured are owned by their respective creators and companies. (Katsura Hashino, Tomohito Oda, Atlus and OLM) I make no money or profit from this series and made this only for fun. If a chapter includes fanart, I will include the link to their original posts and creators. Please support the creators and official material.
With that, enjoy the official first day of the Thieves of Communication!
Warning: A certain green demon will make its appearance here. It starts with the letter 'M'. Also, there will be a mention of Cannibalism as the additional plot point with the group of Shadows will be introduced to the characters.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
(Komi's POV)
(6/4, Saturday)
(Morning: Itan High School, Entrance)
(A High School Life Without Struggles — Komi Can't Communicate)
Itan has been feeling safe to come too. I honestly don't remember the last time I felt this good coming here. Now that I revealed my true self (Kometani: not her as Lynx), most the students have toned down their fantasies about me. But as I know, not all of them will give up that easily. In fact, some may be even more lustful for me after revealing my true self.
I was walking in and to my surprise, many people said 'hi' to me like a normal person. I'm very happy that many decided to start over. Maybe some will be my friends soon enough. Speaking of friends, Tadano was there already waiting. "Hey Komi! You looked refreshed today," he said to me in his smile.
I smiled in return. "I'm just happy we put Yamai's schemes behind us. How can I not feel happy about it?" I said before blushing, "God, it feels weird I'm talking in public like this. It feels... like a new experience to me."
Tadano just chuckles. "That's just another day for you!" he said to me. "Soon, you'll do it like you've always talked."
If there's one thing that I'm sure of about Tadano, he never fails to cheer me up. He's that sort of person. "Thanks, I need that comfort more than ever. Speaking of which, where's Najimi? I thought they're close."
"Oh, they want to prepare something for the afternoon. A 'new game' as they planned," said Tadano. Najimi always love games, so I wonder what game they will have for today?
As we discuss things, we saw Rumiko-Chan coming in. "Heya, Komi! Tadano! Had a good morning so far, right?" she asked us. We nodded. "Well, you've probably heard about it, but this city has a scam ring brewing. Poor people are getting scammed of their money." We all are upset that innocent people are getting used for greed.
"So, what are you going to do about it?" I asked.
"Looking for potential leads!" she declared. "I will find some proof of that gang! No way, the Phantom Thieves will pass on that!"
This got both of us shocked. Rumiko is onto that group as well. We just hope she doesn't do anything reckless. "As long as it's online, we have no problem," said Tadano. And that was the last of what he said before we went to class for the day. Let's see what school has to offer.
(Music ends)
(Lunchtime, Itan Classroom 2-1)
Lunch was going well. The three of us had a good time eating and talking about the current events.
"Vogue is starting auditions for their cover?" Tadano asked.
"Yep, and you bet I'm going to try to aim for it when I'm grown up!" said Rumiko.
This reminded me of Ann-San from Shibuya. She was featured in the magazines but never on the cover. I wonder if she aims to be on the front page too.
We are about to talk more until Najimi came up! It must be that new game they came up with.
(Stages 1-4 - Dr. Robotnik's Mean Bean Machine)
Tadano was the first to go. "Let me see," he whispered before deciding on his words. 'Pool (Multiple) and Sea (Solo)'
He then whispered "Poop" to Najimi, in which they respond with, "Okay got it!" He then he whispers me. "Sea". It was his soothing voice that got me blushing and Tadano was feeling jittery because I smell good. However, when he tried to whisper "pool" to Rumiko, she panicked as he was to close.
"Hey, don't get too close! Don't breathe on me!!" she said panicking in which Tadano apologized.
"Okay, let's start!!" Najimi declared. "Talk for three minutes!" Then comes the first question, "You can swim in it, right?"
"Yeah!" said Rumiko. She then asked, "Is it representative of summer?"
Najimi cheerfully stated, "We definitely gotta go again this year." The next question. "Um how big is it?"
To that me and Tadano stated, Me: "Very big." Tadano: "Uh, mine sort of is but..."
However, my next question is what costed me the game, "Is it salty?"
"Woah! Woah! Woah!" Najimi stopped me. "That's a bad move! You've lost! Pro tip: Don't ask anything that gives away your word!"
I blush as I realized my mistake. "Sorry about that. But at least I understand now."
"Ah, Ha! That's fine! Let's play again!" Najimi declared. "This time. I'll choose the words!!" And here, the words have come.
Needless to say, we are all shocked of the words Najimi proposed. "All right, start talking!!"
"It's something you do, right?" asked Tadano. Rumiko replied, "Yeah. That's right!
He thinks for a few seconds before asking, "And couples do it?" Me and Rumiko answered at once. "Yeah, basically. Yes, I think so."
But it was the next question, and he said it so bluntly, that I caught us both of guard. "Do you want to do it or have it done to you?" The two of us are shocked at the revelation while Najimi was grinning.
"I-I want someone... to d-do it... t-t-to me," I said shuttering. "Yeah that's right," Rumiko answered as well.
"Manbagi, you're blushing..." Tadano noticed. 'Maybe they have the same word.' He then aimed for his finishing move. "Have you ever seen it in real life? Not on TV by the way"
I covered my face with my hands (since I don't have my notebook anymore), while saying. "N-no!"
Rumiko cried, "W-why would I have!?" It was then she began her counterattack.
Then, panic ensued as me and Rumiko were blushing deeply because we both had 'kiss' as our word. We both covered faces
As a result, we are all unable to speak up on what we want to say. We're all too embarrassed to speak our minds.
Najimi circles arounds us in anticipation, no doubt waiting for one of us to speak our minds. All it happened was silence for the rest of the time. "All right, time's up!!!"
Yeah, that attempt wasn't our finest hour I'll admit. However, I still want to have one more try. And I want to get back at Najimi for once. Time to beat them in their own game!
"Najimi if it's ok, I'd like to take a shot at this," I requested.
"Say no more, I knew you'd want to try it!" they cheered. "At least, we get to see the new you in style!"
(Butter Building - Kirby Nightmare in Dreamland)
So, I decided to theme these set of words around my favorite thing: cats. I whispered Tadano (Which he blushed again), "Lion", whispered Rumiko, "Lion" as well. and for Najimi, I whispered "Tiger".
"Ok, you have 3 minutes. Talk to each other about it," I started.
Najimi is the first one to talk. "So, have you heard about the cats in the wild?" It's not a giveaway to their word, so they're still in.
"Oh yes, they're everywhere!" said Rumiko. "I watch nature shows every day!"
"I'm not that smart in terms of cats," Tadano admitted. "Though, I am well informed about the large cats." I couldn't help but blush at that statement.
(Two minutes left)
"I heard of species that live in grassy areas, not from this country I heard!" Najimi said.
Rumiko decided to shake things up. "I heard many animals fear them because they are hunted by them constantly." That got the other two felt a tingle in their spines
"You can't be thinking on what that is?!" Tadano said in a panic. Yet, Najimi was sweat uncontrollably.
(One minute left)
"You... you can't be talking about them!" said Najimi, trying to keep their cool.
"Of course, we're talking about them!" said Tadano, keeping his cool. "How many big cats there are?"
"Too many to count!" cried Najimi. "You know how many of them there is!"
Rumiko and I just giggle at them panicking, especially Najimi. 'I never knew Najami is this scared of big cats.' she thought.
(Time's Up!)
"Okay, time's up! Time to vote!" I announced. To no one's surprise, Both Rumiko and Tadano pointed to the still sweaty Najimi while they cheated and pointed at both of them. Still. it's one vote each to 2 for them. "And that's the right answer! The two of you has "Lion" while Najimi has "Tiger"! You two win!"
"Oh yeah! We beat Najimi!" Rumiko cheered.
"I'm surprised you're scared of tigers, Najimi," said Tadano. "I don't take it as the type who is afraid of cats, since you're friends with Komi."
"I'm not afraid of small cats, but big cats like tigers!" Najimi clarified. "My friends told me that Tigers are ferocious beast that eat their prey no matter what with no hesitation! Lions at least have pride when hunting."
"I never guessed. But at least I got one thing," I said. Then my face shifted to one of mischief. "I got some payback for mischief. "
"Heh, I never thought you were capable of that," said Najimi embarrassingly. "I guess you're not the shy girl I known as anymore."
"And it's thanks to us that she's changed," added Tadano. "If it weren't for us, she wouldn't be where she is now."
I'm so happy I made friends like them. I hope I can play again some other time.
(Music Ends)
(After School: Itan High School, Rooftop)
After classes are done for today, me and the rest of the Thieves of Communcation decided to hang out on the roof. I gave the message to meet up at the rooftop. It relates to our next job as Phantom Thieves.
"Man, how are we going to find this scam group without any leads?" Najimi moaned.
"Agreed, this group is like a phantom hidden in shadow," said Nakanaka. "A shadow that is so deep not even the sun can reach it."
"Not to mention, making preparations if we re-enter the other world," added Kishi. "We're likely to be facing tougher foes the next time we enter there."
I wanted to mention that place in the Metaverse that Mitsuru-San mentioned, so this may be a good time to start. "Actually, there one place to start"
Tadano was the first to ask. "What are you thinking about, Komi-San?"
(Bulbfish Island - Mario & Luigi: Brothership)
"I think there is a way to help people suffering from others," I started. "I want to start by looking at the requests in the Phan-Site."
"Sounds good, but wouldn't we be stealing target from the real Phantoms Thieves?" Tadano asks.
I just giggled. "Ironic, thieves stealing something from thieves. But I'm sure they won't mind us lending a hand."
"Already on it!" Najimi cheerfully declared. "Time for us to take down bad guys! So, what do you want to go first."
"Well, how about people having personal problems? That's a good start," Tadano suggested.
"Let me see..." Najimi scrolled down for any requests. "Here's one: 'my boyfriend is always playing annoying music; I want to change that.' Huh, no name her"
"That's a common couples issue," Tadano said. "And I haven't said this but posting someone's name sound a bit cryptic for me." We all couldn't help but agree.
"Okay how about this: 'I get a lot of bad comments in my site.'" said Najimi. "And this one does have a name available."
"True, but this isn't what I call a personal issue," Kishi stated. "That's the type of issue that is affected the person so much that they want to be free as soon as possible."
"Alright! Alright!" said Najimi as they kept scrolling but when they found the next post, their expression began to look sick. "Um, I think you may need to sit for this one."
"What is it?" Nakanaka asked. "Is it so dark your heart can't handle it?"
"That's sound accurate, but this is something even I find hard to swallow," Najimi said as we gathered around. "'This is something I rather not do but I need this to be done as soon as possible. I do not want to share this to anyone, but for the sake of my vengeance, I must. Everyone knew of the famous Idol of Sweet Harmony, the legendary Amai Merodi, who tragically died before her rise to the leagues."
We all gasped upon hearing that. Amai Merodi was the rising star of the idol industry. I even owned some of her most famous songs when she's still alive. Regardless, I too was deeply saddened when Ai's death was announced. It's such a shame as her songs actually soothed me in the period of my life where I had no friends. It's the reason I kept hoping to make friends after a decade and a half.
"If anyone can get a hold of themselves, that's not all," said Najimi in a more serious tone. "'I spent years trying to figure out how's responsible for her death. The one who actually killed her committed suicide a few days later, but he wasn't intelligent enough to know how to pull it off. The one who set up the plan had to be in the idol industry, possible in a close relationship with Amai-chan. Thankfully, thanks to some resources, I finally know the name of the man who set up her death. His name is Hikaru Yami. Despite his name, he's a man of darkness. That man will feel the regret of killing someone he loved. I hope this message gets to you, Phantom Thieves. -Message by A."
We all took a moment to process the request. This man is too dark to bear the Japanese word of light. Why would he do this to his lover?
"That settles it! This is a man we must punish!" declared Nakanaka. "He will feel the full force of his guilt!"
"Count me in as well," Kishi joined. "Killing is always a sin, but killing one's lover is makes the sin worse."
"Heh, it's gonna be fun taking down a real criminal," said Najimi
"No matter what I see, this situation isn't normal. We have to take it down," said Tadano before turning to me. "What's your say in this Komi-San?"
Just the thought of a person killing another is enough to make me sick. But a person killing the lover is what I see as an unforgivable act. I can't let this pass! "We're doing is one way or another," I declared like a king.
There are cheers that we have an unanimous decision. It really feels like we are all together as a team.
It was then what Tadano realized something. "But we don't know where this Kamiki person is or even lives. How can change his heart?
(During the Exams… - Persona 3 Reload)
"That brings me to my second part," I said to them. "You know about how MechaNeko was built here? Well, the fact is," I turned to Mecha and he nodded in confirmation. "His boss happened to be Mitsuru Kirijo of the Kirijo group. Not only that, but she was also a retired Persona-user as well."
Once again, gasps heard from everyone. "You're kidding me! The present of the Kirijo group..." Nakanaka started.
"Used to be a Persona-user!?" finished Tadano.
"That explains so much," added Kishi. "It would make sense that other Persona users would exist thanks to Phantom Thieves being also Persona-users."
"Well, I don't care. This chick sounds like a badass if she's been in the business longer than us!" said Najimi cheerfully. (Kometani: They won't like it when Mitsuru performs an 'execution'.)
"Yes. that was a surprise to everyone," said MechaNeko. "But back to the main point. It's thanks to her we found out where to go next in the Metaverse."
"So, what is it?" asked Tadano.
I took some time to explain. "In her words, there is a place she wants us to go. I believe it's called 'Mementos'. It's the only place in the Metaverse I think we can go in.”
"That's where I come in!" said MekaNeko. "According to Mitsuru-san, we need to enter it underground."
"Underground? She doesn't mean digging a hole, isn't she?" asked Tadano.
"Actually, we go underground more often than we thought," said Najimi. " The trains we take often go underground, so we go to the subway line!"
"That's actually a smart move," I said. "Maybe that's what we need to enter Mementos."
"And so, our new quest has begun," said Kishi.
"Indeed! We shall prove our power in the dark world again!" declared Nakanaka.
"Well, we all voted the same, so may as well try it out." said Tadano.
Looks like it's all decided. "All right time to find a subway entrance!"
(Music ends)
(After School: Itan Ward, Subway Entrance)
It didn't take us that long to find a subway enterance. There's a small case of stairs near the shopping district that lead underground. And a lot of people are coming in and out of it.
"Well, that's one way to enter it," Najimi spoke. "Though there's a lot of people coming though."
"There's a place behind the bushes here," Tadano pointed out. "We can easily fit in there."
"We shall hide in the shadows to enter the world of shadows. Sounds perfect!" said Nakanaka.
We all when to the place behind the bushes, and we all prepare for what will be our new adventure.
"So, moment of truth, do the honors," said Najimi to me.
"It's still untested, but we will go on," I said before speaking one word in the Meta-Nav. "Mementos."
[Input Accepted. Beginning Navigation.]
It worked! The Nav accepted the word and the rippling sensation returned! It's back into the Metaverse for us.
(Mementos: Entrance)
In only a few seconds, we are back in our Thief uniforms. In addition, I regain my snowflake hairtie that was destroyed when fighting Yamai. I'm more comfortable wearing a ponytail in the Metaverse to be honest.
“Ah! Back to the world of shadows! My dominant domain!” shouted Naka- I mean Marsault! I almost forgot about the code names.
“I must admit, I feel more like myself in this outfit,” said Noble, back in her royal blue dress and golden hair.
“Heh, how often does a sheriff get to be on a team of Phantom Thieves?” Said Snipe back in their sheriff uniform.
“Looks like I'm the only one with proper Phantom Thief attire,” said Spade, adjusting his top hat.
"I'll be honest. I feel the most comfortable in the Demon Slayer uniform," I said as I looked at my own outfit.
"It does fit you well. You are a protector from the shadows after all." said Izanami, my Persona, with heart.
"Well, time to see what this world looks like," said Spade and came out from our spot. The sky was deep red, even more unsettling than the sky in Yamai's mall. The sky is also littered with chains, acting like vines that came from the sky. Needless to say, this is already creepier than Yamai's Palace.
"I'm already starting to get the creeps here," I said, already feeling uncomfortable at the sight of this.
"I concur. This is a scary place, but sometimes we have to face our fears to get to our goal," Noble spoke. She never fails to give me confidence boosts.
"Nonetheless, it is time for us to enter the stairwell to hell!" Marsault claimed referring to the nearby stairway.
"I'm so ready! Time to start our new adventure!" Snipe declared as we began to walk down into the stairway.
(Later in the actual entrance.)
After a few minutes of walking a seemingly endless case of stairs, we arrived at the actual entrance to Mementos!
(P.S. Ignore Joker here. This is the best shot I can find)
Ugh! It's just as creepy inside as it's in outside! The entrance is like the subway station in the real world. This place is very red, with monitors in static all the time. Along with some black mosslike substances, growing everywhere. This definitely feels creepier than Yamai's Mall.
“Oh god… I'm feeling sick just by looking at this,” I said feeling nauseous at this sight.
“Stay calm” Spade told me. “The last thing we need is someone vomiting here.”
“Since we are in this ‘Mementos’,” Noble started off. “I believe MechNeko should explain about this and the connection to the Metaverse.”
"That's what I was getting to!" said Mecha as he hopped into the kiosk. "So, to start, I know most of you are thinking: how can a Palace like the one Yamai had can exist?" We all nodded. "Simply put, there is an origin point for the Palaces, the 'core' of the Metaverse to put it simply."
"Are you saying that this realm is how those other realms came to be?" asked Marsault.
"Correctomundo!" praised MechaNeko. "However, this is not the only world in the Collective Unconscious. Mitsuru-San and her team have been to one called Tartarus. It will take too long to explain but it was a giant tower that seemed to reach the heavens; quite the opposite to Mementos which runs underground.
"So, if this is where the Palaces came from, what kind of Palace is Mementos?" asked Spade.
"It's simple, Mementos... is the Palace of everyone in Japan!" We all gasped at this revelation! This is everyone's Palace!? "Yeah, shocking, but here's the jist of it: there are plenty of common criminals around but not as distorted to have a Palace like Yamai. So rather than that, they all have this one big, shared Palace here. It's where the Shadows are at their most collective too."
"Ugh, this is a bit of a headache to remember," Snipe said, rubbing on their temples. "But if this is how we're gonna punish small time baddies, I'm all in."
"Glad to see some enthusiasm here," MechaNeko said. "I have the tech to detect a powerful Shadow in Mememtos. I'll let you know if a target is near."
"Glad to have you guide us," I said as I gave him a thumbs up. I realized I have one question to ask, "One more thing to clear up: is it possible to encounter our own Shadows, let alone us gaining Palaces of our own?"
Mecha was about to answer when we heard chucking. Not from a distance but deep inside us,
"No need to worry about that, dears," said Izanami. "As long as you have us, you won't have to worry about having Palaces."
"Remember that I used to be Noble's Shadow?" added King Arthur. "Since she accepted me and I became her Persona, her emotions are more stable. And since Shadows are beings with unrestricted negativity, which is the power behind the Palaces, it's practically impossible for Persona Users like you to gain Palaces."
I sigh with relief, "Thank Goodness! I hate for any of us to be potentially go bad."
"Well, enough of the exposition! Time to get down to business!" Snipe declared, wanting to explore Mementos as soon as possible.
"Right, I think we learned enough. Time to take a look downstairs," said Spade. At last, we go past the entrance and deeper into Mementos.
(Path of Qimraunt: Area 1)
The first floor of Mementos looked way different than I imagined. It's literally a Twisted Underground Subway Line! (Kometani: Chapter Title Drop!) This place looks red and was littered with red vines that looked like arteries. It's also way bigger than a single floor in Yamai's Mall.
"Wow, I had no idea this place is big!" Snipe commented. "This is like the subway lines!"
"I have to agree with you there, Snipe," said Spade. "Even if we run, it will take forever if all floors will be like this."
"In other words, we need have a steed to carry us through," said Noble. "If only we have some with us..."
It was then I remember when we escaped Yamai's Palace. We used Deinochaser to escape it. We can use them here too. I took out the Deinochaser batteries for all of us. "You remember we escaped Yamai's Palace with these? We can use these again to move faster here."
"Excellent. Once again, the steeds from prehistoric times share deliver us to our desired destination!" proclaimed Marsault.
We all activated the batteries and the parts for our bikes arrived. We all throwed the batteries and the parts set themselves up.
[Gaburincho: Dienochaser!]
"It's nice to have our steeds again," said Noble. "It may be bumpy, but at least it will be fast."
We all got on our bikes. Those of us who are wearing hats secured them to prevent them falling off. However, there's only one of us who's not riding on a bike. Rather, he's riding on me.
"Okay MechaNeko, hop on!" I told him. The mecha cat quickly hopped onto my back and strapped on. "It's so nice to be young," he said.
And we're off! We slowed down the speed of our bikes to avoid any accidents. We moved at 40 MPH which is a good enough speed in a place like this,
"I never thought riding a bike would be this good!" Spade commented.
"Perfect too! This is so much better than horses," agreed Marsault.
"I always wanted to own a bike when I'm older," said Snipe.
However, we came across a roadblock. There's a figure up ahead. There was beeping coming from MechaNeko, meaning this is something important. "Careful there! That's a Shadow up ahead!"
"Shadow? This look way different from the guards at Yamai's Palace." I noted. Indeed, these shadows look very creepy. They're disfigured, has a lot of mask-like faces, and walk like zombies. "Ugh, how much is this place makes want to vomit?" I said covering my mouth.
Suddenly, that Shadow turned its head onto us. Its glowing blue eyes glared at us and... started drooling? "F-Food?" It growled out.
"Did the Shadow said 'food'," said Snipe, a hint of fear heard in their voice.
But indeed, it was hungry is it screamed, "FOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOODDDDDDDD!!!" as it broke down and turned into five figures all the same being. These are actually just green blobs with red eyes. But these aren't any less disgusting than the Shadows.
(Kometani: The Rotten Chariot Blob, Slime)
"Eww! That's still gross!" uttered Spade. "Let's take them out fast!"
"We each take one," Noble proposed. "We all get experience this way."
"Perfect! My magic shall burn them to dust!" Marsault declared.
"Time to shoot them into puddles," Snipe said cheerfully.
"If anyone's getting to eat, it's my Persona!" I declared as I drew my sword.
We all charged at the Slimes and our first battle in Mementos has begun!
(Last Surprise - Scramble - Persona 5 Strikers)
I started with striking the slime with my sword. It's surprisingly tough for a slime as it stopped my sword dead straight.
"If slashing won't cut it, I better freeze you!" I declared. I then called upon Izanami and Bufu on the slime. Surprisingly, it still lives despite being cold.
"Food! I need Food!" the slime screamed as it lunges at me. It's surprisingly fast for a blob of slime.
"If freezing doesn't work, then I should burn you up!" I said as Izanami fired Agi toward the slime, and this time it's dead. "I hope we don't see another slime beast." (Kometani: She jinxed it)
Spade was also fighting hard. His Persona shocked then which it as residual electricity surrounds them.
"I better not get to close! I better take a 'shot'." He then took out his D-Revolver and shoots the slime and finishes it.
Snipe, however, seemed to be struggling as they tried to pelt the slime with bullets, but for some reason the slime was taking much damage.
"Why the hell my bullets not working!? This was the most powerful gun!" they screamed. That's it! Time for a wash!
Lone Ranger just came out and fired blasts of water rapidly at the slime. It took over 30 blasts to kill it. (Kometani: Probably less.)
"Hah! Take that slimeball!" Snipe said as they give a thumbs up.
Masault was fighting her own Slime. Using Morgan to cast Eiha, she strikes the demon, but it still stands.
"You survived my servant's attack, but you will not survive my flames from hell!" she roared as she conjured a ball of flames and fired at the slime, knocking him out. "Oh, and I leave no witnesses." she said before firing another ball of flames to kill it.
Noble is skillfully dodging the slime lunging at her. Even the slime couldn't hit someone in a ballgown like her. Though it did pin her to the wall.
It was a big mistake, for the Shadow it is.
"I admit your skill, but you obviously don't know the phrase, 'when you corner a beast, it fights back with all its might!" she shouted as she called out King Arthur. He raised his sword and threw a ball of light onto the slime, finishing off.
"And that wraps up this battle," Noble said all satisfied. As we finish all the Slimes.
(Back to Mementos theme)
"Man, these guys are hard to beat!" said Snipe. "I had to use many water blast to finish them."
"At least, took care of them. They look gross," added Spade.
"In any case, we should keep going to our target," I said, "Just try to avoid fighting and conserve our power."
We got back on our bikes and once again rode to our target. We fought a few more shadows, just Pixies and Bicorns. Nothing major to worry about. (Kometani: Before we forget, the ToC has learned new moves. Marsault learned, Ominous Words, and Noble learned Kill Rush)
Eventually, MechaNeko was beeping rapidly. "Hang on guys! I'm getting a strong reading here! I think Shadow Yami is nearby! There should be an entrance to his hideout!"
"Then, let's find it!" I called out. It didn't take long to find the entrance. It appears that the rails are twisted, and a red portal is emitting from the opening. "So, this is where a Shadow without a Palace resides."
"Yep, this is the only place where they live without a Palace." However, he seemed to be shaking. "I'll admit I feel a sense of dread coming from it. It's like there's something about this Shadow that makes my circuits all fizzled."
"You're scared? I thought robots can't feel fear," Snipe subtly joked. Though, Spade took offense on that.
"Don't take him lightly," he replied. "If something in there is what makes him scared, we should take his words to account."
"Then, we should brace ourselves for the eventual boss fight as defenders in the shadows!" roared out Marsault.
"Well, if everyone is ready, let's see what this Shadow is capable off," And then all of us riding into the portal, leading us to our boss.
(Music ends)
(Lair of Shadow Yami)
We all came out of the portal, and it was an enclosed space compared to the outside. The only other presence other than us was a person that is surrounded by a dark aura, different than what Yamai's Shadow was.
"I assume that's his Shadow," said Spade.
"He has this dark aura," Noble commented. "Like his malice can be felt all over the room. "
"Well, we can't just stay here, time to shut him down," I called out as we walked to the Shadow.
The Shadow turned to us as we see him in full. He was a tall blond in a purple suit and with glowing yellow eyes: the trait of a Shadow Self. "So it appears that my reputation has preceded me. You're here about my relation to Merodi's death. You want an autograph? That's far beyond your class."
Snipe was the first to call him out. "We don't need an autograph! All we're here for is your heart and an apology! You better fork them over!"
"So what!? That woman was a blemish to my image! She was my ticket to fame, but she broke off with me before she gave birth! It's as if she saw who I truly am!" Shadow Yami screamed at us!
"It seems this man doesn't have the word 'chivalry' in his vocabulary," Noble said, glaring at him. "She probably saw who you truly are before she died. You probably truly never love women at all."
"You say that, but that is very inaccurate. I loved that woman with all my life and yet she's never returned my love to me! When I heard she had twins, I feel robbed of fame I was gonna get from them!"
"You're no one but a man who sees women as objects than people," I said to him coldly. "But after this, you shall see open the eyes to the truth."
The man just scoffs. "Please, women are just my tickets to fortune! I will never stop at that! And since most of you are women, I may get something from you!" And then he changes into his true form. We all ready our stances for the impending battle. This will be a difficult battle but-
(Scratch!)
Oh my! What are we looking at!?
(Green19: Due to the design of this Shadow, I can't show the pic of it. but their reactions should give you any indication.)
(Kometani: The Torn King of Desires: Mara Slime)
"What the hell is that!?" I shouted looking at this... disturbing creature. (Komi Swear count: 12) This beast, this Demon, is another green slime but this one has no eyes, a triangular shaped head, and has some white stuff coming out of it. The shape and stuff coming out means...
"Oh, it's a dick! W-why would a creature take on a form like !?" Snipe laughed, mainly due to how absurd a monster was designed like that.
"Holy Shit," Spade swore! "This is one of the last things I expected from the Metaverse. I feel sick, and that's coming from me."
Marsault and Noble looked more enraged than sick. "Seriously, taking on the form of the male genital!? That is an insault to even the lord of Darkness!" Marsault roared.
Noble nodded in agreement. "Indeed. I can now say this 'gentleman' clearly does not have 'chivalry' in his dictionary. Even this makes my stomach burn," Noble said in disgust.
As for me, I covered my mouth as I feel nauseous upon seeing it. "Must not puke! Must not Puke! Urk!" I can't handle it any longer! I ran into a corner of the room and... "Blegguh!" puke out my lunch...
"Yeah. That's the feeling of dead I had earlier," MechaNeko said with guilt. "But I never though there's a Shadow like this."
Snipe stopped laughing, "I know this wasn't appropriate, but I couldn't help myself."
"I don't blame you, Snipe. But we should finish him as fast as possible," said Spade.
A moment later, I came back; my hand still was on my mouth after I puked. "You read my mind, Spade. The sooner we beat this... thing, the sooner we can get out of her!" That was the signal that the battle. Hopefully, a fast one.
(Keeper of Lust - Scramble - Persona 5 Strikers)
"You really think you can beat me up? You shall face my lust tenfold!" Shadow Yami roared. He then charged at us with full force! He's surprisingly fast for a slime. He lunges at us fiercely. We all dodged his attacks easily.
"Insolent fool! Attacking aimlessly will not get you anywhere," Noble called him out and she retaliates with a ball of light. The ball hit, but it appears to be ineffective. "How? Light is supposed to effective against demons!"
The Shadow then tried to attack Marsault. "You lustful demon! You shall pay for tarnishing the legacy of the dark lord!" She threw a ball of fire onto the slime, but alike with Noble's attack, it was ineffective. "This demon is not taking much damage! Mind analyzing this creep, my queen?" she asked me.
"Oh... I suppose I better," I said, though still a bit sick at the sight of it. I turned on my Spyglass, and I got the results. "It seems this creature is resistant against all attacks except physical, water, and ailments!"
"If that's the case, time to get this dude a wash!" Snipe proclaimed, as Lone Ranger shot water onto Mara Slime which did hurt him effectively.
"Bluggg!! That is not what I want!" said Shadow Yami.
"If you truly didn't want it, you shouldn't have used woman as pawns!" I called out. "And since you have done it for so long, it's lights out for you! Dormina, please!" Izanami then conjured up a spell circle with bubbles, and the Shadow was asleep. "You're up, Spade-Kun!"
"On it, Lynx-San!" Spade understood. "Time to lunge, Lupin!" The Thief Person elbows the Shadow, and it took a huge amount of damage. "Alight! Finish him off, Noble!"
"Consider that duty done!" Noble declared as she summoned King Arthur. With her attack, Giant Slice, powered up from the baton pass, it sliced through the Shadow, enough to finish him. "And that's the end of that monstrosity." she sighed. (Kometani: Or is it?)
(Battle ends)
As we beat him, Shadow Yami was still alive but panting. He looked at his surroundings and sees that he's out of energy and is sounded. He sighs as he knows he can't beat us. "So, I've been defeated... I concede. I accepted my killing of Amai Merodi as sin and will turn myself into Justice."
That got Snipe smirking in satisfaction. "That's the word! Guess we beat the lust out of you! HA, HA, HA, HA, HA!"
"I do hope this will serve as a warning to your other peers who had done something similar." Noble said all serious.
"To think someone would aim to take a famous Idol's life," said Marsault. "Even a dark lord has his standards, while you have none."
The man lowed his head now feeling the shame he had. "You're right. I'm even lower that a villain. I'm not sure I'm even human anymore. I deserve to be locked up for what I did. At least, those kids are safe from me.
"Hold on, you mentioned them before, but what do you mean kids?" asked Spade.
"Oh right. I already told you that she had two kids, one boy, one girl. I don't know their names, but I heard they're named after rare gems. I'll admit they're as beautiful her. That is all you'll hear from me." He then turned, with his back turned to us. "Except for this, I'm glad that I'm beaten by you and not against that other group."
That got us surprise. "Another group? Are you talking about the Lupinrangers? Like us?" I asked him. But it was too late, the Shadow already disappeared into light. "Well, that was bad timing."
"That said, he mentioned another group in Mementos," Spade mentioned. "It does sounds like the Lupinrangers in that case."
"If that's the case, then I would not mind forging an alliance with them!" said Marsault. "We are destined to defeat evil together!"
"But we should wait until they present themselves to us," Noble suggested. "We can't rush things too quickly."
It was then that an orb of light appears from where Shadow Yami used to be. "Look there," Snipe called out. "There's a ball of light there, and there's something inside it!"
I looked at orb. Inside it was a pearl with small chains like a necklace. "It's beautiful. I never thought this would come from him." Then, it hit me. "Wait. If this came from him, then...
MechaNeko went to finish my explanation. "That's Yami's treasure. It looks like this because we got to him before it was too late. Had we hold off on him any longer, his desire would've grown and this becomes the core of his own Palace. But still, it's great that we stopped him in time. And while this isn't as valuable as Palace treasures, these smaller ones are still good enough rewards."
"That's a nice idea. At least, we'll get rich from these treasures," I said as I took the treasure and pocketed it. (Kometani: Attachment Pearl: Get!)
"That's all settled. Now can we leave Mementos? I hope not to see that creature again...," said Noble.
"Sure thing, but there's just one more thing I like to do," said MechaNeko. "I detect there's one more floor after this and it's a bit special from most of the other floors."
"Well as long there's no... 'cocks' involved, I can go on for a bit longer," said Noble, a bit better.
"Then let's check out this next floor and find even more goodies in the meantime!" proclaimed Snipe as we all leave the lair which closed as we left.
(Path of Qimraunt: Area 1)
We all went out of the lair, and sure enough the portal vanished after we left. "Well, since we changed his heart, we can't enter there anymore," said Spade.
"You got that right," said MechaNeko. "But like I said, we should check out the next floor before we leave. Something important we need to check first."
"In the meantime, we can nab as many treasures as possible we can get!" said Snipe eagerly.
Indeed, there are treasures scattered in Mementos with jewels in small cages and bigger treasures in the usual boxes. There's was some Sooty Ladies Armor (I can tell this will be useful when I clean them.), and a few Gale Magatamas. (Kometani: Deals small wind damage and can be used by anyone.)
After some collecting and a few more battles, there's a huge metal door with chains locking it. "Oh great, a door with no locks. There's no way to open it," Snipe complained.
"Actually, I think there is one way, " I said. "Leave this to me." I got on top of my bike and leap towards the door. With one stroke of my sword I cut through the chains, breaking them and unlocking to door!"
"Well, that's one problem solved," muttered Snipe as the doors open. It appears to be smaller version of a subway station with an escalator.
"I guess this is our way to the next floor," said Spade. We dismounted our bikes, and they all break apart as the batteries returned to us. It seemed to still have some charge in it, so we can still use the to get through Mementos.
As we all head downstairs to the next floor, I heard a rattling sound in the area. While I'm sure they're just chains, something about this sound gives me dread, even more than Shadow Yami. "Lynx? What are you waiting for?" I snapped out and went down the stairs. I sure hope we don't meet who's causing it.
(Path of Qimraunt: Area 2)
When we arrived, we are greeted by something we didn't expect to see: a whole set of running subways running through the stations. We knew that Mementos resembles the subway, but we never thought there'd be actual running trains.
"These trains have a set location. A one-way course to the underworld!" proclaimed Marsault. Indeed, she's right. All the trains are going forward; none are going the other way.
"How peculiar..." muttered Noble. "There seemed to be nobody running this system. And yet we have a full ruining train system here."
"Whatever the reason, we all are going to the same destination!" assured Snipe. "But most importantly, we have that wall ahead of us." There is a strange looking wall ahead of us, seemingly a dead end.
"Let's take a closer look," I told the rest, and we walked to the wall. When we were a foot away from it, the wall suddenly opened up and reveal more stairs! "Whoa! A hidden passageway! A classic staple in dungeons!"
"Indeed, it was amazing!" Mecha commented. "I never recorded this in my databanks. I wonder why this wall opened up?"
Spade, who is able to read to room, provided an answer. "I think I can theorize this: if Mementos is the core of the Metaverse, it wouldn't make sense that it would be two floors. As we know, Mementos is the Palace of the Public. Since we are staring to be acknowledged by the public, most from our school thanks to Yamai, I think Mementos is granting us further passage if we make ourselves known by our acts.
That earned a 'Ding!' from MechaNeko."You hit that spot on! Since we changed Yamai's heart, we can now delve into the lower floors of Mementos. Eventually, we'll reach the actual core of the Metavere."
"If that's the case, then let us head into the darkest depths again!" Marsault proclaim, only for Noble to stop her.
"As much as I want to, we already fulfilled our mission today. Plus, there will be another wall in the end that we have to unlock outside," said Noble.
"She right. The most we can do is to wait for the next opportunity. For now, let's go home," I said to my team, and we warped back into the entrance.
(Music Ends)
(Mememtos, Entrance)
We arrived in the entrance of Mementos. Just as we're about exit, we came across a new face, and it doesn't look like a Shadow for once!
(Playful Pearl - Phoenix Wright: Ace Attorney Anime)
"Well, I wonder how this one will taste?" said a small little boy in a white with goggles and golden eyes. He appears to be with a little blue buggy with a bunch of bags with it. Also next to him was a orb that contained a bunch of flowers.
He then took out an empty cup and thrust it onto the flowers. There was a flash of light and... the flowers turned into a drink!
"Bottoms up!" he said before sipping the flower-turned drink.
Most of us loved seeing this boy drinking that we all couldn't stop blushing. Spade was the only one who's still acting normal. "Um, I am the only on to find it odd that a kid somehow made his way into the Metaverse."
It was there that the boy took noticed for us. "Oh, hello there! I didn't think I would run into humans into Mementos."
We all stopped gushing at the boy. "We're sorry," I said rubbing the back of my head. "We couldn't help but to be fascinated by you."
The boy just chuckled. "It's fine. It's natural for humans to act like that to cute things. Oh, and it's better if we get to know each other. My name is Jose, and I'm on a mission to study humans." (Kometani: His name is pronounced: 'Joe-say', not 'Ho-Say'.
Study humans? Is he implying he's not a human himself? Might be since no one can turn flowers into drinks. "If you are studying humans, why are you drinking... flowers?" I asked Jose.
"Oh, these are connected to cognitions of the public. They are what determines how the overall public is holding up." He took another sip. "And from the looks of it, it's pretty good today!"
"But if that was true, how can these flowers help you understand... us?" asked Spade?
"That's a bit confidential." Jose replied. "What I can tell you is that I met with another group like you. They accepted helping me collect more flowers to help further my research, for exchange of rewards of course."
That caught us off guard! Another group like us met Jose before! "I get it! You're talking about the Phantom Thieves that come before us!" Snipe answered.
"That's right!" Jose answered with a nod. "It's thanks to them I can give extra time to research. But I have a feeling that one group won't be enough. I know we just met, but hope you wouldn't mind helping this kid collect flowers, right? With the same goodies I have in store."
"Are you saying we get something in return!?" Marsault said with enthusiasm. "Well, young sir, you got some little helpers starting today!"
"Indeed, thought we do not know who you are exactly, we have a mission to help people. So, we shall take up on your offer," Noble accepted.
"I'm up for some goodies! Kepp 'em coming!" cheered Snipe.
"Well, if this will help us in the long run, I guess we'll help," said Spade. That leaves only one person. "Are you going to say 'yes', Lynx? This needs to be unanimous."
I give it some thought. It would be nice to get something for helping this boy. More than the fact the Phantom Thieves met this boy once. If there's one thing that I'm certain about, we may eventually meet them through this boy. This is a prime opportunity for us, "Well, how can I say no to a cute boy like you." I patted the boy on the head. "We'll all help you get the flowers you want to drink." It still feels weird saying that.
Jose clapped in content. "That's so nice. I'm so happy to get another set of helping hands! Oh, I've got to give you your bonus for offering your services. Wait just a bit," he went to his buggy and digs something out of his large stock of baggage. "Ta-dah!" he shows it to us.
"It's... beautiful," I said. It's a purple crystal star with a green inside. I never seen something like this before. "Where did you something like this?"
"Oh, I stumble upon this while finding flowers a few weeks ago. I actually found two of these things that very day. How lucky am I!" he told us.
"You found two of these stars?" Spade asked in disbelief, untiled something clicked. "Wait if you found these a few weeks ago, does that mean one of the stars...?"
"Yep, I already gave one of them to the Phantom Thieves," confirmed Jose. "I told them about how stars grant wishes if you wish upon them, so I thought this one would do the same for you!"
"You're kidding!? Of course, we'll take this goodie!" Snipe said with stars in their eyes. "I mean infinite wishes is too good to pass up!"
Noble held our sniper back. "Let's not get too hasty. After all, the concept of 'infinite wishes' sounds too absurd."
MechaNeko took a moment to analyze the star. "He may not be lying. I can detect a special kind of energy coming from this star. More than a Plume of Dusk in fact."
"That sound like something we should take with us," I said before taking the star from Jose. "Thank you for this Jose. We'll take very good care of it."
Jose nodded. "Not a problem Ms... Sorry, you didn't tell my name."
"Lynx. My name is Lynx. The others with me are Spade, Snipe, Marsault, Noble, and MechaNeko."
"Oh, then I entrust you with this star, Ms. Lynx," said Jose. He then got in his buggy and started it up. "Oh, and I am planning a little game for when the other thieves return. I'll extend my invitation to you. Hope you enjoy it. Until next time, have a good day!" And then, he drove off, presumably deeper into Mementos.
(Music Ends)
"Well, that was one strange kid. He has to be if he plans on studying humans," said Spade. "That said, does this star actually grant wishes?"
"Let's try it out," I proposed. I then turned to Snipe. "Since you're so eager, you do the honors."
"Oh yeah, I will! I wish to have one hundred million yen on me!" We all waited for a reaction. And nothing happened. "Aw man! Did we get ripped off!?"
"Don't jump to conclusions," Marsault said. "As our Mecha cat said, this star has power within. The best explanation is there has to be some trigger for it to work."
Well, we knew that simply asking for a wish was too simple. "Whatever the case, we'll eventually figure it out. But what is certain is that we should get back. We're already spent too long for a short trip."
At long last, we finally left Mementos after a few detours.
But...
"Wait! Don't leave yet!" We saw that Jose backing up as if he forgotten something.
"What's going on?" said Spade.
Jose took a moment pause before answering. "I'm sorry, but there's another reason I have you that star. You see, there's a new group of Shadows that have emerged recently. I'll warn you that these are a nasty group as they're a group of... *GULP* Cannibals..."
(Dagda Theme - SMTIV Apocalypse)
That, for sure, shocked us to the cores. "C-Cannibals!?" Snipe said all afraid. If it's something even Najimi find sick to their stomach, it's that serious. Cannibalism as I heard, is the act of eating one's own kind. It's an act that's people seen as heinous and evil. I too fear it as sounds so horrible.
"Yeah, it's that disturbing." Jose said solemnly. "These were Shadow who eat their own kind for food. These were not supposed to be real, but something has released the from their prison."
"Why do these things exist at all?" said Tadano who was also sick.
"I don't know the exact reason, but even if a degraded topic, Cannibalism is still a concept thus a part of the cognition. It makes sense that there'd be shadows who's based on them," Jose explained.
Marsault was also startled of this revelation. "I cannot believe these types of beings existed! I did many things, but eating one's allies is going across the line!"
Noble was the only one to keep her cool despite the disturbing revelation. "If you did see them, there's a chance we'll meet them in the near future."
Jose simply nodded. "I'm sure of that. That's why that Star is important. I know it will give you the edge over those monstrous Shadows. I hate the sight of one devouring another for power."
I looked at the star with renewed resolve. I don't know what these 'Cannibal Shadows' are, but they are just as a threat as the bad people in the real world. "Don't you worry, Jose. With this Star you gifted us, we'll make sure they don't harm anyone in the process."
(Music Ends)
Jose exhales relived that someone could take care of this new threat. "I'm glad that I meet two groups of special people. I know you'll both take care of them. Well, now I really have to get going. Pardon me!" Once again, he drove deeper into Mementos.
Then silence filled the air. Except one. "Can we get out of here? This is already getting on my nerves!" said Snipe.
"Yeah, I think we better," said Spade, as we finally exited Mementos with no interruptions. For real, this time.
(After School: Itan Ward, Subway Entrance)
(A High School Life Without Struggles — Komi Can't Communicate)
It's nice to be back in the real world and back to our normal selves. It's always refreshing.
"Man, I never thought something like that place is real," said Najimi.
"I second that," agreed Tadano. "To think the source of the Metaverse as a creepy subway line."
"It's just how the publics see it," said MechaNeko. "It makes sense since most of Japan used the trains to travel a lot."
I took a moment to process all of this before I say anything. "So, if there is a bad guy that doesn't have a palace, we can go to that place and change their heart that way. It's a perfect way to let ourselves known."
"While there, we shall take whatever treasures we find and become rich!" exclaimed Nakanaka, referring to the treasure we collected.
"Additionally, we can also use it to train ourselves to against other Shadows when there are no Palaces to explore," added Kishi.
"Safe to say, our beginning as Phantom Thieves are off to a good start!" said Najimi. "I can't wait for what tomorrow has in store. Better yet, taking down those nasty Shadows will be satisfying!"
Then, Tadano remembered something. "That reminds me, tomorrow, June 5th, is when Madarame's exhibit closes."
"That's right. Madarame had a calling card during the exhibit," Noble realized. "This is our chance to see what the real Phantom Thieves did."
"I would love to see the work of the true heroes of darkness!" roared Nakanaka.
"Then, why don't we all go to Shibuya tomorrow," I propose. "We'll have fun seeing it on the big screen." I remember Shibuya having an enormous TV screen in Station Square.
"Sounds good to me," agreed Tadano. "We'll meet at the train station after breakfast and head there." We nodded in agreement and head home for today.
MechaNeko seem to have something in his mind. "Hey Komi. I want to talk to you about something, but I think it's better to do it at home. Is it ok for you?"
I just nodded. "Sure, I could never say 'no' to you." And I walked back home with Mecha in tow.
(Music Ends)
(Night: Komi's House)
As I came home, there was nothing much to say. My mother didn't have much to say nor did we anything to do for today. All I did is to go to my room and finish the King Arthur book I have still need to finish. It was an amazing story to behold. It was sad he died protecting his kingdom. I feel my Kindess getting better.
(A Corner of Memories - Persona 4)
After finishing the book, MechaNeko decided to speak up. "Hey, remember that I was made to help people in need?" I nodded. "Well, I realized that I haven't been doing that part on an emotional level."
I tilted my head as I don't understand. "As you know, I'm one of the helping robots made by the Kirijo Group for the purpose of mental health. But while the Metaverse was my main mission, I don't want to forget my other job. I was given to you for that Purpose. I want to do that job for real."
I grabbed him and looked at him with a small smile. "You already are doing that job. I feel better with you around. And I could use a mental helper like you for me."
Suddenly, his eyes turned blue as if he's nervous. "Thanks. I sure need some praising. But I do really need to prove that my line can do this job. I'll do some periodic sessions of you want."
I just patted him on the head. "Of course I want that.
Mitsuru-San gave me you for a reason. I don't want to let her down."
"Heheh, well I guess we've renewed our deal then," he said. And then, I feel a like a new bond was forged from this exchange.
I am Thou, Thou art I...
Thou hast acquired a new vow.
It shall become the wings of freedom
that breaketh thy limits of speech.
With the birth of the Hope Persona,
I have obtained the means that
leads to the path of true communication...
This is another Arcana that I've rarely heard about. The Hope Arcana is in a similar position to the Faith Arcana in that it represents hope, optimism and positivity. It makes sense as MechaNeko is the new hope I gained in this adventure, and I think he knows that too.
(Back to normal music)
"But what worries me is we suddenly have a group of Cannibal Shadows roaming in the Metaverse, Normally, Shadows feed on human psyche, but the thought of Shadows eating their own kind sounds too unnatural." he said.
"I agree completely. We have to take care of them as soon as we can," I told him. "They and the criminals that abuse their power. They will be dearly sorry for what they done."
"Of course, they will. They have never face against people like us before!" MechaNeko.
It was around the time my mother came in, "Oh Shouko! Dinner is almost ready! Come out here!" she called out to me.
"Ok mother," I said as I head to the family table for dinner. This day has been very eventful. We got a glimpse of the core of the Metaverse and took out our first criminal. They future is still unknown but I'm sure it will be bright! Look out world, the Thieves of Communication will be ready!
(Kometani: To be Continued!)
(Omake: Phantom Facts)
Komi: Hello everyone! Welcome back to Phantom Facts! Today is a bit special as we entered a new world today!
Izanami: And we all performed splendidly as a matter of fact.
Komi: The place we went to is called Mementos. It's a enormous place that took form an underground subway system. If you want to know how huge is that place, take a look at this diagram of the place in full.
Komi: Yeah, this place goes so deep, it's almost like it does down to Hell. We barely scratch the surface of this place.
Izanami: But rest assured that this won't be the last time we got this place. This will be a key place in this story.
Komi: I'm more excited on how tomorrow will go. Which will be the story for tomorrow. See you there!
Izanami: And stay true to yourselves!
(End of Chapter!)
Notes:
FINALLY DONE!! I never meant for this to take two months, (partly due to my new fanfic) but my paces and personal life made it hard for me to speed up. I hope that will change in the future as I hope this doesn't take me a decade to finish this.
As for the actual chapter, while I adapted the Word Wolf chapter, I decided to take advantage of Komi's new confidence and added a new session with her. I hope it's good.
Next is the introduction to Mementos. I was originally going to have MechaNeko transform into a vehicle like Morgana, but after writing the Dienochaser escape scene in chapter 13, I feel I wouldn't waste them for one scene. Thus, they're the ToC's main transport vehicles.
As for the target Shadow. I won't hide it: I was heavily influenced by Oshi No Ko for this to the point of using the actual characters for this. The only reason I didn't is due to the timeline and my future plans. If you're wondering, let's say my timeline doesn't match the characters age which meant certain plot points can only in the present. While protagonist only half his age at this time.
As for the Shadow himself, of course it has to Mara. This is a person who see women as his playthings just like Kamoshida, so I feel Mara is a fitting form. It only the slime for as it's the weaker for than the full chariot version and this is the beginning for the journey.
They also met Jose for the first time. It pretty much a similar conversation with the canon Phantom Thieves. The only difference is that the ToC is more accepting to him in his mission and even gets a similar star too. You know what this means which I hold my voice for a bit longer.
The most important scene in my eyes is Jose revealing the existence of the Cannibal Shadows he saw back in chapter 5. I wanted the ToC to be aware of one of the upcoming threats. Rest assured, I will make them one of the best things of this fic. Good thing I have knowledge of their basis. (Yes, like the normal shadows, the Cannibal Shadow too have a basis from an older SMT game. You can probably guess which game it is)
The final important moment is Komi and MechaNeko finally formed a bond. I selected Hope as I feel that's what Komi see him as: her new hope in her life. (Besides he's not the first robot character to have the Hope Arcana.) I was originally planning the Happy Squirrel Arcana for Mecha (Yes, that Happy Squirrel from The Simpsons which eventually got into actual decks. I revealed it in an earlier Chapter when Komi was recounting about her knowledge of Tarot Cards) but I double checked and I realized the Arcana didn't match with MechaNeko's personality, so I gave him Hope. This will also be auto ranked like with Akira and Morgana. Expect rank ups after major moments.
Speaking of major events, next chapter will take place on June 5th, the day where Madarame's change of heart happens. What will happen next time? Well, I'll let Komi say it for herself.
Komi: It was the day Madarame had a change of heart, and it was proof the Phantom Thieves that were on the news are real. In the meantime, we decided to have some fun, and Najimi knows the place. Next Time: "It's Just Changed Hearts and Super Darts!" Will my aim be as good in the real world as in the Metaverse? Find out next time and have a fun time with friends!

Ficboy2001 on Chapter 1 Sat 30 Mar 2024 07:24PM UTC
Comment Actions
GreenRangerFan1993 on Chapter 1 Sun 31 Mar 2024 05:19AM UTC
Last Edited Sun 31 Mar 2024 05:23AM UTC
Comment Actions
Ficboy2001 on Chapter 1 Sun 31 Mar 2024 05:04PM UTC
Comment Actions
Logic_and_Trickster on Chapter 1 Sun 31 Mar 2024 03:30PM UTC
Comment Actions
Ficboy2001 on Chapter 1 Mon 01 Apr 2024 07:27PM UTC
Last Edited Mon 01 Apr 2024 07:32PM UTC
Comment Actions
5h1ft on Chapter 1 Tue 27 Aug 2024 08:45PM UTC
Comment Actions
GreenRangerFan1993 on Chapter 1 Wed 28 Aug 2024 02:34AM UTC
Last Edited Wed 28 Aug 2024 09:22PM UTC
Comment Actions
Ficboy2001 on Chapter 2 Tue 16 Apr 2024 05:33PM UTC
Last Edited Tue 16 Apr 2024 05:44PM UTC
Comment Actions
GreenRangerFan1993 on Chapter 2 Tue 23 Apr 2024 02:33PM UTC
Last Edited Tue 23 Apr 2024 10:27PM UTC
Comment Actions
Ficboy2001 on Chapter 2 Wed 24 Apr 2024 06:10PM UTC
Last Edited Wed 24 Apr 2024 06:13PM UTC
Comment Actions
GreenRangerFan1993 on Chapter 2 Wed 24 Apr 2024 09:49PM UTC
Last Edited Wed 24 Apr 2024 09:50PM UTC
Comment Actions
Ficboy2001 on Chapter 3 Fri 17 May 2024 06:35PM UTC
Last Edited Fri 17 May 2024 06:37PM UTC
Comment Actions
GreenRangerFan1993 on Chapter 3 Fri 17 May 2024 07:52PM UTC
Last Edited Fri 17 May 2024 08:09PM UTC
Comment Actions
Ficboy2001 on Chapter 3 Mon 27 May 2024 10:36PM UTC
Comment Actions
GreenRangerFan1993 on Chapter 3 Thu 27 Jun 2024 07:55AM UTC
Last Edited Thu 27 Jun 2024 08:43AM UTC
Comment Actions
FrankTHaddock on Chapter 3 Sat 18 May 2024 05:53PM UTC
Comment Actions
GreenRangerFan1993 on Chapter 3 Tue 21 May 2024 06:08AM UTC
Last Edited Tue 21 May 2024 06:14AM UTC
Comment Actions
FrankTHaddock on Chapter 3 Tue 21 May 2024 01:57PM UTC
Comment Actions
RosyMiranto18 on Chapter 4 Wed 24 Jul 2024 08:25AM UTC
Comment Actions
GreenRangerFan1993 on Chapter 4 Wed 24 Jul 2024 12:18PM UTC
Last Edited Wed 24 Jul 2024 12:28PM UTC
Comment Actions
RosyMiranto18 on Chapter 4 Wed 24 Jul 2024 12:32PM UTC
Comment Actions
GreenRangerFan1993 on Chapter 4 Wed 24 Jul 2024 12:36PM UTC
Comment Actions
RosyMiranto18 on Chapter 4 Wed 24 Jul 2024 12:51PM UTC
Comment Actions
Ficboy2001 on Chapter 4 Thu 25 Jul 2024 06:14AM UTC
Comment Actions
GreenRangerFan1993 on Chapter 4 Thu 08 Aug 2024 03:49AM UTC
Last Edited Thu 08 Aug 2024 03:50AM UTC
Comment Actions
RosyMiranto18 on Chapter 5 Thu 22 Aug 2024 10:22AM UTC
Comment Actions
GreenRangerFan1993 on Chapter 5 Wed 28 Aug 2024 03:15AM UTC
Last Edited Wed 28 Aug 2024 03:19AM UTC
Comment Actions
RosyMiranto18 on Chapter 5 Wed 28 Aug 2024 03:22AM UTC
Comment Actions
GreenRangerFan1993 on Chapter 5 Sat 31 Aug 2024 02:02AM UTC
Last Edited Sat 31 Aug 2024 02:04AM UTC
Comment Actions
RosyMiranto18 on Chapter 5 Sat 31 Aug 2024 02:07AM UTC
Comment Actions
GreenRangerFan1993 on Chapter 5 Fri 20 Sep 2024 06:55AM UTC
Comment Actions
RosyMiranto18 on Chapter 5 Fri 20 Sep 2024 07:06AM UTC
Comment Actions
King G. Ruler (Guest) on Chapter 6 Mon 18 Nov 2024 02:12AM UTC
Comment Actions
RosyMiranto18 on Chapter 9 Wed 19 Feb 2025 10:15AM UTC
Comment Actions
GreenRangerFan1993 on Chapter 9 Thu 20 Feb 2025 03:40AM UTC
Comment Actions
RosyMiranto18 on Chapter 9 Thu 20 Feb 2025 04:15AM UTC
Comment Actions
J2004 on Chapter 9 Thu 27 Feb 2025 08:35AM UTC
Comment Actions
GreenRangerFan1993 on Chapter 9 Fri 28 Feb 2025 06:34AM UTC
Comment Actions
J2004 on Chapter 9 Fri 28 Feb 2025 08:52AM UTC
Comment Actions
GreenRangerFan1993 on Chapter 9 Fri 28 Feb 2025 03:12PM UTC
Comment Actions
J2004 on Chapter 9 Fri 28 Feb 2025 03:30PM UTC
Last Edited Fri 28 Feb 2025 03:40PM UTC
Comment Actions
RosyMiranto18 on Chapter 12 Wed 23 Apr 2025 08:25AM UTC
Comment Actions
GreenRangerFan1993 on Chapter 12 Thu 24 Apr 2025 02:47AM UTC
Comment Actions
RosyMiranto18 on Chapter 12 Thu 24 Apr 2025 03:06AM UTC
Comment Actions
Colby_TheFGCfan on Chapter 12 Wed 14 May 2025 11:55AM UTC
Comment Actions
GreenRangerFan1993 on Chapter 12 Fri 16 May 2025 01:56AM UTC
Comment Actions
RosyMiranto18 on Chapter 13 Thu 19 Jun 2025 08:18AM UTC
Comment Actions
GreenRangerFan1993 on Chapter 13 Sat 21 Jun 2025 03:39AM UTC
Last Edited Sat 21 Jun 2025 03:43AM UTC
Comment Actions
RosyMiranto18 on Chapter 13 Sat 21 Jun 2025 04:00AM UTC
Comment Actions
RosyMiranto18 on Chapter 14 Thu 24 Jul 2025 09:00AM UTC
Comment Actions
Leo (Guest) on Chapter 15 Thu 21 Aug 2025 06:10PM UTC
Comment Actions
GreenRangerFan1993 on Chapter 15 Sat 23 Aug 2025 01:50AM UTC
Comment Actions
RosyMiranto18 on Chapter 16 Sat 25 Oct 2025 03:35AM UTC
Comment Actions
GreenRangerFan1993 on Chapter 16 Sat 25 Oct 2025 03:52AM UTC
Last Edited Sat 25 Oct 2025 04:01AM UTC
Comment Actions
RosyMiranto18 on Chapter 16 Sat 25 Oct 2025 04:10AM UTC
Comment Actions